HomeMy WebLinkAbout2019-0518_Contract ProvisionsCONTRACT PROVISIONS AND PLANS
Visitor Center
Parking Improvements
David Timmons – CITY MANAGER
Greg Lanning, P.E. – DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS
Laura Parsons, P.E. – PROJECT MANAGER
David Peterson, P.E. – CITY ENGINEER
Brian Reid – STREET/STORM/SEWER OPERATIONS MANAGER
May 2019
Work Order No. 1008 PROJECT CONTACT:
Laura Parsons, P.E.
lparsons@cityofpt.us
Table of Contents 1 of 1 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS
Call for Bids
II. CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS
Amendments and Special Provisions
III. BID FORMS
Exhibit A - Bid Proposal
Exhibit B - Bid Tabulation Form
Exhibit C - Non-Collusion Declaration
Exhibit D – Proposal Bond Form
Exhibit E – Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statues
IV. CONTRACT FORMS
Exhibit F – Public Works Contract
Exhibit G – Performance Bond
Exhibit H – Payment Bond
Exhibit I – Title VI Non-Discrimination Assurances
V. APPENDICES
Appendix A – Washington State / Jefferson County Prevailing Wages 05/23/2019
Appendix B – Benefit Code Key 03/03/2019 – 08/30/2019
Appendix C – Supplemental to State Wages “L&I Policy Statement” 03/03/2019
Appendix D – CSWPPP
Appendix E – Earthwork Cross Sections
Appendix F – Standard Plans
Engineers Stamp 1 of 1 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
CONTRACT PROVISIONS AND PLANS
Visitor Center
Parking Improvements
I hereby affix my stamp, date and signature as testament that I have
reviewed and approved the plans and specifications contained herein.
S E NNIOAL
F
E
P
R
O
N
D35872
IGER
S
ERETS
S T A T E O F WASHI
G I N E E R
G
T
O
N
S C O T T A . SAW
Y
E
R
5/18/19
I. Information for Bidders 1 of 1 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
I. – Information for Bidders
Call for Bids
Call for Bids
I. Call for Bids Page 1 of 2 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
City of Port Townsend
Visitor Center Parking Improvements
Project Name: Visitor Center Parking Improvements
Project Description: The project consists of a base bid and a bid alternate. The base bid includes construction
of 275 linear feet of sidewalk improvements along Sims Way (SR-20) from Thayer Street (adjacent to Kitsap
Bank) to 2437 E. Sims Way, (next to the Port Townsend Garden Center). The project also includes constructing
improvements for stormwater, landscaping, parking, and access to the Visitor Center. As well, a large-scale
Russell Jaqua art piece will be installed by others on a concrete foundation included in the project. The bid
alternate includes construction of Thayer Street, from Jefferson Street to Washington Street. Construction of
the bid alternate will consist of new sidewalks on both sides of Thayer Street, as well as parking, landscaping
and stormwater improvements and an asphalt-surfaced street.
Schedule: The Project shall be physically completed within seventy-five (75) working days.
Engineer’s Estimate: Base bid: $325,000; Bid Alternate 1: $225,000
Bid Date: Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Port Townsend, at the City Clerk’s Office located at City of
Port Townsend, 250 Madison St., Suite 2, Port Townsend, WA 98368 until 2:00pm on Thursday, June 13, 2019.
The City of Port Townsend reserves the right to reject any and all Bids and to waive informalities in the Bidding.
Bid Bond: All Bid Proposals shall be accompanied by a Bid Proposal deposit in cash, certified check, cashier’s
check, or surety bond in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of such Bid Proposal. Should
the successful Bidder fail to enter into such contract and furnish satisfactory bonds to perform the Work
within the time stated in the Specifications, the Bid Proposal deposit shall be forfeited to the City of Port
Townsend.
Bid Documents: Plans, specifications, addenda, and plan holders list for this project will be available on-line
through Builders Exchange of Washington, Inc. by going to www.bxwa.com. Click on “Posted Projects”,
“Public Works”, “City of Port Townsend”, “Projects Bidding”, and “Project Bid Date”. Bidders must “Register
as a Bidder”, in order to receive automatic e-mail notification of future addenda and to be placed on the
“Bidders List”. This service is provided free of charge to Prime Bidders, Subcontractors, and Vendors bidding
this project. Please contact Builders Exchange of Washington at (425) 258-1303 should you require assistance.
BXWA is not the Public Records Officer for the City of Port Townsend. Any requests for Public Records of the
City of Port Townsend should be directed to the Port Townsend City Clerk, at 250 Madison Street, Suite 2,
Port Townsend, WA 98368, or by phone at (360) 379-5083. A request form is also available at www.cityofpt.us
By signing the Bid Proposal, the Bidder is aware and has read the City of Port Townsend’s Title VI Non-
Discrimination Assurances, Exhibit I.
Call for Bids
I. Call for Bids Page 2 of 2 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
Technical Questions: Technical questions should be directed to Laura Parsons, P.E, Civil Engineer III, at
lparsons@cityofpt.us
David Timmons, City Manager
City of Port Townsend, WA
End of Text
II. Contract Specifications 1 of 1 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
II. – Contract Specifications
Amendments and Special Provisions
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 1 Amendments
CONTENTS 1
PAGE 2
3
4
INTRODUCTION--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 5
AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 6
Section 1-01, Definitions and Terms --------------------------------------------------------------- 1 7
Section 1-02, Bid Procedures and Conditions -------------------------------------------------- 1 8
Section 1-03, Award and Execution of Contract ------------------------------------------------ 2 9
Section 1-05, Control of Work ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 10
Section 1-06, Control of Material ------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 11
Section 1-07, Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public -------------------------- 5 12
Section 1-08, Prosecution and Progress ------------------------------------------------------- 10 13
Section 1-09, Measurement and Payment ----------------------------------------------------- 10 14
Section 2-01, Clearing, Grubbing, and Roadside Cleanup --------------------------------- 11 15
Section 2-02, Removal of Structures and Obstructions-------------------------------------- 11 16
Section 2-03, Roadway Excavation and Embankment -------------------------------------- 11 17
Section 2-09, Structure Excavation --------------------------------------------------------------- 11 18
Section 3-01, Production from Quarry and Pit Sites ----------------------------------------- 13 19
Section 4-04, Ballast and Crushed Surfacing ------------------------------------------------- 13 20
Section 5-01, Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation --------------------------------- 13 21
Section 5-02, Bituminous Surface Treatment ------------------------------------------------- 19 22
Section 5-04, Hot Mix Asphalt -------------------------------------------------------------------- 19 23
Section 5-05, Cement Concrete Pavement ---------------------------------------------------- 23 24
Section 6-01, General Requirements for Structures ----------------------------------------- 31 25
Section 6-02, Concrete Structures --------------------------------------------------------------- 34 26
Section 6-03, Steel Structures -------------------------------------------------------------------- 42 27
Section 6-05, Piling ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43 28
Section 6-07, Painting ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 43 29
Section 6-08, Bituminous Surfacing on Structure Decks ----------------------------------- 58 30
Section 6-09, Modified Concrete Overlays ---------------------------------------------------- 59 31
Section 6-10, Concrete Barrier ------------------------------------------------------------------- 63 32
Section 6-11, Reinforced Concrete Walls ------------------------------------------------------ 64 33
Section 6-12, Noise Barrier Walls ---------------------------------------------------------------- 64 34
Section 6-13, Structural Earth Walls ------------------------------------------------------------ 64 35
Section 6-14, Geosynthetic Retaining Walls -------------------------------------------------- 65 36
PAGE
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 2 Amendments
Section 6-15, Soil Nail Walls ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 65 1
Section 6-16, Soldier Pile and Soldier Pile Tieback Walls---------------------------------- 65 2
Section 6-18, Shotcrete Facing ------------------------------------------------------------------- 65 3
Section 6-19, Shafts --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 66 4
Section 7-02, Culverts ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 66 5
Section 7-05, Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells ------------------------------ 67 6
Section 7-08, General Pipe Installation Requirements ------------------------------------- 67 7
Section 8-01, Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control -------------------------------- 67 8
Section 8-02, Roadside Restoration------------------------------------------------------------- 84 9
Section 8-04, Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways ------------------------------------------------- 106 10
Section 8-06, Cement Concrete Driveway Entrances -------------------------------------- 106 11
Section 8-07, Precast Traffic Curb -------------------------------------------------------------- 107 12
Section 8-09, Raised Pavement Markers ----------------------------------------------------- 107 13
Section 8-11, Guardrail ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 107 14
Section 8-14, Cement Concrete Sidewalks --------------------------------------------------- 108 15
Section 8-16, Concrete Slope Protection ----------------------------------------------------- 109 16
Section 8-17, Impact Attenuator Systems ----------------------------------------------------- 109 17
Section 8-20, Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation Systems, and 18
Electrical ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 109 19
Section 8-21, Permanent Signing --------------------------------------------------------------- 110 20
Section 8-22, Pavement Marking --------------------------------------------------------------- 110 21
Section 9-00, Definitions and Tests ------------------------------------------------------------- 110 22
Section 9-02, Bituminous Materials------------------------------------------------------------- 111 23
Section 9-03, Aggregates ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112 24
Section 9-04, Joint and Crack Sealing Materials -------------------------------------------- 117 25
Section 9-05, Drainage Structures and Culverts -------------------------------------------- 118 26
Section 9-06, Structural Steel and Related Materials -------------------------------------- 119 27
Section 9-07, Reinforcing Steel ----------------------------------------------------------------- 120 28
Section 9-08, Paints and Related Materials -------------------------------------------------- 122 29
Section 9-13, Riprap, Quarry Spalls, Slope Protection, and Rock for Erosion and Scour 30
Protection and Rock Walls ------------------------------------------------------------------- 125 31
Section 9-14, Erosion Control and Roadside Planting ------------------------------------- 126 32
Section 9-16, Fence and Guardrail ------------------------------------------------------------- 127 33
Section 9-18, Precast Traffic Curb -------------------------------------------------------------- 127 34
PAGE
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 3 Amendments
Section 9-20, Concrete Patching Material, Grout, and Mortar --------------------------- 128 1
Section 9-21, Raised Pavement Markers (RPM) -------------------------------------------- 130 2
Section 9-23, Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures -------------------------------- 131 3
Section 9-26, Epoxy Resins ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 131 4
Section 9-28, Signing Materials and Fabrication -------------------------------------------- 132 5
Section 9-29, Illumination, Signal, Electrical ------------------------------------------------- 133 6
Section 9-33, Construction Geosynthetic ----------------------------------------------------- 139 7
Section 9-34, Pavement Marking Material ---------------------------------------------------- 140 8
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 4 Special Provisions
SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1
DIVISION 1 2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 3
DESCRIPTION OF WORK ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 144 4
Definitions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 145 5
BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS ----------------------------------------------------- 146 6
Plans and Specifications -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 147 7
General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 147 8
Proposal Forms ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 147 9
Preparation of Proposal --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 148 10
Withdrawing, Revising, or Supplementing Proposal ---------------------------------------- 149 11
Irregular Proposals --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150 12
Disqualification of Bidders ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 151 13
Pre Award Information ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 154 14
AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT ------------------------------------------------ 154 15
Consideration of Bids ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 154 16
Contract Bond --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155 17
Judicial Review -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 155 18
SCOPE OF THE WORK -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 156 19
Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, ----------------------- 156 20
CONTROL OF WORK ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 156 21
Conformity With and Deviations from Plans and Stakes ---------------------------------- 156 22
Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work ---------------------------------------------- 157 23
Final Inspection ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 157 24
Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor ------------------------------------- 159 25
Cooperation With Other Contractors ----------------------------------------------------------- 159 26
Other Contracts Or Other Work ----------------------------------------------------------------- 159 27
Method of Serving Notices------------------------------------------------------------------------ 160 28
Water and Power ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 160 29
Record Drawings------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 160 30
Record Drawings------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 160 31
CONTROL OF MATERIAL------------------------------------------------------------------------ 162 32
Recycled Materials --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 162 33
LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC ---------------------- 162 34
State Sales Tax -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 163 35
PAGE
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 5 Special Provisions
Permits And Licenses ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 164 1
Utilities and Similar Facilities --------------------------------------------------------------------- 164 2
Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance -------------------------------------------- 165 3
Public Convenience and Safety ----------------------------------------------------------------- 168 4
Construction Under Traffic ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 168 5
Minimize Impacts to Businesses ---------------------------------------------------------------- 169 6
Rights of Way ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 170 7
Prosecution and Progress ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 171 8
Preliminary Matters --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 171 9
Preconstruction Conference---------------------------------------------------------------------- 171 10
Type A Progress Schedule------------------------------------------------------------------------ 171 11
Time For Completion ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 171 12
Liquidated Damages ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 172 13
Contractor Staging Areas ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 172 14
Contractor Employee Parking -------------------------------------------------------------------- 172 15
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT -------------------------------------------------------------- 172 16
General Requirements for Weighing Equipment -------------------------------------------- 172 17
Measurement ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 173 18
Force Account --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 173 19
Time Limitation and Jurisdiction ----------------------------------------------------------------- 173 20
TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL ----------------------------------------------------------- 173 21
Traffic Control Management ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 173 22
General ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 173 23
Measurement ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 174 24
Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) ---------------------------------------------------- 174 25
DIVISION 2 26
EARTHWORK 27
REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS ----------------------------------- 174 28
Description ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 174 29
Construction Requirements ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 174 30
Removal of Obstructions -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 174 31
Removal of Obstructions -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 175 32
Removing Miscellaneous Traffic Items -------------------------------------------------------- 175 33
PAGE
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 6 Special Provisions
Measurement ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 175 1
Payment----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 175 2
ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT ------------------------------------------- 175 3
Description ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 176 4
Construction Requirements ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 176 5
Excavation Below Subgrade --------------------------------------------------------------------- 176 6
Measurement ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 176 7
Payment----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177 8
DIVISION 5 9
SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS 10
DECOMPOSED GRANITE SURFACING ----------------------------------------------------- 177 11
Description ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177 12
Materials ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 177 13
Construction Requirements ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 178 14
Measurement ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178 15
Payment----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 179 16
Hot Mix Asphalt -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 179 17
DIVISION 6 18
STRUCTURES 19
CONCRETE STRUCTURES --------------------------------------------------------------------- 208 20
Description ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 208 21
Materials ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 208 22
Construction Requirements ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 209 23
Measurement ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 209 24
Payment----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210 25
DIVISION 7 26
DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY 27
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS 28
STORM SEWERS ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210 29
Measurement ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210 30
Payment----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210 31
WATER MAINS -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211 32
Measurement ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211 33
PAGE
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 7 Special Provisions
Payment----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211 1
DIVISION 8 2
MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION 3
ROADSIDE RESTORATION --------------------------------------------------------------------- 211 4
Description ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211 5
Materials ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 211 6
Construction Requirements ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 213 7
Responsibility During Construction ------------------------------------------------------------- 213 8
Work Plans ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 213 9
Weed and Pest Control ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 214 10
Topsoil ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 214 11
Topsoil Type A --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 215 12
Planting Area Preparation ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 215 13
Layout of Planting----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 216 14
Planting------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 216 15
Pruning, Staking, Guying, and Wrapping ----------------------------------------------------- 216 16
Fertilizer ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217 17
Bark or Wood Chip Mulch ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217 18
Completion of Initial Planting --------------------------------------------------------------------- 217 19
Plant Establishment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 217 20
Lawn Installation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 218 21
Lawn Installation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 218 22
Lawn Establishment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 219 23
Root Barrier ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 220 24
Measurement ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 220 25
Payment----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221 26
CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS ------------------------------------------------------- 221 27
Measurement ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221 28
Payment----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222 29
MONUMENT CASES ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 222 30
Measurement ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222 31
Payment----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222 32
CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS ---------------------------------------------------------- 222 33
PAGE
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 8 Special Provisions
Materials ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 222 1
Construction Requirements ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 223 2
PERMANENT SIGNING -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224 3
Description ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224 4
SITE FURNISHINGS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 224 5
Description ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224 6
Materials ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 224 7
Construction Requirements ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 225 8
Measurement ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225 9
Payment----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225 10
DIVISION 9 11
MATERIALS 12
AGGREGATES -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 226 13
Streambed Cobbles -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 226 14
BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS ----------------------------------------------------- 226 15
Prequalification of Bidders ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 226 16
SPECIAL PROVISIONS --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228 17
STANDARD PLANS -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 228 18
19
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 1 Amendments
INTRODUCTION 1
The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 2018 2
Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 3
4
AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 5
6
The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract and 7
supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational 8
purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the 9
Amendment or the latest date of revision. 10
11
Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard 12
Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. 13
14
Section 1-01, Definitions and Terms 15
August 6, 2018 16
1-01.3 Definitions 17
The following new term and definition is inserted before the definition for “Shoulder”: 18
19
Sensitive Area – Natural features, which may be previously altered by human activity, 20
that are present on or adjacent to the project location and protected, managed, or 21
regulated by local, tribal, state, or federal agencies. 22
23
The following new term and definition is inserted after the definition for “Working Drawings”: 24
25
WSDOT Form – Forms developed and maintained by WSDOT that are required or 26
available for use on a project. These forms can be downloaded from the forms catalogue 27
at: 28
29
http://wsdot.wa.gov/forms/pdfForms.html 30
31
Section 1-02, Bid Procedures and Conditions 32
October 30, 2018 33
1-02.4(1) General 34
This section is supplemented with the following: 35
36
Prospective Bidders are advised that the Contracting Agency may include a partially 37
completed Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology) Transfer of Coverage 38
(Ecology Form ECY 020-87a) for the Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) 39
as part of the Bid Documents. When the Contracting Agency requires the transfer of 40
coverage of the CSWGP to the Contractor, an informational copy of the Transfer of 41
Coverage and the associated CSWGP will be included in the appendices. As a condition 42
of Section 1-03.3, the Contractor is required to complete sections I, III, and VIII of the 43
Transfer of Coverage and return the form to the Contracting Agency. 44
45
The Contracting Agency is responsible for compliance with the CSWGP until the end of 46
day that the Contract is executed. Beginning on the day after the Contract is executed, 47
the Contractor shall assume complete legal responsibility for compliance with the CSWGP 48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 2 Amendments
and full implementation of all conditions of the CSWGP as they apply to the Contract 1
Work. 2
3
1-02.5 Proposal Forms 4
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 5
6
At the request of a Bidder, the Contracting Agency will provide a physical Proposal Form 7
for any project on which the Bidder is eligible to Bid. 8
9
1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal 10
Item number 1 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 11
12
1. A unit price for each item (omitting digits more than two places to the right of the 13
decimal point), 14
15
In the third sentence of the fourth paragraph, “WSDOT Form 422-031” is revised to read 16
“WSDOT Form 422-031U”. 17
18
The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: 19
20
The Bidder shall submit with their Bid a completed Contractor Certification Wage Law 21
Compliance form (WSDOT Form 272-009). Failure to return this certification as part of 22
the Bid Proposal package will make this Bid Nonresponsive and ineligible for Award. A 23
Contractor Certification of Wage Law Compliance form is included in the Proposal Forms. 24
25
26
Section 1-03, Award and Execution of Contract 27
January 2, 2018 28
1-03.3 Execution of Contract 29
The first paragraph is revised to read: 30
31
Within 20 calendar days after the Award date, the successful Bidder shall return the 32
signed Contracting Agency-prepared Contract, an insurance certification as required by 33
Section 1-07.18, a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4, the Transfer 34
of Coverage form for the Construction Stormwater General Permit with sections I, III, and 35
VIII completed when provided, and shall be registered as a contractor in the state of 36
Washington. 37
38
1-03.5 Failure to Execute Contract 39
The first sentence is revised to read: 40
41
Failure to return the insurance certification and bond with the signed Contract as required 42
in Section 1-03.3, or failure to provide Disadvantaged, Minority or Women’s Business 43
Enterprise information if required in the Contract, or failure or refusal to sign the Contract, 44
or failure to register as a contractor in the state of Washington, or failure to return the 45
completed Transfer of Coverage for the Construction Stormwater General Permit to the 46
Contracting Agency when provided shall result in forfeiture of the proposal bond or deposit 47
of this Bidder. 48
49
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 3 Amendments
Section 1-05, Control of Work 1
August 6, 2018 2
1-05.5 Vacant 3
This section, including title, is revised to read: 4
5
1-05.5 Tolerances 6
Geometrical tolerances shall be measured from the points, lines, and surfaces defined in 7
Contract documents. 8
9
A plus (+) tolerance increases the amount or dimension to which it applies, or raises a 10
deviation from level. A minus (-) tolerance decreases the amount or dimension to which it 11
applies, or lowers a deviation from level. Where only one signed tolerance is specified (+ 12
or -), there is no specified tolerance in the opposing direction. 13
14
Tolerances shall not be cumulative. The most restrictive tolerance shall control. 15
16
Tolerances shall not extend the Work beyond the Right of Way or other legal boundaries 17
identified in the Contract documents. If application of tolerances causes the extension of 18
the Work beyond the Right of Way or legal boundaries, the tolerance shall be reduced for 19
that specific instance. 20
21
Tolerances shall not violate other Contract requirements. If application of tolerances 22
causes the Work to violate other Contract requirements, the tolerance shall be reduced 23
for that specific instance. If application of tolerances causes conflicts with other 24
components or aspects of the Work, the tolerance shall be reduced for that specific 25
instance. 26
27
1-05.9 Equipment 28
The following new paragraph is inserted before the first paragraph: 29
30
Prior to mobilizing equipment on site, the Contractor shall thoroughly remove all loose dirt 31
and vegetative debris from drive mechanisms, wheels, tires, tracks, buckets and 32
undercarriage. The Engineer will reject equipment from the site until it returns clean. 33
34
This section is supplemented with the following: 35
36
Upon completion of the Work, the Contractor shall completely remove all loose dirt and 37
vegetative debris from equipment before removing it from the job site. 38
39
Section 1-06, Control of Material 40
January 7, 2019 41
1-06.1(3) Aggregate Source Approval (ASA) Database 42
This section is supplemented with the following: 43
44
Regardless of status of the source, whether listed or not listed in the ASA database the 45
source owner may be asked to provide testing results for toxicity in accordance with 46
Section 9-03.21(1). 47
48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 4 Amendments
1-06.2(2)D Quality Level Analysis 1
This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 2
3
1-06.2(2)D5 Quality Level Calculation – HMA Compaction 4
The procedures for determining the quality level and pay factor for HMA compaction are 5
as follows: 6
7
1. Determine the arithmetic mean, Xm, for compaction of the lot: 8
9
n
xXm
= 10
11
Where: 12
x = individual compaction test values for each sublot in the lot. 13
∑x = summation of individual compaction test values 14
n = total number test values 15
16
2. Compute the sample standard deviation, “S”, for each constituent: 17
18
()
()
2
122
1
−
−=nn
xxnS 19
20
Where: 21
∑x2 = summation of the squares of individual compaction test values 22
(∑x)2 = summation of the individual compaction test values squared 23
24
3. Compute the lower quality index (QL): 25
26
S
LSLXQmL
−= 27
28
Where: 29
LSL = 92.0 30
31
4. Determine PL (the percent within the lower Specification limit which corresponds 32
to a given QL) from Table 1. For negative values of QL, PL is equal to 100 minus 33
the table PL. If the value of QL does not correspond exactly to a figure in the 34
table, use the next higher value. 35
36
5. Determine the quality level (the total percent within Specification limits): 37
38
Quality Level = PL 39
40
6. Using the quality level from step 5, determine the composite pay factor (CPF) 41
from Table 2. 42
43
7. If the CPF determined from step 6 is 1.00 or greater: use that CPF for the 44
compaction lot; however, the maximum HMA compaction CPF using an LSL = 45
92.0 shall be 1.05. 46
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 5 Amendments
1
8. If the CPF from step 6 is not 1.00 or greater: repeat steps 3 through 6 using an 2
LSL = 91.5. The value thus determined shall be the HMA compaction CPF for 3
that lot; however, the maximum HMA compaction CPF using an LSL = 91.5 shall 4
be 1.00. 5
6
1-06.2(2)D1 Quality Level Analysis 7
The following new sentence is inserted after the first sentence: 8
9
The quality level calculations for HMA compaction are completed using the formulas in 10
Section 1-06.2(2)D5. 11
12
1-06.2(2)D4 Quality Level Calculation 13
The first paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: 14
15
The procedures for determining the quality level and pay factors for a material, other than 16
HMA compaction, are as follows: 17
18
1-06.6 Recycled Materials 19
The first three sentences of the second paragraph are revised to read: 20
21
The Contractor shall submit a Recycled Material Utilization Plan on WSDOT Form 350-22
075A within 30 calendar days after the Contract is executed. The plan shall provide the 23
Contractor’s anticipated usage of recycled concrete aggregates for meeting the 24
requirements of these Specifications. The quantity of recycled concrete aggregate will be 25
provided in tons and as a percentage of the Plan quantity for eligible material listed in 26
Section 9-03.21(1)E Table on Maximum Allowable percent (By Weight) of Recycled 27
Material. 28
29
The last paragraph is revised to read: 30
31
Within 30 calendar days after Physical Completion, the Contractor shall report the 32
quantity of recycled concrete aggregates that were utilized in the construction of the 33
project for each eligible item listed in Section 9-03.21(1)E. The Contractor’s report shall 34
be provided on WSDOT Form 350-075A, Recycled Materials Reporting. 35
36
1-06.6(1)A General 37
Item 1(a) in the second paragraph is revised to read: 38
39
a. The estimated costs for the Work for each material with 25 percent recycled concrete 40
aggregate. The cost estimate shall include for each material a documented price 41
quote from the supplier with the lowest total cost for the Work. 42
43
Section 1-07, Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public 44
April 1, 2019 45
1-07.5 Environmental Regulations 46
This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 47
48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 6 Amendments
1-07.5(5) U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 1
When temporary fills are permitted, the Contractor shall remove fills in their entirety and 2
the affected areas returned to pre-construction elevations. 3
4
If a U.S. Army Corps of Engineers permit is noted in Section 1-07.6 of the Special 5
Provisions, the Contractor shall retain a copy of the permit or the verification letter (in the 6
case of a Nationwide Permit) on the worksite for the life of the Contract. The Contractor 7
shall provide copies of the permit or verification letter to all subcontractors involved with 8
the authorized work prior to their commencement of any work in waters of the U.S. 9
10
1-07.5(6) U.S. Fish/Wildlife Services and National Marine Fisheries Service 11
The Contracting Agency will provide fish exclusion and handling services if the Work 12
dictates. However, if the Contractor discovers any fish stranded by the project and a 13
Contracting Agency biologist is not available, they shall immediately release the fish into 14
a flowing stream or open water. 15
16
1-07.5(1) General 17
The first sentence is deleted and replaced with the following: 18
19
No Work shall occur within areas under the jurisdiction of resource agencies unless 20
authorized in the Contract. 21
22
The third paragraph is deleted. 23
24
1-07.5(2) State Department of Fish and Wildlife 25
This section is revised to read: 26
27
In doing the Work, the Contractor shall: 28
29
1. Not degrade water in a way that would harm fish, wildlife, or their habitat. 30
31
2. Not place materials below or remove them from the ordinary high water line 32
except as may be specified in the Contract. 33
34
3. Not allow equipment to enter waters of the State except as specified in the 35
Contract. 36
37
4. Revegetate in accordance with the Plans, unless the Special Provisions permit 38
otherwise. 39
40
5. Prevent any fish-threatening silt buildup on the bed or bottom of any body of 41
water. 42
43
6. Ensure continuous stream flow downstream of the Work area. 44
45
7. Dispose of any project debris by removal, burning, or placement above high-46
water flows. 47
48
8. Immediately notify the Engineer and stop all work causing impacts, if at any time, 49
as a result of project activities, fish are observed in distress or a fish kill occurs. 50
51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 7 Amendments
If the Work in (1) through (3) above differs little from what the Contract requires, the 1
Contracting Agency will measure and pay for it at unit Contract prices. But if Contract 2
items do not cover those areas, the Contracting Agency will pay pursuant to Section 1-3
09.4. Work in (4) through (8) above shall be incidental to Contract pay items. 4
5
1-07.5(3) State Department of Ecology 6
This section is revised to read: 7
8
In doing the Work, the Contractor shall: 9
10
1. Comply with Washington State Water Quality Standards. 11
12
2. Perform Work in such a manner that all materials and substances not specifically 13
identified in the Contract documents to be placed in the water do not enter 14
waters of the State, including wetlands. These include, but are not limited to, 15
petroleum products, hydraulic fluid, fresh concrete, concrete wastewater, 16
process wastewater, slurry materials and waste from shaft drilling, sediments, 17
sediment-laden water, chemicals, paint, solvents, or other toxic or deleterious 18
materials. 19
20
3. Use equipment that is free of external petroleum-based products. 21
22
4. Remove accumulations of soil and debris from drive mechanisms (wheels, 23
tracks, tires) and undercarriage of equipment prior to using equipment below the 24
ordinary high water line. 25
26
5. Clean loose dirt and debris from all materials placed below the ordinary high 27
water line. No materials shall be placed below the ordinary high water line 28
without the Engineer’s concurrence. 29
30
6. When a violation of the Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) 31
occurs, immediately notify the Engineer and fill out WSDOT Form 422-011, 32
Contractor ECAP Report, and submit the form to the Engineer within 48 hours 33
of the violation. 34
35
7. Once Physical Completion has been given, prepare a Notice of Termination 36
(Ecology Form ECY 020-87) and submit the Notice of Termination electronically 37
to the Engineer in a PDF format a minimum of 7 calendar days prior to submitting 38
the Notice of Termination to Ecology. 39
40
8. Transfer the CSWGP coverage to the Contracting Agency when Physical 41
Completion has been given and the Engineer has determined that the project 42
site is not stabilized from erosion. 43
44
9. Submit copies of all correspondence with Ecology electronically to the Engineer 45
in a PDF format within four calendar days. 46
47
1-07.5(4) Air Quality 48
This section is revised to read: 49
50
The Contractor shall comply with all regional clean air authority and/or State Department 51
of Ecology rules and regulations. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 8 Amendments
1
The air quality permit process may include additional State Environment Policy Act 2
(SEPA) requirements. Contractors shall contact the appropriate regional air pollution 3
control authority well in advance of beginning Work. 4
5
When the Work includes demolition or renovation of any existing facility or structure that 6
contains Asbestos Containing Material (ACM) and/or Presumed Asbestos-Containing 7
Material (PACM), the Contractor shall comply with the National Emission Standards for 8
Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP). 9
10
Any requirements included in Federal and State regulations regarding air quality that 11
applies to the “owner or operator” shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 12
13
1-07.7(1) General 14
The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 15
16
When the Contractor moves equipment or materials on or over Structures, culverts or 17
pipes, the Contractor may operate equipment with only the load-limit restrictions in 18
Section 1-07.7(2). 19
20
The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 21
22
Unit prices shall cover all costs for operating over Structures, culverts and pipes. 23
24
1-07.9(1) General 25
The last sentence of the sixth paragraph is revised to read: 26
27
Generally, the Contractor initiates the request by preparing standard form 1444 Request 28
for Authorization of Additional Classification and Rate, available at 29
https://www.dol.gov/whd/recovery/dbsurvey/conformance.htm, and submitting it to the 30
Engineer for further action. 31
32
1-07.9(2) Posting Notices 33
The second sentence of the first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 34
35
The Contractor shall ensure the most current edition of the following are posted: 36
37
The revision dates are deleted from all items in the numbered list. 38
39
The following new items are inserted after item number 1: 40
41
2. Mandatory Supplement to EEOC P/E-1 published by US Department of Labor. Post 42
for projects with federal-aid funding. 43
44
3. Pay Transparency Nondiscrimination Provision published by US Department of 45
Labor. Post for projects with federal-aid funding. 46
47
Item number 2 through 12 are renumbered to 4 through 14, respectively. 48
49
1-07.11(2) Contractual Requirements 50
In this section, “creed” is revised to read “religion”. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 9 Amendments
Item numbers 1 through 9 are revised to read 2 through 10, respectively. 1
2
After the preceding Amendment is applied, the following new item number 1 is inserted: 3
4
1. The Contractor shall maintain a Work site that is free of harassment, humiliation, fear, 5
hostility and intimidation at all times. Behaviors that violate this requirement include 6
but are not limited to: 7
8
a. Persistent conduct that is offensive and unwelcome. 9
10
b. Conduct that is considered to be hazing. 11
12
c. Jokes about race, gender, or sexuality that are offensive. 13
14
d. Unwelcome, unwanted, rude or offensive conduct or advances of a sexual 15
nature which interferes with a person’s ability to perform their job or creates an 16
intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment. 17
18
e. Language or conduct that is offensive, threatening, intimidating or hostile based 19
on race, gender, or sexual orientation. 20
21
f. Repeating rumors about individuals in the Work Site that are considered to be 22
harassing or harmful to the individual’s reputation. 23
24
1-07.11(5) Sanctions 25
This section is supplemented with the following: 26
27
Immediately upon the Engineer’s request, the Contractor shall remove from the Work site 28
any employee engaging in behaviors that promote harassment, humiliation, fear or 29
intimidation including but not limited to those described in these specifications. 30
31
1-07.11(6) Incorporation of Provisions 32
The first sentence is revised to read: 33
34
The Contractor shall include the provisions of Section 1-07.11(2) Contractual 35
Requirements (1) through (5) and the Section 1-07.11(5) Sanctions in every subcontract 36
including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. 37
38
1-07.15(1) Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures Plan 39
The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 40
41
An SPCC Plan template and guidance information is available at 42
http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/environment/technical/disciplines/hazardous-materials/spill-43
prevent-report. 44
45
1-07.16(2)A Wetland and Sensitive Area Protection 46
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 47
48
Existing wetland and other sensitive areas, where shown in the Plans or designated by 49
the Engineer, shall be saved and protected through the life of the Contract. 50
51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 10 Amendments
1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance 1
Item number 1 is supplemented with the following new sentence: 2
3
This policy shall be kept in force from the execution date of the Contract until the Physical 4
Completion Date. 5
6
Section 1-08, Prosecution and ProgressJanuary 7, 2019 7
1-08.1 Subcontracting 8
The first sentence of the seventh paragraph is revised to read: 9
10
All Work that is not performed by the Contractor will be considered as subcontracting 11
except: (1) purchase of sand, gravel, crushed stone, crushed slag, batched concrete 12
aggregates, ready-mix concrete, off-site fabricated structural steel, other off-site 13
fabricated items, and any other materials supplied by established and recognized 14
commercial plants; or (2) delivery of these materials to the Work site in vehicles owned 15
or operated by such plants or by recognized independent or commercial hauling 16
companies hired by those commercial plants. 17
18
The following new paragraph is inserted after the seventh paragraph: 19
20
The Contractor shall not use businesses (material suppliers, vendors, subcontractors, 21
etc.) with federal purchasing exclusions. Businesses with exclusions are identified using 22
the System for Award Management web page at www.SAM.gov. 23
24
1-08.5 Time for Completion 25
Item number 2 of the sixth paragraph is supplemented with the following: 26
27
f. A copy of the Notice of Termination sent to the Washington State Department of 28
Ecology (Ecology); the elapse of 30 calendar days from the date of receipt of the 29
Notice of Termination by Ecology; and no rejection of the Notice of Termination by 30
Ecology. This requirement will not apply if the Construction Stormwater General 31
Permit is transferred back to the Contracting Agency in accordance with Section 8-32
01.3(16). 33
34
1-08.7 Maintenance During Suspension 35
The fifth paragraph is revised to read: 36
37
The Contractor shall protect and maintain all other Work in areas not used by traffic. All 38
costs associated with protecting and maintaining such Work shall be the responsibility of 39
the Contractor. 40
41
Section 1-09, Measurement and Payment 42
August 6, 2018 43
1-09.2(1) General Requirements for Weighing Equipment 44
The last paragraph is supplemented with the following: 45
46
When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor’s representative shall collect the tickets 47
throughout the day and provide them to the Engineer’s designated receiver, not later than 48
the end of shift, for reconciliation. Tickets for loads not verified as delivered will receive 49
no pay. 50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 11 Amendments
1
1-09.2(2) Specific Requirements for Batching Scales 2
The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 3
4
Batching scales used for concrete or hot mix asphalt shall not be used for batching 5
other materials. 6
7
1-09.10 Payment for Surplus Processed Materials 8
The following sentence is inserted after the first sentence of the second paragraph: 9
10
For Hot Mix Asphalt, the Plan quantity and quantity used will be adjusted for the quantity 11
of Asphalt and quantity of RAP or other materials incorporated into the mix. 12
13
Section 2-01, Clearing, Grubbing, and Roadside Cleanup 14
April 1, 2019 15
2-01.2(3) Disposal Method No. 3 – Chipping 16
Item number 2 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 17
18
2. Chips shall be disposed outside of sensitive areas, and in areas that aren’t in conflict 19
with permanent Work. 20
21
Section 2-02, Removal of Structures and Obstructions 22
April 2, 2018 23
2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters 24
In item number 3 of the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: 25
26
For concrete pavement removal, a second vertical full depth relief saw cut offset 12 to 18 27
inches from and parallel to the initial saw cut is also required, unless the Engineer allows 28
otherwise. 29
30
Section 2-03, Roadway Excavation and Embankment 31
April 1, 2019 32
2-03.3(14)F Displacement of Unsuitable Foundation Materials 33
This section, including title, is revised to read: 34
35
2-03.3(14)F Vacant 36
37
Section 2-09, Structure Excavation 38
April 1, 2019 39
2-09.2 Materials 40
In the first paragraph, the references to “Portland Cement” and “Aggregates for Portland 41
Cement Concrete” are revised to read: 42
43
Cement 9-01 44
Fine Aggregate for Concrete 9-03.1(2) 45
46
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 12 Amendments
2-09.3(3)B Excavation Using Open Pits – Extra Excavation 1
The last two paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following: 2
3
The excavation height (Ht) shall be calculated within a vertical plane as the difference 4
between the lowest elevation in the excavation and the highest elevation of the ground 5
surface immediately adjacent to the excavation. Pavement thickness and other surface 6
treatments existing at the time of the excavation shall be included in the height calculation. 7
8
Submittals and Design Requirements 9
Excavations 4-feet and less in height do not require design and submittals. The Contractor 10
shall provide a safe work environment and shall execute the work in a manner that does 11
not damage adjacent pavements, utilities, or structures. If the Engineer determines the 12
Contractor’s work may potentially affect adjacent traffic, pavements, utilities, or structures, 13
the Engineer may request a Type 1 Working Drawing from the Contractor. The Contractor 14
shall explain in the Type 1 Working Drawing how the Engineer’s concerns will be 15
addressed, why infrastructure will not be damaged by the work, and how worker safety 16
will be preserved. 17
18
For excavations that have soil types and slope geometries defined in WAC 296-155 part 19
N and are between 4-feet and 20-feet in height, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 20
Working Drawings. Required submittal elements include, at a minimum, the following: 21
22
1. A plan view showing the limits of the excavation and its relationship to traffic, 23
structures, utilities and other pertinent project elements. If the stability of the 24
excavation requires no-load zones or equipment setback distances, those shall 25
be shown on the plan view. 26
27
2. A typical or controlling cross section showing the proposed excavation, original 28
ground line, and locations of traffic, existing structures, utilities, site constraints, 29
surcharge loads, or other conditions that could affect the stability of the slope. If 30
the stability of the excavation requires no-load zones or equipment setback 31
distances, those shall be shown in cross section. 32
33
3. A summary clearly describing subsurface conditions, soil type for WAC 296-155 34
part N, and groundwater conditions, sequencing considerations, and governing 35
assumptions. 36
37
Where WAC 296-155 part N requires an engineer’s design, the Contractor shall submit 38
Type 2E Working Drawings. Required submittal elements include, at a minimum, the three 39
items above and the following additional items: 40
41
4. Supporting calculations for the design of the excavation, the soil and material 42
properties selected for design, and the justification for the selection for those 43
properties, in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual M 46-44
03. 45
46
5. Safety factors, or load and resistance factors used, and justification for their 47
selection, in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual M 46-48
03, and referenced AASHTO design manuals. 49
50
6. A monitoring plan to evaluate the excavation performance throughout its 51
design life. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 13 Amendments
1
7. Any supplemental subsurface explorations made by the Contractor to meet the 2
requirements for geotechnical design of excavation slopes, in accordance with 3
the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual M 46-03. 4
5
2-09.3(3)D Shoring and Cofferdams 6
The first sentence of the sixth paragraph is revised to read: 7
8
Structural shoring and cofferdams shall be designed for conditions stated in this Section 9
using methods shown in Division I Section 5 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for 10
Highway Bridges Seventeenth Edition – 2002 for allowable stress design, or the AASHTO 11
LRFD Bridge Design Specifications for load and resistance factor design. 12
13
Section 3-01, Production from Quarry and Pit Sites 14
April 2, 2018 15
3-01.1 Description 16
The first paragraph is revised to read: 17
18
This Work shall consist of manufacturing and producing crushed and screened 19
aggregates including pit run aggregates of the kind, quality, and grading specified for use 20
in the construction of concrete, hot mix asphalt, crushed surfacing, maintenance rock, 21
ballast, gravel base, gravel backfill, gravel borrow, riprap, and bituminous surface 22
treatments of all descriptions. 23
24
Section 4-04, Ballast and Crushed Surfacing 25
April 2, 2018 26
4-04.3(5) Shaping and Compaction 27
This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 28
29
When using 100% Recycled Concrete Aggregate, the Contractor may submit a written 30
request to use a test point evaluation for compaction acceptance testing in lieu of 31
compacting to 95% of the standard density as determined by the requirements of Section 32
2-03.3(14)D. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with SOP 738. 33
34
Section 5-01, Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation 35
January 7, 2019 36
5-01.2 Materials 37
The reference for Concrete Patching Material is revised to read: 38
39
Concrete Patching Material, Grout, and Mortar 9-20.1 40
41
5-01.3(1)A1 Concrete Patching Materials 42
In this section, each reference to “9-20” is revised to read “9-20.1”. 43
44
5-01.3(4) Replace Cement Concrete Panel 45
This section’s content is deleted and replaced with the following new subsections: 46
47
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 14 Amendments
5-01.3(4)A General 1
Curing, cold weather work, concrete pavement construction in adjacent lines, and 2
protection of pavement shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(13) through Section 3
5-05.3(15). The Contractor, at no cost to the Contracting Agency, shall repair any damage 4
to existing pavement caused by the Contractor’s operations. 5
6
5-01.3(4)B Sawing and Dimensional Requirements 7
Concrete slabs to be replaced as shown in the Plans or staked by the Engineer shall be 8
at least 6.0 feet long and full width of an existing pavement panel. The portion of the panel 9
to remain in place shall have a minimum dimension of 6 feet in length and full panel width; 10
otherwise the entire panel shall be removed and replaced. There shall be no new joints 11
closer than 3.0 feet to an existing transverse joint or crack. A vertical full depth saw cut is 12
required along all longitudinal joints and at transverse locations and, unless the Engineer 13
allows otherwise, an additional vertical full depth relief saw cut located 12 to 18 inches 14
from and parallel to the initial longitudinal and transverse saw cut locations is also 15
required. Removal of existing cement concrete pavement shall not cause damage to 16
adjacent slabs that are to remain in place. In areas that will be ground, slab replacements 17
shall be performed prior to pavement grinding. 18
19
Side forms shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(7)B whenever a sawed full 20
depth vertical face cannot be maintained. 21
22
5-01.3(4)C Dowel Bars and Tie Bars 23
For the half of a dowel bar or tie bar placed in fresh concrete, comply with the 24
requirements of Section 5-05. 25
26
For the half of a dowel bar or tie bar placed in hardened concrete, comply with the 27
Standard Plans and the following. 28
29
After drilling, secure dowel bars and tie bars into the existing pavement with either an 30
epoxy bonding agent Type I or IV as specified in Section 9-26.1, or a grout Type 2 for 31
non-shrink applications as specified in Section 9-20.3. 32
33
Dowel bars shall be placed at the mid depth of the concrete slab, centered over the 34
transverse joint, and parallel to the centerline and to the roadway surface, within the 35
tolerances in the table below. Dowel bars may be adjusted to avoid contact with existing 36
dowel bars in the transverse joint at bridge approach slabs or existing panels provided 37
the adjusted dowel bars meet the tolerances below. 38
39
Tie bars shall be placed at the mid depth of the concrete slab, centered over the joint, 40
perpendicular to centerline, and parallel to the roadway surface, within the tolerances in 41
the table below. The horizontal position of tie bars may be adjusted to avoid contact with 42
existing tie bars in the longitudinal joint where panel replacement takes place, provided 43
the adjusted tie bars meet the tolerances below. 44
45
Placement Tolerances
Dowel Bars Tie Bars
Vertical: Center of Bar to Center of Slab
Depth
1.00 inch max 1.00 inch max
Dowel Bar Centered Over the
Transverse Joint
1.00 inch max N/A
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 15 Amendments
Tie Bar Centered Over the Longitudinal
Joint
N/A 1.00 inch max
Parallel to Centerline Over the Length
of the Dowel Bar
0.50 inch max N/A
Perpendicular to Longitudinal Joint
Over the Length of the Tie Bar
N/A 1.00 inch max
Parallel to Roadway Surface Over the
Length of the Bar
0.50 inch max 1.00 inch max
1
Dowel bars and tie bars shall be placed according to the Standard Plan when multiple 2
panels are placed. Panels shall be cast separately from the bridge approach slab. 3
4
Dowel bars to be drilled into existing concrete or at a new transverse contraction joint 5
shall have a parting compound, such as curing compound, grease, or other Engineer 6
accepted equal, applied to them prior to placement. 7
8
Clean the drilled holes in accordance with the epoxy or grout manufacturer’s instructions. 9
Holes shall be clean and dry at the time of placing the epoxy, or grout and tie bars. 10
Completely fill the void between the tie bar and the outer limits of the drilled hole with 11
epoxy or grout. Use retention rings to prevent leakage of the epoxy or grout and support 12
the tie bar to prevent movement until the epoxy or grout has cured the minimum time 13
recommended by the manufacturer. 14
15
5-01.3(4)D Foundation Preparation 16
The Contractor shall smooth the surfacing below the removed panel and compact it to the 17
satisfaction of the Engineer. Crushed surfacing base course, or hot mix asphalt may be 18
needed to bring the surfacing to grade prior to placing the new concrete. 19
20
If the material under the removed panel is uncompactable and the Engineer requires it, 21
the Contractor shall excavate the Subgrade 2 feet, place a soil stabilization construction 22
geotextile meeting the requirements of Section 9-33, and backfill with crushed surfacing 23
base course. This Work may include: 24
25
1. Furnishing and hauling crushed surfacing base course to the project site. 26
27
2. Excavating uncompactable material. 28
29
3. Furnishing and placing a soil stabilization construction geotextile. 30
31
4. Backfilling and compacting crushed surfacing base course. 32
33
5. Removing, hauling and restocking any unused crushed surfacing base course. 34
35
5-01.3(4)E Concrete Finishing 36
Grade control shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 37
38
All panels shall be struck off level with the adjacent panels and floated to a smooth 39
surface. 40
41
Final finish texturing shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(11). 42
43
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 16 Amendments
In areas where the Plans do not require grinding, the surface smoothness will be 1
measured with a 10-foot straightedge by the Engineer in accordance with Section 5-2
05.3(12). If the replacement panel is located in an area that will be ground as part of 3
concrete pavement grinding in accordance with Section 5-01.3(9), the surface 4
smoothness shall be measured, by the Contractor, in conjunction with the smoothness 5
measurement done in accordance with Section 5-01.3(10). 6
7
5-01.3(4)F Joints 8
All transverse and longitudinal joints shall be sawed and sealed in accordance with 9
Section 5-05.3(8). The Contractor may use a hand pushed single blade saw for sawing 10
joints. 11
12
5-01.3(4)G Cracked Panels 13
Replacement panels that crack shall be repaired as specified in Section 5-05.3(22) at no 14
cost to the Contracting Agency. When repairing replacement panels that have cracked, 15
epoxy-coated dowel bars meeting the requirements of Section 9-07.5(1) may be 16
substituted for the corrosion resistant dowel bars specified. 17
18
5-01.3(4)H Opening to Traffic 19
Opening to traffic shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(17). 20
21
5-01.3(5) Partial Depth Spall Repair 22
The second sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 23
24
All sandblasting residue shall be removed. 25
26
5-01.3(7) Sealing Existing Concrete Random Cracks 27
The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 28
29
Immediately prior to sealing, the cracks shall be clean. 30
31
5-01.3(8) Sealing Existing Longitudinal and Transverse Joint 32
The first sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read: 33
34
Immediately prior to sealing, the cracks shall be clean. 35
36
5-01.3(10) Pavement Smoothness 37
This section is revised to read: 38
39
Pavement surface smoothness for cement concrete pavement grinding on this project will 40
include International Roughness Index (IRI) testing. Ride quality will be evaluated using 41
the Mean Roughness Index (MRI) calculated by averaging the IRI data for the left and 42
right wheel path within the section. 43
44
Smoothness Testing Equipment and Operator Certification 45
Use an inertial profiler and operator that meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(3)E. 46
47
Surface Smoothness 48
Operate the inertial profiler in accordance with AASHTO R 57. Collect two longitudinal 49
traces, one in each wheel path. Collect the control profile at locations designated in Table 50
2 prior to any pavement rehabilitation Work on the areas to be tested. Collect an 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 17 Amendments
acceptance profile at locations designated in Table 2 after completion of all cement 1
concrete pavement grinding on the project. Profiles shall be collected in a continuous 2
pass including areas excluded from pay adjustments. Provide notice to the Engineer a 3
minimum of seven calendar days prior to testing. 4
5
Table 2
Locations Requiring MRI Testing
Travel lanes where cement
concrete grinding is shown in
the plans
Control profile
Additional locations
designated by the Engineer Control profile
Travel lanes with completed
cement concrete pavement
grinding
Acceptance profile
Bridges, approach panels
and 0.02 miles before and
after bridges and approach
panels and other excluded
areas within lanes requiring
testing
Control and acceptance
profile
Ramps, Shoulders and
Tapers Do not test
6
Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor’s testing, the Engineer may perform 7
verification testing. If the verification testing shows a difference in MRI greater than the 8
10 percent, the following resolution process will be followed: 9
10
1. The profiles, equipment and procedures will be evaluated to determine the 11
cause of the difference. 12
13
2. If the cause of the discrepancy cannot be resolved the pavement shall be 14
retested with both profilers at a mutually agreed time. The two profilers will test 15
the section within 30 minutes of each other. If the retest shows a difference in 16
MRI equal or greater than the percentages shown in Table 2 of AASHTO R 54 17
the Engineer’s test results will be used for pavement smoothness acceptance. 18
19
The Contractor shall evaluate profiles for acceptance or corrective action using the 20
current version of ProVAL and provide the results including the profile data in unfiltered 21
electronic Engineering Research Division (ERD) file format to the Engineer within 3 22
calendar days of completing each days profile testing. If the profile data files are created 23
using an export option in the manufacturer’s software where filter settings can be 24
specified, use the filter settings that were used to create data files for certification. 25
26
Analyze the entire profile. Exclude areas listed in Table 3. 27
28
Table 3
Areas Excluded from MRI Acceptance Requirements
Location Exclude
Beginning and end of
grinding Pavement within 0.02 mile
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 18 Amendments
Bridges and approach slabs
The bridge and approach
slab and 0.02 mile from the
ends of the bridge or
approach slab
Defects in the existing
roadway identified by the
Contractor that adversely
affect the MRI such as dips,
depressions and wheel path
longitudinal joints.1
0.01-mile section containing
the defect and the 0.01-mile
section following the section
with the defect.
1The presence of defects is subject to verification by the
Engineer
1
Report the MRI results in inches per mile for each 0.01-mile section and each 0.10-mile 2
section. Do not truncate 0.10-mile sections for areas excluded from MRI acceptance 3
requirements. MRI requirements will not apply to 0.10-mile sections with more than three 4
0.01 mile-sections excluded. MRI requirements for the individual 0.01-mile sections shall 5
still apply. The Engineer will verify the analysis. 6
7
The MRI for each 0.10 mile of ground lane will comply with the following: 8
9
Control Profile MRI per 0.10
Mile
Maximum MRI of
Acceptance Profile per 0.10
Mile
≤130 inches/mile 78 inches/mile
>130 inches/mile 0.6 x Control Profile MRI
10
The MRI for each 0.01 mile of the completed cement concrete grinding shall not exceed 11
160 inches/mile. 12
13
All Work is subject to parallel and transverse 10-foot straightedge requirements, 14
corrective work and disincentive adjustments. 15
16
Surface smoothness of travel lanes including areas subject to MRI testing shall not vary 17
more than ⅛ inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface 18
parallel to the centerline. 19
20
The smoothness perpendicular to the centerline will be measured with a 10-foot 21
straightedge within the lanes. There shall be not vertical elevation difference of more than 22
a ¼ inch between lanes. 23
24
Pavement that does not meet these requirements will be subject to corrective Work. All 25
corrective Work shall be completed at no additional expense, including traffic control, to 26
the Contracting Agency. Pavement shall be repaired by one or more of the following 27
methods: 28
29
1. Diamond grinding. 30
31
2. By other method accepted by the Engineer. 32
33
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 19 Amendments
Repair areas shall be re-profiled to ensure they no longer require corrective Work. With 1
concurrence of the Engineer, a 10-foot straight edge may be used in place of the inertial 2
profiler. 3
4
If correction of the roadway as listed above either will not or does not produce satisfactory 5
results as to smoothness or serviceability the Engineer may accept the completed 6
pavement and a credit will be calculated in accordance with Section 5-01.5. Under these 7
circumstances, the decision whether to accept the completed pavement or to require 8
corrective work as described above shall be vested entirely in the Engineer. 9
10
5-01.5 Payment 11
This section is supplemented with the following: 12
13
“Grinding Smoothness Compliance Adjustment”, by calculation. 14
Grinding Smoothness Compliance Adjustments will be based on the requirements in 15
Section 5-01.3(10) and the following calculations: 16
17
A smoothness compliance adjustment will be calculated in the sum of minus $100 18
for each and every section of single traffic lane 0.01 mile in length and $1,000 for 19
each and every section of single traffic lane 0.10 mile in length that does not meet 20
the requirements in Section 5-01.3(10) after corrective Work. 21
22
Section 5-02, Bituminous Surface Treatment 23
April 1, 2019 24
5-02.3(5) Application of Aggregates 25
The first sentence of the eleventh paragraph is revised to read: 26
27
The Contractor shall use a pickup broom in all curbed areas, on all bridges, within city 28
limits, within sensitive areas, and where shown in the Plans both before the application 29
of emulsified asphalt and during the final brooming operation. 30
31
Section 5-04, Hot Mix Asphalt 32
April 1, 2019 33
5-04.1 Description 34
The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 35
36
The manufacture of HMA may include additives or processes that reduce the optimum 37
mixing temperature (Warm Mix Asphalt) or serve as a compaction aid in accordance with 38
these Specifications. 39
40
5-04.2 Materials 41
The reference to “Warm Mix Asphalt Additive” is revised to read “HMA Additive”. 42
43
5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL 44
The last bullet in the first paragraph is revised to read: 45
46
• Do not include HMA additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature or serve 47
as a compaction aid when developing a mix design or submitting a mix design for 48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 20 Amendments
QPL evaluation. The use of HMA additives is not part of the process for obtaining 1
approval for listing a mix design on the QPL. Refer to Section 5-04.2(2)B. 2
3
In the table, “WSDOT Standard Practice QC-8” is revised to read “WSDOT Standard Practice 4
QC-8 located in the WSDOT Materials Manual M 46-01”. 5
6
5-04.2(1)C Mix Design Resubmittal for QPL Approval 7
Item number 3 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 8
9
3. Changes in modifiers used in the asphalt binder. 10
11
5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes 12
This section, including title, is revised to read: 13
14
5-04.2(2)B Using HMA Additives 15
The Contractor may, at the Contractor’s discretion, elect to use additives that reduce the 16
optimum mixing temperature or serve as a compaction aid for producing HMA. Additives 17
include organic additives, chemical additives and foaming processes. The use of 18
Additives is subject to the following: 19
20
• Do not use additives that reduce the mixing temperature in accordance with 21
Section 5-04.3(6) in the production of High RAP/Any RAS mixtures. 22
23
• Before using additives, obtain the Engineer’s approval using WSDOT Form 350-24
076 to describe the proposed additive and process. 25
26
5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant 27
Item number 5 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 28
29
5. Provide HMA sampling equipment that complies with FOP for AASHTO T 168: 30
31
• Use a mechanical sampling device accepted by the Engineer, or 32
33
• Platforms or devices to enable sampling from the truck transport without entering 34
the truck transport for sampling HMA. 35
36
5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces 37
The first sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 38
39
Unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer, use cationic emulsified asphalt CSS-1, CSS-40
1h, or Performance Graded (PG) asphalt for tack coat. 41
42
5-04.3(6) Mixing 43
The first paragraph is revised to read: 44
45
The asphalt supplier shall introduce recycling agent and anti-stripping additive, in the 46
amount designated on the QPL for the mix design, into the asphalt binder prior to 47
shipment to the asphalt mixing plant. 48
49
The seventh paragraph is revised to read: 50
51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 21 Amendments
Upon discharge from the mixer, ensure that the temperature of the HMA does not exceed 1
the optimum mixing temperature shown on the accepted Mix Design Report by more than 2
25°F, or as allowed by the Engineer. When an additive is included in the manufacture of 3
HMA, do not heat the additive (at any stage of production including in binder storage 4
tanks) to a temperature higher than the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of 5
the additive. 6
7
5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing 8
The last row of the table is revised to read: 9
10
3∕8 inch 0.25 feet 0.30 feet
11
5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA 12
The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: 13
14
The Contracting Agency’s combined aggregate bulk specific gravity (Gsb) blend as shown 15
on the HMA Mix Design will be used for VMA calculations until the Contractor submits a 16
written request for a Gsb test. The new Gsb will be used in the VMA calculations for HMA 17
from the date the Engineer receives the written request for a Gsb retest. The Contractor 18
may request aggregate specific gravity (Gsb) testing be performed by the Contracting 19
Agency twice per project. The Gsb blend of the combined stockpiles will be used to 20
calculate voids in mineral aggregate (VMA) of any HMA produced after the new Gsb is 21
determined. 22
23
5-04.3(9)A1 Test Section – When Required, When to Stop 24
The following new row is inserted after the second row in Table 9: 25
26
VMA Minimum PFi of 0.95
based on the criteria in
Section 5-04.3(9)B42
None4
27
5-04.3(9)A2 Test Section – Evaluating the HMA Mixture in a Test Section 28
In Table 9a, the test property “Gradation, Asphalt Binder, and Va” is revised to read “Gradation, 29
Asphalt Binder, VMA, and Va” 30
31
In Table 9a, the first column of the third row is revised to read: 32
33
Aggregates:
Sand Equivalent
Uncompacted Void
Content
Fracture
34
5-04.3(9)B3 Mixture Statistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing 35
In Table 11, “Va” is revised to read “VMA and Va” 36
37
5-04.3(9)B5 Mixture Statistical Evaluation – Composite Pay Factors (CPF) 38
The following new row is inserted above the last row in Table 12: 39
40
Voids in Mineral Aggregate
(VMA)
2
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 22 Amendments
1
5-04.3(9)B7 Mixture Statistical Evaluation – Retests 2
The second to last sentence is revised to read: 3
4
The sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis, asphalt binder content, VMA 5
and Va, and the results of the retest will be used for the acceptance of the HMA mixture 6
in place of the original mixture sublot sample test results. 7
8
5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction – General Compaction Requirements 9
The last paragraph is revised to read: 10
11
On bridge decks and on roadway approaches within five feet of a bridge/back of pavement 12
seat, rollers shall not be operated in a vibratory mode, defined as a mode in which the 13
drum vibrates vertically. However, unless otherwise noted on the plans, rollers may be 14
operated in an oscillatory mode, defined as a mode in which the drum vibrates in the 15
horizontal direction only. 16
17
5-04.3(10)C1 HMA Compaction Statistical Evaluation – Lots and Sublots 18
The bulleted item in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 19
20
• For a compaction lot in progress with a compaction CPF less than 0.75 using an LSL 21
= 91.5, a new compaction lot will begin at the Contractor’s request after the Engineer 22
is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. See also 23
Section 5-04.3(11)F. 24
25
5-04.3(10)C2 HMA Compaction Statistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing 26
In the table, “WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 355” is revised to read “FOP for AASHTO T 355”. 27
28
5-04.3(10)C3 HMA Statistical Compaction – Price Adjustments 29
In the first paragraph, “WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 355” is revised to read “FOP for AASHTO 30
T 355”. 31
32
The first sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: 33
34
For each HMA compaction lot (that is accepted by Statistical Evaluation) which does not 35
meet the criteria in the preceding paragraph, the compaction lot shall be evaluated in 36
accordance with Section 1-06.2(2)D5 to determine the appropriate Composite Pay Factor 37
(CPF). 38
39
The last two paragraphs are revised to read: 40
41
Determine the Compaction Price Adjustment (CPA) from the table below, selecting the 42
equation for CPA that corresponds to the value of CPF determined above. 43
44
Calculating HMA Compaction Price Adjustment (CPA)
Value of CPF Equation for Calculating CPA
When CPF > 1.00 CPA = [1.00 x (CPF – 1.00)] x Q x
UP
When CPF = 1.00 CPA = $0
When CPF < 1.0 CPA = [0.60 x (CPF – 1.00)] x Q x
UP
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 23 Amendments
1
Where 2
CPA = Compaction Price Adjustment for the compaction lot ($) 3
CPF = Composite Pay Factor for the compaction lot (maximum is 1.05) 4
Q = Quantity in the compaction lot (tons) 5
UP = Unit price of the HMA in the compaction lot ($/ton) 6
7
5-04.3(10)C4 HMA Statistical Compaction – Requests for Retesting 8
The first sentence is revised to read: 9
10
For a compaction sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not 11
meet the minimum of 91.5 percent of the theoretical maximum density in a compaction 12
lot with a CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection, the Contractor 13
may request that a core, taken at the same location as the nuclear density test, be used 14
for determination of the relative density of the compaction sublot. 15
16
5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness 17
The second to last paragraph is revised to read: 18
19
When concrete pavement is to be placed on HMA, the surface tolerance of the HMA shall 20
be such that no surface elevation lies above the Plan grade minus the specified Plan 21
depth of concrete pavement. Prior to placing the concrete pavement, bring any such 22
irregularities to the required tolerance by grinding or other means allowed by the Engineer. 23
24
5-04.5 Payment 25
The paragraph following the Bid item “Crack Sealing-LF”, per linear foot is revised to read: 26
27
The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Crack Sealing-LF” shall be full payment for all 28
costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(4)A. 29
30
Section 5-05, Cement Concrete Pavement 31
April 1, 2019 32
5-05.1 Description 33
In the first paragraph, “portland cement concrete” is revised to read “cement concrete”. 34
35
5-05.2 Materials 36
In the first paragraph, the reference to “Portland Cement” is revised to read: 37
38
Cement 9-01 39
40
In the first paragraph, the section reference for Concrete Patching Material is revised to read 41
“9-20.1”. 42
43
The second paragraph is revised to read: 44
45
Cementitious materials are considered to be the following: portland cement, blended 46
hydraulic cement, fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag and microsilica fume. 47
48
5-05.3(1) Concrete Mix Design for Paving 49
The table title in item number 4 is revised to read Concrete Batch Weights. 50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 24 Amendments
1
In item 4a, “Portland Cement” is revised to read “Cement”. 2
3
5-05.3(3)E Smoothness Testing Equipment 4
This section is revised to read: 5
6
Inertial profilers shall meet all requirements of AASHTO M 328 and be certified in 7
accordance with AASHTO R 56 within the preceding 12 months. 8
9
The inertial profiler operator shall be certified as required by AASHTO R 56 within three 10
years preceding profile measurement. 11
12
Equipment or operator certification by other states or a profiler certification facility will be 13
accepted provided the certification meets the requirements of AASHTO R 56. 14
Documentation verifying certification by another state shall be submitted to the Engineer 15
a minimum of 14 calendar days prior to profile measurement. Equipment certification 16
documentation shall include the information required by part 8.5 and 8.6 of AASHTO R 17
56. Operator documentation shall include a statement from the certifying state that 18
indicates the operator is certified to operate the inertial profiler to be used on the project. 19
The decision whether another state’s certification meets the requirements of AASHTO R 20
56 shall be vested entirely in the Engineer. 21
22
5-05.3(4) Measuring and Batching Materials 23
Item number 2 is revised to read: 24
25
2. Batching Materials – On all projects requiring more than 2,500 cubic yards of 26
concrete for paving, the batching plant shall be equipped to proportion aggregates 27
and cement by weight by means of automatic and interlocked proportioning devices 28
of accepted type. 29
30
5-05.3(4)A Acceptance of Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 31
This section’s title is revised to read: 32
33
Acceptance of Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete 34
Pavement 35
36
The first sentence is revised to read: 37
38
Acceptance of portland cement or blended hydraulic cement concrete pavement shall be 39
as provided under statistical or nonstatistical acceptance. 40
41
5-05.3(7) Placing, Spreading, and Compacting Concrete 42
This section’s content is deleted. 43
44
5-05.3(10) Tie Bars and Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars 45
The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 46
47
The tie bar holes shall be clean before grouting. 48
49
5-05.3(12) Surface Smoothness 50
This section is revised to read: 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 25 Amendments
1
Pavement surface smoothness for this project will include International Roughness Index 2
(IRI) testing. The Contractor shall perform IRI testing on each through lane, climbing lane, 3
and passing lane, greater than 0.25 mile in length and these lanes will be subject to 4
incentive/disincentive adjustments. Ride quality will be evaluated using the Mean 5
Roughness Index (MRI) calculated by averaging the IRI data for the left and right wheel 6
path within the section. 7
8
Ramps, shoulders and tapers will not be included in MRI testing for pavement 9
smoothness and will not be subject to incentive adjustments. All Work is subject to parallel 10
and transverse 10-foot straightedge requirements, corrective work and disincentive 11
adjustments. 12
13
Operate the inertial profiler in accordance with AASHTO R 57. Collect two longitudinal 14
traces, one in each wheel path. Collect profile data after completion of all concrete paving 15
on the project in a continuous pass including areas excluded from pay adjustments. 16
Provide notice to the Engineer a minimum of seven calendar days prior to testing. 17
18
Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor’s testing, the Engineer may perform 19
verification testing. If the verification testing shows a difference in MRI greater than the 20
percentages shown in Table 2 of AASHTO R 54 the following resolution process will be 21
followed: 22
23
1. The profiles, equipment and procedures will be evaluated to determine the 24
cause of the difference. 25
26
2. If the cause of the discrepancy cannot be resolved the pavement shall be 27
retested with both profilers at a mutually agreed time. The two profilers will test 28
the section within 30 minutes of each other. If the retest shows a difference in 29
MRI equal or greater than the percentages shown in Table 2 of AASHTO R 54 30
the Engineer’s test results will be used to establish pay adjustments. 31
32
Surface smoothness of travel lanes not subject to MRI testing will be measured with a 10-33
foot straightedge no later than 5:00 p.m. of the day following the placing of the concrete. 34
The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than ⅛ inch from the 35
lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. 36
37
Smoothness perpendicular to the centerline will be measured with a 10-foot straightedge 38
across all lanes with the same cross slope, including shoulders when composed of 39
cement concrete pavement. The overlapping 10-foot straightedge measurement shall be 40
discontinued at a point 6 inches from the most extreme outside edge of the finished 41
cement concrete pavement. The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary 42
more than ¼ inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface 43
perpendicular to the centerline. Any deviations in excess of the above tolerances shall be 44
corrected. 45
46
The Contractor shall evaluate profiles for acceptance, incentive payments, disincentive 47
payments, or corrective action using the current version of ProVAL and provide the results 48
including the profile data in unfiltered electronic Engineering Research Division (ERD) file 49
format to the Engineer within 2 calendar days of completing testing each section of 50
pavement. If the profile data files are created using an export option in the manufacturer’s 51
software where filter settings can be specified, use the filter settings that were used to 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 26 Amendments
create data files for certification. Analyze the entire profile. Exclude any areas specifically 1
identified in the Contract. Exclude from the analysis the first 100 feet after the start of the 2
paving operations and last 100 feet prior to the end of the paving operation, the first 100 3
feet on either side of bridge Structures and bridge approach slab. Report the MRI results 4
in inches per mile for each 52.8 foot section and horizontal distance measurements in 5
project stationing to the nearest foot. Include pay adjustments in the results. The Engineer 6
will verify the analysis. 7
8
Corrective work for pavement smoothness may be taken by the Contractor prior to MRI 9
testing. After completion of the MRI testing the Contractor shall measure the smoothness 10
of each 52.8-foot section with an MRI greater than 125 inches per mile with a 10-foot 11
straightedge within 14 calendar days or as allowed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall 12
identify all locations that require corrective work and provide the straight edge 13
measurements at each location that exceeds the allowable limit to the Engineer. If all 14
measurements in a 52.8-foot section comply with smoothness requirements, the 15
Contractor shall provide the maximum measurement to the Engineer and a statement that 16
corrective work is not required. Unless allowed by the Engineer, corrective work shall be 17
taken by the Contractor for pavement identified by the Contractor or Engineer that does 18
not meet the following requirements: 19
20
1. The completed surface shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to crown 21
and grade, and free from defects of all kinds. 22
23
2. The completed surface shall not vary more than ⅛ inch from the lower edge of 24
a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. 25
26
3. The completed surface shall vary not more than ¼ inch in 10 feet from the rate 27
of transverse slope shown in the Plans. 28
29
All corrective work shall be completed at no additional expense, including traffic control, 30
to the Contracting Agency. Corrective work shall not begin until the concrete has reached 31
its design strength unless allowed by the Engineer. Pavement shall be repaired by one or 32
more of the following methods: 33
34
1. Diamond grinding; repairs shall not reduce pavement thickness by more than ¼ 35
inch less than the thickness shown in the Plans. When required by the Engineer, 36
the Contractor shall verify the thickness of the concrete pavement by coring. 37
Thickness reduction due to corrective work will not be included in thickness 38
measurements for calculating the Thickness Deficiency in Section 5-05.5(1)A. 39
40
2. Removal and replacement of the cement concrete pavement. 41
42
3. By other method allowed by the Engineer. 43
44
For repairs following MRI testing the repaired area shall be checked by the Contractor 45
with a 10-foot straightedge to ensure it no longer requires corrective work. With 46
concurrence of the Engineer an inertial profiler may be used in place of the 10-foot straight 47
edge. 48
49
If correction of the roadway as listed above either will not or does not produce satisfactory 50
results as to smoothness or serviceability the Engineer may accept the completed 51
pavement and a credit will be calculated in accordance with Section 5-05.5. The credit 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 27 Amendments
will be in addition to the price adjustment for MRI. Under these circumstances, the 1
decision whether to accept the completed pavement or to require corrective work as 2
described above shall be vested entirely in the Engineer. 3
4
5-05.3(22) Repair of Defective Pavement Slabs 5
The last sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 6
7
All sandblasting residue shall be removed. 8
9
5-05.4 Measurement 10
Item number 3 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 11
12
3. The depth shall be determined in accordance with Section 5-05.5(1). The depth 13
utilized to calculate the volume shall not exceed the Plan depth plus 0.04 feet. 14
15
The third paragraph is revised to read: 16
17
The volume of cement concrete pavement in each thickness lot shall equal the measured 18
length × width × thickness measurement. 19
20
The last paragraph is revised to read: 21
22
The calculation for cement concrete compliance adjustment is the volume of concrete 23
represented by the CPF and the Thickness deficiency adjustment. 24
25
5-05.5 Payment 26
The paragraph following the Bid item “Cement Conc. Pavement”, per cubic yard is 27
supplemented with the following: 28
29
All costs associated with performing the magnetic pulse induction thickness testing shall 30
be included in the unit Contract price per cubic yard for “Cement Conc. Pavement”. 31
32
The Bid item “Ride Smoothness Compliance Adjustment”, by calculation, and the paragraph 33
following this bid item are revised to read: 34
35
“Ride Smoothness Compliance Adjustment”, by calculation. 36
37
Smoothness Compliance Adjustments will be based on the requirements in Section 5-38
05.3(12) and the following calculations: 39
40
1. Final MRI acceptance and incentive/disincentive payments for pavement 41
smoothness will be calculated as the average of the ten 52.8-foot sections in 42
each 528 feet in accordance with the price adjustment schedule. 43
44
a. For sections of a lane that are a minimum of 52.8 feet and less than 528 45
feet, the price adjustment will be calculated using the average of the 52.8 46
foot MRI values and the price adjustment prorated for the length of the 47
section. 48
49
b. MRI values per 52.8-feet that were measured prior to corrective work will 50
be included in the 528 foot price adjustment for sections with corrective 51
work. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 28 Amendments
1
2. In addition to the price adjustment for MRI a smoothness compliance adjustment 2
will be calculated in the sum of minus $1000.00 for each and every section of 3
single traffic lane 52.8 feet in length in that does not meet the 10-foot straight 4
edge requirements in Section 5-05.3(12) after corrective Work. 5
6
Price Adjustment Schedule
MRI for each 528 ft.
section
Pay Adjustment
Schedule
in. / mi. $ / 0.10 mi.
< 30 2400
30 2400
31 2320
32 2240
33 2160
34 2080
35 2000
36 1920
37 1840
38 1760
39 1680
40 1600
41 1520
42 1440
43 1360
44 1280
45 1200
46 1120
47 1040
48 960
49 880
50 800
51 720
52 640
53 560
54 480
55 400
56 320
57 240
58 160
59 80
60 0
61 0
62 0
63 0
64 0
65 0
66 0
67 0
68 0
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 29 Amendments
69 0
70 0
71 0
72 0
73 0
74 0
75 0
76 -80
77 -160
78 -240
79 -320
80 -400
81 -480
82 -560
83 -640
84 -720
85 -800
86 -880
87 -960
88 -1040
89 -1120
90 -1200
91 -1280
92 -1360
93 -1440
94 -1520
95 -1600
96 -1680
97 -1760
98 -1840
99 -1920
100 -2000
101 -2080
102 -2160
103 -2240
104 -2320
105 -2400
106 -2480
107 -2560
108 -2640
109 -2720
110 -2800
111 -2880
112 -2960
113 -3040
114 -3120
115 -3200
116 -3280
117 -3360
118 -3440
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 30 Amendments
119 -3520
120 -3600
121 -3680
122 -3760
123 -3840
124 -3920
≥125 -4000
1
The bid item “Portland Cement Concrete Compliance Adjustment”, by calculation, and the 2
paragraph following this bid item are revised to read: 3
4
“Cement Concrete Compliance Adjustment”, by calculation. 5
6
Payment for “Cement Concrete Compliance Adjustment” will be calculated by multiplying 7
the unit Contract price for the cement concrete pavement, times the volume for 8
adjustment, times the percent of adjustment determined from the calculated CPF and the 9
Deficiency Adjustment listed in Section 5-05.5(1)A. 10
11
5-05.5(1) Pavement Thickness 12
This section is revised to read: 13
14
Cement concrete pavement shall be constructed in accordance with the thickness 15
requirements in the Plans and Specifications. Tolerances allowed for Subgrade 16
construction and other provisions, which may affect thickness, shall not be construed to 17
modify such thickness requirements. 18
19
Thickness measurements in each lane paved shall comply with the following: 20
21
Thickness Testing of Cement Concrete Pavement
Thickness Lot Size 15 panels maximum
Thickness test location determined
by
Engineer will select testing locations in
accordance with WSDOT TM 716
method B.
Sample method AASHTO T 359
Sample preparation performed by
Contractor provides, places, and
secures disks in the presence of the
Engineer1
Measurement method AASHTO T 359
Thickness measurement performed
by
Contractor, in the presence of the
Engineer2
1Reflectors shall be located at within 0.5 feet of the center of the panel. The
Contractor shall supply a sufficient number of 300 mm-diameter round
reflectors meeting the requirements of AASHTO T 359 to accomplish the
required testing.
2The Contractor shall provide all equipment and materials needed to perform
the testing.
22
Thickness measurements shall be rounded to the nearest 0.01 foot. 23
24
Each thickness test location where the pavement thickness is deficient by more than 0.04 25
foot, shall be subject to price reduction or corrective action as shown in Table 2. 26
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 31 Amendments
1
Table 2
Thickness Deficiency
0.04’ < Thickness Deficiency ≤
0.06’ 10
0.06’ < Thickness deficiency ≤
0.08’ 25
Thickness deficiency > 0.08’
Remove and replace the panels or the
panels may be accepted with no
payment at the discretion of the
Engineer.
2
The price reduction shall be computed by multiplying the percent price reduction in Table 3
2 by the unit Contract price by the volume of pavement represented by the thickness test 4
lot. 5
6
Additional cores may be taken by the Contractor to determine the limits of an area that 7
has a thickness deficiency greater than 0.04 feet. Cores shall be taken at the approximate 8
center of the panel. Only the panels within the limits of the deficiency area as determined 9
by the cores will be subject to a price reduction or corrective action. The cores shall be 10
taken in the presence of the Engineer and delivered to the Engineer for measurement. All 11
costs for the additional cores including filling the core holes with patching material meeting 12
the requirements of Section 9-20 will be the responsibility of the Contractor. 13
14
5-05.5(1)A Thickness Deficiency of 0.05 Foot or Less 15
This section, including title, is revised to read: 16
17
5-05.5(1)A Vacant 18
19
5-05.5(1)B Thickness Deficiency of More Than 0.05 Foot 20
This section, including title, is revised to read: 21
22
5-05.5(1)B Vacant 23
24
Section 6-01, General Requirements for Structures 25
January 7, 2019 26
This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 27
28
6-01.16 Repair of Defective Work 29
6-01.16(1) General 30
When using repair procedures that are described elsewhere in the Contract 31
Documents, the Working Drawing submittal requirements of this Section shall not 32
apply to those repairs unless noted otherwise. 33
34
Repair procedures for defective Work shall be submitted as Type 2 Working 35
Drawings. Type 2E Working Drawings shall be submitted when required by the 36
Engineer. As an alternative to submitting Type 2 or 2E Working Drawings, defective 37
Work within the limits of applicability of a pre-approved repair procedure may be 38
repaired using that procedure. Repairs using a pre-approved repair procedure shall 39
be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. 40
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 32 Amendments
1
Pre-approved repair procedures shall consist of the following: 2
3
• The procedures listed in Section 6-01.16(2) 4
5
• For precast concrete, repair procedures in the annual plant approval 6
process documents that have been approved for use by the Contracting 7
Agency. 8
9
All Working Drawings for repair procedures shall include: 10
11
• A description of the defective Work including location, extent and pictures 12
13
• Materials to be used in the repair. Repairs using manufactured products 14
shall include written manufacturer recommendations for intended uses of 15
the product, surface preparation, mixing, aggregate extension (if 16
applicable), ambient and surface temperature limits, placement methods, 17
finishing and curing. 18
19
• Construction procedures 20
21
• Plan details of the area to be repaired 22
23
• Calculations for Type 2E Working Drawings 24
25
Material manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations shall supersede any 26
conflicting requirements in pre-approved repair procedures. 27
28
The Engineer shall be notified prior to performing any repair procedure and shall be 29
given an opportunity to inspect the repair work being performed. 30
31
6-01.16(2) Pre-Approved Repair Procedures 32
6-01.16(2)A Concrete Spalls and Poor Consolidation (Rock Pockets, 33
Honeycombs, Voids, etc.) 34
This repair shall be limited to the following areas: 35
36
• Areas that are not on top Roadway surfaces (with or without an overlay) 37
including but not limited to concrete bridge decks, bridge approach 38
slabs or cement concrete pavement 39
40
• Areas that are not underwater 41
42
• Areas that are not on precast barrier, except for the bottom 4 inches 43
(but not to exceed 1 inch above blockouts) 44
45
• Areas that do not affect structural adequacy as determined by the 46
Engineer. 47
48
The repair procedure is as follows: 49
50
1. Remove all loose and unsound concrete. Impact breakers shall not 51
exceed 15 pounds in weight when removing concrete adjacent to 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 33 Amendments
reinforcement or other embedments and shall not exceed 30 pounds 1
in weight otherwise. Operate impact breakers at angles less than 45 2
degrees as measured from the surface of the concrete to the tool and 3
moving away from the edge of the defective Work. Concrete shall be 4
completely removed from exposed surfaces of existing steel reinforcing 5
bars. If half or more of the circumference of any steel reinforcing bar is 6
exposed, if the reinforcing bar is loose or if the bond to existing concrete 7
is poor then concrete shall be removed at least ¾ inch behind the 8
reinforcing bar. Do not damage any existing reinforcement. Stop work 9
and allow the Engineer to inspect the repair area after removing all 10
loose and unsound concrete. Submit a modified repair procedure when 11
required by the Engineer. 12
13
2. Square the edges of the repair area by cutting an edge perpendicular 14
to the concrete surface around the repair area. The geometry of the 15
repair perimeter shall minimize the edge length and shall be 16
rectangular with perpendicular edges, avoiding reentrant corners. The 17
depth of the cut shall be a minimum of ¾ inch, but shall be reduced if 18
necessary to avoid damaging any reinforcement. For repairs on vertical 19
surfaces, the top edge shall slope up toward the front at a 1-vertical-to-20
3-horizontal slope. 21
22
3. Remove concrete within the repair area to a depth at least matching 23
the cut depth at the edges. Large variations in the depth of removal 24
within short distances shall be avoided. Roughen the concrete surface. 25
The concrete surface should be roughened to at least Concrete 26
Surface Profile (CSP) 5 in accordance with ICRI Guideline No. 310.2R, 27
unless a different CSP is recommended by the patching material 28
manufacturer. 29
30
4. Inspect the concrete repair surface for delaminations, debonding, 31
microcracking and voids using hammer tapping or a chain drag. 32
Remove any additional loose or unsound concrete in accordance with 33
steps 1 through 3. 34
35
5. Select a patching material in accordance with Section 9-20.2 that is 36
appropriate for the repair location and thickness. The concrete patching 37
material shall be pumpable or self-consolidating as required for the 38
type of placement that suits the repair. The patching material shall have 39
a minimum compressive strength at least equal to the specified 40
compressive strength of the concrete. 41
42
6. Prepare the concrete surface and reinforcing steel in accordance with 43
the patching material manufacturer’s recommendations. At a minimum, 44
clean the concrete surfaces (including perimeter edges) and reinforcing 45
steel using oil-free abrasive blasting or high-pressure (minimum 5,000 46
psi) water blasting. All dirt, dust, loose particles, rust, laitance, oil, film, 47
microcracked/bruised concrete or foreign material of any sort shall be 48
removed. Damage to the epoxy coating on steel reinforcing bars shall 49
be repaired in accordance with Section 6-02.3(24)H. 50
51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 34 Amendments
7. Construct forms if necessary, such as for patching vertical or overhead 1
surfaces or where patching extends to the edge or corner of a 2
placement. 3
4
8. When recommended by the patching material manufacturer, saturate 5
the concrete in the repair area and remove any free water at the 6
concrete surface to obtain a saturated surface dry (SSD) substrate. 7
When recommended by the patching material manufacturer, apply a 8
primer, scrub coat or bonding agent to the existing surfaces. Epoxy 9
bonding agents, if used, shall be Type II or Type V in accordance with 10
Section 9-26.1. 11
12
9. Place and consolidate the patching material in accordance with the 13
manufacturer’s recommendations. Work the material firmly into all 14
surfaces of the repair area with sufficient pressure to achieve proper 15
bond to the concrete. 16
17
10. The patching material shall be textured, cured and finished in 18
accordance with the patching material manufacturer’s 19
recommendations and/or the requirements for the repaired component. 20
Protect the newly placed patch from vibration in accordance with 21
Section 6-02.3(6)D. 22
23
11. When the completed repair does not match the existing concrete color 24
and will be visible to the public, a sand and cement mixture that is color 25
matched to the existing concrete shall be rubbed, brushed, or applied 26
to the surface of the patching material and the concrete. 27
28
6-01.10 Utilities Supported by or Attached to Bridges 29
In the third paragraph, “Federal Standard 595” is revised to read “SAE AMS Standard 595”. 30
31
6-01.12 Final Cleanup 32
The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 33
34
Structure decks shall be clean. 35
36
The second paragraph is deleted. 37
38
Section 6-02, Concrete Structures 39
April 1, 2019 40
6-02.1 Description 41
The first sentence is revised to read: 42
43
This Work consists of the construction of all Structures (and their parts) made of portland 44
cement or blended hydraulic cement concrete with or without reinforcement, including 45
bridge approach slabs. 46
47
6-02.2 Materials 48
In the first paragraph, the references to “Portland Cement” and “Aggregates for Portland 49
Cement Concrete” are revised to read: 50
51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 35 Amendments
Cement 9-01 1
Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 2
3
The reference to metakaolin is deleted. 4
5
6-02.3(2) Proportioning Materials 6
The second paragraph is revised to read: 7
8
Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall use Type I or II portland cement or 9
blended hydraulic cement in all concrete as defined in Section 9-01.2(1). 10
11
The last sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read: 12
13
With the Engineer’s written concurrence, microsilica fume may be used in all 14
classifications of Class 4000, Class 3000, and commercial concrete and is limited to a 15
maximum of 10 percent of the cementitious material. 16
17
6-02.3(2)A Contractor Mix Design 18
The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 19
20
For all other concrete, air content shall be a minimum of 4.5 percent and a maximum of 21
7.5 percent for all concrete placed above the finished ground line unless noted otherwise. 22
23
6-02.3(2)A1 Contractor Mix Design for Concrete Class 4000D 24
Item number 5 of the first paragraph is deleted. 25
26
Item number 6 of the first paragraph (after the preceding Amendment is applied) is 27
renumbered to 5. 28
29
6-02.3(2)B Commercial Concrete 30
The second paragraph is revised to read: 31
32
Where concrete Class 3000 is specified for items such as, culvert headwalls, plugging 33
culverts, concrete pipe collars, pipe anchors, monument cases, Type PPB, PS, I, FB and 34
RM signal standards, pedestals, cabinet bases, guardrail anchors, fence post footings, 35
sidewalks, concrete curbs, curbs and gutters, and gutters, the Contractor may use 36
commercial concrete. If commercial concrete is used for sidewalks, concrete curbs, curbs 37
and gutters, and gutters, it shall have a minimum cementitious material content of 564 38
pounds per cubic yard of concrete, shall be air entrained, and the tolerances of Section 39
6-02.3(5)C shall apply. 40
41
6-02.3(4) Ready-Mix Concrete 42
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 43
44
All concrete, except lean concrete, shall be batched in a prequalified manual, semi-45
automatic, or automatic plant as described in Section 6-02.3(4)A. 46
47
6-02.3(4)D Temperature and Time For Placement 48
The following is inserted after the first sentence of the first paragraph: 49
50
The upper temperature limit for placement for Class 4000D concrete may be increased 51
to a maximum of 80°F if allowed by the Engineer. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 36 Amendments
1
6-02.3(5)C Conformance to Mix Design 2
Item number 1 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 3
4
1. Cement weight plus 5 percent or minus 1 percent of that specified in the mix design. 5
6
6-02.3(6)A1 Hot Weather Protection 7
The first paragraph is revised to read: 8
9
The Contractor shall provide concrete within the specified temperature limits. Cooling of 10
the coarse aggregate piles by sprinkling with water is permitted provided the moisture 11
content is monitored, the mixing water is adjusted for the free water in the aggregate and 12
the coarse aggregate is removed from at least 1 foot above the bottom of the pile. 13
Sprinkling of fine aggregate piles with water is not allowed. Refrigerating mixing water or 14
replacing all or part of the mixing water with crushed ice is permitted, provided the ice is 15
completely melted by placing time. 16
17
The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 18
19
These surfaces include forms, reinforcing steel, steel beam flanges, and any others that 20
touch the concrete. 21
22
6-02.3(7) Vacant 23
This section, including title, is revised to read: 24
25
6-02.3(7) Tolerances 26
Unless noted otherwise, concrete construction tolerances shall be in accordance with this 27
section. Tolerances in this section do not apply to cement concrete pavement. 28
29
Horizontal deviation of roadway crown points, cross-slope break points, and curb, barrier 30
or railing edges from alignment or work line: ±1.0 inch 31
32
Deviation from plane: ±0.5 inch in 10 feet 33
34
Deviation from plane for roadway surfaces: ±0.25 inch in 10 feet 35
36
Deviation from plumb or specified batter: ±0.5 inch in 10 feet, but not to exceed a total of 37
±1.5 inches 38
39
Vertical deviation from profile grade for roadway surfaces: ±1 inch 40
41
Vertical deviation of top surfaces (except roadway surfaces): ±0.75 inch 42
43
Thickness of bridge decks and other structural slabs not at grade: ±0.25 inch 44
45
Length, width and thickness of elements such as columns, beams, crossbeams, 46
diaphragms, corbels, piers, abutments and walls, including dimensions to construction 47
joints in initial placements: +0.5 inch, -0.25 inch 48
49
Length, width and thickness of spread footing foundations: +2 inches, -0.5 inch 50
51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 37 Amendments
Horizontal location of the as-placed edge of spread footing foundations: The greater of 1
±2% of the horizontal dimension of the foundation perpendicular to the edge and ±0.5 2
inch. However, the tolerance shall not exceed ±2 inches. 3
4
Location of opening, insert or embedded item at concrete surface: ±0.5 inch 5
6
Cross-sectional dimensions of opening: ±0.5 inch 7
8
Bridge deck, bridge approach slab, and bridge traffic barrier expansion joint gaps with a 9
specified temperature range, measured at a stable temperature: ±0.25 inch 10
11
Horizontal deviation of centerline of bearing pad, oak block or other bearing assembly: 12
±0.125 inch 13
14
Horizontal deviation of centerline of supported element from centerline of bearing pad, 15
oak block or other bearing assembly ±0.25 inch 16
17
Vertical deviation of top of bearing pad, oak block or other bearing assembly: ±0.125 inch 18
19
6-02.3(10)C Finishing Equipment 20
The first paragraph is revised to read: 21
22
The finishing machine shall be self-propelled and be capable of forward and reverse 23
movement under positive control. The finishing machine shall be equipped with augers 24
and a rotating cylindrical single or double drum screed. The finishing machine shall have 25
the necessary adjustments to produce the required cross section, line, and grade. The 26
finishing machine shall be capable of raising the screeds, augers, and any other parts of 27
the finishing mechanical operation to clear the screeded surface, and returning to the 28
specified grade under positive control. Unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer, a 29
finishing machine manufacturer technical representative shall be on site to assist the first 30
use of the machine on the Contract. 31
32
The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 33
34
For bridge deck widening of 20 feet or less, and for bridge approach slabs, or where 35
jobsite conditions do not allow the use of the conventional configuration finishing 36
machines, or modified conventional machines as described above; the Contractor may 37
submit a Type 2 Working Drawing proposing the use of a hand-operated motorized power 38
screed such as a “Texas” or “Bunyan” screed. 39
40
6-02.3(10)D4 Monitoring Bridge Deck Concrete Temperature After Placement 41
This section, including title, is revised to read: 42
43
6-02.3(10)D4 Vacant 44
45
6-02.3(10)D5 Bridge Deck Concrete Finishing and Texturing 46
In the third subparagraph of the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: 47
48
The Contractor shall texture the bridge deck surface to within 3-inches minimum and 24-49
inches maximum of the edge of concrete at expansion joints, within 1-foot minimum and 50
2-feet maximum of the curb line, and within 3-inches minimum and 9-inches maximum of 51
the perimeter of bridge drain assemblies. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 38 Amendments
1
6-02.3(10)F Bridge Approach Slab Orientation and Anchors 2
The second to last paragraph is revised to read: 3
4
The compression seal shall be a 2½ inch wide gland and shall conform to Section 9-5
04.1(4). 6
7
The last paragraph is deleted. 8
9
6-02.3(13)A Strip Seal Expansion Joint System 10
In item number 3 of the third paragraph, “Federal Standard 595” is revised to read “SAE AMS 11
Standard 595”. 12
13
6-02.3(13)B Compression Seal Expansion Joint System 14
The first paragraph is revised to read: 15
16
Compression seal glands shall conform to Section 9-04.1(4) and be sized as shown in 17
the Plans. 18
19
6-02.3(14)C Pigmented Sealer for Concrete Surfaces 20
This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 21
22
Pigmented Sealer Materials shall be a product listed in the current WSDOT Qualified 23
Products List (QPL). If the pigmented sealer material is not listed in the current WSDOT 24
QPL, a sample shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for 25
evaluation and acceptance in accordance with Section 9-08.3. 26
27
6-02.3(20) Grout for Anchor Bolts and Bridge Bearings 28
The second, third and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: 29
30
Grout shall be a workable mix with a viscosity that is suitable for the intended application. 31
Grout shall not be placed outside of the manufacturer recommended range of thickness. 32
The Contractor shall receive concurrence from the Engineer before using the grout. 33
34
Field grout cubes and cylinders shall be fabricated and tested in accordance with Section 35
9-20.3 when requested by the Engineer, but not less than once per bridge pier or once 36
per day. 37
38
Before placing grout, the substrate on which it is to be placed shall be prepared as 39
recommended by the manufacturer to ensure proper bonding. The grout shall be cured 40
as recommended by the manufacturer. The grout may be loaded when a minimum of 41
4,000 psi compressive strength is attained. 42
43
The fifth paragraph is deleted. 44
45
6-02.3(23) Opening to Traffic 46
This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 47
48
After curing bridge approach slabs in accordance with Section 6-02.3(11), the 49
bridge approach slabs may be opened to traffic when a minimum compressive strength 50
of 2,500 psi is achieved. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 39 Amendments
6-02.3(24)C Placing and Fastening 1
This section is revised to read: 2
3
The Contractor shall position reinforcing steel as the Plans require and shall ensure that 4
the steel is set within specified tolerances. Adjustments to reinforcing details outside of 5
specified tolerances to avoid interferences and for other purposes are acceptable when 6
approved by the Engineer. 7
8
When spacing between bars is 1 foot or more, they shall be tied at all intersections. When 9
spacing is less than 1 foot, every other intersection shall be tied. If the Plans require 10
bundled bars, they shall be tied together with wires at least every 6 feet. All epoxy-coated 11
bars in the top mat of the bridge deck shall be tied at all intersections, however they may 12
be tied at alternate intersections when spacing is less than 1 foot in each direction and 13
they are supported by continuous supports meeting all other requirements of supports for 14
epoxy-coated bars. Other epoxy-coated bars shall also be tied at all intersections, but 15
shall be tied at alternate intersections when spacing is less than 1 foot in each direction. 16
Wire used for tying epoxy-coated reinforcing steel shall be plastic coated. Tack welding 17
is not permitted on reinforcing steel. 18
19
Abrupt bends in the steel are permitted only when one steel member bends around 20
another. Vertical stirrups shall pass around main reinforcement or be firmly attached to it. 21
22
For slip-formed concrete, the reinforcing steel bars shall be tied at all intersections and 23
cross braced to keep the cage from moving during concrete placement. Cross bracing 24
shall be with additional reinforcing steel. Cross bracing shall be placed both longitudinally 25
and transversely. 26
27
After reinforcing steel bars are placed in a traffic or pedestrian barrier and prior to slip-28
form concrete placement, the Contractor shall check clearances and reinforcing steel bar 29
placement. This check shall be accomplished by using a template or by operating the slip-30
form machine over the entire length of the traffic or pedestrian barrier. All clearance and 31
reinforcing steel bar placement deficiencies shall be corrected by the Contractor before 32
slip-form concrete placement. 33
34
Precast concrete supports (or other accepted devices) shall be used to maintain the 35
concrete coverage required by the Plans. The precast concrete supports shall: 36
37
1. Have a bearing surface measuring not greater than 2 inches in either dimension, and 38
39
2. Have a compressive strength equal to or greater than that of the concrete in which 40
they are embedded. 41
42
In slabs, each precast concrete support shall have either: (1) a grooved top that will hold 43
the reinforcing bar in place, or (2) an embedded wire that protrudes and is tied to the 44
reinforcing steel. If this wire is used around epoxy-coated bars, it shall be coated with 45
plastic. 46
47
Precast concrete supports may be accepted based on a Manufacturer’s Certificate of 48
Compliance. 49
50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 40 Amendments
In lieu of precast concrete supports, the Contractor may use metal or all-plastic supports 1
to hold uncoated bars. Any surface of a metal support that will not be covered by at least 2
½ inch of concrete shall be one of the following: 3
4
1. Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in keeping with AASHTO M232 Class D; 5
6
2. Coated with plastic firmly bonded to the metal. This plastic shall be at least 3∕32 7
inch thick where it touches the form and shall not react chemically with the 8
concrete when tested in the State Materials Laboratory. The plastic shall not 9
shatter or crack at or above -5°F and shall not deform enough to expose the 10
metal at or below 200°F; or 11
12
3. Stainless steel that meet the requirements of ASTM A493, Type 302. Stainless 13
steel chair supports are not required to be galvanized or plastic coated. 14
15
In lieu of precast concrete supports, epoxy-coated reinforcing bars may be supported by 16
one of the following: 17
18
1. Metal supports coated entirely with a dielectric material such as epoxy or plastic, 19
20
2. Other epoxy-coated reinforcing bars, or 21
22
3. All-plastic supports. 23
24
Damaged coatings on metal bar supports shall be repaired prior to placing concrete. 25
26
All-plastic supports shall be lightweight, non-porous, and chemically inert in concrete. All-27
plastic supports shall have rounded seatings, shall not deform under load during normal 28
temperatures, and shall not shatter or crack under impact loading in cold weather. All-29
plastic supports shall be placed at spacings greater than 1 foot along the bar and shall 30
have at least 25 percent of their gross place area perforated to compensate for the 31
difference in the coefficient of thermal expansion between plastic and concrete. The 32
shape and configuration of all-plastic supports shall permit complete concrete 33
consolidation in and around the support. 34
35
A “mat” is two adjacent and perpendicular layers of reinforcing steel. In bridge decks, top 36
and bottom mats shall be supported adequately enough to hold both in their proper 37
positions. If bar supports directly support, or are directly supported on No. 4 bars, they 38
shall be spaced at not more than 3-foot intervals (or not more than 4-foot intervals for 39
bars No. 5 and larger). Wire ties to girder stirrups shall not be considered as supports. To 40
provide a rigid mat, the Contractor shall add other supports and tie wires to the top mat 41
as needed. 42
43
Unless noted otherwise, the minimum concrete cover for main reinforcing bars shall be: 44
45
3 inches to a concrete surface deposited against earth without intervening forms. 46
47
2½ inches to the top surface of a concrete bridge deck or bridge approach slab. 48
49
2 inches to a concrete surface when not specified otherwise in this section or in the 50
Contract documents. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 41 Amendments
1½ inches to a concrete barrier or curb surface. 1
2
Except for top cover in bridge decks and bridge approach slabs, minimum concrete cover 3
to ties and stirrups may be reduced by ½ inch but shall not be less than 1 inch. Minimum 4
concrete cover shall also be provided to the outermost part of mechanical splices and 5
headed steel reinforcing bars. 6
7
Reinforcing steel bar location, concrete cover and clearance shall not vary more than the 8
following tolerances from what is specified in the Contract documents: 9
10
Reinforcing bar location for members 12 inches or less in thickness: ±0.25 inch 11
12
Reinforcing bar location for members greater than 12 inches in thickness: ±0.375 13
inch 14
15
Reinforcing bar location for bars placed at equal spacing within a plane: the greater 16
of either ±1 inch or ±1 bar diameter within the plane. The total number of bars shall 17
not be fewer than that specified. 18
19
The clearance between reinforcement shall not be less than the greater of the bar 20
diameter or 1 inch for unbundled bars. For bundled bars, the clearance between 21
bundles shall not be less than the greater of 1 inch or a bar diameter derived from 22
the equivalent total area of all bars in the bundle. 23
24
Longitudinal location of bends and ends of bars: ±1 inch 25
26
Embedded length of bars and length of bar lap splices: 27
28
No. 3 through No. 11: -1 inch 29
30
No. 14 through No. 18: -2 inches 31
32
Concrete cover measured perpendicular to concrete surface (except for the top 33
surface of bridge decks, bridge approach slabs and other roadway surfaces): ±0.25 34
inch 35
36
Concrete cover measured perpendicular to concrete surface for the top surface of 37
bridge decks, bridge approach slabs and other roadway surfaces: +0.25 inch, -0 inch 38
39
Before placing any concrete, the Contractor shall: 40
41
1. Clean all mortar from reinforcement, and 42
43
2. Obtain the Engineer’s permission to place concrete after the Engineer has 44
inspected the placement of the reinforcing steel. (Any concrete placed without 45
the Engineer’s permission shall be rejected and removed.) 46
47
6-02.3(25)H Finishing 48
The last paragraph is revised to read: 49
50
The Contractor may repair defects in prestressed concrete girders in accordance with 51
Section 6-01.16. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 42 Amendments
1
6-02.3(25)I Fabrication Tolerances 2
Item number 12 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 3
4
12. Stirrup Projection from Top of Girder: 5
6
Wide flange thin deck and slab girders: ½ inch 7
8
All other girders: ¾ inch 9
10
6-02.3(27) Concrete for Precast Units 11
The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 12
13
Type III portland cement or blended hydraulic cement is permitted to be used in precast 14
concrete units. 15
16
6-02.3(28)B Casting 17
In the second paragraph, the reference to Section 6-02.3(25)B is revised to read Section 6-18
02.3(25)C. 19
20
6-02.3(28)D Contractors Control Strength 21
In the first paragraph, “WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 23” is revised to read “FOP for AASHTO 22
T 23”. 23
24
6-02.3(28)E Finishing 25
This section is supplemented with the following: 26
27
The Contractor may repair defects in precast panels in accordance with Section 6-01.16. 28
29
Section 6-03, Steel Structures 30
January 7, 2019 31
6-03.2 Materials 32
In the first paragraph, the material reference for Paints is revised to read: 33
34
Paints and Related Materials 9-08 35
36
6-03.3(25)A3 Ultrasonic Inspection 37
The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 38
39
Complete penetration groove welds on plates 5/16 inch and thicker in the following welded 40
assemblies or Structures shall be 100 percent ultrasonically inspected: 41
42
6-03.3(33) Bolted Connections 43
The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 44
45
After final tightening of the fastener components, the threads of the bolts shall at a 46
minimum be flush with the end of the nut. 47
48
The following is inserted after the third sentence of the fourth paragraph: 49
50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 43 Amendments
When galvanized bolts are specified, tension-control galvanized bolts are not permitted. 1
2
Section 6-05, Piling 3
January 2, 2018 4
6-05.3(9)A Pile Driving Equipment Approval 5
The fourth sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 6
7
For prestressed concrete piles, the allowable driving stress in kips per square inch shall 8
be 0.095 ∙√𝑓′𝑐 plus prestress in tension, and 0.85f’c minus prestress in compression, 9
where f’c is the concrete compressive strength in kips per square inch. 10
11
Section 6-07, Painting 12
January 7, 2019 13
6-07.1 Description 14
The first sentence is revised to read: 15
16
This work consists of containment, surface preparation, shielding adjacent areas from 17
work, testing and disposing of debris, furnishing and applying paint, and cleaning up after 18
painting is completed. 19
20
6-07.2 Materials 21
The material reference for Paint is revised to read: 22
23
Paint and Related Materials 9-08 24
25
6-07.3(1)A Work Force Qualifications for Shop Application of Paint 26
This section is supplemented with the following new sentence: 27
28
The work force may be accepted based on the approved facility. 29
30
6-07.3(1)B Work Force Qualifications for Field Application of Paint 31
The first two paragraphs are revised to read: 32
33
The Contractor preparing the surface and applying the paint shall be certified under 34
SSPC‑QP 1 or NACE International Institute Contractor Accreditation Program (NIICAP) 35
AS 1. 36
37
The Contractor removing and otherwise disturbing existing paint containing lead and 38
other hazardous materials shall be certified under SSPC-QP 2, Category A or NIICAP AS 39
2. 40
41
The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 42
43
In lieu of the above SSPC or NIICAP certifications, the Contractor performing the specified 44
work shall complete both of the following actions: 45
46
Item number 2 of the third paragraph is revised to read: 47
48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 44 Amendments
2. The Contractor’s quality control inspector(s) for the project shall be NACE-certified 1
CIP Level 3 or SSPC Protective Coating Inspector (PCI) Level 3. 2
3
6-07.3(2) Submittals 4
The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 5
6
Each component of the plan shall identify the specification section it represents. 7
8
6-07.3(2)B Contractor’s Quality Control Program Submittal Component 9
The numbered list in the first paragraph is revised to read: 10
11
1. Description of the inspection procedures, tools, techniques and the acceptance 12
criteria for all phases of work. 13
14
2. Procedure for implementation of corrective action for non-conformance work. 15
16
3. The paint system manufacturer’s recommended methods of preventing defects. 17
18
4. The Contractor’s frequency of quality control inspection for each phase of work. 19
20
5. Example of each completed form(s) of the daily quality control report used to 21
document the inspection work and tests performed by the Contractor’s quality control 22
personnel. 23
24
6-07.3(2)C Paint System Manufacturer and Paint System Information Submittal 25
Component 26
Item number 1 is revised to read: 27
28
1. Product data sheets and Safety Data Sheets (SDS) on the paint materials, paint 29
preparation, and paint application, as specified by the paint manufacturer, including: 30
31
a. All application instructions, including the mixing and thinning directions. 32
33
b. Recommended spray nozzles and pressures. 34
35
c. Minimum and maximum drying time between coats. 36
37
d. Restrictions on temperature and humidity. 38
39
e. Repair procedures for shop and field applied coatings. 40
41
f. Maximum dry film thickness for each coat. 42
43
g. Minimum wet film thickness for each coat to achieve the specified minimum dry 44
film thickness. 45
46
6-07.3(2)D Hazardous Waste Containment, Collection, Testing, and Disposal 47
Submittal Component 48
The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 49
50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 45 Amendments
The hazardous waste containment, collection, testing, and disposal shall meet all Federal 1
and State requirements, and the submittal component of the painting plan shall include 2
the following: 3
4
6-07.3(2)E Cleaning and Surface Preparation Submittal Component 5
Item 1(b) of the first paragraph is revised to read:: 6
7
b. Type, manufacturer, and brand of abrasive blast material and all associated 8
additives, including Safety Data Sheets (SDS). 9
10
6-07.3(3)B Quality Control and Quality Assurance for Field Application of Paint 11
The last sentence of the first paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: 12
13
The Contractor’s quality control operations shall include a minimum monitoring and 14
documenting the following for each working day: 15
16
Item number 1 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 17
18
1. Environmental conditions for painting in accordance with ASTM E 337. 19
20
Item number 4 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 21
22
4. Pictorial of surface preparation guides in accordance with SSPC-VIS 1, 3, 4, and 5. 23
24
Item number 5 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 25
26
5. Surface profile by Keanne-Tator comparator in accordance with ASTM D 4417 and 27
SSPC PA17. 28
29
6-07.3(4) Paint System Manufacturer’s Technical Representative 30
This section is revised to read: 31
32
The paint system manufacturer’s representative shall be present at the jobsite for the pre-33
painting conference and for the first day of paint application, and shall be available to the 34
Contractor and Contracting Agency for consultation for the full project duration. 35
36
6-07.3(5) Pre-Painting Conference 37
The second paragraph is revised to read: 38
39
If the Contractor’s key personnel change between any work operations, an additional 40
conference shall be held if requested by the Engineer. 41
42
6-07.3(6)A Paint Containers 43
In item number 2 of the first paragraph, “Federal Standard 595” is revised to read “SAE AMS 44
Standard 595”. 45
46
6-07.3(6)B Paint Storage 47
Item number 2 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 48
49
2. The Contractor shall monitor and document daily the paint material storage facility 50
with a high-low recording thermometer device. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 46 Amendments
6-07.3(7) Paint Sampling and Testing 1
The first two paragraphs are revised to read: 2
3
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer 1 quart of each paint representing each lot. 4
Samples shall be accompanied with a Safety Data Sheet. 5
6
If the quantity of paint required for each component of the paint system for the entire 7
project is 20 gallons or less, then the paint system components will be accepted as 8
specified in Section 9-08.1(7). 9
10
6-07.3(8)A Paint Film Thickness Measurement Gages 11
The first paragraph is revised to read: 12
13
Paint dry film thickness measurements shall be performed with either a Type 1 pull-off 14
gage or a Type 2 electronic gage as specified in SSPC Paint Application Specification No. 15
2, Procedure for Determining Conformance to Dry Coating Thickness Requirements. 16
17
6-07.3(9) Painting New Steel Structures 18
The last sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 19
20
Welded shear connectors are not required to painted. 21
22
The last paragraph is revised to read: 23
24
Temporary attachments or supports for scaffolding, containment or forms shall not 25
damage the paint system. 26
27
6-07.3(9)A Paint System 28
The first paragraph is revised to read: 29
30
The paint system applied to new steel surfaces shall consist of the following: 31
32
Option 1 (component based paint system): 33
34
Primer Coat – Inorganic Zinc Rich 9-08.1(2)C 35
Intermediate Coat – Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)G 36
Intermediate Stripe Coat – Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)G 37
Top Coat – Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)H 38
39
Option 2 (performance based paint system): 40
41
Primer Coat – Inorganic Zinc Rich 9-08.1(2)M 42
Intermediate Coat – Epoxy 9-08.1(2)M 43
Intermediate Stripe Coat – Epoxy 9-08.1(2)M 44
Top Coat – Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)M 45
46
The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: 47
48
Paints and related materials shall be products listed in the current WSDOT Qualified 49
Products List (QPL). Component based paint systems shall be listed on the QPL in the 50
applicable sections of Section 9-08. Performance based systems shall be listed on the 51
current Northeast Protective Coatings Committee (NEPCOAT) Qualified Products List “A” 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 47 Amendments
as listed on the WSDOT QPL in Section 9-08.1(2)M. If the paint and related materials for 1
the component based system is not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, a sample shall be 2
submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation and acceptance 3
in accordance with Section 9-08. 4
5
6-07.3(9)C Mixing and Thinning Paint 6
This section is revised to read: 7
8
The Contractor shall thoroughly mix paint in accordance with the manufacturer’s written 9
recommendations and by mechanical means to ensure a uniform and lump free 10
composition. Paint shall not be mixed by means of air stream bubbling or boxing. Paint 11
shall be mixed in the original containers and mixing shall continue until all pigment or 12
metallic powder is in suspension. Care shall be taken to ensure that the solid material that 13
has settled to the bottom of the container is thoroughly dispersed. After mixing, the 14
Contractor shall inspect the paint for uniformity and to ensure that no unmixed pigment or 15
lumps are present. 16
17
Catalysts, curing agents, hardeners, initiators, or dry metallic powders that are packaged 18
separately may be added to the base paint in accordance with the paint manufacturer’s 19
written recommendations and only after the paint is thoroughly mixed to achieve a uniform 20
mixture with all particles wetted. The Contractor shall then add the proper volume of 21
curing agent to the correct volume of base and mix thoroughly. The mixture shall be used 22
within the pot life specified by the manufacturer. Unused portions shall be discarded at 23
the end of each work day. Accelerants are not permitted except as allowed by the 24
Engineer. 25
26
The Contractor shall not add additional thinner at the application site except as allowed 27
by the Engineer. The amount and type of thinner, if allowed, shall conform to the 28
manufacturer’s specifications. If recommended by the manufacturer and allowed by the 29
Engineer, a measuring cup shall be used for the addition of thinner to any paint with 30
graduations in ounces. No un-measured addition of thinner to paint will be allowed. Any 31
paint found to be thinned by unacceptable methods will be rejected. 32
33
When recommended by the manufacturer, the Contractor shall constantly agitate paint 34
during application by use of paint pots equipped with mechanical agitators. 35
36
The Contractor shall strain all paint after mixing to remove undesirable matter, but without 37
removing the pigment or metallic powder. 38
39
Paint shall be stored and mixed in a secure, contained location to eliminate the potential 40
for spills into State waters and onto the ground and highway surfaces. 41
42
6-07.3(9)D Coating Thickness 43
This section is revised to read: 44
45
Dry film thickness shall be measured in accordance with SSPC Paint Application 46
Specification No. 2, Procedure for Determining Conformance to Dry Coating Thickness 47
Requirements. 48
49
The minimum dry film thickness of the primer coat shall not be less than 2.5 mils. 50
51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 48 Amendments
The minimum dry film thickness of each coat (combination of intermediate and 1
intermediate stripe, and top) shall be not less than 3.0 mils. 2
3
The dry film thickness of each coat shall not be thicker than the paint manufacturer’s 4
recommended maximum thickness. 5
6
The minimum wet film thickness of each coat shall be specified by the paint manufacturer 7
to achieve the minimum dry film thickness. 8
9
Film thickness, wet and dry, will be measured by gages conforming to Section 6-07.3(8)A. 10
11
Wet measurements will be taken immediately after the paint is applied in accordance with 12
ASTM D4414. Dry measurements will be taken after the coating is dry and hard in 13
accordance with SSPC Paint Application Specification No. 2. 14
15
Each painter shall be equipped with wet film thickness gages and shall be responsible for 16
performing frequent checks of the paint film thickness throughout application. 17
18
Coating thickness measurements may be made by the Engineer after the application of 19
each coat and before the application of the succeeding coat. In addition, the Engineer 20
may inspect for uniform and complete coverage and appearance. One hundred percent 21
of all thickness measurements shall meet or exceed the minimum wet film thickness. In 22
areas where wet film thickness measurements are impractical, dry film thickness 23
measurements may be made. If a question arises about an individual coat’s thickness or 24
coverage, it may be verified by the use of a Tooke gage in accordance with ASTM D4138. 25
26
If the specified number of coats does not produce a combined dry film thickness of at 27
least the sum of the thicknesses required per coat, if an individual coat does not meet the 28
minimum thickness, or if visual inspection shows incomplete coverage, the coating 29
system will be rejected and the Contractor shall discontinue painting and surface 30
preparation operations and shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing of the repair proposal. 31
The repair proposal shall include documentation demonstrating the cause of the less-32
than-minimum thickness, along with physical test results, as necessary, and modifications 33
to Work methods to prevent similar results. The Contractor shall not resume painting or 34
surface preparation operations until receiving the Engineer’s acceptance of the completed 35
repair. 36
37
6-07.3(9)E Surface Temperature Requirements Prior to Application of Paint 38
This section, including title, is revised to read: 39
40
6-07.3(9)E Environmental Condition Requirements Prior to Application of 41
Paint 42
Paint shall be applied only during periods when: 43
44
1. Air and steel temperatures are in accordance with the paint manufacturer’s 45
recommendations but in no case less than 35°F nor greater than 115°F. 46
47
2. Steel surface temperature is a minimum of 5°F above the dew point. 48
49
3. Steel surface is not wet. 50
51
4. Relative humidity is within the manufacturer’s recommended range. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 49 Amendments
1
5. The anticipated ambient temperature will remain above 35°F or the 2
manufacturer’s minimum temperature, whichever is greater, during the paint 3
drying and curing period. 4
5
Application will not be allowed if conditions are not favorable for proper application and 6
performance of the paint. 7
8
Paint shall not be applied when weather conditions are unfavorable to proper curing. If a 9
paint system manufacturer’s recommendations allow for application of a paint under 10
environmental conditions other than those specified, the Contractor shall submit a Type 11
2 Working Drawing consisting of a letter from the paint manufacturer specifying the 12
environmental conditions under which the paint can be applied. Application of paint under 13
environmental conditions other than those specified in this section will not be allowed 14
without the Engineer’s concurrence. 15
16
17
6-07.3(9)F Shop Surface Cleaning and Preparation 18
The last sentence is revised to read: 19
20
The entire steel surface to be painted, including surfaces specified in Section 6-07.3(9)G 21
to receive a mist coat of primer, shall be cleaned to a near white condition in accordance 22
with SSPC-SP 10, Near-white Metal Blast Cleaning, and shall be in this condition 23
immediately prior to paint application. 24
25
6-07.3(9)G Application of Shop Primer Coat 26
The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 27
28
Repairs of the shop primer coat shall be prepared in accordance with the painting plan. 29
Shop primer coat repair paint shall be selected from the approved component based or 30
performance based paint system in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)H. 31
32
6-07.3(9)H Containment for Field Coating 33
This section is revised to read: 34
35
The Contractor shall use a containment system in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)A 36
for surface preparation and prime coating of all uncoated areas remaining, including bolts, 37
nuts, washers, and splice plates. 38
39
During painting operations of the intermediate, stripe and top coats the Contractor shall 40
furnish, install, and maintain drip tarps below the areas to be painted to contain all spilled 41
paint, buckets, brushes, and other deleterious material, and prevent such materials from 42
reaching the environment below or adjacent to the structure being painted. Drip tarps 43
shall be absorbent material and hung to minimize puddling. The Contractor shall evaluate 44
the project-specific conditions to determine the specific type and extent of containment 45
needed to control the paint emissions and shall submit a containment plan in accordance 46
with Section 6-07.3(2). 47
48
6-07.3(9)I Application of Field Coatings 49
This section is revised to read: 50
51
An on-site supervisor shall be present for each work shift at the bridge site. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 50 Amendments
1
Upon completion of erection Work, all uncoated or damaged areas remaining, including 2
bolts, nuts, washers, and splice plates, shall be prepared in accordance with Section 6-3
07.3(9)F, followed by a field primer coat of a zinc-rich primer and final coats of paint 4
selected from the approved component or performance based paint system in 5
accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)H. . The intermediate, intermediate stripe, and top 6
coats shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s written recommendations. 7
8
Upon completion of erection Work, welds for steel column jackets may be prepared in 9
accordance with SSPC-SP 15, Commercial Grade Power Tool Cleaning. 10
11
The minimum drying time between coats shall be as shown in the product data sheets, 12
but not less than 12 hours. The Contractor shall determine whether the paint has cured 13
sufficiently for proper application of succeeding coats. 14
15
The maximum time between intermediate and top coats shall be in accordance with the 16
manufacturer’s written recommendations. If the maximum time between coats is 17
exceeded, all newly coated surfaces shall be prepared to SSPC-SP 7, Brush-off Blast 18
Cleaning, and shall be repainted with the same paint that was cleaned, at no additional 19
cost to the Contracting Agency. 20
21
Each coat shall be applied in a uniform layer, completely covering the preceding coat. 22
The Contractor shall correct runs, sags, skips, or other deficiencies before application of 23
succeeding coats. Such corrective work may require re-cleaning, application of additional 24
paint, or other means as determined by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the 25
Contracting Agency. 26
27
Dry film thickness measurements will be made in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)D. 28
29
All paint damage that occurs shall be repaired in accordance with the manufacturer’s 30
written recommendations. On bare areas or areas of insufficient primer thickness, the 31
repair shall include field-applied zinc-rich primer and the final coats of paint selected from 32
the approved component or performance based paint system in accordance with Section 33
6-07.3(10)H. On areas where the primer is at least equal to the minimum required dry film 34
thickness, the repair shall include the application of the final two coats of the paint system. 35
All paint repair operations shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost or 36
time to the Contracting Agency. 37
38
6-07.3(10)A Containment 39
The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 40
41
Emissions shall be assessed by Visible Emission Observations (Method A) in SSPC 42
Technology Update No. 7, Conducting Ambient Air, Soil, and Water Sampling of Surface 43
Preparation and Paint Disturbance Activities, Section 6.2 and shall be limited to the Level 44
A Acceptance Criteria Option Level 0 Emissions standard. 45
46
6-07.3(10)D Surface Preparation Prior to Overcoat Painting 47
The first paragraph is revised to read: 48
49
The Contractor shall remove any visible oil, grease, and road tar in accordance with 50
SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 51 Amendments
The second paragraph is revised to read: 1
2
Following any preparation by SSPC-SP1, all steel surfaces to be painted shall be 3
prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP 7, Brush-off Blast Cleaning. Surfaces inaccessible 4
to brush-off blast shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning, 5
as allowed by the Engineer. 6
7
The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 8
9
Following brush-off blast cleaning, the Contractor shall perform spot abrasive blast 10
cleaning in accordance with SSPC-SP 6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. 11
12
The second to last sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 13
14
For small areas, as allowed by the Engineer, the Contractor may substitute cleaning in 15
accordance with SSPC-SP 15, Commercial Grade Power Tool Cleaning. 16
17
6-07.3(10)G Treatment of Pack and Rust Gaps 18
The second paragraph is revised to read: 19
20
Pack rust forming a gap between steel surfaces of ⅟16 to ¼ inch shall be cleaned to a 21
depth of at least one half of the gap width. The gaps shall be cleaned and prepared in 22
accordance with SSPC-SP6. The cleaned gap shall be treated with rust penetrating 23
sealer, prime coated, and then caulked to form a watertight seal along the top edge and 24
the two sides of the steel pieces involved, using the rust penetrating sealer and caulk as 25
accepted by the Engineer. The bottom edge or lowest edge of the steel pieces involved 26
shall not be caulked. 27
28
The third paragraph is supplemented with the following: 29
30
Caulk shall be a single-component urethane sealant conforming to Section 9-08.7. 31
32
The fifth paragraph is revised to read: 33
34
At locations where gaps between steel surfaces exceed ¼ inch, the Contractor shall clean 35
and prepare the gap in accordance SSPC-SP6, apply the rust penetrating sealer, apply 36
the prime coat, and then fill the gap with foam backer rod material as accepted by the 37
Engineer. The foam backer rod material shall be of sufficient diameter to fill the crevice or 38
gap. The Contractor shall apply caulk over the foam backer rod material to form a 39
watertight seal. 40
41
This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 42
43
Caulk and backer rod, if needed, shall be placed prior to applying the top coat. The 44
Contractor, with the concurrence of the Engineer, may apply the rust penetrating sealer 45
after application of the prime coat provided the primer is removed in the areas to be 46
sealed. The areas to be sealed shall be re-cleaned and re-prepared in accordance with 47
SSPC-SP6. 48
49
6-07.3(10)H Paint System 50
The first paragraph is revised to read: 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 52 Amendments
The paint system applied to existing steel surfaces shall consist of the following five-coat 1
system: 2
3
Option 1 (component based system): 4
5
Primer Coat – Zinc-filled Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)F 6
Primer Stripe Coat - Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)F 7
Intermediate Coat - Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)G 8
Intermediate Stripe Coat - Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)G 9
Top Coat - Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)H 10
11
Option 2 (performance based system): 12
13
Primer Coat – Zinc-rich Epoxy 9-08.1(2)N 14
Primer Stripe Coat – Epoxy 9-08.1(2)N 15
Intermediate Coat – Epoxy 9-08.1(2)N 16
Intermediate Stripe Coat – Epoxy 9-08.1(2)N 17
Top Coat – Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)N 18
19
The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: 20
21
Paints and related materials shall be a product listed in the current WSDOT Qualified 22
Products List (QPL). Component based paint systems shall be listed on the QPL in the 23
applicable sections of Section 9-08. Performance based systems shall be listed on the 24
current Northeast Protective Coatings Committee (NEPCOAT) Qualified Products List “B” 25
as listed on the WSDOT QPL in Section 9-08.1(2)N. If the paint and related material for 26
the component based system is not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, a sample shall be 27
submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation and acceptance 28
in accordance with Section 9-08. 29
30
6-07.3(10)J Mixing and Thinning Paint 31
This section is revised to read: 32
33
Mixing and thinning paint shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)C. 34
35
6-07.3(10)K Coating Thickness 36
This section is revised to read: 37
38
Coating thickness shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)D except the minimum 39
dry film thickness of each coat (combination of primer and primer stripe, combination of 40
intermediate and intermediate stripe, and top) shall not be less than 3.0 mils. 41
42
6-07.3(10)L Environmental Condition Requirements Prior to Application of 43
Paint 44
This section is revised to read: 45
46
Environmental conditions shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)E. 47
48
6-07.3(10)M Steel Surface Condition Requirements Prior to Application of 49
Paint 50
The third paragraph is revised to read: 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 53 Amendments
Edges of existing paint shall be feathered in accordance with SSPC-PA 1, Shop, Field, 1
and Maintenance Coating of Metals, Note 15.20. 2
3
6-07.3(10)N Field Coating Application Methods 4
The third sentence is revised to read: 5
6
The Contractor may apply stripe coat paint using spray or brush but shall follow spray 7
application using a brush to ensure complete coverage around structural geometric 8
irregularities and to push the paint into gaps between existing steel surfaces and around 9
rivets and bolts. 10
11
6-07.3(10)O Applying Field Coatings 12
The second to last paragraph is revised to read: 13
14
Each application of primer, primer stripe, intermediate, intermediate stripe, and top coat 15
shall be considered as separately applied coats. The Contractor shall not use a preceding 16
or subsequent coat to remedy a deficiency in another coat. The Contractor shall apply the 17
top coat to at least the minimum specified top coat thickness, to provide a uniform 18
appearance and consistent finish coverage. 19
20
6-07.3(10)P Field Coating Repair 21
The second sentence is revised to read: 22
23
Repair areas shall be cleaned of all damaged paint and the system reapplied using all 24
coats typical to the paint system and shall meet the minimum coating thickness. 25
26
6-07.3(11)A Painting of Galvanized Surfaces 27
This section is revised to read: 28
29
All galvanized surfaces receiving paint shall be prepared for painting in accordance with 30
the ASTM D 6386. The method of preparation shall be brush-off in accordance with 31
SSPC-SP16 Brush-Off Blast Cleaning of Coated and Uncoated Galvanized Steel, 32
Stainless Steels, and Non-Ferrous Metals or as otherwise allowed by the Engineer. The 33
Contractor shall not begin painting until receiving the Engineer’s acceptance of the 34
prepared galvanized surface. For galvanized bolts used for replacement of deteriorated 35
existing rivets, the Contractor, with the concurrence of the Engineer and after successful 36
demonstration testing, may prepare galvanized surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP1 37
followed by SSPC-SP2, Hand Tool Cleaning or SSPC-SP3, Power Tool Cleaning. The 38
demonstration testing shall include adhesion testing of the first coat of paint over 39
galvanized bolts, nuts, and washers or a representative galvanized surface. Adhesion 40
testing shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D 4541 for 600 psi minimum 41
adhesion. A minimum of 3 successful tests shall be performed on the galvanized surface 42
prepared and painted using the same methods and materials to be used on the 43
galvanized bolts, nuts and washers in the field. 44
45
6-07.3(11)A2 Paint Coat Materials 46
This section is revised to read: 47
48
The Contractor shall paint the dry surface as follows: 49
50
1. The first coat over a galvanized surface shall be an epoxy polyamide conforming 51
to Section 9-08.1(2)E . In the case of galvanized bolts used for replacement of 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 54 Amendments
deteriorated existing rivets and for small surface areas less than or equal to one 1
square foot, an intermediate moisture cured polyurethane conforming to Section 2
9-08.1(2)G may be used as a first coat. In both cases the first coat shall be 3
compatible with galvanizing and as recommended by the top coat manufacturer. 4
5
2. The second coat shall be a top coat moisture cured aliphatic polyurethane 6
conforming to Section 9-08.1(2)H or a top coat polyurethane conforming to 7
Section 6-07.3(10)H Option 2 NEPCOAT performance based paint specification 8
compatible with the first coat as recommended by the manufacturer. 9
10
Each coat shall be dry before the next coat is applied. All coats applied in the shop shall 11
be dried hard before shipment. 12
13
6-07.3(11)B Powder Coating of Galvanized Surfaces 14
This section is revised to read: 15
16
Powder coating of galvanized surfaces shall consist of the following coats: 17
18
1. The first coat shall be an epoxy powder primer coat conforming to Section 9-19
08.2. 20
21
2. The second coat shall be a polyester finish coat conforming to Section 9-08.2. 22
23
6-07.3(11)B3 Galvanized Surface Cleaning and Preparation 24
The first three paragraphs are revised to read: 25
26
Galvanized surfaces receiving the powder coating shall be cleaned and prepared for 27
coating in accordance with ASTM D 7803, and the project-specific powder coating plan. 28
29
Assemblies conforming to the ASTM D 7803 definition for newly galvanized steel shall 30
receive surface smoothing and surface cleaning in accordance with ASTM D 7803, 31
Section 5, and surface preparation in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5.1.3. 32
33
Assemblies conforming to the ASTM D 7803 definition for partially weathered galvanized 34
steel shall be checked and prepared in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 6, before 35
then receiving surface smoothing and surface cleaning in accordance with ASTM D 7803, 36
Section 5, and surface preparation in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5.1.3. 37
38
The fourth paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 39
40
Assemblies conforming to the ASTM D 7803 definition for weathered galvanized steel 41
shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 7 before then receiving 42
surface smoothing and surface cleaning in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5, and 43
surface preparation in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5.3 except as follows: 44
45
6-07.3(11)B5 Testing 46
Item number 4 in the first paragraph is revised to read: 47
48
4. Adhesion testing in accordance with ASTM D 4541 for 600 psi minimum adhesion 49
for the complete two-component system. 50
51
The second sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 55 Amendments
1
Rejected assemblies shall be repaired or recoated by the Contractor, at no additional 2
expense to the Contracting Agency, in accordance with the powder coating 3
manufacturer’s recommendation as detailed in the project-specific powder coating plan, 4
until the assemblies satisfy the acceptance testing requirements. 5
6
6-07.3(12) Painting Ferry Terminal Structures 7
This section is revised to read: 8
9
Painting of ferry terminal Structures shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3 as 10
supplemented below. 11
12
This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 13
14
6-07.3(12)A Painting New Steel Ferry Terminal Structures 15
Painting of new steel Structures shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9) except that 16
all coatings (primer, intermediate, intermediate stripe, and top) shall be applied in the shop 17
with the following exceptions: 18
19
1. Steel surfaces to be field welded. 20
21
2. Steel surfaces to be greased. 22
23
3. The length of piles designated in the Plans not requiring painting. 24
25
The minimum drying time between coats shall be as shown in the product data sheets, 26
but not less than 12 hours. The Contractor shall determine whether the paint has cured 27
sufficiently for proper application of succeeding coats. 28
29
6-07.3(12)A1 Paint Systems 30
Paint systems for Structural Steel, which includes vehicle transfer spans and towers, 31
pedestrian overhead loading structures and towers, upland structural steel and other 32
elements as designated in the Special Provisions shall be as specified in Section 6-33
07.3(9)A. 34
35
Paint systems for Piling, Landing Aids and Life Ladders shall be as specified in the 36
Special Provisions. 37
38
6-07.3(12)A2 Paint Color 39
Paint colors shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 40
41
6-07.3(12)A3 Coating Thickness 42
Coating thicknesses shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 43
44
6-07.3(12)A4 Application of Field Coatings 45
An on-site supervisor shall be present for each work shift at the project site. 46
47
Upon completion of erection Work, all uncoated or damaged areas remaining, 48
including bolts, nuts, washers, splice plates, and field welds shall be prepared in 49
accordance with SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning, followed by SSPC-SP 11, Power 50
Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal. Surface preparation shall be measured according to 51
SSPC-VIS 3. SSPC-SP 11 shall be performed for a minimum distance of 1 inch from 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 56 Amendments
the uncoated or damaged area. In addition, intact shop-applied coating surrounding 1
the area shall be abraded or sanded for a distance of 6 inches out from the properly 2
prepared clean/bare metal areas to provide adequate roughness for application of 3
field coatings. All sanding dust and contamination shall be removed prior to 4
application of field coatings. 5
6
Field applied paint for Structural Steel shall conform to Section 6-07.3(10)H, as 7
applicable. Field applied paint for Piling, Landing Aids and Life Ladders shall be as 8
specified in the Special Provisions. 9
10
For areas above the tidal zone, the minimum drying time between coats shall be as 11
shown in the product data sheets, but not less than 12 hours. For areas within the 12
tidal zone, the minimum drying time between coats shall be as recommended by the 13
paint system manufacturer. The Contractor shall determine whether the paint has 14
cured sufficiently for proper application of succeeding coats. 15
16
The maximum time between intermediate and top coats shall be in accordance with 17
the manufacturer’s written recommendations. If the maximum time between coats is 18
exceeded, all newly coated surfaces shall be prepared to SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool 19
Cleaning, and shall be repainted with the same paint that was cleaned, at no 20
additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 21
22
Each coat shall be applied in a uniform layer, completely covering the preceding coat. 23
The Contractor shall correct runs, sags, skips, or other deficiencies before application 24
of succeeding coats. Such corrective work may require re-cleaning, application of 25
additional paint, or other means as determined by the Engineer, at no additional cost 26
to the Contracting Agency. 27
28
Surface preparation for underwater locations shall consist of removing all dirt, oil, 29
grease, loose paint, loose rust, and marine growth from the area that is to be 30
repaired. The sound paint surrounding the damaged area shall be roughened to 31
meet the requirements of the manufacturer. Paint for underwater applications shall 32
be as specified in the Special Provisions and shall be applied in accordance with the 33
manufacturer’s recommendations. 34
35
6-07.3(12)B Painting Existing Steel Ferry Terminal Structures 36
Painting of existing steel structures shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10) as 37
supplemented by the following. 38
39
6-07.3(12)B1 Containment 40
Containment for full removal shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)A. 41
Containment for overcoat systems shall be in accordance with all applicable Permits 42
as required in the Special Provisions. 43
44
Prior to cleaning the Contractor shall enclose all exposed electrical and mechanical 45
equipment to seal out dust, water, and paint. Non-metallic surfaces shall not be 46
abrasive blasted or painted. Unless otherwise specified, the following metallic 47
surfaces shall not be painted and shall be protected from abrasive blasting and 48
painting: 49
50
1. Galvanized and stainless steel surfaces not previously painted, 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 57 Amendments
2. Non-skid surfaces, 1
2
3. Unpainted intentionally greased surfaces, 3
4
4. Equipment labels, identification plates, tags, etc., 5
6
5. Fire and emergency containers or boxes, 7
8
6. Mechanical hardware such as hoist sheaves, hydraulic cylinders, gear 9
boxes, wire rope, etc. 10
11
The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of materials and 12
equipment used to shield components specified to not be cleaned and painted. 13
The Contractor shall shut off the power prior to working around electrical equipment. 14
The Contractor shall follow the lock-out/tag-out safety provisions of the WAC 296-15
803 and all other applicable safety standards. 16
17
6-07.3(12)B2 Surface Preparation 18
For applications above high water and within the tidal zone, surface preparation for 19
overcoat painting shall be in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning, followed 20
by SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning. Use of wire brushes is not allowed. After SP 3 21
cleaning has been completed all surfaces exhibiting coating failure down to the steel 22
substrate, and those exhibiting visible corrosion, shall be prepared down to clean 23
bare steel in accordance with SSPC-SP 15, Commercial Grade Power Tool 24
Cleaning. Surface preparation shall be measured according to SSPC-VIS 3. SSPC-25
SP 15 shall be performed for a minimum distance of 1 inch from the area exhibiting 26
failure or visible corrosion. In addition, intact shop-applied coating surrounding the 27
repair area shall be abraded or sanded for a distance of 6 inches out from the 28
properly prepared clean/bare metal areas to provide adequate roughness for 29
application of repair coatings. All sanding dust and contamination shall be removed 30
prior to application of repair coatings. Surface preparation for full paint removal shall 31
be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)E except SSPC-SP 11 will be permitted as 32
detailed in the Contractor’s painting plan and as allowed by the Engineer. 33
34
Surface preparation for underwater locations shall consist of removing all dirt, oil, 35
grease, loose paint, loose rust, and marine growth from the area that is to be 36
repaired. The sound paint surrounding the damaged area shall be roughened as 37
required by the coating manufacturer. 38
39
Removed marine growth may be released to state waters provided the marine growth 40
is not mixed with contaminants (paint, oil, rust, etc.) and it shall not accumulate on 41
the sea bed. All marine growth containing contaminants shall be collected for proper 42
disposal. 43
44
Surface preparation for the underside of bridge decks (consisting of either a steel 45
grid system of main bars or tees and a light gauge metal form, in-filled with concrete 46
or a corrugated light gauge metal form, infilled with concrete) shall be in accordance 47
with SSPC-SP 2, Hand Tool Cleaning or SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning with the 48
intent of not causing further damage to the light gauge metal form. Following removal 49
of any pack rust and corroded sections from the underside of the bridge deck, 50
cleaning and flushing to remove salts and prior to applying the primer coat, the 51
Contractor shall seal the entire underside of the deck system with rust-penetrating 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 58 Amendments
sealer. Damage to galvanized metal forms and/or grids shall be repaired in 1
accordance with ASTM A 780, with the preferred method of repair using paints 2
containing zinc dust. 3
4
6-07.3(12)B3 Paint Systems 5
Paints systems for Structural Steel, which includes vehicle transfer spans and 6
towers, pedestrian overhead loading structures and towers, upland structural steel 7
and other elements as designated in the Special Provisions shall be as specified in 8
Section 6-07.3(10)H. 9
10
Paint systems for Piling, Landing Aids, Life Ladders, underside of vehicle transfer 11
span bridge decks, non-skid surface treated areas, and anti-graffiti coatings shall be 12
as specified in the Special Provisions. 13
14
6-07.3(12)B4 Paint Color 15
Paint colors shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 16
17
6-07.3(12)B5 Coating Thickness 18
Coating thicknesses shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 19
20
6-07.3(12)B6 Application of Field Coatings 21
Application of field coatings shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)O and 22
Section 6-07.3(12)A2 except for the following: 23
24
1. All coatings applied in the field shall be applied using a brush or roller. Spray 25
application methods may be used if allowed by the Engineer. 26
27
2. Applied coatings shall not be immersed until the coating has been cured as 28
required by the coating manufacturer. 29
30
3. Non-skid surface treatment products shall be applied in accordance with 31
the manufacturer’s recommendations. 32
33
4. Anti-graffiti coatings shall be applied in one coat following application of the 34
top coat, where specified in the Plans. 35
36
6-07.3(14)B Reference Standards 37
The second standard reference (to SSPC CS 23.00), and its accompanying title, is revised to 38
read: 39
40
SSPC CS 23.00 Specification for the Application of Thermal Spray Coatings 41
(Metallizing) of Aluminum, Zinc, and Their Alloys and 42
Composites for the Corrosion Protection of Steel 43
44
Section 6-08, Bituminous Surfacing on Structure Decks 45
January 7, 2019 46
6-08.3(7)A Concrete Deck Preparation 47
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 48
49
The Contractor, with the Engineer, shall inspect the exposed concrete deck to establish 50
the extent of bridge deck repair in accordance with Section 6-09.3(6). 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 59 Amendments
1
6-08.3(8)A Structure Deck Preparation 2
The second sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 3
4
Prior to applying the primer or sheet membrane, all dust and loose material shall be 5
removed from the Structure Deck. 6
7
Section 6-09, Modified Concrete Overlays 8
January 7, 2019 9
6-09.3 Construction Requirements 10
This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 11
12
6-09.3(15) Sealing and Texturing Concrete Overlay 13
After the requirements for checking for bond have been met, all joints and visible cracks 14
shall be filled and sealed with a high molecular weight methacrylate resin (HMWM). 15
Cracks 1∕16 inch and greater in width shall receive two applications of HMWM. 16
Immediately following the application of HMWM, the wetted surface shall be coated with 17
sand for abrasive finish. 18
19
After all cracks have been filled and sealed and the HMWM resin has cured, the concrete 20
overlay surface shall receive a longitudinally sawn texture in accordance with Section 6-21
02.3(10)D5. 22
23
Traffic shall not be permitted on the finished concrete until it has reached a minimum 24
compressive strength of 3,000 psi as verified by rebound number determined in 25
accordance with ASTM C805 and the longitudinally sawn texture is completed. 26
27
6-09.3(1)B Rotary Milling Machines 28
This section is revised to read: 29
30
Rotary milling machines used to remove an upper layer of existing concrete overlay, when 31
present, shall have a maximum operating weight of 50,000 pounds and conform to 32
Section 6-08.3(5)B. 33
34
6-09.3(1)C Hydro-Demolition Machines 35
The first sentence of this section is revised to read: 36
37
Hydro-demolition machines shall consist of filtering and pumping units operating in 38
conjunction with a remote-controlled robotic device, using high-velocity water jets to 39
remove sound concrete to the nominal scarification depth shown in the Plans with a single 40
pass of the machine, and with the simultaneous removal of deteriorated concrete. 41
42
6-09.3(1)D Shot Blasting Machines 43
This section, including title, is revised to read: 44
45
6-09.3(1)D Vacant 46
47
6-09.3(1)E Air Compressor 48
This section is revised to read: 49
50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 60 Amendments
Air compressors shall be equipped with oil traps to eliminate oil from being blown onto 1
the bridge deck. 2
3
6-09.3(1)J Finishing Machine 4
This section is revised to read: 5
6
The finishing machine shall meet the requirements of Section 6-02.3(10) and the following 7
requirements: 8
9
The finishing machine shall be equipped with augers, followed by an oscillating, 10
vibrating screed, vibrating roller tamper, or a vibrating pan, followed by a rotating 11
cylindrical double drum screed. The vibrating screed, roller tamper or pan shall be of 12
sufficient length and width to properly consolidate the mixture. The vibrating 13
frequency of the vibrating screed, roller tamper or pan shall be variable with positive 14
control. 15
16
6-09.3(2) Submittals 17
Item number 1 and 2 are revised to read: 18
19
1. A Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of catalog cuts and operating parameters of 20
the hydro-demolition machine selected by the Contractor for use in this project to 21
scarify concrete surfaces. 22
23
2. A Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of catalog cuts, operating parameters, axle 24
loads, and axle spacing of the rotary milling machine (if used to remove an upper 25
layer of existing concrete overlay when present). 26
27
The first sentence of item number 3 is revised to read: 28
29
A Type 2 Working Drawing of the Runoff Water Disposal Plan. 30
31
6-09.3(5)A General 32
The first sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 33
34
All areas of the deck that are inaccessible to the selected scarifying machine shall be 35
scarified to remove the concrete surface matrix to a maximum nominal scarification depth 36
shown in the Plans by a method acceptable to the Engineer. 37
38
This section is supplemented with the following: 39
40
Concrete process water generated by scarifying concrete surface and removing existing 41
concrete overlay operations shall be contained, collected, and disposed of in accordance 42
with Section 5-01.3(11) and Section 6-09.3(5)C, and the Section 6-09.3(2) Runoff Water 43
Disposal Plan. 44
45
6-09.3(5)B Testing of Hydro-Demolition and Shot Blasting Machines 46
This section’s title is revised to read: 47
48
Testing of Hydro-Demolition Machines 49
50
The second paragraph is revised to read: 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 61 Amendments
In the “sound” area of concrete, the equipment shall be programmed to remove concrete 1
to the nominal scarification depth shown in the Plans with a single pass of the machine. 2
3
6-09.3(5)D Shot Blasting 4
This section, including title, is revised to read: 5
6
6-09.3(5)D Vacant 7
8
6-09.3(5)E Rotomilling 9
This section, including title, is revised to read: 10
11
6-09.3(5)E Removing Existing Concrete Overlay Layer by Rotomilling 12
When the Contractor elects to remove the upper layer of existing concrete overlay, when 13
present, by rotomilling prior to final scarifying, the entire concrete surface of the bridge 14
deck shall be milled to remove the surface matrix to the depth specified in the Plans with 15
a tolerance as specified in Section 6-08.3(5)B. The operating parameters of the rotary 16
milling machine shall be monitored in order to prevent the unnecessary removal of 17
concrete below the specified removal depth. 18
19
6-09.3(6) Further Deck Preparation 20
The first paragraph is revised to read:: 21
22
Once the lane or strip being overlaid has been cleaned of debris from scarifying, the 23
Contractor, with the Engineer, shall perform a visual inspection of the scarified surface. 24
The Contractor shall mark those areas of the existing bridge deck that are authorized by 25
the Engineer for further deck preparation by the Contractor. 26
27
Item number 4 of the second paragraph is deleted. 28
29
The first sentence of the third paragraph is deleted. 30
31
6-09.3(6)A Equipment for Further Deck Preparation 32
This section is revised to read: 33
34
Further deck preparation shall be performed using either power driven hand tools 35
conforming to Section 6-09.3(1)A, or hydro-demolition machines conforming to Section 36
6-09.3(1)C. 37
38
6-09.3(6)B Deck Repair Preparation 39
The second paragraph is deleted. 40
41
The last sentence of the second paragraph (after the preceding Amendment is applied) is 42
revised to read: 43
44
In no case shall the depth of a sawn vertical cut exceed ¾ inch or to the top of the top 45
steel reinforcing bars, whichever is less. 46
47
The first sentence of the third to last paragraph is revised to read: 48
49
Where existing steel reinforcing bars inside deck repair areas show deterioration greater 50
than 20-percent section loss, the Contractor shall furnish and place steel reinforcing bars 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 62 Amendments
alongside the deteriorated bars in accordance with the details shown in the Standard 1
Plans. 2
3
The last paragraph is deleted. 4
5
6-09.3(7) Surface Preparation for Concrete Overlay 6
The first seven paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following: 7
8
Following the completion of any required further deck preparation the entire lane or strip 9
being overlaid shall be cleaned to be free from oil and grease, rust and other foreign 10
material that may still be present. These materials shall be removed by detergent-cleaning 11
or other method accepted by the Engineer followed by sandblasting. 12
13
After detergent cleaning and sandblasting is completed, the entire lane or strip being 14
overlaid shall be cleaned in final preparation for placing concrete. 15
16
Hand tool chipping, sandblasting and cleaning in areas adjacent to a lane or strip being 17
cleaned in final preparation for placing concrete shall be discontinued when final 18
preparation is begun. Scarifying and hand tool chipping shall remain suspended until the 19
concrete has been placed and the requirement for curing time has been satisfied. 20
Sandblasting and cleaning shall remain suspended for the first 24 hours of curing time 21
after the completion of concrete placing. 22
23
Scarification, and removal of the upper layer of concrete overlay when present, may 24
proceed during the final cleaning and overlay placement phases of the Work on adjacent 25
portions of the Structure so long as the scarification and concrete overlay removal 26
operations are confined to areas which are a minimum of 100 feet away from the defined 27
limits of the final cleaning or overlay placement in progress. If the scarification and 28
concrete overlay removal impedes or interferes in any way with the final cleaning or 29
overlay placement as determined by the Engineer, the scarification and concrete overlay 30
removal Work shall be terminated immediately and the scarification and concrete overlay 31
removal equipment removed sufficiently away from the area being prepared or overlaid 32
to eliminate the conflict. If the grade is such that water and contaminants from the 33
scarification and concrete overlay removal operation will flow into the area being prepared 34
or overlaid, the scarification and concrete overlay removal operation shall be terminated 35
and shall remain suspended for the first 24 hours of curing time after the completion of 36
concrete placement. 37
38
6-09.3(11) Placing Concrete Overlay 39
The first sentence of item number 3 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 40
41
Concrete shall not be placed when the temperature of the concrete surface is less than 42
45°F or greater than 75°F, and wind velocity at the construction site is in excess of 10 43
mph. 44
45
6-09.3(12) Finishing Concrete Overlay 46
The third paragraph is deleted. 47
48
The last paragraph is deleted. 49
50
6-09.3(13) Curing Concrete Overlay 51
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 63 Amendments
1
As the finishing operation progresses, the concrete shall be immediately covered with a 2
single layer of clean, new or used, wet burlap. 3
4
The last sentence of the second paragraph is deleted. 5
6
The following two new paragraphs are inserted after the second paragraph: 7
8
As an alternative to the application of burlap and fog spraying described above, the 9
Contractor may propose a curing system using proprietary curing blankets specifically 10
manufactured for bridge deck curing. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working 11
Drawing consisting of details of the proprietary curing blanket system, including product 12
literature and details of how the system is to be installed and maintained. 13
14
The wet curing regimen as described shall remain in place for a minimum of 42-hours. 15
16
The last paragraph is deleted. 17
18
6-09.3(14) Checking for Bond 19
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 20
21
After the requirements for curing have been met, the entire overlaid surface shall be 22
sounded by the Contractor, in a manner accepted by and in the presence of the Engineer, 23
to ensure total bond of the concrete to the bridge deck. 24
25
The last sentence of the first paragraph is deleted. 26
27
The second paragraph is deleted. 28
29
Section 6-10, Concrete Barrier 30
August 6, 2018 31
6-10.2 Materials 32
In the first paragraph, the reference to “Portland Cement” is revised to read: 33
34
Cement 9-01 35
36
6-10.3(6) Placing Concrete Barrier 37
The first two sentences of the first paragraph are revised to read: 38
39
Precast concrete barriers Type 2, Type 4, Type F, precast single slope barrier, and 40
transitions shall rest on a paved foundation shaped to a uniform grade and section. The 41
foundation surface for precast concrete barriers Type 2, Type 4, Type F, precast single 42
slope barrier, and transitions shall meet this test for uniformity: When a 10-foot 43
straightedge is placed on the surface parallel to the centerline for the barrier, the surface 44
shall not vary more than ¼ inch from the lower edge of the straightedge. 45
46
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 64 Amendments
Section 6-11, Reinforced Concrete Walls 1
April 2, 2018 2
6-11.2 Materials 3
In the first paragraph, the reference to “Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete” is revised 4
to read: 5
6
Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 7
8
Section 6-12, Noise Barrier Walls 9
August 6, 2018 10
6-12.2 Materials 11
In the first paragraph, the reference to “Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete” is revised 12
to read: 13
14
Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 15
16
The first paragraph is supplemented with the following new material reference: 17
18
Noise Barrier Wall Access Door 9-06.17 19
20
6-12.3(9) Access Doors and Concrete Landing Pads 21
The second paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following: 22
23
All frame and door surfaces, except stainless steel surfaces, shall be painted in 24
accordance with Section 6-07.3(9). Primer shall be applied to all non-stainless steel 25
surfaces. All primer coated exposed metal surfaces shall be field painted with the 26
remaining Section 6-07.3(9)A paint system coats. The top coat, when dry, shall match the 27
color specified in the Plans or Special Provisions. 28
29
This section is supplemented with the following: 30
31
Access door deadbolt locks shall be capable of accepting a Best CX series core. The 32
Contractor shall furnish and install a spring-loaded construction core lock with each lock. 33
The Engineer will furnish the permanent Best CX series core for the Contractor to install 34
at the conclusion of the project. 35
36
Section 6-13, Structural Earth Walls 37
August 6, 2018 38
6-13.2 Materials 39
In the first paragraph, the reference to “Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete” is revised 40
to read: 41
42
Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 43
44
6-13.3(4) Precast Concrete Facing Panel and Concrete Block Fabrication 45
Item number 1 of the sixth paragraph is revised to read: 46
47
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 65 Amendments
1. Vertical dimensions shall be ± 1∕16 inch of the Plan dimension, and the rear height 1
shall not exceed the front height. 2
3
Item number 3 of the sixth paragraph is revised to read: 4
5
3. All other dimensions shall be ± ¼ inch of the Plan dimension. 6
7
Section 6-14, Geosynthetic Retaining Walls 8
April 2, 2018 9
6-14.2 Materials 10
In the first paragraph, the references to “Portland Cement” and “Aggregates for Portland 11
Cement Concrete” are revised to read: 12
13
Cement 9-01 14
Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 15
16
Section 6-15, Soil Nail Walls 17
January 7, 2019 18
6-15.3(7) Shotcrete Facing 19
The last paragraph is supplemented with the following: 20
21
After final tightening of the nut, the threads of the soil nail shall at a minimum be flush with 22
the end of the nut. 23
24
Section 6-16, Soldier Pile and Soldier Pile Tieback Walls 25
April 2, 2018 26
6-16.2 Materials 27
In the first paragraph, the reference to “Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete” is revised 28
to read: 29
30
Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 31
32
Section 6-18, Shotcrete Facing 33
April 1, 2019 34
6-18.2 Materials 35
The reference to metakaolin is deleted. 36
37
6-18.3(3) Testing 38
In the last sentence of the first paragraph, “AASHTO T 24” is revised to read “ASTM C1604”. 39
40
6-18.3(3)B Production Testing 41
In the last sentence, “AASHTO T 24” is revised to read “ASTM C1604”. 42
43
6-18.3(4) Qualifications of Contractor’s Personnel 44
In the last sentence of the second paragraph, “AASHTO T 24” is revised to read “ASTM 45
C1604”. 46
47
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 66 Amendments
Section 6-19, Shafts 1
January 7, 2019 2
6-19.2 Materials 3
In the first paragraph, the references to “Portland Cement” and “Aggregates for Portland 4
Cement Concrete” are revised to read: 5
6
Cement 9-01 7
Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 8
9
6-19.3(1)A Shaft Construction Tolerances 10
The last paragraph is supplemented with the following: 11
12
The elevation of the top of the reinforcing cage for drilled shafts shall be within +6 inches 13
and -3 inches from the elevation shown in the Plans. 14
15
6-19.3(2)D Nondestructive QA Testing Organization and Personnel 16
Item number 4 in the first paragraph is revised to read: 17
18
4. Personnel preparing test reports shall be a Professional Engineer, licensed under 19
Title 18 RCW, State of Washington, and shall seal the report in accordance with WAC 20
196-23-020. 21
22
6-19.3(3)C Conduct of Shaft Casing Installation and Removal and Shaft 23
Excavation Operations 24
The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 25
26
In no case shall shaft excavation and casing placement extend below the bottom of shaft 27
excavation as shown in the Plans. 28
29
6-19.3(6)E Thermal Wire and Thermal Access Point (TAPS) 30
The third sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 31
32
The thermal wire shall extend from the bottom of the reinforcement cage to the top of the 33
shaft, with a minimum of 5-feet of slack wire provided above the top of shaft. 34
35
The following new sentence is inserted after the third sentence of the third paragraph: 36
37
All thermal wires in a shaft shall be equal lengths. 38
39
6-19.3(9)D Nondestructive QA Testing Results Submittal 40
The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 41
42
Results shall be a Type 2E Working Drawing presented in a written report. 43
44
Section 7-02, Culverts 45
April 2, 2018 46
7-02.2 Materials 47
In the first paragraph, the references to “Portland Cement” and “Aggregates for Portland 48
Cement Concrete” are revised to read: 49
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 67 Amendments
1
Cement 9-01 2
Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 3
4
7-02.3(6)A4 Excavation and Bedding Preparation 5
The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 6
7
The bedding course shall be a 6-inch minimum thickness layer of culvert bedding material, 8
defined as granular material either conforming to Section 9-03.12(3) or to AASHTO 9
Grading No. 57 as specified in Section 9-03.1(4)C. 10
11
Section 7-05, Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells 12
August 6, 2018 13
7-05.3 Construction Requirements 14
The fourth sentence of the third paragraph is deleted. 15
16
Section 7-08, General Pipe Installation Requirements 17
April 2, 2018 18
7-08.3(3) Backfilling 19
The fifth sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 20
21
All compaction shall be in accordance with the Compaction Control Test of Section 2-22
03.3(14)D except in the case that 100% Recycled Concrete Aggregate is used. 23
24
The following new sentences are inserted after the fifth sentence of the fourth paragraph: 25
26
When 100% Recycled Concrete Aggregate is used, the Contractor may submit a written 27
request to use a test point evaluation for compaction acceptance. Test Point evaluation 28
shall be performed in accordance with SOP 738. 29
30
Section 8-01, Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control 31
April 1, 2019 32
8-01.1 Description 33
This section is revised to read: 34
35
This Work consists of furnishing, installing, maintaining, removing and disposing of best 36
management practices (BMPs), as defined in the Washington Administrative Code (WAC) 37
173-201A, to manage erosion and water quality in accordance with these Specifications 38
and as shown in the Plans or as designated by the Engineer. 39
40
The Contracting Agency may have a National Pollution Discharge Elimination System 41
Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) as identified in the Contract Special 42
Provisions. The Contracting Agency may or may not transfer coverage of the CSWGP to 43
the Contractor when a CSWGP has been obtained. The Contracting Agency may not 44
have a CSWGP for the project but may have another water quality related permit as 45
identified in the Contract Special Provisions or the Contracting Agency may not have 46
water quality related permits but the project is subject to applicable laws for the Work. 47
Section 8-01 covers all of these conditions. 48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 68 Amendments
1
This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 2
3
8-01.1(1) Definitions 4
1. pH Affected Stormwater 5
6
a. Stormwater contacting green concrete (concrete that has set/stiffen but is still 7
curing), recycled concrete, or engineered soils (as defined in the Construction 8
Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP)) as a natural process 9
10
b. pH monitoring shall be performed in accordance with the CSWGP, or Water 11
Quality Standards (WQS in accordance with WAC 173-201A (surface) or 173-12
200C (ground)) when the CSWGP does not apply 13
14
c. May be neutralized and discharged to surface waters or infiltrated 15
16
2. pH Affected Non-Stormwater 17
18
a. Conditionally authorized in accordance with CSWGP Special Condition S.1.C., 19
uncontaminated water contacting green concrete, recycled concrete, or 20
engineered soils (as defined in the CSWGP) 21
22
b. Shall not be categorized as cementitious wastewater/concrete wastewater, as 23
defined below 24
25
c. Shall be managed and treated in accordance with the CSWGP, or WQS when 26
the CSWGP does not apply 27
28
d. pH adjustment and dechlorination may be necessary, as specified in the 29
CSWGP or in accordance with WQS when the CSWGP does not apply 30
31
e. May be neutralized, treated, and discharged to surface waters in accordance 32
with the CSWGP, with the exception of water-only shaft drilling slurry. Water-only 33
shaft drilling slurry may be treated, neutralized, and infiltrated but not discharged 34
to surface waters (Refer to Special Conditions S1.C. Authorized Discharges and 35
S1.d Prohibited Discharges of the CSWGP) 36
37
3. Cementitious Wastewater/Concrete Wastewater 38
39
a. Any water that comes into contact with fine cementitious particles or slurry; any 40
water used in the production, placement and/or clean-up of cementitious 41
products; any water used to cut, grind, wash, or otherwise modify cementitious 42
products 43
44
b. When any water, including stormwater, commingles with cementitious 45
wastewater/concrete wastewater, the resulting water is considered cementitious 46
wastewater/concrete wastewater and shall be managed to prevent discharge to 47
waters of the State, including ground water 48
49
c. CSWGP Examples include: water used for or resulting from concrete 50
truck/mixer/pumper/tool/chute rinsing or washing, concrete saw cutting and 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 69 Amendments
surfacing (sawing, coring, grinding, roughening, hydro-demolition, bridge and 1
road surfacing) 2
3
d. Cannot be neutralized and discharged or infiltrated 4
5
8-01.2 Materials 6
The first paragraph is revised to read: 7
8
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 9
10
Corrugated Polyethylene Drain Pipe 9-05.1(6) 11
Quarry Spalls and Permeable Ballast 9-13 12
Erosion Control and Roadside Planting 9-14 13
Construction Geotextile 9-33 14
15
The second paragraph is deleted. 16
17
8-01.3(1) General 18
This section is revised to read: 19
20
Adaptive management shall be employed throughout the duration of the project for the 21
implementation of erosion and water pollution control permit requirements for the current 22
condition of the project site. The adaptive management includes the selection and 23
utilization of BMPs, scheduling of activities, prohibiting unacceptable practices, 24
implementing maintenance procedures, and other managerial practices that when used 25
singularly or in combination, prevent or reduce the release of pollutants to waters of the 26
State. The adaptive management shall use the means and methods identified in this 27
section and means and methods identified in the Washington State Department of 28
Transportation’s Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Manual or the Washington 29
State Department of Ecology’s Stormwater Management Manuals for construction 30
stormwater. 31
32
The Contractor shall install a high visibility fence along the lines shown in the Plans or as 33
instructed by the Engineer. 34
35
Throughout the life of the project, the Contractor shall preserve and protect the delineated 36
preservation area, acting immediately to repair or restore any high visibility fencing 37
damaged or removed. 38
39
All discharges to surface waters shall comply with surface water quality standards as 40
defined in Washington Administrative Code (WAC) Chapter 173-201A. All discharges to 41
groundwater shall comply with groundwater quality standards WAC Chapter 173-200. The 42
Contractor shall comply with the CSWGP when the project is covered by the CSWGP. 43
44
Work, at a minimum, shall include the implementation of: 45
46
1. Sediment control measures prior to ground disturbing activities to ensure all 47
discharges from construction areas receive treatment prior to discharging from 48
the site. 49
50
2. Flow control measures to prevent erosive flows from developing. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 70 Amendments
3. Water management strategies and pollution prevention measures to prevent 1
contamination of waters that will be discharged to surface waters or the ground. 2
3
4. Erosion control measures to stabilize erodible earth not being worked. 4
5
5. Maintenance of BMPs to ensure continued compliant performance. 6
7
6. Immediate corrective action if evidence suggests construction activity is not in 8
compliance. Evidence includes sampling data, olfactory or visual evidence such 9
as the presence of suspended sediment, turbidity, discoloration, or oil sheen in 10
discharges. 11
12
To the degree possible, the Contractor shall coordinate this Work with permanent 13
drainage and roadside restoration Work the Contract requires. 14
15
Clearing, grubbing, excavation, borrow, or fill within the Right of Way shall never expose 16
more erodible earth than as listed below: 17
18
Western Washington
(West of the Cascade
Mountain Crest)
Eastern Washington
(East of the Cascade
Mountain Crest)
May 1 through
September 30 17 Acres April 1 through
October 31 17 Acres
October 1
through April
30
5 Acres
November 1
through March
31
5 Acres
19
The Engineer may increase or decrease the limits based on project conditions. 20
21
Erodible earth is defined as any surface where soils, grindings, or other materials may be 22
capable of being displaced and transported by rain, wind, or surface water runoff. 23
24
Erodible earth not being worked, whether at final grade or not, shall be covered within the 25
specified time period (see the table below), using BMPs for erosion control. 26
27
Western Washington
(West of the Cascade
Mountain Crest)
Eastern Washington
(East of the Cascade
Mountain Crest)
October 1
through April
30
2 days
maximum
October 1
through June
30
5 days
maximum
May 1 to
September 30
7 days
maximum
November 1
through March
31
10 days
maximum
28
When applicable, the Contractor shall be responsible for all Work required for compliance 29
with the CSWGP including annual permit fees. 30
31
If the Engineer, under Section 1-08.6, orders the Work suspended, the Contractor shall 32
continue to comply with this division during the suspension. 33
34
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 71 Amendments
8-01.3(1)A Submittals 1
This section’s content is deleted. 2
3
This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 4
5
8-01.3(1)A1 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Plan 6
Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) Plans consist of a narrative section and 7
plan sheets that meets the Washington State Department of Ecology’s Stormwater 8
Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) requirement in the CSWGP. For projects that do not 9
require a CSWGP but have the potential to discharge to surface waters of the state, an 10
abbreviated TESC plan shall be used, which may consist of a narrative and/or plan sheets 11
and shall demonstrate compliance with applicable codes, ordinances and regulations, 12
including the water quality standards for surface waters; Chapter 173-201A of the 13
Washington Administrative Code (WAC) and water quality standards for groundwaters in 14
accordance with Chapter 173-200 WAC. 15
16
The Contractor shall either adopt the TESC Plan in the Contract or develop a new TESC 17
Plan. If the Contractor adopts the TESC Plan in scenarios in which the CSWGP is 18
transferred to the Contractor, the Contractor shall modify the TESC Plan to match the 19
Contractor’s schedule, method of construction, and to include all areas that will be used 20
to directly support construction activity such as equipment staging yards, material storage 21
areas, or borrow areas. TESC Plans shall include all high visibility fence shown in the 22
Plans. All TESC Plans shall meet the requirements of the current edition of the WSDOT 23
Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Manual M 3109 and be adaptively managed 24
throughout construction based on site inspections and required sampling to maintain 25
compliance with the CSWGP, or WQS when no CSWGP applies. The Contractor shall 26
develop a schedule for implementation of the TESC work and incorporate it into the 27
Contractor’s progress schedule. 28
29
The Contractor shall submit their TESC Plan (either the adopted plan or new plan) as 30
Type 2 Working Drawings. At the request of the Engineer, updated TESC Plans shall be 31
submitted as Type 1 Working Drawings. 32
33
8-01.3(1)B Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) Lead 34
This section is revised to read: 35
36
The Contractor shall identify the ESC Lead at the preconstruction discussions and in the 37
TESC Plan. The ESC Lead shall have, for the life of the Contract, a current Certificate of 38
Training in Construction Site Erosion and Sediment Control from a course approved by 39
the Washington State Department of Ecology. The ESC Lead must be onsite or on call at 40
all times throughout construction. The ESC Lead shall be listed on the Emergency 41
Contact List required under Section 1-05.13(1). 42
43
The ESC Lead shall implement the TESC Plan. Implementation shall include, but is not 44
limited to: 45
46
1. Installing, adaptively managing, and maintaining temporary erosion and 47
sediment control BMPs to assure continued performance of their intended 48
function. Damaged or inadequate BMPs shall be corrected immediately. 49
50
2. Updating the TESC Plan to reflect current field conditions. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 72 Amendments
3. Discharge sampling and submitting Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) to 1
the Washington State Department of Ecology in accordance with the CSWGP. 2
3
4. Develop and maintain the Site Log Book as defined in the CSWGP. When the 4
Site Log Book or portion thereof is electronically developed, the electronic 5
documentation must be accessible onsite. As a part of the Site Log Book, the 6
Contractor shall develop and maintain a tracking table to show that identified 7
TESC compliance issues are fully resolved within 10 calendar days. The table 8
shall include the date an issue was identified, a description of how it was 9
resolved, and the date the issue was fully resolved. 10
11
The ESC Lead shall also inspect all areas disturbed by construction activities, all on-site 12
erosion and sediment control BMPs, and all stormwater discharge points at least once 13
every calendar week and within 24-hours of runoff events in which stormwater discharges 14
from the site. Inspections of temporarily stabilized, inactive sites may be reduced to once 15
every calendar month. The Washington State Department of Ecology’s Erosion and 16
Sediment Control Site Inspection Form, located at https://ecology.wa.gov/Regulations-17
Permits/Permits-certifications/Stormwater-general-permits/Construction-stormwater-18
permit, shall be completed for each inspection and a copy shall be submitted to the 19
Engineer no later than the end of the next working day following the inspection. 20
21
8-01.3(1)C Water Management 22
This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 23
24
8-01.3(1)C5 Water Management for In-Water Work Below Ordinary High 25
Water Mark (OHWM) 26
Work over surface waters of the state (defined in WAC 173-201A-010) or below the 27
OHWM (defined in RCW 90.58.030) shall comply with water quality standards for surface 28
waters of the State of Washington. 29
30
8-01.3(1)C6 Environmentally Acceptable Hydraulic Fluid 31
All equipment containing hydraulic fluid that extends from a bridge deck over surface 32
waters of the state or below the OHWM, shall be equipped with a biodegradable hydraulic 33
fluid. The fluid shall achieve either a Pw1 Environmental Persistence Classification stated 34
in ASTM D6046 (≥60% biodegradation in 28 days) or equivalent standard. Alternatively, 35
hydraulic fluid that meets International Organization for Standardization (ISO 15380), the 36
European Union Ecolabel, or equivalent certification will also be accepted. 37
38
The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of a manufacturer 39
catalog cut of the hydraulic fluid used. 40
41
The designation of biodegradable hydraulic fluid does not mean fluid spills are 42
acceptable. The Contractor shall respond to spills to land or water in accordance with the 43
Contract, the associated SPCC Plan, and all applicable local, state, and federal 44
regulations. 45
46
8-01.3(1)C7 Turbidity Curtain 47
All Work for the turbidity curtain shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s 48
recommendations for the site conditions. Removal procedures shall be developed and 49
used to minimize silt release and disturbance of silt. The Contractor shall submit a Type 50
2 Working Drawing, detailing product information, installation and removal procedures, 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 73 Amendments
equipment and workforce needs, maintenance plans, and emergency repair/replacement 1
plans. 2
3
Turbidity curtain materials, installation, and maintenance shall be sufficient to comply with 4
water quality standards. 5
6
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 10 days in advance of removing the turbidity 7
curtain. All components of the turbidity curtain shall be removed from the project. 8
9
8-01.3(1)C1 Disposal of Dewatering Water 10
This section is revised to read: 11
12
When uncontaminated groundwater is encountered in an excavation on a project it may 13
be infiltrated within vegetated areas of the right of way not designated as Sensitive Areas 14
or incorporated into an existing stormwater conveyance system at a rate that will not 15
cause erosion or flooding in any receiving surface water. 16
17
Alternatively, the Contractor may pursue independent disposal and treatment alternatives 18
that do not use the stormwater conveyance system provided it is in compliance with the 19
applicable WACs and permits. 20
21
8-01.3(1)C2 Process Wastewater 22
This section is revised to read: 23
24
Wastewater generated on-site as a byproduct of a construction process shall not be 25
discharged to surface waters of the State. Some sources of process wastewater may be 26
infiltrated in accordance with the CSWGP. Some sources of process wastewater may be 27
disposed via independent disposal and treatment alternatives in compliance with the 28
applicable WACs and permits. 29
30
8-01.3(1)C3 Shaft Drilling Slurry Wastewater 31
This section is revised to read: 32
33
Wastewater generated on-site during shaft drilling activity shall be managed and disposed 34
of in accordance with the requirements below. No shaft drilling slurry wastewater shall be 35
discharged to surface waters of the State. Neither the sediment nor liquid portions of the 36
shaft drilling slurry wastewater shall be contaminated, as detectable by visible or olfactory 37
indication (e.g., chemical sheen or smell). 38
39
1. Water-only shaft drilling slurry or water slurry with accepted flocculants may be 40
infiltrated on-site. Flocculants used shall meet the requirements of Section 9-41
14.5(1) or shall be chitosan products listed as General Use Level Designation 42
(GULD) on the Washington State Department of Ecology’s stormwater treatment 43
technologies webpage for construction treatment. Infiltration is permitted if the 44
following requirements are met: 45
46
a. Wastewater shall have a pH of 6.5 – 8.5 prior to discharge. 47
48
b. The amount of flocculant added to the slurry shall be kept to the minimum 49
needed to adequately settle out solids. The flocculant shall be thoroughly 50
mixed into the slurry. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 74 Amendments
c. The slurry removed from the shaft shall be contained in a leak proof cell or 1
tank for a minimum of 3 hours. 2
3
d. The infiltration rate shall be reduced if needed to prevent wastewater from 4
leaving the infiltration location. The infiltration site shall be monitored 5
regularly during infiltration activity. All wastewater discharged to the ground 6
shall fully infiltrate and discharges shall stop before the end of each work 7
day. 8
9
e. Drilling spoils and settled sediments remaining in the containment cell or 10
tank shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 6-19.3(4)F. 11
12
f. Infiltration locations shall be in upland areas at least 150 feet away from 13
surface waters, wells, on-site sewage systems, aquifer sensitive recharge 14
areas, sole source aquifers, well head protection areas, and shall be 15
marked on the plan sheets before the infiltration activity begins. 16
17
g. Prior to infiltration, the Contractor shall submit a Shaft Drilling Slurry 18
Wastewater Management and Infiltration Plan as a Type 2 Working 19
Drawing. This Plan shall be kept on-site, adapted if needed to meet the 20
construction requirements, and updated to reflect what is being done in the 21
field. The Working Drawing shall include, at a minimum, the following 22
information: 23
24
i. Plan sheet showing the proposed infiltration location and all surface 25
waters, wells, on-site sewage systems, aquifer-sensitive recharge 26
areas, sole source aquifers, and well-head protection areas within 150 27
feet. 28
29
ii. The proposed elevation of soil surface receiving the wastewater for 30
infiltration and the anticipated phreatic surface (i.e., saturated soil). 31
32
iii. The source of the water used to produce the slurry. 33
34
iv. The estimated total volume of wastewater to be infiltrated. 35
36
v. The accepted flocculant to be used (if any). 37
38
vi. The controls or methods used to prevent surface wastewater runoff 39
from leaving the infiltration location. 40
41
vii. The strategy for removing slurry wastewater from the shaft and 42
containing the slurry wastewater once it has been removed from the 43
shaft. 44
45
viii. The strategy for monitoring infiltration activity and adapting methods to 46
ensure compliance. 47
48
ix. A contingency plan that can be implemented immediately if it becomes 49
evident that the controls in place or methods being used are not 50
adequate. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 75 Amendments
x. The strategy for cleaning up the infiltration location after the infiltration 1
activity is done. Cleanup shall include stabilizing any loose sediment 2
on the surface within the infiltration area generated as a byproduct of 3
suspended solids in the infiltrated wastewater or soil disturbance 4
associated with BMP placement and removal. 5
6
2. Shaft drilling mineral slurry, synthetic slurry, or slurry with polymer additives not 7
allowed for infiltration shall be contained and disposed of by the Contractor at 8
an accepted disposal facility in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. Spoils that 9
have come into contact with mineral slurry shall be disposed of in accordance 10
with Section 6-19.3(4)F. 11
12
8-01.3(1)C4 Management of Off-Site Water 13
This section is revised to read: 14
15
Prior to clearing and grubbing, the Contractor shall intercept all sources of off-site surface 16
water and overland flow that will run-on to the project. Off-site surface water run-on shall 17
be diverted through or around the project in a way that does not introduce construction 18
related pollution. It shall be diverted to its preconstruction discharge location in a manner 19
that does not increase preconstruction flow rate and velocity and protects contiguous 20
properties and waterways from erosion. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working 21
Drawing consisting of the method for performing this Work. 22
23
8-01.3(1)E Detention/Retention Pond Construction 24
This section is revised to read: 25
26
Permanent or temporary ponds shall be constructed before beginning other grading and 27
excavation Work in the area that drains into that pond. Detention/retention ponds may be 28
constructed concurrently with grading and excavation when allowed by the Engineer. 29
Temporary conveyances shall be installed concurrently with grading in accordance with 30
the TESC Plan so that newly graded areas drain to the pond as they are exposed. 31
32
8-01.3(2) Seeding, Fertilizing, and Mulching 33
This section’s title is revised to read: 34
35
8-01.3(2) Temporary Seeding and Mulching 36
37
8-01.3(2)A Preparation for Application 38
This section is revised to read: 39
40
A cleated roller, crawler tractor, or similar equipment, which forms longitudinal 41
depressions at least 2 inches deep shall be used for compaction and preparation of the 42
surface to be seeded. The entire area shall be uniformly covered with longitudinal 43
depressions formed perpendicular to the natural flow of water on the slope. The soil shall 44
be conditioned with sufficient water so the longitudinal depressions remain in the soil 45
surface until completion of the seeding. 46
47
8-01.3(2)A1 Seeding 48
This section is deleted in its entirety. 49
50
8-01.3(2)A2 Temporary Seeding 51
This section is deleted in its entirety. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 76 Amendments
1
8-01.3(2)B Seeding and Fertilizing 2
This section, including title, is revised to read: 3
4
8-01.3(2)B Temporary Seeding 5
Temporary grass seed shall be a commercially prepared mix, made up of low growing 6
grass species that will grow without irrigation at the project location, and accepted by the 7
Engineer. The application rate shall be two pounds per 1000 square feet. 8
9
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer not less than 24 hours in advance of any seeding 10
operation and shall not begin the Work until areas prepared or designated for seeding 11
have been accepted. Following the Engineer’s acceptance, seeding of the accepted 12
slopes shall begin immediately. 13
14
Temporary seeding may be sown at any time allowed by the Engineer. Temporary seeding 15
shall be sown by one of the following methods: 16
17
1. A hydro seeder that utilizes water as the carrying agent, and maintains 18
continuous agitation through paddle blades. It shall have an operating capacity 19
sufficient to agitate, suspend, and mix into a homogeneous slurry the specified 20
amount of seed and water or other material. Distribution and discharge lines 21
shall be large enough to prevent stoppage and shall be equipped with a set of 22
hydraulic discharge spray nozzles that will provide a uniform distribution of the 23
slurry. 24
25
2. Blower equipment with an adjustable disseminating device capable of 26
maintaining a constant, measured rate of material discharge that will ensure an 27
even distribution of seed at the rates specified. 28
29
3. Power-drawn drills or seeders. 30
31
4. Areas in which the above methods are impractical may be seeded by hand 32
methods. 33
34
When seeding by hand, the seed shall be incorporated into the top ¼ inch of soil by hand 35
raking or other method that is allowed by the Engineer. 36
37
Seed applied using a hydroseeder shall have a tracer added to visibly aid uniform 38
application. This tracer shall not be harmful to plant, aquatic, or animal life. If Short-Term 39
Mulch is used as a tracer, the application rate shall not exceed 250 pounds per acre. 40
41
Seed and fertilizer may be applied in one application provided that the fertilizer is placed 42
in the hydroseeder tank no more than 1 hour prior to application. 43
44
8-01.3(2)D Mulching 45
This section, including title, is revised to read: 46
47
8-01.3(2)D Temporary Mulching 48
Temporary mulch shall be straw, wood strand, or HECP mulch and shall be used for the 49
purpose of erosion control by protecting bare soil surface from particle displacement. 50
Mulch shall not be applied below the anticipated water level of ditch slopes, pond bottoms, 51
and stream banks. HECP mulch shall not be used within the Ordinary High Water Mark. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 77 Amendments
Non-HECP mulches applied below the anticipated water level shall be removed or 1
anchored down so that it cannot move or float, at no additional expense to the Contracting 2
Agency. 3
4
Straw or wood strand mulch shall be applied at a rate to achieve at least 95 percent visual 5
blockage of the soil surface. 6
7
Short Term Mulch shall be hydraulically applied at the rate of 2500 pounds per acre and 8
may be applied in one lift. 9
10
Moderate Term Mulch and Long Term Mulch shall be hydraulically applied at the rate of 11
3500 pounds per acre with no more than 2000 pounds applied in any single lift. 12
13
Mulch sprayed on signs or sign Structures shall be removed the same day. 14
15
Areas not accessible by mulching equipment shall be mulched by accepted 16
hand methods. 17
18
8-01.3(2)F Dates for Application of Final Seed, Fertilizer, and Mulch 19
This section is deleted in its entirety. 20
21
8-01.3(2)G Protection and Care of Seeded Areas 22
This section is deleted in its entirety. 23
24
8-01.3(2)H Inspection 25
This section is deleted in its entirety. 26
27
8-01.3(2)I Mowing 28
This section is deleted in its entirety. 29
30
8-01.3(3) Placing Biodegradable Erosion Control Blanket 31
This section’s title is revised to read: 32
33
8-01.3(3) Placing Erosion Control Blanket 34
35
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 36
37
Erosion Control Blankets are used as an erosion prevention device and to enhance the 38
establishment of vegetation. 39
40
The second paragraph is revised to read: 41
42
When used to enhance the establishment of seeded areas, seeding and fertilizing shall 43
be done prior to blanket installation. 44
45
8-01.3(4) Placing Compost Blanket 46
This section is revised to read: 47
48
Compost blankets are used for erosion control. Compost blanket shall be only be placed 49
on ground surfaces that are steeper than 3-foot horizontal and 1-foot vertical though 50
steeper slopes shall be broken by wattles or compost socks placed according to the 51
Standard Plans. Compost shall be placed to a depth of 3 inches over bare soil. An organic 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 78 Amendments
tackifier shall be placed over the entire composted area when dry or windy conditions are 1
present or expected. The tackifier shall be applied immediately after the application of 2
compost to prevent compost from leaving the composted area. 3
4
Medium compost shall be used for the compost blanket. Compost may serve the purpose 5
of soil amendment as specified in Section 8-02.3(6). 6
7
8-01.3(5) Plastic Covering 8
The first paragraph is revised to read: 9
10
Erosion Control – Plastic coverings used to temporarily cover stockpiled materials, 11
slopes or bare soils shall be installed and maintained in a way that prevents water from 12
intruding under the plastic and prevents the plastic cover from being damaged by wind. 13
Plastic coverings shall be placed with at least a 12-inch overlap of all seams and be a 14
minimum of 6 mils thick. Use soil stabilization and energy dissipation BMPs to minimize 15
the erosive energy flows coming off sloped areas of plastic (e.g., toe of slope). When 16
feasible, prevent the clean runoff from plastic from hitting bare soil. Direct flows from 17
plastic to stabilized outlet areas. 18
19
8-01.3(7) Stabilized Construction Entrance 20
The first paragraph is revised to read: 21
22
Temporary stabilized construction entrance shall be constructed in accordance with the 23
Standard Plans, prior to construction vehicles entering the roadway from locations that 24
generate sediment track out on the roadway. Material used for stabilized construction 25
entrance shall be free of extraneous materials that may cause or contribute to track out. 26
27
8-01.3(8) Street Cleaning 28
This section is revised to read: 29
30
Self-propelled pickup street sweepers shall be used to remove and collect dirt and other 31
debris from the Roadway. The street sweeper shall effectively collect these materials and 32
prevent them from being washed or blown off the Roadway or into waters of the State. 33
Street sweepers shall not generate fugitive dust and shall be designed and operated in 34
compliance with applicable air quality standards. Material collected by the street sweeper 35
shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. 36
37
When allowed by the Engineer, power broom sweepers may be used in non-sensitive 38
areas. The broom sweeper shall sweep dirt and other debris from the roadway into the 39
work area. The swept material shall be prevented from entering or washing into waters of 40
the State. 41
42
Street washing with water will require the concurrence of the Engineer. 43
44
8-01.3(12) Compost Socks 45
The first two sentences of the first paragraph are revised to read: 46
47
Compost socks are used to disperse flow and sediment. Compost socks shall be installed 48
as soon as construction will allow but before flow conditions create erosive flows or 49
discharges from the site. Compost socks shall be installed prior to any mulching or 50
compost placement. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 79 Amendments
8-01.3(13) Temporary Curb 1
The last two sentences of the second paragraph are revised to read: 2
3
Temporary curbs shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Temporary curb shall be 4
installed so that ponding does not occur in the adjacent roadway. 5
6
8-01.3(14) Temporary Pipe Slope Drain 7
The third and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: 8
9
The pipe fittings shall be water tight and the pipe secured to the slope with metal posts, 10
wood stakes, or sand bags. 11
12
The water shall be discharged to a stabilized conveyance, sediment trap, stormwater 13
pond, rock splash pad, or vegetated strip, in a manner to prevent erosion and maintain 14
water quality compliance. 15
16
The last paragraph is deleted. 17
18
8-01.3(15) Maintenance 19
This section is revised to read: 20
21
Erosion and sediment control BMPs shall be maintained or adaptively managed as 22
required by the CSWGP until the Engineer determines they are no longer needed. When 23
deficiencies in functional performance are identified, the deficiencies shall be rectified 24
immediately. 25
26
The BMPs shall be inspected on the schedule outlined in Section 8-01.3(1)B for damage 27
and sediment deposits. Damage to or undercutting of BMPs shall be repaired 28
immediately. 29
30
In areas where the Contractor’s activities have compromised the erosion control functions 31
of the existing grasses, the Contractor shall overseed at no additional cost to the 32
Contracting Agency. 33
34
The quarry spalls of construction entrances shall be refreshed, replaced, or screened to 35
maintain voids between the spalls for collecting mud and dirt. 36
37
Unless otherwise specified, when the depth of accumulated sediment and debris reaches 38
approximately ⅓ the height of the BMP the deposits shall be removed. Debris or 39
contaminated sediment shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. 40
Clean sediments may be stabilized on-site using BMPs as allowed by the Engineer. 41
42
8-01.3(16) Removal 43
This section is revised to read: 44
45
The Contractor shall remove all temporary BMPs, all associated hardware and associated 46
accumulated sediment deposition from the project limits prior to Physical Completion 47
unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. When the temporary BMP materials are made 48
of natural plant fibers unaltered by synthetic materials the Engineer may allow leaving the 49
BMP in place. 50
51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 80 Amendments
The Contractor shall remove BMPs and associated hardware in a way that minimizes soil 1
disturbance. The Contractor shall permanently stabilize all bare and disturbed soil after 2
removal of BMPs. If the installation and use of the erosion control BMPs have compacted 3
or otherwise rendered the soil inhospitable to plant growth, such as construction 4
entrances, the Contractor shall take measures to rehabilitate the soil to facilitate plant 5
growth. This may include, but is not limited to, ripping the soil, incorporating soil 6
amendments, or seeding with the specified seed. 7
8
At the request of the Contractor and at the sole discretion of the Engineer the CSWGP 9
may be transferred back to the Contracting Agency. Approval of the Transfer of Coverage 10
request will require the following: 11
12
1. All other Work required for Contract Completion has been completed. 13
14
2. All Work required for compliance with the CSWGP has been completed to the 15
maximum extent possible. This includes removal of BMPs that are no longer 16
needed and the site has undergone all Stabilization identified for meeting the 17
requirements of Final Stabilization in the CSWGP. 18
19
3. An Equitable Adjustment change order for the cost of Work that has not been 20
completed by the Contractor. 21
22
4. Submittal of the Washington State Department of Ecology Transfer of Coverage 23
form (Ecology form ECY 020-87a) to the Engineer. 24
25
If the Engineer approves the transfer of coverage back to the Contracting Agency, the 26
requirement in Section 1-07.5(3) for the Contractor’s submittal of the Notice of Termination 27
form to the Washington State Department of Ecology will not apply. 28
29
8-01.4 Measurement 30
This section’s content is deleted and replaced with the following new subsections: 31
32
8-01.4(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) 33
When the Bid Proposal contains the item “Erosion Control and Water Pollution 34
Prevention” there will be no measurement of unit or force account items for Work defined 35
in Section 8-01 except as described in Sections 8-01.4(3) and 8-01.4(4). Also, except as 36
described in Section 8-01.4(3), all of Sections 8-01.4(2) and 8-01.5(2) are deleted. 37
38
8-01.4(2) Item Bids 39
When the Proposal does not contain the items “Erosion Control and Water Pollution 40
Prevention”, Section 8-01.4(1) and 8-01.5(1) are deleted and the Bid Proposal will contain 41
some or all of the following items measured as noted. 42
43
ESC lead will be measured per day for each day that an inspection is made and a 44
report is filed. 45
46
Erosion control blanket and plastic covering will be measured by the square yard 47
along the ground slope line of surface area covered and accepted. 48
49
Turbidity curtains will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the 50
installed curtain. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 81 Amendments
Check dams will be measured per linear foot one time only along the ground line of 1
the completed check dam. No additional measurement will be made for check dams 2
that are required to be rehabilitated or replaced due to wear. 3
4
Stabilized construction entrances will be measured by the square yard by ground 5
slope measurement for each entrance constructed. 6
7
Tire wash facilities will be measured per each for each tire wash installed. 8
9
Street cleaning will be measured by the hour for the actual time spent cleaning 10
pavement, refilling with water, dumping and transport to and from cleaning locations 11
within the project limits, as authorized by the Engineer. Time to mobilize the 12
equipment to or from the project limits on which street cleaning is required will not be 13
measured. 14
15
Inlet protections will be measured per each for each initial installation at a 16
drainage structure. 17
18
Silt fence, gravel filter, compost berms, and wood chip berms will be measured by 19
the linear foot along the ground line of the completed barrier. 20
21
Wattles and compost socks will be measured by the linear foot. 22
23
Temporary curbs will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the 24
completed installation. 25
26
Temporary pipe slope drains will be measured by the linear foot along the flow line 27
of the pipe. 28
29
Coir logs will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the completed 30
installation. 31
32
Outlet protections will be measured per each initial installation at an outlet location. 33
34
Temporary seeding, temporary mulching, and tackifiers will be measured by the acre 35
by ground slope measurement. 36
37
Compost blanket will be measured by the square yard by ground slope surface area 38
covered and accepted. 39
40
8-01.4(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Erosion Control and 41
Water Pollution Prevention 42
The Contract Provisions may establish the project as lump sum, in accordance with 43
Section 8-01.4(1) and also include one or more of the items included above in Section 8-44
01.4(2). When that occurs, the corresponding measurement provision in Section 8-45
01.4(2) is not deleted and the Work under that item will be measured as specified. 46
47
8-01.4(4) Items not included with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water 48
Pollution Prevention 49
Compost blanket will be measured by the square yard by ground slope surface area 50
covered and accepted. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 82 Amendments
Temporary mulch will be measured by the acre by ground slope surface area covered and 1
accepted. 2
3
High visibility fence will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the 4
completed fence. 5
6
8-01.5 Payment 7
This section’s content is deleted and replaced with the following new subsections: 8
9
8-01.5(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) 10
Payment will be made for the following Bid item when it is included in the Proposal: 11
12
“Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention”, lump sum. 13
14
The lump sum Contract price for “Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention” 15
shall be full pay to perform the Work as described in Section 8-01 except for costs 16
compensated by Bid Proposal items inserted through Contract Provisions as 17
described in Section 8-01.4(2). Progress payments for the lump sum item “Erosion 18
Control and Water Pollution Prevention” will be made as follows: 19
20
1. The Contracting Agency will pay 15 percent of the bid amount for the initial 21
set up for the item. Initial set up includes the following: 22
23
a. Acceptance of the TESC Plan provided by the Contracting Agency or 24
submittal of a new TESC Plan, 25
26
b. Submittal of a schedule for the installation of the BMPs, and 27
28
c. Identifying water quality sampling locations. 29
30
2. 70 percent of the bid amount will be paid in accordance with Section 1-09.9. 31
32
3. Once the project is physically complete and copies of the all reports 33
submitted to the Washington State Department of Ecology have been 34
submitted to the Engineer, and, if applicable, transference of the CSWGP 35
back to the Contracting Agency is complete, the remaining 15 percent of 36
the bid amount shall be paid in accordance with Section 1-09.9. 37
38
8-01.5(2) Item Bids 39
“ESC Lead”, per day. 40
41
“Turbidity Curtain”, per linear foot. 42
43
“Erosion Control Blanket”, per square yard. 44
45
“Plastic Covering”, per square yard. 46
47
“Check Dam”, per linear foot. 48
49
“Inlet Protection”, per each. 50
51
“Gravel Filter Berm”, per linear foot. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 83 Amendments
1
“Stabilized Construction Entrance”, per square yard. 2
3
“Street Cleaning”, per hour. 4
5
“Silt Fence”, per linear foot. 6
7
“Wood Chip Berm”, per linear foot. 8
9
“Compost Berm”, per linear foot. 10
11
“Wattle”, per linear foot. 12
13
“Compost Sock”, per linear foot. 14
15
“Coir Log”, per linear foot. 16
17
“Temporary Curb”, per linear foot. 18
19
“Temporary Pipe Slope Drain”, per linear foot. 20
21
“Temporary Seeding”, per acre. 22
23
“Temporary Mulching”, per acre. 24
25
“Compost Blanket”, per square yard. 26
27
“Outlet Protection”, per each. 28
29
“Tackifier”, per acre. 30
31
“Erosion/Water Pollution Control”, by force account as provided in Section 1-09.6. 32
33
Maintenance and removal of erosion and water pollution control devices including 34
removal and disposal of sediment, stabilization and rehabilitation of soil disturbed 35
by these activities, and any additional Work deemed necessary by the Engineer to 36
control erosion and water pollution will be paid by force account in accordance with 37
Section 1-09.6. 38
39
To provide a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an 40
amount in the Proposal to become a part of the Contractor’s total Bid. 41
42
8-01.5(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Erosion Control and 43
Water Pollution Prevention 44
The Contract may establish the project as lump sum, in accordance with Section 8-01.4(1) 45
and also reinstate the measurement of one or more of the items described in Section 8-46
01.4(2), except for Erosion/Water Pollution Control, by force account. When that occurs, 47
the corresponding payment provision in Section 8-01.5(2) is not deleted and the Work 48
under that item will be paid as specified. 49
50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 84 Amendments
8-01.5(4) Items not included with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water 1
Pollution Prevention 2
Payment will be made for the following Bid item when it is included in the Proposal: 3
4
“High Visibility Fence”, per linear foot. 5
6
Section 8-02, Roadside Restoration 7
April 1, 2019 8
This section, including all subsections, is revised to read: 9
10
8-02.1 Description 11
This Work consists of preserving, maintaining, establishing and augmenting vegetation 12
on the roadsides and within mitigation or sundry site areas. It includes vegetation 13
preservation, weed and pest control, furnishing and placing topsoil, compost, and soil 14
amendments, and furnishing and planting seed, sod and plants of all forms and container 15
types. It includes performing plant establishment activities and soil bioengineering. Work 16
shall be performed in accordance with these Specifications and as shown in the Plans or 17
as designated by the Engineer. 18
19
Trees, whips, shrubs, ground covers, cuttings, live stakes, live poles, live branches, 20
rhizomes, tubers, rootstock, and seedlings will hereinafter be referred to collectively as 21
“plants” or “plant material”. Grass, wildflowers, and other plant materials installed in seed 22
form will hereinafter be referred to collectively as “seed”. 23
24
8-02.2 Materials 25
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 26
27
Erosion Control and Roadside Planting 9-14 28
Water 9-25.2 29
30
Botanical identification and nomenclature of plant materials shall be based on 31
descriptions by Hitchcock and Cronquist in “Flora of the Pacific Northwest”. Botanical 32
identification and nomenclature of plant material not found in "Flora" shall be based on 33
Bailey in “Hortus Third” or superseding editions and amendments or as referenced in 34
the Plans. 35
36
8-02.3 Construction Requirements 37
8-02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction 38
The Contractor shall prepare, install, and ensure adequate and proper care of all 39
roadside seeded, planted, and lawn areas on the project until all plant establishment 40
periods required by the Contract are complete or until Physical Completion of the 41
project, whichever is last. 42
43
Adequate and proper care shall include, but is not limited to, keeping all plant material 44
in a healthy, growing condition by watering, pruning, and other actions deemed 45
necessary for plant health. This Work shall include keeping the project area free from 46
insect infestation, weeds or unwanted vegetation, litter, and other debris along with 47
retaining the finished grades and mulch in a neat uniform condition. 48
49
Existing desirable vegetation shall be saved and protected unless removal is required 50
by the Contract or allowed by the Engineer. 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 85 Amendments
1
The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the maintenance and appearance of 2
the roadside restoration. 3
4
8-02.3(2) Work Plans 5
Three Work Plan submittals exist under this Section: 6
7
1. Roadside Work Plan: This plan is required when Work will disturb the 8
roadside beyond 20 feet from the pavement or where trees or native 9
vegetation will be removed, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working 10
Drawing. 11
12
2. Weed and Pest Control Plan: This plan is required when the proposal 13
contains the item "Weed and Pest Control," and prior to application of any 14
chemicals or weed control activities, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 15
Working Drawing. 16
17
3. Plant Establishment Plan: This plan is required when the proposal contains 18
the item "PSIPE__", and prior to completion of Initial Planting, the 19
Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing. 20
21
8-02.3(2)A Roadside Work Plan 22
The Roadside Work Plan shall define the expected impacts to the roadside and 23
restoration resulting from Work necessary to meet all Contract requirements. 24
The Contractor shall define how the roadside restoration Work included in the 25
Contract will be phased and coordinated with project Work such as earthwork, 26
staging, access, erosion and water pollution control, irrigation, etc. The 27
Roadside Work Plan shall include the following: 28
29
1. Limiting impacts to roadsides: 30
31
a. Limits of Work including locations of staging or parking. 32
33
b. Means and methods for vegetation protection (in accordance with 34
Section 1-07.16(2)). 35
36
c. Locations outside of clearing limits where vegetation shall be 37
removed to provide access routes or other needs to accomplish 38
the Work. 39
40
d. Plans for removal, preservation and stockpile of topsoil or other 41
native materials, if outside of clearing and grubbing limits and 42
within the project limits. 43
44
2. Roadside Restoration: 45
46
a. Plan for propagation and procurement of plants, ground 47
preparation for planting, and installation of plants. 48
49
b. Means and methods to limit soil compaction where seeding and 50
planting are to occur, such as steel plates, hog fuel access roads, 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 86 Amendments
wood mats for sensitive areas (including removal) and 1
decompaction for unavoidable impacts. 2
3
c. Plan and timing to incorporate or remove erosion control items. 4
5
3. Lawn Installation: 6
7
a. Schedule for lawn installation work. 8
9
b. Establishment and maintenance of lawns. 10
11
8-02.3(2)B Weed and Pest Control Plan 12
The Weed and Pest Control Plan shall describe all weed and pest control needs 13
for the project. 14
15
The plan shall be prepared and signed by a licensed Commercial Pest Control 16
Operator or Consultant. The plan for control of weeds and pests on the Contract 17
in accordance with Section 8-02.3(3) shall include the following: 18
19
1. Names of plan preparer and pesticide operators, including contact 20
information. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer evidence that all 21
operators are licensed with appropriate endorsements, and that the 22
pesticide used is registered for use by the Washington State 23
Department of Agriculture. 24
25
2. Means and methods of weed control, including mechanical and/or 26
chemical. 27
28
3. Schedule for weed control including re-entry times for pesticide 29
application by pesticide type. 30
31
4. Proposed pesticide use in accordance with Section 8-02.3(3)A: name, 32
application rate, and Safety Data Sheets of all proposed pesticides. 33
Include a copy of the current product label for each pesticide to be 34
used. 35
36
5. Plan to ensure worker safety until pesticide re-entry periods are met. 37
38
8-02.3(2)C Plant Establishment Plan 39
The Plant Establishment Plan shall describe activities necessary to ensure 40
continued health and vigor of planted and seeded areas in accordance with the 41
requirements of Sections 8-02.3(12) and 8-02.3(13). Should the plan become 42
unworkable at any time during the first-year plant establishment, the Contractor 43
shall submit a revised plan prior to proceeding with further Work. The Plant 44
Establishment Plan shall include: 45
46
1. Proposed scheduling of joint inspection meetings, activities, materials, 47
equipment to be utilized for the first-year plant establishment. 48
49
2. Proposed adaptive management activities to ensure successful 50
establishment of seeded, sodded, and planted areas. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 87 Amendments
3. A contact person. 1
2
4. Management of the irrigation system, when applicable. 3
4
8-02.3(3) Weed and Pest Control 5
The Contractor shall control weed and pest species within the project limits using 6
integrated pest management principles consisting of mechanical, biological, and 7
chemical controls that are outlined in the Weed and Pest Control Plan or as 8
designated by the Engineer. Controlling weeds consists of killing and removing 9
weeds by chemical, mechanical, and hand methods. 10
11
8-02.3(3)A Chemical Pesticides 12
Chemical pesticides include, but are not restricted to, any substance or mixture 13
of substances intended for preventing, destroying, repelling or mitigating any 14
pest, including but not limited to, insecticides, herbicides, fungicides, adjuvants, 15
and additives, including plant regulators, defoliants and desiccants. The 16
Contractor shall apply chemical pesticides in accordance with the label 17
recommendations, the Washington State Department of Ecology, local sensitive 18
area ordinances, and Washington State Department of Agriculture laws and 19
regulations. Only those pesticides listed in the table Herbicides Approved for 20
Use on WSDOT Rights of Way and accepted as part of the Weed and Pest 21
Control Plan or by written authorization from the Engineer may be used 22
(www.wsdot.wa.gov/maintenance/roadside/herbicide_use.htm). 23
24
The applicator shall be licensed by the State of Washington as a Commercial 25
Applicator or Commercial Operator, with additional endorsements as required 26
by the Special Provisions or the proposed weed control plan. All chemical 27
pesticides shall be delivered to the job site in the original containers, or if pre-28
mixed off-site, a certification of the components and formulation from the 29
supplier is required. The licensed applicator or operator shall complete WSDOT 30
Form 540-509, Commercial Pesticide Application Record, each day the 31
pesticide is applied and furnish a copy to the Engineer by the following business 32
day. 33
34
The Contractor shall ensure confinement of the chemicals within the designated 35
areas. The use of spray chemical pesticides shall require the use of anti-drift 36
and activating agents and a spray pattern indicator unless otherwise allowed by 37
the Engineer. 38
39
The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for rendering any area 40
unsatisfactory for planting by reason of chemical application. Damage to 41
adjacent areas, either on or off the Highway Right of Way, shall be repaired to 42
the satisfaction of the Engineer or the property owner at no additional cost to the 43
Contracting Agency. 44
45
8-02.3(3)B Planting and Lawn Area Weed Control 46
Planting and lawn area weed control consists of controlling weeds and pests in 47
planted and lawn areas shown in the Plans. This Work is included in the bid 48
items for planting and lawn installation. 49
50
All planting and lawn areas shall be prepared so that they are weed and debris 51
free at the time of planting and until completion of the project. The planting areas 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 88 Amendments
shall include the entire ground surface, regardless of cover, areas around plants, 1
and those areas shown in the Plans. 2
3
Within planting or lawn areas, all species that are not shown in the Plans are 4
unwanted and shall be controlled unless specifically allowed by the Engineer to 5
remain. 6
7
Grass growing within the mulch ring of a plant, including grass applied in 8
accordance with Sections 8-01.3(2)A1, 8-02.3(9) or 8-02.3(10), shall be 9
considered a weed and shall be controlled on the project in accordance with the 10
weed and pest control plan. 11
12
All applications of post-emergent herbicides shall be made while green and 13
growing tissue is present. Residual herbicides shall not be used where 14
rhizomatous species or perennial species are indicated. 15
16
Should unwanted vegetation reach the flowering and seed stage in violation of 17
these Specifications, the Contractor shall physically remove and bag the seed 18
heads prior to seed dispersion. All physically removed vegetation and seed 19
heads shall be disposed of off-site at no cost to the Contracting Agency. 20
21
8-02.3(3)C Project Area Weed and Pest Control 22
The Contractor shall control weeds not otherwise covered in accordance with 23
Section 8-02.3(3)B, in all areas within the project limits, including erosion control 24
seeding areas and vegetation preservation areas, as designated by the 25
Engineer. 26
27
When the Bid Item “Project Area Weed and Pest Control” is included in the 28
Contract, the Contractor shall also control all weeds specified as noxious by the 29
Washington State Department of Agriculture, the local Weed District, or the 30
County Noxious Weed Control Board outside of planting areas within the project 31
limits. 32
33
8-02.3(4) Topsoil 34
Topsoil shall not be worked or placed when the ground or topsoil is frozen, or 35
excessively wet. 36
37
The Contractor shall protect topsoil stockpiled for project use to prevent erosion and 38
weed growth. Weed growth on topsoil stockpile sites shall be immediately eliminated 39
in accordance with the accepted Weed and Pest Control Plan and Section 8-40
02.3(3)C. 41
42
The subsoil where topsoil is to be placed shall be tilled to a depth of 1 foot or as 43
specified in the Special Provisions or the Plans. Topsoil of the type specified shall be 44
evenly spread over the specified areas to the depth shown in the Plans or as 45
otherwise ordered by the Engineer. Topsoil depths greater than 6 inches shall be 46
placed in lifts no more than 6 inches in depth. The first lift of topsoil shall be 47
incorporated with sub-soil to a depth of 8 inches and subsequent lifts placed and 48
lightly tamped between lifts. After the topsoil has been spread, all large clods, hard 49
lumps, and rocks 2 inches in diameter and larger, and litter shall be raked up, 50
removed, and disposed. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 89 Amendments
8-02.3(4)A Topsoil Type A 1
Topsoil Type A shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. The Contractor 2
shall submit a certification by the supplier that the contents of the Topsoil meet 3
the requirements in the Special Provisions. 4
5
8-02.3(4)B Topsoil Type B 6
Topsoil Type B shall be naturally occurring topsoil taken from within the project 7
limits and shall meet the requirements of Section 9-14.1(2). Topsoil Type B shall 8
be taken from areas shown in the Plans to the designated depth and stockpiled 9
at locations that will not interfere with the construction of the project, and outside 10
of sensitive areas, as allowed by the Engineer. A minimum of two weeks prior to 11
excavation of Topsoil Type B, the Contractor shall pre-treat the vegetation on the 12
designated Topsoil Type B areas according to the Weed and Pest Control Plan. 13
Areas beyond the slope stakes shall be disturbed as little as possible in the 14
above operations and under no circumstances shall Topsoil Type B be stockpiled 15
within 10 feet of any existing tree or vegetation area designated to be saved and 16
protected. The Contractor shall protect topsoil stockpile from weed infestation. 17
18
The Contractor shall set aside sufficient material to satisfy the needs of the 19
project. 20
21
Upon completion of topsoil placement, the Contractor shall dispose of remaining 22
stockpiled Topsoil Type B not required for use on the project at no additional 23
expense to the Contracting Agency in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. 24
25
Should a shortage of Topsoil Type B occur, and the Contractor has wasted or 26
otherwise disposed of topsoil material, the Contractor shall furnish Topsoil Type 27
A or C at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. 28
29
8-02.3(4)C Topsoil Type C 30
Topsoil Type C shall be naturally occurring topsoil obtained from a source 31
provided by the Contractor outside of the Contracting Agency-owned Right of 32
Way. Topsoil Type C shall meet the requirements of Sections 8-02.3(4)B and 9-33
14.1(3). The Contractor shall not begin removal of Topsoil Type C from the 34
proposed source until the material has been allowed for use by the Engineer. 35
36
8-02.3(5) Roadside Seeding, Lawn and Planting Area Preparation 37
This Work includes preparing worked areas for the installation of all types of 38
permanent erosion control planting. Work shall be conducted so the flow lines in 39
drainage channels are maintained. Material displaced by the Contractor’s operations 40
that interferes with drainage shall be removed from the channel and disposed of as 41
allowed by the Engineer. 42
43
8-02.3(5)A Seeding Area Preparation 44
The Contractor shall prepare roadside seeding areas as follows: 45
46
1. Remove all excess material, debris, stumps, and rocks greater than 3 47
inches in diameter from areas to be seeded. Dispose of removed 48
materials offsite. 49
50
2. Prepare roadside seeding area to a weed free and bare condition. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 90 Amendments
3. Bring area to uniform grade and install topsoil, soil amendments, or 1
compost as specified. Any slopes 3(H) to 1(V) or steeper shall not be 2
tilled unless otherwise specified. 3
4
4. Compact to provide a reasonably firm but friable seedbed; tractor walk 5
to uniformly cover the surface with longitudinal depressions at least 2 6
inches deep formed perpendicular to the natural flow of water on the 7
slope. Condition the soil with sufficient water so the longitudinal 8
depressions remain in the soil surface until completion of the seeding. 9
10
5. Seed and mulch within 2 days of preparation. 11
12
8-02.3(5)B Lawn Area Preparation 13
The Contractor shall prepare lawn areas as follows: 14
15
1. Prepare lawn area to a weed free and bare condition in accordance 16
with Section 8-02.3(3)B. 17
18
2. Remove excess material, stumps, wood or rocks over 3 inches in 19
diameter and remove from site. 20
21
3. Bring area to uniform grade and install topsoil or soil amendments in 22
accordance with Section 8-02.3(4) and 8-02.3(6). 23
24
4. Till to an 8-inch depth, rake to a smooth even grade without low areas 25
that trap water, and compact with a 50-pound roller. The finished grade 26
of the soil shall be 1 inch below the top of all curbs, junction and valve 27
boxes, walks, driveways, and other Structures. 28
29
5. Seed or sod the area within two days of preparation. 30
31
8-02.3(5)C Planting Area Preparation 32
The Contractor shall prepare planting areas as follows: 33
34
1. Prepare planting area to a weed free and bare condition in accordance 35
with Section 8-02.3(3)B. 36
37
2. Decompact soil to a depth of 18 inches where construction activities 38
have taken place or where native soils are compacted. 39
40
3. Return soil to uniform grade even with surrounding areas, leaving no 41
holes or mounds over 3 inches in depth or height. 42
43
4. Remove excess material, stumps, wood or rocks over 3 inches in 44
diameter and remove from site. 45
46
5. Apply compost or other amendments as indicated in the plans and in 47
accordance with Section 8-02.3(6). 48
49
6. Cultivate amendments to a depth of 12 inches to provide a reasonably 50
firm but friable planting area. Do not till any slopes 3(H) to 1(V) or 51
steeper. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 91 Amendments
1
7. Return soil to a uniform finished grade, 1 inch, or the specified depth of 2
mulch plus 1 inch, below walks, curbs, junction and valve boxes, catch 3
basins, and driveways, unless otherwise specified. 4
5
8. Begin planting and mulching the area within two days of final 6
preparation. 7
8
8-02.3(6) Soil Amendments 9
The Contractor shall place soil amendments of the type, quality, and quantities 10
specified where shown in the Plans or as specified in the Special Provisions. Areas 11
receiving soil amendments shall be bare soil or vegetation free prior to application. 12
All soil amendments shall be installed as shown in the Plans within 30 calendar days 13
after delivery to the project site. 14
15
8-02.3(6)A Compost 16
Compost used for soil amendments shall be Fine Compost unless otherwise 17
designated in the Plans. When compost blanket is used for temporary erosion 18
control, the compost blanket may be incorporated into the soil immediately prior 19
to planting when used as compost soil amendment. The area shall be prepared 20
in accordance with Section 8-02.3(5) prior to placing compost. 21
22
8-02.3(6)B Fertilizers 23
The Contractor shall apply fertilizer in the form, mixture, and rate specified in the 24
Special Provisions or as directed by the Engineer. Application procedures shall 25
be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations unless otherwise 26
specified in the Special Provisions. 27
28
The Contractor shall submit a guaranteed fertilizer analysis label for the selected 29
product a minimum of one week prior to application for acceptance. Following 30
the Engineer’s acceptance, fertilizing of the accepted ground or vegetated 31
surfaces shall begin immediately. 32
33
In seeding and lawn areas to be fertilized, the fertilizer shall be applied 34
concurrently with the seed. When fertilizer is hydraulically applied, the fertilizer 35
shall be suitable for application with seeding as specified in Section 8-02.3(9)C. 36
If hydroseeding, the fertilizer shall be placed in the hydroseeder tank no more 37
than 1 hour prior to application. 38
39
Fertilizers for planting areas shall be applied concurrently with compost and 40
applied prior to incorporation, unless tablet form fertilizer is specified. Where 41
tablet form fertilizer is specified, fertilizer shall be applied concurrently with plant 42
installation. 43
44
Fertilizer sprayed on signs or sign structures shall be removed the same day. 45
46
Areas not accessible by fertilizing equipment shall be fertilized by allowed 47
hand methods. 48
49
Second Application: A second application of fertilizer shall be applied as 50
specified in the Special Provisions at the locations designated in the Plans. The 51
fertilizer shall be applied during the months of March, April, or May of the 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 92 Amendments
following year after the initial seeding, planting, or lawn installation. The fertilizer 1
shall be dry granular pellets or pearls and applied in accordance with the 2
manufacturer’s recommendations or as specified in the Special Provisions. 3
4
8-02.3(7) Layout of Planting, Lawn and Seeding Areas 5
The Contractor shall lay out and prepare planting and lawn areas and receive the 6
Engineer’s acceptance of layout and preparation prior to any installation activities. 7
The Contractor shall stake the location of all trees larger than 1-inch caliper and the 8
perimeter of all planting areas for acceptance by the Engineer prior to any 9
installation activities. 10
11
The Contractor shall locate all trees to be planted in mowable grass areas a minimum 12
of 10 feet from the edge of planting areas, other trees, fence lines, and bottom of 13
ditches unless otherwise specified. 14
15
Tree locations shown in the Plans shall be considered approximate unless shown 16
with stationing and offset distance. In irrigated areas, trees shall be located so their 17
trunk is a minimum of ⅓ of the spray radius away from the nearest sprinkler head. 18
19
Unless otherwise shown, planting areas located adjacent to Roadways shall begin 6 20
feet from the edge of shoulder on roadway fills and begin 5 feet up on the back slope 21
from the bottom on roadway cut sections. Plants within planting areas shall be 22
located such that mature branching pattern will not block sight distance, signs, or 23
other traffic-related devices. No trees shall be placed where the mature canopy will 24
grow to within 10 feet of existing power lines. Where roadside ditches are present, 25
planting areas shall begin 5 feet from the centerline of the ditch unless shown 26
otherwise in the Plans. 27
28
8-02.3(8) Planting 29
8-02.3(8)A Dates and Conditions for Planting 30
No plant material shall be planted until it has been inspected and accepted for 31
planting by the Engineer. Rejected material shall be removed from the project 32
site immediately. All plants for the project or a sufficient quantity to plant 1-acre 33
of the site, whichever is less, shall be received on site prior to the Engineer 34
beginning inspection of the plants. 35
36
Under no circumstances will planting be permitted during unsuitable soil or 37
weather conditions as determined by the Engineer. Unsuitable conditions may 38
include frozen soil, freezing weather, saturated soil, standing water, high winds, 39
heavy rains, and high water levels. The ground shall be moist at the time of 40
planting. All planting shall be accomplished during the following periods: 41
42
1. Non-Irrigated Plant Material 43
Western Washington (West of the Cascade Mountain Crest) – October 44
1 to March 1. 45
Eastern Washington (East of the Cascade Mountain Crest) – October 46
1 to November 15. 47
48
2. Irrigated Plant Material 49
50
In irrigated areas, plant material shall not be installed until the irrigation 51
system is fully operational and accepted by the Engineer. Trees and shrubs 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 93 Amendments
may be planted in irrigated areas during the non-irrigated planting window 1
before the irrigation system is functional with the written concurrence of the 2
Engineer only if the irrigation system is guaranteed to be operational prior to 3
the end of the non-irrigated planting window. 4
5
8-02.3(8)B Plant Installation 6
The Contractor shall handle plant material in the following manner: 7
8
1. Root systems shall be kept covered and damp at all times. Plant 9
material shall be kept in containers until the time of planting. 10
11
2. Roots shall not be bunched, curled, twisted, or unreasonably bent 12
when placed in the planting hole. Bare root plant material shall be 13
dormant at the time of harvesting and planting. The root systems of all 14
bare root plant material shall be dipped in a slurry immediately prior to 15
planting. 16
17
3. Plant material supplied in wrapped balls shall not be removed from the 18
wrapping until the time of planting at the planting location. The root 19
system of balled plant material shall be moist at the time of planting. 20
Root balls shall be loosened prior to planting. All burlap, baskets, string, 21
wire and other such materials shall be removed from the hole when 22
planting balled plants. 23
24
4. Plant cutting material shall be dormant at the time of cutting and 25
planting. All cuttings shall be installed immediately if buds begin to 26
swell. 27
28
5. Plants shall be placed with the crown at the finished grade. In their final 29
position, plants shall have their top true root (not adventitious root) no 30
more than 1 inch below the soil surface, no matter where that root was 31
located in the original root ball or container. The backfill material, 32
including container and root ball soil, shall be thoroughly watered on 33
the same day that planting occurs regardless of season. 34
35
When installing plants, the Contractor shall dig planting holes three times the 36
diameter of the container or root ball size. Any glazed surface of the planting 37
hole shall be roughened prior to planting. 38
39
8-02.3(8)C Pruning, Staking, Guying, and Wrapping 40
Plants shall be pruned at the time of planting, only to remove minor broken or 41
damaged twigs, branches or roots. Pruning shall be performed with a sharp tool 42
and shall be done in such a manner as to retain or to encourage natural growth 43
characteristics of the plants. All other pruning shall be performed only after the 44
plants have been in the ground at least 1 year and when plants are dormant. 45
46
Trees shall only be staked when so noted in the Plans. Each tree shall be staked 47
or guyed before completion of the backfilling in accordance with the details 48
shown in the Plans. 49
50
Trees shall be wrapped when so noted in the Plans. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 94 Amendments
8-02.3(9) Seeding, Fertilizing, and Mulching 1
For all seed, the Contractor shall furnish the following documentation to the Engineer: 2
3
1. The state or provincial seed dealer license and endorsements. 4
5
2. Copies of Washington State Department of Agriculture (WSDA) test results 6
on each lot of seed. Test results shall be within six months prior to the date 7
of application. 8
9
8-02.3(9)A Dates for Application of Seed 10
Unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall apply seed for 11
permanent erosion control during the following periods: 12
13
Western Washington1
(West of the Cascade
Mountain Crest)
Eastern Washington
(East of the Cascade
Mountain Crest)
March 1 through May 15
September 1 through
October 1
October 1 through November
15
1Seeding may be allowed outside these dates when allowed
by the Engineer.
14
All roadway excavation and embankment ground surfaces that are completed 15
to final grades shall be prepared and seeded during the first available seeding 16
window. When environmental conditions are not conducive to satisfactory 17
results, the Engineer may suspend the seeding Work until such time that the 18
desired results are likely to be obtained. If seeding is suspended, temporary 19
erosion control methods according to Section 8-01 shall be used to protect the 20
bare soil until seeding conditions improve. 21
22
8-02.3(9)B Seeding and Fertilizing 23
The Contractor shall prepare the seeding area in accordance with Section 8-24
02.3(5)A and apply seed at the rate and mix specified in the Special Provisions. 25
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer within 5 days in advance of any seeding 26
operation and shall not begin the Work until areas prepared or designated for 27
seeding have been accepted. Following the Engineer’s acceptance, seeding of 28
the accepted ground surfaces shall begin immediately. 29
30
Seeding shall not be done during windy weather or when the ground is frozen, 31
or excessively wet. 32
33
When seeding by hand, the seed shall be incorporated into the top ¼ inch of soil 34
by hand raking or other method that is allowed by the Engineer. 35
36
Seed applied as a separate operation using a hydroseeder shall have a tracer 37
added to visibly aid uniform application. The tracer shall be HECP Short-Term 38
Mulch applied at a rate of 200 to 250 pounds per acre and the tracer shall carry 39
the measured specified seeding rate. 40
41
8-02.3(9)C Seeding with Fertilizers and Mulches 42
When the Proposal includes any variation of seeding, fertilizing, and without 43
mulching, the seed and fertilizer shall be applied in one application followed by 44
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 95 Amendments
mulching. West of the Cascade Mountains, seed, fertilizer, and mulch may be 1
completely applied in one application. East of the Cascades, seeding, fertilizing, 2
and mulching shall not be applied as a single application unless allowed by the 3
Engineer in writing prior to application. The fertilizing and mulching shall meet 4
the requirements of Sections 8-02.3(6) and 8-02.3(11). 5
6
8-02.3(9)D Inspection 7
Seeded areas will be inspected upon completion of seeding, fertilizing, and 8
mulching. The Work in any area will not be measured for payment until a uniform 9
distribution of the materials is accomplished at the specified rate. Areas that 10
have not received a uniform application of seed, fertilizer, and mulch at the 11
specified rate, as determined by the Engineer, shall be re-seeded, re-fertilized, 12
or re-mulched prior to payment for seeding within a designated area. 13
14
8-02.3(9)E Protection and Care of Seeded Areas 15
The Contractor shall install and establish a stable and weed free stand of grass 16
as specified within all designated permanent seeding areas. A stable stand of 17
grass shall meet the following requirements: 18
19
1. A dense and uniform canopy cover, 70% for Western Washington and 20
50% for Eastern Washington, of specified species covers all seeded 21
areas after 3 months of active growth following germination during the 22
growing season. Canopy cover is defined as the cover of living and 23
vigorous grass blades, leaves, and shoots of specified species. 24
Volunteer species, weeds, woody plants, or other undesirable 25
vegetation shall not factor into the canopy cover. Growth and 26
establishment may require supplemental irrigation to meet cover 27
requirements. 28
29
2. Stand health is evident by vigorously growing planted species having 30
a uniform rich-green appearance and with no dead patches or major 31
gaps of growth. A stand of grass that displays rusting, wilting, stunted 32
growth, disease, yellowing or browning of leaves, or bare patches does 33
not meet the stand health requirement. 34
35
3. The Contractor shall establish a stable stand of grass free of all weeds, 36
non-specified grasses, and other undesirable vegetation. Weed control 37
shall be in accordance with the Weed and Pest Control Plan and occur 38
on a monthly basis during the establishment period and through the life 39
of the Contract. 40
41
4. Remove all trash, rocks, construction debris, and other obstructions 42
that may be detrimental to the continued establishment of future 43
seeding. 44
45
In addition to the requirements of Section 1-07.13(1), restoration of eroded areas 46
including clean up, removal, and proper disposal of eroded material, filling and 47
raking of eroded areas with Topsoil Type A or fine compost, and re-application 48
of the specified seed, fertilizer, and mulch shall occur at no additional cost to the 49
Contracting Agency. 50
51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 96 Amendments
8-02.3(10) Lawn Installation 1
8-02.3(10)A Dates and Conditions for Lawn Installation 2
In irrigated areas, lawn installation shall not begin until the irrigation system 3
is fully operational. 4
5
Unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer, seeded lawn installation shall be 6
performed during the following time periods at the location shown: 7
8
Western Washington
(West of the Cascade
Mountain Crest)
Eastern Washington
(East of the Cascade
Mountain Crest)
March 1 through May 15
September 1 through October 1
October 1 through November
15
When irrigation system is
operational
March 1 through October 1
When irrigation system is
operational
March 1 through November 1
9
8-02.3(10)B Lawn Seeding and Sodding 10
The Contractor shall prepare the lawn area in accordance with Section 8-02.3(5) 11
and apply seed at the mix and rate of application as specified in the Special 12
Provisions. 13
14
The Contractor shall have the option of sodding in lieu of seeding for lawn 15
installation at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. Seeding in lieu 16
of sodding will not be allowed. 17
18
Seed placed by hand shall be raked into the soil. Following raking, the seeded 19
soil shall be rolled with a smooth 50-pound roller. Sod strips shall be placed 20
within 48 hours of being cut. Placement shall be without voids and have the end 21
joints staggered. Following placement, the sod shall be rolled with a smooth 22
roller to establish contact with the soil. 23
24
Barriers shall be erected, with warning signs where necessary, to preclude 25
pedestrian traffic access to the newly placed lawn during the establishment 26
period. 27
28
8-02.3(10)C Lawn Establishment 29
Lawn establishment shall consist of caring for all new lawn areas within the limits 30
of the project. 31
32
The lawn establishment period shall begin immediately after the lawn seeding 33
or sodding has been accepted by the Engineer and shall extend to the end of 34
four mowings or 20 working days whichever is longer. The mowings shall be 35
done in accordance with Section 8-02.3(10)D. 36
37
During the lawn establishment period, the Contractor shall ensure the continuing 38
healthy growth of the turf. This care shall include keeping the project in a 39
presentable condition including, but not limited to, removal of litter, mowing, 40
trimming, removal of grass clippings, edging, fertilization, insecticide and 41
fungicide applications, weed control, watering, repairing the irrigation system, 42
and repair and reseeding all damaged areas. 43
44
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 97 Amendments
Temporary barriers shall be removed only when directed by the Engineer. 1
2
All Work performed under lawn establishment shall comply with established turf 3
management practices. 4
5
Acceptance of lawn planting as specified will be based on a uniform stand of 6
grass and a uniform grade at the time of final inspection. The Contractor shall 7
recultivate, re-grade, reseed, and refertilize areas that are bare or have a poor 8
stand of grass or not having a uniform grade through any cause before final 9
inspection at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 10
11
8-02.3(10)D Lawn Mowing 12
Lawn mowing shall begin immediately after the lawn establishment period has 13
been accepted by the Engineer and shall extend to the end of the Contract or 14
the first-year plant establishment, whichever is last. 15
16
The Contractor shall accomplish the following minimum requirements: 17
18
1. Mow, trim, and edge as often as conditions dictate, at a minimum, once 19
per week between April and September. Maximum height of lawn shall 20
not exceed 3 inches. The cutting height shall be 2 inches. Cuttings, 21
trimmings, and edgings shall be disposed of off the project site. When 22
the Engineer allows the use of a mulching mower, trimmings may be 23
left in place. 24
25
2. Water as often as conditions dictate depending on weather and soil 26
conditions. 27
28
3. Provide fertilizer, weed control, water, and other measures as 29
necessary to establish and maintain a healthy stand of grass. 30
31
8-02.3(11) Mulch 32
Mulches associated with seeding and planting shall be of the type specified in the 33
Special Provisions or as indicated in the Plans. The Contractor shall evenly apply 34
mulch at the rates indicated in the Plans. Mulches shall not be placed below the 35
anticipated water level of ditch slopes, pond bank slopes, and stream banks, or in 36
areas of standing or flowing water. 37
38
8-02.3(11)A Mulch for Seeding Areas 39
The Contractor shall furnish and evenly apply Hydraulically Applied Erosion 40
Control Product (HECP) Long Term Mulch at the rates indicated and in 41
accordance with the Manufacturer’s specifications unless otherwise specified. 42
43
HECP Long Term Mulch shall be hydraulically applied at the rate of 3500 pounds 44
per acre with no more than 2000 pounds applied in any single lift. HECP mulch 45
shall not be used within the Ordinary High Water Mark. 46
47
Mulch sprayed on signs or sign Structures shall be removed the same day. 48
49
Areas not accessible by mulching equipment shall be mulched by accepted 50
hand methods. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 98 Amendments
HECP Long Term Mulch may be applied with seed and fertilizer west of the 1
summit of the Cascade Range. East of the summit of the Cascade Range, seed 2
and fertilizer shall be applied in a single application followed by the application 3
of mulch. 4
5
8-02.3(11)B Bark or Woodchip Mulch 6
The Contractor shall apply bark or wood chip mulch of the type and depth 7
specified where shown in the Plans or as specified in the Special Provisions. 8
9
The Contractor shall complete final grading and placement/incorporation of soil 10
amendments within the planting area prior to placement of mulch. Areas 11
receiving bark mulch shall be bare soil or vegetation free before application, 12
except where trees and other plants are specifically identified in the Plans or 13
designated by the Engineer to be saved and protected. 14
15
Bark or wood chip mulch shall be placed to a uniform non-compacted depth of 16
3 inches over all planting areas unless otherwise specified. Mulch shall be 17
feathered to the base of the plant and 1 inch below the top of junction and valve 18
boxes, curbs, and pavement edges. 19
20
Any contamination of the mulch due to the Contractor’s operations shall be 21
corrected to its former condition at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 22
Mulch placed to a thickness greater than specified shall be at no additional cost 23
to the Contracting Agency. 24
25
The Contractor shall keep plant material crowns, runners, and branches free of 26
mulch at all times. 27
28
8-02.3(11)C Bark or Woodchip Mulch Rings 29
The Contractor shall apply mulch rings around plants installed within existing 30
vegetation areas or within seeded areas as shown in the Plans. Bark or wood 31
chip mulch rings shall be applied to the surface of vegetation free amended soil 32
in the isolated plant locations where shown in the Plans or as specified in the 33
Special Provisions. Bark or wood chip mulch shall be placed to a uniform non-34
compacted depth of 3 inches to a radius of 2 feet around all plants within 35
interplanted plant locations. 36
37
8-02.3(12) Completion of Initial Planting 38
Upon completion of the initial planting within a designated area, the Engineer will 39
make an inspection of all planting areas. The Engineer will notify the Contractor, in 40
writing, of any replacements or corrective action necessary to meet the plant 41
installation requirements. The Contractor shall replace all plants and associated 42
materials rejected or missing and correct unsatisfactory conditions. 43
44
Completion of the initial planting within a designated area includes the following 45
conditions: 46
47
1. 100 percent of each of the plant material categories are installed as shown 48
in the Plans. 49
50
2. Planting Area is cleaned up. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 99 Amendments
3. Repairs are completed, including but not limited to, full operation of the 1
irrigation system. 2
3
4. Mulch coverage is complete. 4
5
5. All weeds are controlled. 6
7
8-02.3(13) Plant Establishment 8
Plant establishment consists of caring for all plants and planting areas within the 9
project limits. The provisions of Sections 1-07.13(2) and 1-07.13(3) do not apply to 10
this Section. 11
12
When the Proposal includes the bid item PSIPE____ (Plant Selection Including Plant 13
Establishment), that bid item includes one year of plant establishment Work. The 14
first year of plant establishment shall begin immediately upon written notification from 15
the Engineer of the completion of initial planting for the project. The first-year plant 16
establishment period shall be a minimum of one calendar year. The one calendar 17
year shall be extended an amount equal to any periods where the Contractor does 18
not comply with the plant establishment requirements and plan. 19
20
During the first-year plant establishment period, the Contractor shall perform all Work 21
necessary to ensure the resumption and continued growth of the transplanted 22
material. This Work shall include, but is not limited to, applying water, removing 23
foreign, dead, or rejected plant material, maintaining all planting areas in a weed-free 24
condition, and replacing all unsatisfactory plant material planted under the Contract. 25
If plants are stolen or damaged by the acts of others, the Contracting Agency will pay 26
invoice cost only for the replacement plants with no mark-up and the Contractor will 27
be responsible for the labor to install the replacement plants. Other weed control 28
within the project limits but outside of planting, lawn, or seeding areas shall be as 29
specified in Section 8-02.3(3)C. 30
31
During the first year of plant establishment, the Contractor shall meet monthly or at 32
an agreed upon schedule with the Engineer for the purpose of joint inspection of the 33
planting material. The Contractor shall correct all unsatisfactory conditions identified 34
by the Engineer within a 10-day period immediately following the inspection. If plant 35
replacement is required, the Contractor shall, within the 10-day period, submit a plan 36
and schedule for the plant procurement and replacement to occur during the planting 37
period as designated in Section 8-02.3(8). At the end of the plant establishment 38
period, plants that do not show normal growth shall be replaced and all staking and 39
guying that remain on the project shall be removed unless otherwise allowed by the 40
Engineer. 41
42
All automatic irrigation systems shall be operated fully automatic during the plant 43
establishment period and until final acceptance of the Contract. Payment for water 44
used to water in plants, or hand watering of plant material or lawn areas unless 45
otherwise specified, is the responsibility of the Contractor during the first-year plant 46
establishment period. 47
48
Subsequent year plant establishment periods shall begin immediately at the 49
completion of the preceding year’s plant establishment period. Each subsequent 50
plant establishment period shall be one full calendar year in duration. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 100 Amendments
During the plant establishment period(s) after the first year plant establishment, the 1
Work necessary for the continued healthy and vigorous growth of all plants material 2
shall be performed as directed by the Engineer. 3
4
Payment for water used to water plants during the subsequent year(s) of plant 5
establishment will be paid under the plant establishment item. 6
7
8-02.3(14) Plant Replacement 8
The Contractor shall be responsible for growing or arrange to provide sufficient plants 9
for replacement of all plant material rejected through first-year plant establishment. 10
All replacement plant material shall be inspected and accepted by the Engineer prior 11
to installation. All rejected plant material shall be replaced with acceptable plants 12
meeting the specifications and installed according to the requirements of this Section 13
at dates allowed by the Engineer. 14
15
All replacement plants shall be of the same species as the plants they replace and 16
meet the requirements of Section 9-14.8 unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. 17
Plants may vary in size reflecting one season of growth should the Contractor elect 18
to hold plant material under nursery conditions for an additional year to serve as 19
replacement plants. Replacement plant material larger than specified in the Plans 20
shall meet the applicable section requirements of the ASNS for container class, ball 21
size, spread, and branching characteristics. 22
23
8-02.3(15) Bioengineering 24
Bioengineering consists of using plant materials for the purpose of streambank or 25
earthen slope construction and surface stabilization. This Work may include installing 26
woody plant cuttings in various forms as well as part of streambank or earthen slope 27
construction. 28
29
8-02.3(15)A Fascines 30
Live fascines shall be constructed of live and dead cuttings bundled together 31
with a diameter of 8 to 18 inches. Live cuttings shall be the species shown in the 32
Plans. Dead branches may be cuttings from any woody, non-invasive plant 33
native to the project area. Dead branches may be placed within the live fascine 34
and on the side exposed to the air. Live branches shall be placed in contact with 35
the soil along their entire length. Each live fascine must contain a minimum of 36
eight live branches. Dead branches shall constitute no more than 40 percent of 37
the total fascine content. 38
39
The total length of each live fascine shall be a minimum of 5 feet. Branches shall 40
be bundled into log-like forms and bound with biodegradable twine spaced at 1-41
foot intervals along the entire length of the live fascine. Live fascines shall be 42
installed horizontally in a trench whose depth shall be ½ the diameter of the live 43
fascine. Secure the live fascine with live stakes 3 feet in length and ¾ inch in 44
diameter placed at 18-inch intervals. A minimum of three live stakes shall be 45
used per fascine. The live stakes shall be driven through the live fascine 46
vertically into the slope. The ends of live fascines shall be woven together so 47
that no gap remains between the two sections of the live fascine. 48
49
Prior to being covered with soil, the fascine shall be thoroughly watered. Once 50
the fascine is covered with 6 inches of soil, the soil covering the fascine shall be 51
thoroughly watered. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 101 Amendments
1
When used to remedy erosion areas, live fascines shall extend a minimum of 2
two feet beyond the visible area of erosion and soil disturbance. The locations 3
for live fascines and live stake rows shall be identified in the field for review and 4
acceptance by the Engineer. The Engineer may require adjustment of fascine 5
locations prior to installation in order to best accomplish the intended functions. 6
7
Plant replacement during plant establishment for “PSIPE Live Fascine” will be 8
required for any section void of live shoots for a length of 3 feet or more. 9
Replacement shall consist of installing live stakes, spaced 1 foot apart above 10
the fascine within the area void of live shoots. Live stakes shall be of the same 11
species as the live fascine and shall have a minimum length of 3 feet and a 12
minimum diameter of ¾ inch. The requirements of Section 8-02.3(8) apply to 13
PSIPE Live Fascine. 14
15
8-02.3(15)B Brush Mattress 16
Live brush mattress shall be constructed of live branch cuttings, live poles, jute 17
rope and topsoil. The live cuttings and live poles shall be from the plant species 18
designated in the Plans. Live branch cuttings shall be placed with the cut ends 19
oriented down slope as shown in the Plans. Cuttings shall overlap from side to 20
side and from top to bottom as each layer is constructed. The live branches in 21
each succeeding upper layer shall overlap the adjacent lower layer by a 22
minimum of 6 inches. A maximum of 20 percent of the branches may be dead 23
branches, but the live branches shall be distributed evenly to provide even 24
rooting and growth over the entire area of the brush mattress. 25
26
The Contractor shall anchor the live brush mattress to the slope using stakes 27
and jute rope as shown in the Plans. Initially, the stakes shall be installed to 28
protrude above the live brush mattress. The Contractor shall attach the jute rope 29
to the stakes and tighten the rope by tamping the stakes further into the bank, 30
pulling the live brush mattress tight against the soil surface. The Contractor shall 31
cover the live brush mattress with sufficient stockpiled topsoil to ensure good 32
soil contact with the live plant material. 33
34
Plant replacement during plant establishment for “PSIPE Live Brush Mattress” 35
will be required for any section void of live shoots for an area of 25 square feet 36
or more. Replacement shall consist of installing live stakes, spaced 3 feet apart 37
in a triangular pattern within the area void of live shoots. Live stakes shall be of 38
the same species as the live brush mattress and shall have a minimum length 39
of 3 feet and a minimum diameter of ¾ inch. The requirements of Section 8-40
02.3(8) apply to PSIPE Brush Mattress. 41
42
8-02.3(15)C Brush Layer 43
Brush layers shall be constructed of live branch cuttings, randomly mixed, from 44
the plant species listed under the brush layer heading in the Plans. The number 45
of branches required will vary depending on the average branch diameter and 46
layer thickness. 47
48
Brush layers shall be placed in a trench dug at a 45 degree incline into the slope 49
or stream bank. Two-thirds to three-fourths of the length of the live branches 50
shall be buried. Soil shall be firmly tamped in place. Succeeding layers shall be 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 102 Amendments
spaced as detailed in the Plans. Brush layer placed in stream banks shall be 1
angled downstream. 2
3
Brush layers may include plant establishment when designated as PSIPE Brush 4
Layer. Plant replacement for PSIPE Brush Layer will be required for each section 5
void of live shoots for a continuous distance of 3 feet or more. The requirements 6
of Section 8-02.3(8) apply to PSIPE Brush Layer. 7
8
8-02.3(16) Roadside Maintenance Under Construction 9
When the Contract includes the item, Roadside Maintenance Under Construction, 10
this Work includes roadside mowing and ditch maintenance, and noxious weed 11
control outside of planting areas according to Section 8-02.3(3)C. 12
13
8-02.3(16)A Roadside Mowing 14
The Contractor shall mow designated roadside grass areas to the limits 15
designated by the Engineer. Roadside mowing is limited to slopes not steeper 16
than 3(H) to 1(V). 17
18
The Contractor shall mow according to the following requirements: 19
20
1. Trim around traffic equipment, structures, planting areas, or other 21
features extending above ground preceding or simultaneously with 22
each mowing. 23
24
2. Maintain grass between 4 and 12 inches in height. 25
26
3. Operate mowing equipment with suitable guards to prevent throwing 27
rocks or debris onto the traveled way or off of the Contracting Agency 28
property. Power driven equipment shall not cause ruts, deformation, 29
and compaction of the vegetated soil. 30
31
4. Removing clippings is required on the traveled way, shoulders, 32
walkways, or Structures. 33
34
5. Restore soil rutting to a smooth and even grade at the direction of the 35
Engineer. 36
37
8-02.3(16)B Ditch Maintenance 38
The Contractor shall maintain drainage for the duration of the Contract according 39
to the following requirements: 40
41
1. Maintain flow lines in drainage channels and roadside ditches. 42
43
2. Cutting or trimming vegetation within drainage channels to maintain 44
positive flow. 45
46
3. Remove dirt and debris from inside of culverts or any drainage area 47
where runoff has allowed accumulations and re-seed for erosion 48
control. 49
50
4. Restore channels to previous operational condition. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 103 Amendments
8-02.4 Measurement 1
Topsoil, bark or woodchip mulch and soil amendments will be measured by the acre or 2
the square yard along the grade and slope of the area covered immediately after 3
placement. Weed control pre-treatment of topsoil areas, excavation, and stockpiling are 4
included in the bid item “Topsoil Type ___. 5
6
Bark or woodchip mulch rings will be measured per each. 7
8
Compost will be measured by the acre or the square yard along the grade and slope of 9
the area covered immediately after application. 10
11
Seeding, fertilizing, and mulching will be measured by the acre or the square yard by 12
ground slope measurement or through the use of design data. 13
14
Seeding and fertilizing by hand will be measured by the square yard. No adjustment in 15
area size will be made for the vegetation free zone around each plant. 16
17
Seeded lawn, sod installation, and lawn mowing will be measured along the ground slope 18
and computed in square yards of actual lawn completed, established, and accepted. 19
20
Plant selection will be measured per each. 21
22
PSIPE __ (Plant Selection Including Plant Establishment) will be measured per each. 23
24
Live Pole will be measured per each. 25
26
Live Stake Row will be measured by the linear foot along the ground slope line. 27
28
The pay quantities for plant materials will be determined by count of the number of 29
satisfactory plants in each category accepted by the Engineer. 30
31
Fascine and PSIPE live fascine will be measured by the linear foot along the ground slope 32
line. 33
34
Brush mattress and PSIPE live brush mattress will be measured by the surface square 35
yard along the ground slope line. 36
37
Brush layer and PSIPE brush layer will be measured by the linear foot along the ground 38
slope line. 39
40
Water will be measured in accordance with Section 2-07.4. Measurement will be made of 41
only that water hauled in tank trucks or similar equipment. 42
43
8-02.5 Payment 44
Payment will be made for each of the following listed Bid items that are included in the 45
Proposal: 46
47
“Project Area Weed and Pest Control” will be paid in accordance with Section 1-09.6. 48
For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting 49
Agency entered an amount for “Project Area Weed and Pest Control” in the Proposal 50
to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. Payment under this item will be 51
made only when the Work is not already covered by other items. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 104 Amendments
1
“Topsoil Type ____”, per acre. 2
The unit Contract price per acre for “Topsoil Type ____” shall be full payment for all 3
costs for the specified Work. 4
5
“Fine Compost ”, per acre or per square yard. 6
“Medium Compost”, per acre or per square yard. 7
“Coarse Compost”, per acre or per square yard. 8
The unit Contract price per acre for “Fine Compost”, “Medium Compost” or “Coarse 9
Compost” shall be full pay for furnishing and spreading the compost onto the existing 10
soil. 11
12
“Soil Amendment”, per acre. 13
The unit Contract price per acre for “Soil Amendment” shall be full pay for furnishing 14
and incorporating the soil amendment into the existing soil. 15
16
“Plant Selection ___”, per each. 17
The unit Contract price for “Plant Selection ___”, per each shall be full pay for all 18
Work to perform the work as specified within the planting area prior to planting for 19
weed control, planting area preparation and installation of plants with initial watering. 20
21
As the plants that do not include plant establishment are obtained, propagated, and 22
grown, partial payments will be made as follows: 23
24
Payment of 15 percent of the unit Contract price per each when the plant 25
materials have been contracted, propagated, and are growing under nursery 26
conditions. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with certification that the 27
plant material has been procured or contracted for delivery to the project for 28
planting within the time limits of the project. The certification shall state the 29
location, quantity, and size of all material. 30
31
Payment will be increased to 100 percent of the unit Contract price per each for 32
contracted plant material at the completion of the initial planting. 33
34
All partial payments shall be limited to the actual number of healthy vigorous 35
plants that meet the stage requirements, limited to plan quantity. Previous partial 36
payments made for materials rejected or missing will be deducted from future 37
payments due the Contractor. 38
39
“PSIPE ___”, per each. 40
The unit Contract price for “PSIPE ___”, per each, shall be full pay for all Work 41
necessary to perform as specified within the planting area for weed control and 42
planting area preparation, planting, cleanup, and water necessary to complete 43
planting operations as specified to the end of first year plant establishment. 44
45
As the plants that include plant establishment are obtained, propagated, and grown, 46
partial payments will be made as follows after inspection by the Engineer: 47
48
Payment of 5 percent of the unit Contract price, per each, when the plant 49
materials have been contracted, propagated, and are growing under nursery 50
conditions. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with certification that the 51
plant material has been procured or contracted for delivery to the project for 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 105 Amendments
planting within the time limits of the project. The certification shall state the 1
location, quantity, and size of all material. 2
3
Payment will be increased to 15 percent of the unit Contract price, per each, 4
upon completion of the initial weed control and planting area preparation Work. 5
6
Payment will be increased to 60 percent of the unit Contract price per each for 7
the contracted plant material in a designated unit area when planted. 8
9
Payment will be increased to 70 percent of the unit Contract price per each for 10
contracted plant material at the completion of the initial planting. 11
12
Payment will be increased to the appropriate percentage upon reaching the 13
following plant establishment milestones: 14
15
June 30th 80 percent 16
17
September 30th 90 percent 18
19
Completion of first-year plant establishment or after all 100 percent 20
replacement plants have been installed, whichever is 21
later. 22
23
Plant establishment milestones are achieved when planting areas meet 24
conditions described in Section 8-02.3(13). 25
26
“Seeding, Fertilizing and Mulching”, per acre. 27
28
“Seeding and Fertilizing”, per acre or per square yard. 29
30
“Seeding and Fertilizing by Hand”, per square yard. 31
32
“Second Application of Fertilizer”, per acre. 33
34
“Seeding and Mulching”, per acre. 35
36
“Seeded Lawn Installation”, per square yard. 37
“Sod Installation”, per square yard. 38
“Lawn Mowing”, per square yard. 39
The unit Contract price per square yard for “Seeded Lawn Installation” or “Sod 40
Installation” shall be full pay for all costs necessary to prepare the area, plant or sod 41
the lawn, erect barriers, control weeds, and establish lawn areas and for furnishing 42
all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary to complete the Work as 43
specified and shall be paid in the following sequence for healthy, vigorous lawn: 44
45
Completion of Lawn Planting 60 percent of individual areas 46
47
Mid Lawn Establishment (after two mowings) 85 percent of individual areas 48
49
Completion of Lawn Establishment 100 percent of individual areas 50
(after four mowings) 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 106 Amendments
“Plant Establishment Year ____” will be paid in accordance with Section 1-09.6. 1
For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting 2
Agency entered an amount for “Plant Establishment - ___ Year” in the Proposal to 3
become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. 4
5
“Live Pole”, per each. 6
7
“Live Stake Row”, per linear foot. 8
9
“Bark or Wood Chip Mulch”, per acre. 10
11
“Bark or Wood Chip Mulch Rings”, per each. 12
The unit Contract price per acre for “Bark or Wood Chip Mulch” shall be full pay for 13
furnishing and spreading the mulch onto the existing soil. 14
15
“Fascine” and “PSIPE Live Fascine”, per linear foot. 16
“Brush Mattress” and “PSIPE Live Brush Mattress”, per square yard. 17
“Brush Layer” and “PSIPE Brush Layer”, per linear foot. 18
When PSIPE is included with Fascine, Brush Mattress, or Brush Layer, the payment 19
schedule for PSIPE ____ will apply. 20
21
“Roadside Maintenance under Construction” will be paid in accordance with Section 22
1-09.6. 23
For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting 24
Agency has entered an amount for “Roadside Maintenance Under Construction” in 25
the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. 26
27
“Water”, per M Gal. 28
29
30
Section 8-04, Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways 31
April 2, 2018 32
8-04.2 Materials 33
In the first paragraph, the reference to “Portland Cement” is revised to read: 34
35
Cement 9-01 36
37
8-04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways 38
The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 39
40
Roundabout truck apron cement concrete curb and gutter shall be constructed with air 41
entrained concrete Class 4000 conforming to the requirements of Section 6-02. 42
43
Section 8-06, Cement Concrete Driveway Entrances 44
April 2, 2018 45
8-06.2 Materials 46
In the first paragraph, the reference to “Portland Cement” is revised to read: 47
48
Cement 9-01 49
50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 107 Amendments
8-06.3 Construction Requirements 1
The first paragraph is revised to read: 2
3
Cement concrete driveway approaches shall be constructed with air entrained concrete 4
Class 4000 conforming to the requirements of Section 6-02 or Portland Cement or 5
Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Pavement conforming to the requirements of 6
Section 5-05. 7
8
Section 8-07, Precast Traffic Curb 9
April 2, 2018 10
8-07.3(1) Installing Curbs 11
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 12
13
The curb shall be firmly bedded for its entire length and breadth on a mortar bed 14
conforming to Section 9-20.4(3) composed of one part Portland cement or blended 15
hydraulic cement and two parts sand. 16
17
The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 18
19
All joints between adjacent pieces of curb except joints for expansion and/or drainage as 20
designated by the Engineer shall be filled with mortar composed of one part Portland 21
cement or blended hydraulic cement and two parts sand. 22
23
Section 8-09, Raised Pavement Markers 24
April 1, 2019 25
8-09.5 Payment 26
The last paragraph is revised to read: 27
28
The unit Contract price per hundred for “Raised Pavement Marker Type 1”, “Raised 29
Pavement Marker Type 2”, “Raised Pavement Marker Type 3______ In.”, and “Recessed 30
Pavement Marker” shall be full pay for furnishing and installing the markers in accordance 31
with these Specifications. 32
33
Section 8-11, Guardrail 34
April 1, 2019 35
8-11.3(1)A Erection of Posts 36
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 37
38
Posts shall be set to the true line and grade of the Highway after the grade is in place and 39
compaction is completed. 40
41
8-11.3(1)C Terminal and Anchor Installation 42
The first paragraph is revised to read: 43
44
All excavation and backfilling required for installation of anchors shall be performed in 45
accordance with Section 2-09, except that the costs thereof shall be included in the unit 46
Contract price for the anchor installed. 47
48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 108 Amendments
The first sentence of the second to last paragraph is revised to read: 1
2
Assembly and installation of Beam Guardrail Non-flared Terminals for Type 31 guardrail 3
shall be supervised at all times by a manufacturer’s representative, or an installer who 4
has been trained and certified by the manufacturer. 5
6
The last paragraph is revised to read: 7
8
Beam Guardrail Non-flared Terminals for Type 31 guardrail shall meet the crash test and 9
evaluation criteria in the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH). 10
11
8-11.4 Measurement 12
The third paragraph is revised to read: 13
14
Measurement of beam guardrail _____ terminal will be per each for the 15
completed terminal. 16
17
The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 18
19
Measurement of beam guardrail Type 31 buried terminal Type 2 will be per linear foot for 20
the completed terminal. 21
22
The sixth paragraph is revised to read: 23
24
Measurement of beam guardrail anchor Type 10 will be per each for the completed 25
anchor, including the attachment of the anchor to the guardrail. 26
27
8-11.5 Payment 28
The Bid item “Beam Guardrail Anchor Type ___”, per each is revised to read “Beam Guardrail 29
Anchor Type 10”, per each. 30
31
The Bid item “Beam Guardrail Buried Terminal Type 1”, per each is deleted from this section. 32
33
The Bid item “Beam Guardrail Buried Terminal Type 2”, per linear foot and the following 34
paragraph are revised to read: 35
36
“Beam Guardrail Type 31 Buried Terminal Type 2”, per linear foot. 37
38
The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Beam Guardrail Type 31 Buried Terminal Type 39
2” shall be full payment for all costs to obtain and provide materials and perform the Work 40
as described in Section 8-11.3(1)C. 41
42
Section 8-14, Cement Concrete Sidewalks 43
April 2, 2018 44
8-14.2 Materials 45
In the first paragraph, the reference to “Portland Cement” is revised to read: 46
47
Cement 9-01 48
49
In the second paragraph, each reference to “Federal Standard 595” is revised to read “SAE 50
AMS Standard 595”. 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 109 Amendments
1
Section 8-16, Concrete Slope Protection 2
April 2, 2018 3
8-16.2 Materials 4
In the first paragraph, the last two material references are revised to read: 5
6
Poured Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement 7
Concrete Slope Protection 9-13.5(2) 8
Pneumatically Placed Portland Cement or Blended 9
Hydraulic Cement Concrete Slope Protection 9-13.5(3) 10
11
Section 8-17, Impact Attenuator Systems 12
January 7, 2019 13
8-17.3 Construction Requirements 14
This section is supplemented with the following: 15
16
Permanent impact attenuators shall meet the crash test and evaluation criteria of the 17
Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH), except as otherwise noted in the Plans 18
or Special Provisions. 19
20
Section 8-20, Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation 21
Systems, and Electrical 22
August 6, 2018 23
8-20.1(1) Regulations and Code 24
The last paragraph is revised to read: 25
26
Persons performing electrical Work shall be certified in accordance with and supervised 27
as required by RCW 19.28.161. Proof of certification shall be worn at all times in 28
accordance with WAC 296-46B-942. Persons failing to meet these certification 29
requirements may not perform any electrical work, and shall stop any active electrical 30
work, until their certification is provided and worn in accordance with this Section. 31
32
8-20.2(2) Equipment List and Drawings 33
This section is renumbered: 34
35
8-20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings 36
37
8-20.3(4) Foundations 38
The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 39
40
Concrete for Type II, III, IV, V, and CCTV signal standards and light standard foundations 41
shall be Class 4000P and does not require air entrainment. 42
43
8-20.3(5)A General 44
The last two sentences of the last paragraph is deleted. 45
46
This section is supplemented with the following: 47
48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 110 Amendments
All conduits shall include a pull tape with the equipment grounding conductor. The pull 1
tape shall be attached to the conduit near the end bell or grounded end bushing, or to 2
duct plugs or caps if present, at both ends of the conduit. 3
4
8-20.3(8) Wiring 5
The seventeenth paragraph is supplemented with the following: 6
7
Pulling tape shall meet the requirements of Section 9-29.1(10). Pull string may not be 8
used. 9
10
8-20.3(14)C Induction Loop Vehicle Detectors 11
Item number 2 is deleted. 12
13
Item numbers 3 through 12 are renumbered to 2 through 11, respectively. 14
15
Section 8-21, Permanent Signing 16
January 7 2019 17
8-21.3(5) Sign Relocation 18
The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 19
20
Where the existing sign Structure is mounted on concrete pedestals, the Contractor shall 21
remove the pedestal to a minimum of 2 feet below finished grade and backfill the 22
remaining hole with material similar to that surrounding the hole. 23
24
8-21.3(9)F Foundations 25
Item number 3 of the twelfth paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: 26
27
Class 4000P concrete for roadside sign structures does not require air entrainment. 28
29
Section 8-22, Pavement Marking 30
January 7, 2019 31
8-22.3(2) Preparation of Roadway Surfaces 32
The second paragraph is revised to read: 33
34
Remove all other contaminants from pavement surfaces that may adversely affect the 35
installation of new pavement marking. 36
37
8-22.3(3)F Application Thickness 38
The second to last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 39
40
After grinding, clean the groove. 41
42
Section 9-00, Definitions and Tests 43
January 7, 2019 44
9-00.4 Sieves for Testing Purposes 45
This section is revised to read: 46
47
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 111 Amendments
Test sieves shall be made of either: (1) woven wire cloth conforming to ASTM E11, or (2) 1
square-hole, perforated plates conforming to ASTM E323. 2
3
9-00.7 Galvanized Hardware, AASHTO M 232 4
The first sentence is revised to read: 5
6
An acceptable alternate to hot-dip galvanizing in accordance with AASHTO M 232 will be 7
zinc coatings mechanically deposited in accordance with ASTM B695, providing the 8
minimum thickness of zinc coating is not less than that specified in AASHTO M 232, and 9
the process will not produce hydrogen embrittlement in the base metal. 10
11
Section 9-02, Bituminous Materials 12
January 7, 2019 13
9-02.1 Asphalt Material, General 14
The second paragraph is revised to read: 15
16
The Asphalt Supplier of Performance Graded (PG) asphalt binder and emulsified asphalt 17
shall have a Quality Control Plan (QCP) in accordance with WSDOT QC 2 “Standard 18
Practice for Asphalt Suppliers That Certify Performance Graded and Emulsified Asphalts”. 19
The Asphalt Supplier’s QCP shall be submitted and receive the acceptance of the 20
WSDOT State Materials Laboratory. Once accepted, any change to the QCP will require 21
a new QCP to be submitted for acceptance. The Asphalt Supplier of PG asphalt binder 22
and emulsified asphalt shall certify through the Bill of Lading that the PG asphalt binder 23
or emulsified asphalt meets the Specification requirements of the Contract. 24
25
9-02.1(4) Performance Graded Asphalt Binder (PGAB) 26
This section’s title is revised to read: 27
28
Performance Graded (PG) Asphalt Binder 29
30
The first paragraph is revised to read: 31
32
PG asphalt binder meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 332 Table 1 of the grades 33
specified in the Contract shall be used in the production of HMA. For HMA with greater 34
than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA, or any amount of RAS, the new asphalt 35
binder, recycling agent and recovered asphalt (RAP and/or RAS) when blended in the 36
proportions of the mix design shall meet the PG asphalt binder requirements of AASHTO 37
M 332 Table 1 for the grade of asphalt binder specified by the Contract. 38
39
The second paragraph, including the table, is revised to read: 40
41
In addition to AASHTO M 332 Table 1 specification requirements, PG asphalt binders 42
shall meet the following requirements: 43
44
Additional Requirements by
Performance Grade (PG) Asphalt Binders
Proper
ty
Test
Method
PG58S
-22
PG58H
-22
PG58V-
22
PG64S-
28
PG64H
-28
PG64V-
28
RTFO
Residu
e:
AASHT
O T
3501
30%
Min.
20%
Min.
25%
Min.
30%
Min.
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 112 Amendments
Averag
e
Percent
Recove
ry @
3.2 kPa
1Specimen conditioned in accordance with AASHTO T 240 – RTFO.
1
The third paragraph is revised to read: 2
3
The RTFO Jnrdiff and the PAV direct tension specifications of AASHTO M 332 are not 4
required. 5
6
7
9-02.1(6) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 8
This section is revised to read: 9
10
Cationic Emulsified Asphalt meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 208 Table 1 of the 11
grades specified in the Contract shall be used. 12
13
9-02.5 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) Additive 14
This section, including title, is revised to read: 15
16
9-02.5 HMA Additive 17
Additives for HMA shall be accepted by the Engineer. 18
19
Section 9-03, Aggregates 20
January 7, 2019 21
9-03.1 Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete 22
This section’s title is revised to read: 23
24
Aggregates for Concrete 25
26
9-03.1(1) General Requirements 27
The first two sentences of the first paragraph are revised to read: 28
29
Concrete aggregates shall be manufactured from ledge rock, talus, or sand and gravel in 30
accordance with the provisions of Section 3-01. Reclaimed aggregate may be used if it 31
complies with the specifications for concrete. 32
33
The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 34
35
Aggregates for concrete shall meet the following test requirements: 36
37
The second sentence of the second to last paragraph is revised to read: 38
39
The Contractor shall submit test results according to ASTM C1567 through the Engineer 40
to the State Materials Laboratory that demonstrate that the proposed fly ash when used 41
with the proposed aggregates and cement will control the potential expansion to 0.20 42
percent or less before the fly ash and aggregate sources may be used in concrete. 43
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 113 Amendments
1
9-03.1(2) Fine Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete 2
This section’s title is revised to read: 3
4
Fine Aggregate for Concrete 5
6
9-03.1(4) Coarse Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete 7
This section’s title is revised to read: 8
9
Coarse Aggregate for Concrete 10
11
9-03.1(4)C Grading 12
The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 13
14
Coarse aggregate for concrete when separated by means of laboratory sieves shall 15
conform to one or more of the following gradings as called for elsewhere in these 16
Specifications, Special Provisions, or in the Plans: 17
18
9-03.1(5) Combined Aggregate Gradation for Portland Cement Concrete 19
This section’s title is revised to read: 20
21
Combined Aggregate Gradation for Concrete 22
23
9-03.1(5)B Grading 24
In the last paragraph, “WSDOT FOP for WAQTC/AASHTO T 27/T 11” is revised to read “FOP 25
for WAQTC/AASHTO T 27/T 11”. 26
27
9-03.2 Aggregate for Job-Mixed Portland Cement Mortar 28
This section’s title is revised to read: 29
30
Aggregate for Job-Mixed Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement 31
Mortar 32
33
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 34
35
Fine aggregate for portland cement or blended hydraulic cement mortar shall consist of 36
sand or other inert materials, or combinations thereof, accepted by the Engineer, having 37
hard, strong, durable particles free from adherent coating. 38
39
9-03.4(1) General Requirements 40
The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 41
42
Aggregate for bituminous surface treatment shall be manufactured from ledge rock, talus, 43
or gravel, in accordance with Section 3-01. Aggregates for Bituminous Surface Treatment 44
shall meet the following test requirements: 45
46
9-03.8(1) General Requirements 47
The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 48
49
Aggregates for Hot Mix Asphalt shall meet the following test requirements: 50
51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 114 Amendments
9-03.8(2) HMA Test Requirements 1
The two tables in the second paragraph are replaced with the following three tables: 2
3
Mix Criteria
HMA Class
3∕8 inch ½ inch ¾ inch 1 inch
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
Voids in Mineral
Aggregate (VMA), % 15.0 14.0 13.0 12.0
Voids Filled With Asphalt (VFA), %
ESAL’s (millions) VFA
< 0.3 70 80 70 80 70 80 67 80
0.3 to < 3 65 78 65 78 65 78 65 78
≥ 3 73 76 65 75 65 75 65 75
Dust/Asphalt Ratio 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.6
4
Test Method ESAL’s (millions) Number of Passes
Hamburg Wheel-Track Testing,
FOP for AASHTO T 324
Minimum Number of Passes
with no Stripping Inflection Point
and Maximum Rut Depth of
10mm
< 0.3 10,000
0.3 to < 3 12,500
≥ 3 15,000
Indirect Tensile (IDT) Strength (psi) of Bituminous Materials FOP
for ASTM D6931
175 Maximum
5
ESAL’s
(millions) N initial N design N maximum
% Gmm
< 0.3 ≤ 91.5 96.0 ≤ 98.0
0.3 to < 3 ≤ 90.5 96.0 ≤ 98.0
≥ 3 ≤ 89.0 96.0 ≤ 98.0
Gyratory
Compaction
(number of
gyrations)
< 0.3 6 50 75
0.3 to < 3 7 75 115
> 3 8 100 160
6
9-03.8(7) HMA Tolerances and Adjustments 7
In the table in item number 1, the fifth row is revised to read: 8
9
Asphalt binder -0.4% to 0.5% 0.7%
10
In the table in item number 1, the following new row is inserted before the last row: 11
12
Voids in Mineral
Aggregate, VMA
-1.0%
13
9-03.9(1) Ballast 14
The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 15
16
Aggregates for ballast shall meet the following test requirements: 17
18
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 115 Amendments
9-03.14(4) Gravel Borrow for Structural Earth Wall 1
The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 2
3
The material shall be substantially free of shale or other soft, poor durability particles, and 4
shall not contain recycled materials, such as glass, shredded tires, concrete rubble, or 5
asphaltic concrete rubble. 6
7
9-03.21(1)B Recycled Concrete Aggregate Approval and Acceptance 8
The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 9
10
Recycled concrete aggregate may be used as coarse aggregate or blended with coarse 11
aggregate for Commercial Concrete, Class 3000 concrete, or Cement Concrete 12
Pavement. 13
14
Item number 4 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 15
16
4. For Cement Concrete Pavement mix designs using recycled concrete aggregates, 17
the Contractor shall submit evidence that ASR mitigating measures control 18
expansion in accordance with Section 9-03.1(1). 19
20
This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 21
22
9-03.21(1)B1 Recycled Concrete Aggregate Approval and Acceptance 23
Recycled concrete aggregate may be approved through a three tiered system that 24
consists of the following: 25
26
Tier 1
Approval Requirements Approval of the Reclamation Facility is not
required.
Acceptance Requirements Certification of toxicity characteristics in
accordance with Section 9-03.21(1).
Field acceptance testing in accordance with
Section 3-04.
Approved to provide the following Aggregate Materials:
9-03.10 Aggregate for Gravel Base
9-03.12(1)B Gravel Backfill for Foundations Class B
9-03.12(2) Gravel Backfill for Walls
9-03.12(3) Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding
9-03.14(1) Gravel Borrow
9-03.14(2) Select Borrow
9-03.14(2) Select Borrow (greater than 3 feet below subgrade and side slope)
9-03.14(3) Common Borrow
9-03.14(3) Common Borrow (greater than 3 feet below subgrade and side slope)
9-03.17 Foundation Material Class A and Class B
9-03.18 Foundation Material Class C
9-03.19 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill
27
Tier 2
Approval Requirements The Reclamation Facility shall have a Quality
Control Plan (QCP) in accordance with
WSDOT QC 9 “Standard Practice for Approval
of Reclamation Facilities of WSDOT Recycled
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 116 Amendments
Concrete and Returned Concrete”. The
Reclamation Facility’s QCP shall be submitted
and approved by the WSDOT State Materials
Laboratory. Once accepted, any changes to
the QCP will require a new QCP to be
submitted for acceptance.
Evaluation of aggregate source properties (LA
Wear and Degradation) for the recycled
concrete aggregate is not required.
Acceptance Requirements Certification of toxicity characteristics in
accordance with Section 9-03.21(1), required
if requested.
Field acceptance testing in accordance with
Section 3-04 is required.
Provide certification in accordance with
WSDOT QC 9 for every lot. A lot shall be no
larger than 10,000 tons.
Approved to provide the following Aggregate Materials:
Tier 1 aggregate materials
9-03.1 Coarse Aggregate for Commercial Concrete or Concrete class 3000
9-03.9(1) Ballast
9-03.9(2) Permeable Ballast
9-03.9(3) Crushed Surfacing
9-03.12(1)A Gravel Backfill for Foundations Class A
1
Tier 3
Approval Requirements The Reclamation Facility shall have a Quality
Control Plan (QCP) in accordance with
WSDOT QC 10 “Standard Practice for
Approval of Reclamation Facilities of Recycled
Concrete Aggregates from Stockpiles of
Unknown Sources”. The Reclamation
Facility’s QCP shall be submitted and
approved by the WSDOT State Materials
Laboratory. Once accepted, any changes to
the QCP will require a new QCP to be
submitted for acceptance.
Evaluation of aggregate source properties (LA
Wear and Degradation) for the recycled
concrete aggregate is required.
Acceptance Requirements Certification of toxicity characteristics in
accordance with Section 9-03.21(1) is
required.
Field acceptance testing in accordance with
Section 3-04 is required.
Provide certification in accordance with
WSDOT QC 10 for every lot. A lot shall be no
larger than 10,000 tons
Approved to provide the following Aggregate Materials:
Tier 1 aggregate materials
9-03.1 Coarse Aggregate for Commercial Concrete or Concrete class 3000
9-03.9(1) Ballast
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 117 Amendments
9-03.9(2) Permeable Ballast
9-03.9(3) Crushed Surfacing
9-03.12(1)A Gravel Backfill for Foundations Class A
1
For Reclamation Facilities that do not participate in Tier 2 and Tier 3, approval of recycled 2
concrete aggregate will be in accordance with Section 9-03.21(1), and acceptance will be 3
in accordance with Section 3-04. 4
5
9-03.21(1)E Table on Maximum Allowable percent (By Weight) of Recycled 6
Material 7
“Portland Cement” is deleted from the first two rows in the table. 8
9
The following new row is inserted after the second row: 10
11
Coarse Aggregate for Concrete
Pavement
9-03.1(4) 0 100 0 0
12
The first column of the fourth row (after the preceding Amendment is applied) is revised to 13
read: 14
15
Coarse Aggregate for Commercial Concrete and Class 3000 Concrete 16
17
Section 9-04, Joint and Crack Sealing Materials 18
January 7, 2019 19
This section’s title is revised to read: 20
21
Joint Sealing Materials 22
23
9-04.1(2) Premolded Joint Filler for Expansion Joints 24
In this section, each reference to “AASHTO T 42” is revised to read “ASTM D 545”. 25
26
9-04.2(1)A1 Hot Poured Sealant for Cement Concrete Pavement 27
This section is supplemented with the following: 28
29
Hot poured sealant for cement concrete pavement is acceptable for installations in joints 30
where cement concrete pavement abuts a bituminous pavement. 31
32
9-04.2(1)A2 Hot Poured Sealant for Bituminous Pavement 33
This section is supplemented with the following: 34
35
Hot poured sealant for bituminous pavement is acceptable for installations in joints where 36
cement concrete pavement abuts a bituminous pavement. 37
38
9-04.2(1)B Sand Slurry for Bituminous Pavement 39
Item number 2 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 40
41
2. Two percent portland cement or blended hydraulic cement, and 42
43
9-04.3 Joint Mortar 44
The first paragraph is revised to read: 45
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 118 Amendments
1
Mortar for hand mortared joints shall conform to Section 9-20.4(3) and consist of one part 2
portland cement or blended hydraulic cement, three parts fine sand, and sufficient water 3
to allow proper workability. 4
5
9-04.5 Flexible Plastic Gaskets 6
In the table, the Test Method value for Specific Gravity at 77°F is revised to read “ASTM 7
D71”. 8
9
In the table, the Test Method value for Flash Point COC, F is revised to read “ASTM D93 REV 10
A”. 11
12
In the table, the Test Method value for Volatile Matter is revised to read “ASTM D6”. 13
14
Section 9-05, Drainage Structures and Culverts 15
January 7, 2019 16
9-05.3(1)A End Design and Joints 17
The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 18
19
The joints and gasket material shall meet the requirements of ASTM C990. 20
21
9-05.3(1)C Age at Shipment 22
The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 23
24
Unless it is tested and accepted at an earlier age, it shall not be considered ready for 25
shipment sooner than 28 days after manufacture when made with Type II portland cement 26
or blended hydraulic cement, nor sooner than 7 days when made with Type III portland 27
cement. 28
29
9-05.7(3) Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe Joints 30
The second sentence is revised to read: 31
32
The joints and gasket material shall meet the requirements of ASTM C990. 33
34
9-05.7(4)A Hydrostatic Pressure on Pipes in Straight Alignment 35
The first sentence is revised to read: 36
37
Hydrostatic pressure tests on pipes in straight alignment shall be made in accordance 38
with the procedure outlined in Section 10 of ASTM C990, except that they shall be 39
performed on an assembly consisting of not less than three nor more than five pipe 40
sections selected from stock by the Engineer and assembled in accordance with standard 41
installation instructions issued by the manufacturer. 42
43
9-05.24(1) Polypropylene Culvert Pipe and Storm Sewer Pipe 44
This section is revised to read: 45
46
Polypropylene culvert and storm sewer pipe shall conform to the following requirements: 47
48
1. For dual wall pipe sizes up to 60 inches: ASTM F2881 or AASHTO M 330, Type 49
S or Type D. 50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 119 Amendments
1
2. For double or triple wall pipe sizes up to 60 inches: ASTM F2764. 2
3
3. Fittings shall be factory welded, injection molded, or PVC. 4
5
9-05.24(2) Polypropylene Sanitary Sewer Pipe 6
This section is revised to read: 7
8
Polypropylene sanitary sewer pipe shall conform to the following requirements: 9
10
1. For pipe sizes up to 60 inches: ASTM F2764. 11
12
2. Fittings shall be factory welded, injection molded, or PVC. 13
14
Section 9-06, Structural Steel and Related Materials 15
January 7, 2019 16
9-06.5 Bolts 17
This section’s title is revised to read: 18
19
Bolts and Rods 20
21
9-06.5(4) Anchor Bolts 22
This section, including title, is revised to read: 23
24
9-06.5(4) Anchor Bolts and Anchor Rods 25
Anchor bolts and anchor rods shall meet the requirements of ASTM F1554 and, unless 26
otherwise specified, shall be Grade 105 and shall conform to Supplemental Requirements 27
S2, S3, and S4. 28
29
Nuts for ASTM F1554 Grade 105 black anchor bolts and anchor rods shall conform to 30
ASTM A563, Grade D or DH. Nuts for ASTM F1554 Grade 105 galvanized anchor bolts 31
and anchor rods shall conform to either ASTM A563, Grade DH, or AASHTO M292, Grade 32
2H, and shall conform to the overtapping, lubrication, and rotational testing requirements 33
in Section 9-06.5(3). Nuts for ASTM F1554 Grade 36 or 55 black or galvanized anchor 34
bolts and anchor rods shall conform to ASTM A563, Grade A or DH. Washers shall 35
conform to ASTM F436. 36
37
The bolts and rods shall be tested by the manufacturer in accordance with the 38
requirements of the pertinent Specification and as specified in these Specifications. 39
Anchor bolts, anchor rods, nuts, and washers shall be inspected prior to shipping to the 40
project site. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for acceptance a Manufacturer’s 41
Certificate of Compliance for the anchor bolts, anchor rods, nuts, and washers, as defined 42
in Section 1-06.3. If the Engineer deems it appropriate, the Contractor shall provide a 43
sample of the anchor bolt, anchor rod, nut, and washer for testing. 44
45
All bolts, rods, nuts, and washers shall be marked and identified as required in the 46
pertinent Specification. 47
48
9-06.15 Welded Shear Connectors 49
The third paragraph is revised to read: 50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 120 Amendments
1
Mechanical properties shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO T 244. 2
3
9-06.17 Vacant 4
This section, including title, is revised to read: 5
6
9-06.17 Noise Barrier Wall Access Door 7
Access door frames shall be formed of 14-gauge steel to the size and dimensions shown 8
in the Plans. The access door frame head and jamb members shall be mitered, securely 9
welded, and ground smooth. Each head shall have two anchors and each jamb shall have 10
three anchors. The hinges shall be reinforced with ¼-inch by 12-inch plate, width equal 11
to the full inside width of the frame. 12
13
Access doors shall be full flush 1-¾-inch thick seamless doors with a polystyrene core. 14
Door faces shall be constructed with smooth seamless 14-gauge roller-levered, cold-15
rolled steel sheet conforming to ASTM A 792 Type SS, Grade 33 minimum, Coating 16
Designation AZ55 minimum. The vertical edges shall be neat interlocked hemmed edge 17
seam. The top and bottom of the door shall be enclosed with 14-gauge channels. Mortise 18
and reinforcement for locks and hinges shall be 10-gauge steel. Welded top cap shall be 19
ground and filled for exterior applications. The bottom channel shall have weep holes. 20
21
Each access door shall have three hinges. Access door hinges shall be ASTM A 276 Type 22
316 stainless steel, 4-½-inches square, with stainless steel ball bearing and non-23
removable pins. 24
25
Each access door shall have two pull plates. The pull plates shall be ASTM A 240 Type 26
316 stainless steel, with a grip handle of one-inch diameter and 8 to 10-inches in length. 27
28
The door assembly shall be fabricated and assembled as a complete unit including all 29
hardware specified prior to shipment. 30
31
9-06.18 Metal Bridge Railing 32
The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 33
34
Steel used for metal railings, when galvanized after fabrication in accordance with 35
AASHTO M111, shall have a controlled silicon content of either 0.00 to 0.06 percent or 36
0.15 to 0.25 percent. 37
38
Section 9-07, Reinforcing Steel 39
January 7, 2019 40
9-07.5(1) Epoxy-Coated Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Rehabilitation) 41
This section (including title) is revised to read: 42
43
9-07.5(1) Dowel Bars for Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation 44
Dowel bars for Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation shall be 1½ inch outside 45
diameter plain round steel bars or tubular bars 18 inches in length and meet the 46
requirements of one of the following dowel bar types: 47
48
1. Epoxy-coated dowel bars shall be round plain steel bars of the dimensions 49
shown in the Standard Plans. They shall conform to AASHTO M31, Grade 60 or 50
ASTM A615, Grade 60 and shall be coated in accordance with ASTM A1078 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 121 Amendments
Type 2 coating, except that the bars may be cut to length after being coated. Cut 1
ends shall be coated in accordance with ASTM A1078 with a patching material 2
that is compatible with the coating, inert in concrete and recommended by the 3
coating manufacturer. The thickness of the epoxy coating shall be 10 mils plus 4
or minus 2 mils. The Contractor shall furnish a written certification that properly 5
identifies the coating material, the number of each batch of coating material 6
used, quantity represented, date of manufacture, name and address of 7
manufacturer, and a statement that the supplied coating material meets the 8
requirements of ASTM A1078 Type 2 coating. Patching material, compatible with 9
the coating material and inert in concrete and recommended by the 10
manufacturer shall be supplied with each shipment for field repairs by the 11
Contractor. 12
13
2. ASTM A513 steel tubes made from Grade 60 Carbon Steel Tube with a 1.625 14
inch outside diameter and a 0.120 inch wall thickness. Both the inside and 15
outside of the tube shall be zinc coated with G40 galvanizing in accordance with 16
ASTM A653. Following zinc coating the tubes shall be coated in accordance 17
with Section 9-07.5(1) item 1. The ends of the tube shall be capped to prevent 18
intrusion of concrete or other materials. 19
20
9-07.5(2) Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Pavement and 21
Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation) 22
The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 23
24
Corrosion resistant dowel bars shall be 1½ inch outside diameter plain round steel bars 25
or tubular bars 18 inches in length and meet the requirements of one of the following: 26
27
Item number 4 and 5 of the first paragraph are revised to read: 28
29
4. Corrosion-resistant, low-carbon, chromium plain steel bars for concrete 30
reinforcement meeting all the requirements of ASTM A 1035 Alloy Type CS Grade 31
100 or Alloy Type CS Grade 120. 32
33
5. Zinc Clad dowel bars shall be 1½ inch solid bars or 1.625 inch outside diameter by 34
0.120 inch wall tubular bars meeting the chemical and physical properties of 35
AASHTO M 31, Grade 60, or AASHTO M 255, Grade 60. The bars shall have a 36
minimum of 0.035 inches A710 Zinc alloy clad to the plain steel inner bar or tube. 37
A710 Zinc shall be composed of: zinc: 99.5 percent, by weight, minimum; copper: 38
0.1-0.25 percent, by weight; and iron: 0.0020 percent, by weight, maximum. Each 39
end of tubular bars shall be plugged using a snug-fitting insert to prohibit any intrusion 40
of concrete or other materials. 41
42
The numbered list in the first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 43
44
6. Multicoated fusion bonded epoxy bars shall consist of an ASTM A615 bar with 45
alternating layers of ASTM A934 coating and an abrasion resistant overcoat (ARO). 46
The ASTM A934 coating shall form the base and there shall be two layers of each 47
coating material. The minimum thickness of the combined layers of the ASTM A934 48
coating and ARO coating shall be 20 mils. The ARO shall meet the following 49
requirements: 50
51
Test Method Specification
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 122 Amendments
Gouge
Resistance
NACE TM0215, 30 kg wt., LS-1 bit
@ 25°C
< 0.22 mm
Gouge
Resistance
NACE TM0215, 50 kg wt., LS-1 bit
@ 25°C
< 0.44 mm
1
7. ASTM A513 steel tubes made from Grade 60 Carbon Steel Tube with a 1.625 inch 2
outside diameter and a 0.120 inch wall thickness. Both the inside and outside of the 3
tube shall be zinc coated with G90 galvanizing in accordance with ASTM A653. 4
Following zinc coating the tubes shall be coated in accordance with Section 9-07.5(1) 5
item 1. The ends of the tube shall be capped to prevent intrusion of concrete or other 6
materials. 7
8
The last paragraph is revised to read: 9
10
Stainless Steel Clad and Stainless Steel Tube Dowel bar ends shall be sealed with a 11
patching material (primer and finish coat) used for patching epoxy-coated reinforcing steel 12
as required in Section 9-07.3, item 6. 13
14
9-07.7 Wire Mesh 15
This section is supplemented with the following: 16
17
Welded wire manufacturers shall participate in the NTPEP Audit Program for Reinforcing 18
Steel (rebar) Manufacturers and shall be listed on the NTPEP audit program website 19
displaying that they are NTPEP compliant. 20
21
Section 9-08, Paints and Related Materials 22
January 7, 2019 23
9-08.1(1) Description 24
The first sentence is revised to read: 25
26
Paint used for highway and bridge structure applications shall be made from materials 27
meeting the requirements of the applicable Federal and State Paint Specifications, 28
Department of Defense (DOD), American Society of Testing of Materials (ASTM), and The 29
Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC) specifications in effect at time of manufacture. 30
31
9-08.1(2) Paint Types 32
This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 33
34
9-08.1(2)M NEPCOAT Qualified Products List A 35
Qualified products used shall be part of a NEPCOAT system supplied by the same 36
manufacturer. 37
38
9-08.1(2)N NEPCOAT Qualified Products List B 39
Qualified products used shall be part of a NEPCOAT system supplied by the same 40
manufacturer. 41
42
9-08.1(2)D Organic Zinc-Rich Primer 43
This section, including title, is revised to read: 44
45
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 123 Amendments
Vacant 1
2
9-08.1(2)E Epoxy Polyamide 3
This section is revised to read: 4
5
Epoxy polyamide shall be a two-component system conforming to MIL-DTL-24441 or 6
SSPC Coating Standard No. 42. 7
8
9-08.1(2)H Top Coat, Single-Component, Moisture-Cured Polyurethane 9
This section is revised to read: 10
11
Vehicle Type: Moisture-cured aliphatic polyurethane. 12
13
Color and Gloss: Meet the SAE AMS Standard 595 Color as specified in the table 14
below. 15
16
The Top Coat shall meet the following requirements: 17
18
The resin shall be an aliphatic urethane. 19
20
Minimum-volume solids 50 percent. 21
22
The top coat shall be semi-gloss. 23
24
Color Semi-Gloss
Washington Gray 26357
Mt. Baker Gray 26134
Mt. St. Helens Gray 26306
Cascade Green 24158
25
9-08.1(2)I Rust-Penetrating Sealer 26
This section is revised to read: 27
28
Rust-penetrating sealer shall be a two-component, chemically-cured, 100 percent solids 29
epoxy. 30
31
9-08.1(2)J Black Enamel 32
This section is revised to read: 33
34
The enamel shall conform to Federal Specification MIL PRF 24635E Type II Class 2. 35
36
9-08.1(2)K Orange Equipment Enamel 37
The first paragraph is revised to read: 38
39
The enamel shall be an alkyd gloss enamel conforming to Federal Specification MIL-PRF-40
24635E Type II Class 1. The color, when dry, shall match that of SAE AMS Standard 595, 41
color number 12246. 42
43
9-08.1(2)L Exterior Acrylic Latex Paint-White 44
The first paragraph is revised to read: 45
46
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 124 Amendments
This paint shall conform to Federal Specification MIL-PRF-24635E Type II Class 1, 2 or 1
3. 2
3
9-08.1(7) Acceptance 4
This section is revised to read: 5
6
For projects with moisture-cured polyurethane quantities less than 20 gallons, acceptance 7
will be by the Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance. 8
9
For projects with moisture-cured polyurethane quantities greater than 20 gallons, the 10
product shall be listed in the current WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL). If the lot 11
number is listed on the QPL, it may be accepted without additional testing. If the lot 12
number is not listed on the QPL, a 1 quart sample shall be submitted to the State Materials 13
Laboratory for testing and acceptance. 14
15
For all other paint types, acceptance will be based on visual inspection. 16
17
9-08.1(8) Standard Colors 18
In the first paragraph, the reference to “Federal Standard 595” is revised to read “SAE AMS 19
Standard 595”. 20
21
The second paragraph is revised to read: 22
23
Unless otherwise specified, all top or finish coats shall be semi-gloss, with the paint falling 24
within the range of 35 to 70 on the 60-degree gloss meter. 25
26
9-08.2 Powder Coating Materials for Coating Galvanized Surfaces 27
The last paragraph is revised to read: 28
29
Repair materials shall be as recommended by the powder coating manufacturer and as 30
specified in the Contractor’s powder coating plan as accepted by the Engineer. 31
32
9-08.3 Pigmented Sealer Materials for Coating of Concrete Surfaces 33
This section, including title, is revised to read: 34
35
9-08.3 Concrete Surface Treatments 36
9-08.3(1) Pigmented Sealer Materials 37
The pigmented sealer shall be a semi-opaque, colored toner containing only methyl 38
methacrylate-ethyl acrylate copolymer resins, toning pigments suspended in solution 39
at all times by a chemical suspension agent, and solvent. Toning pigments shall be 40
laminar silicates, titanium dioxide, and inorganic oxides only. There shall be no 41
settling or color variation. Tinting shall occur at the factory at the time of manufacture 42
and placement in containers, prior to initial shipment. Use of vegetable or marine oils, 43
paraffin materials, stearates, or organic pigments in any part of coating formulation 44
will not be permitted. The color of pigmented sealer shall be as specified by the 45
Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall submit a 1-quart wet sample, a drawdown 46
color sample, and spectrophotometer or colorimeter readings taken in accordance 47
with ASTM D2244, for each batch and corresponding standard color card. The 48
calculated Delta E shall not exceed 1.5 from the Commission Internationale de 49
l’Eclairage (CIELAB) when measured at 10 degrees Standard Observer and 50
Illuminant D 65. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 125 Amendments
The 1-quart wet sample shall be submitted in the manufacturer’s labeled container 1
with product number, batch number, and size of batch. The companion drawdown 2
color sample shall be labeled with the product number, batch number, and size of 3
batch. The Contractor shall submit the specified samples and readings to the 4
Engineer at least 14 calendar days prior to the scheduled application of the sealer. 5
The Contractor shall not begin applying pigmented sealer until receiving the 6
Engineer’s written approval of the pigmented sealer color samples. 7
8
9-08.3(2) Exposed Aggregate Concrete Coatings and Sealers 9
9-08.3(2)A Retardant Coating 10
Retardant coating shall exhibit the following properties: 11
12
1. Retards the set of the surface mortar of the concrete without preventing 13
the concrete to reach the specified 28 day compressive strength. 14
15
2. Leaves the aggregate with its original color and luster, and firmly 16
embedded in the concrete matrix. 17
18
3. Allows the removal of the surface mortar in accordance with the 19
methods specified in Section 6-02.3(14)E without the use of acidic 20
washing compounds. 21
22
4. Allows for uniform removal of the surface mortar. 23
24
If the Contractor proposes use of a retardant coating that is not listed in the 25
current WSDOT QPL, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing 26
consisting of a one quart product sample from a current lot along with supporting 27
product information, Safety Data Sheet, and a Manufacturer’s Certificate of 28
Compliance stating that the product conforms to the above performance 29
requirements. 30
31
9-08.3(2)B Clear Sealer 32
The sealer for concrete surfaces with exposed aggregate finish shall be a clear, 33
non-gloss, penetrating sealer of either a silane, siloxane, or silicone based 34
formulation. 35
36
9-08.3(3) Permeon Treatment 37
Permeon treatment shall be a product of known consistent performance in producing 38
the SAE AMS Standard 595 Color No. 30219 target color hue established by 39
WSDOT, either selected from the WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL), or an 40
equivalent product accepted by the Engineer. For acceptance of products not listed 41
in the current WSDOT QPL, the Contractor shall submit Type 3 Working Drawings 42
consisting of a one quart product sample from a current lot, supporting product 43
information and a Safety Data Sheet. 44
45
Section 9-13, Riprap, Quarry Spalls, Slope Protection, and Rock for Erosion 46
and Scour Protection and Rock Walls 47
April 2, 2018 48
9-13.1(1) General 49
The last paragraph is revised to read: 50
51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 126 Amendments
Riprap and quarry spalls shall be free from segregation, seams, cracks, and other defects 1
tending to destroy its resistance to weather and shall meet the following test requirements: 2
3
9-13.5 Concrete Slope Protection 4
This section is revised to read: 5
6
Concrete slope protection shall consist of reinforced portland cement or blended hydraulic 7
cement concrete poured or pneumatically placed upon the slope with a rustication joint 8
pattern or semi-open concrete masonry units placed upon the slope closely adjoining 9
each other. 10
11
9-13.5(2) Poured Portland Cement Concrete Slope Protection 12
This section’s title is revised to read: 13
14
Poured Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Slope 15
Protection 16
17
9-13.5(3) Pneumatically Placed Portland Cement Concrete Slope Protection 18
This section’s title is revised to read: 19
20
Pneumatically Placed Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement 21
Concrete Slope Protection 22
23
The first paragraph is revised to read: 24
25
Cement – This material shall be portland cement or blended hydraulic cement as 26
specified in Section 9-01. 27
28
9-13.7(1) Rock for Rock Walls and Chinking Material 29
The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: 30
31
Rock for rock walls and chinking material shall be hard, sound and durable material, 32
free from seams, cracks, and other defects tending to destroy its resistance to weather, 33
and shall meet the following test requirements: 34
35
Section 9-14, Erosion Control and Roadside Planting 36
August 6, 2018 37
9-14.4(2) Hydraulically Applied Erosion Control Products (HECPs) 38
In Table 1, the last four rows are deleted. 39
40
9-14.4(2)A Long-Term Mulch 41
The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 42
43
Products containing cellulose fiber produced from paper or paper components will not be 44
accepted. 45
46
Table 2 is supplemented with the following new rows: 47
48
Water Holding Capacity ASTM D 7367 800 percent minimum
Organic Matter Content AASHTO T 267 90 percent minimum
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 127 Amendments
Seed Germination
Enhancement
ASTM D 7322 Long Term
420 percent minimum
1
2
9-14.4(2)B Moderate-Term Mulch 3
This section is revised to read: 4
5
Within 48 hours of application, the Moderate-Term Mulch shall bond with the soil surface 6
to create a continuous, absorbent, flexible, erosion-resistant blanket. Moderate-Term 7
Mulch shall effectively perform the intended erosion control function in accordance with 8
Section 8-01.3(1) for a minimum of 3 months, or until temporary vegetation has been 9
established, whichever comes first. 10
11
Moderate-Term Mulch shall not be used in conjunction with permanent seeding. 12
13
9-14.4(2)C Short-Term Mulch 14
This section is revised to read: 15
16
Short-Term Mulch shall effectively perform the intended erosion control function in 17
accordance with Section 8-01.3(1) for a minimum of 2 months, or until temporary 18
vegetation has been established, whichever comes first. Short-Term Mulch shall not be 19
used in conjunction with permanent seeding. 20
21
Section 9-16, Fence and Guardrail 22
August 6, 2018 23
9-16.3(1) Rail Element 24
The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 25
26
All rail elements shall be formed from 12-gage steel except for thrie beam reducer 27
sections, reduced length thrie beam rail elements, thrie beams used for bridge rail 28
retrofits, and Design F end sections, which shall be formed from 10-gage steel. 29
30
9-16.3(5) Anchors 31
The last paragraph is revised to read: 32
33
Cement grout shall conform to Section 9-20.3(4) and consist of one part portland cement 34
or blended hydraulic cement and two parts sand. 35
36
Section 9-18, Precast Traffic Curb 37
April 2, 2018 38
9-18.1(1) Aggregates and Proportioning 39
Item number 1 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 40
41
1. Portland cement or blended hydraulic cement shall conform to the requirements of 42
Section 9-01 except that it may be Type I portland cement conforming to AASHTO M 43
85. 44
45
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 128 Amendments
Section 9-20, Concrete Patching Material, Grout, and Mortar 1
April 1, 2019 2
9-20.1 Patching Material 3
This section, including title, is revised to read: 4
5
9-20.1 Patching Material for Cement Concrete Pavement 6
Concrete patching material shall be prepackaged mortar extended with aggregate. The 7
amount of aggregate for extension shall conform to the manufacturer’s recommendation. 8
9
Patching mortar and patching mortar extended with aggregate shall contain cementitious 10
material and conform to Sections 9-20.1(1) and 9-20.1(2). The Manufacturer shall use the 11
services of a laboratory that has an equipment calibration verification system and a 12
technician training and evaluation process in accordance with AASHTO R 18 to perform 13
all tests specified in Section 9-20.1. 14
15
9-20.1(1) Patching Mortar 16
Patching mortar shall conform to the following requirements: 17
18
Compressive
Strength ASTM Test Method Specification
at 3 hours C 39 Minimum 3,000 psi
at 24 hours C 39 Minimum 5,000 psi
Length Change
at 28 days C 157 0.15 percent maximum
Total Chloride Ion
Content
C 1218 1 lb/yd3 maximum
Bond Strength
at 24 hours C 882 (As modified by
C 928, Section 9.5)
Minimum 1,000 psi
Scaling Resistance (at
25 cycles of freezing
and thawing)
C 672 (As modified by
C 928, Section 9.4)
1 lb/ft2 maximum
19
9-20.1(2) Patching Mortar Extended with Aggregate 20
Patching mortar extended with aggregate shall meet the following requirements: 21
22
Compressive
Strength ASTM Test Method Specification
at 3 hours C 39 Minimum 3,000 psi
at 24 hours C 39 Minimum 5,000 psi
Length Change
at 28 days C 157 0.15 percent maximum
Bond Strength
at 24 hours C 882 (As modified by
ASTM C928, Section
9.5)
Minimum 1,000 psi
Scaling Resistance (at
25 cycles of freezing
and thawing)
C 672 2 Maximum Visual
Rating
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 129 Amendments
Freeze thaw C 666 Maximum expansion
0.10%
Minimum durability
90.0%
1
9-20.1(3) Aggregate 2
Aggregate used to extend the patching mortar shall conform to Section 9-03.1(4) and 3
be AASHTO Grading No. 8. A Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance shall be 4
submitted showing the aggregate source and the gradation. Mitigation for Alkali Silica 5
Reaction (ASR) will not be required for the extender aggregate used for concrete 6
patching material. 7
8
9-20.1(4) Water 9
Water shall meet the requirements of Section 9-25.1. The quantity of water shall be 10
within the limits recommended by the repair material manufacturer. 11
12
9-20.2 Specifications 13
This section, including title, is revised to read: 14
15
9-20.2 Patching Material for Concrete Structure Repair 16
Concrete patching material shall be a prepackaged mixture of portland or blended 17
hydraulic cement, aggregate, and admixtures. Fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace 18
slag and microsilica fume may be used. The concrete patching material may be shrinkage 19
compensated. The concrete patching material shall also meet the following requirements: 20
21
• Compressive strength of 6000 psi or higher at 28 days in accordance with 22
AASHTO T 22 (ASTM C 39), unless noted otherwise 23
24
• Bond strength of 250 psi or higher at 28 days or less in accordance with ASTM 25
C 1583 or ICRI 210.3R 26
27
• Shrinkage shall be 0.05 percent (500 microstrain) or lower at 28 days in 28
accordance with AASHTO T 160 (ASTM C 157) as modified by ICRI 320.3R 29
30
• Permeability shall be 2,000 coulombs or lower at 28 days in accordance with 31
AASHTO T 277 (ASTM C 1202) 32
33
• Freeze-thaw resistance shall have a durability factor of 90 percent or higher after 34
a minimum of 300 cycles in accordance with AASHTO T 161 Procedure A (ASTM 35
C 666) 36
37
• Soluble chloride ion limits in Section 6-02.3(2) shall be satisfied 38
39
9-20.2(1) Patching Mortar 40
This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety. 41
42
9-20.2(2) Patching Mortar Extended with Aggregate 43
This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety. 44
45
9-20.3(3) Grout Type 3 for Unconfined Bearing Pad Applications 46
This section’s title is revised to read: 47
48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 130 Amendments
Grout Type 3 for Unconfined Applications 1
2
This section is revised to read: 3
4
Grout Type 3 shall be a prepackaged material that does not include expansive admixtures 5
meeting the following requirements: 6
7
• Compressive strength shall be 4000 psi or higher at 28 days in accordance with 8
AASHTO T 22 (ASTM C 39) for grout extended with coarse aggregate or 9
AASHTO T 106 (ASTM C109) otherwise. 10
11
• Bond strength shall meet one of the following: 12
13
◦ 250 psi or higher at 28 days or less in accordance with ASTM C1583. 14
15
◦ 2000 psi or higher at 28 days or less in accordance with ASTM C882. The 16
following modification to ASTM C882 is acceptable: use Type 3 Grout in lieu 17
of epoxy resin base bonding system and freshly mixed portland-cement 18
mortar in the procedure for testing Type II and V systems. 19
20
• Drying shrinkage shall be 0.08 percent (800 microstrain) or lower at 28 days in 21
accordance with AASHTO T 160 (ASTM C157). The following modification to 22
AASHTO T 160 is acceptable: use a standard specimen size of 3 x 3 x 11-¼ 23
inches. 24
25
9-20.5 Bridge Deck Repair Material 26
Item number 3 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 27
28
3. Permeability of less than 2,000 coulombs at 28-days or more in accordance with 29
AASHTO T 277. 30
31
Section 9-21, Raised Pavement Markers (RPM) 32
January 2, 2018 33
9-21.2 Raised Pavement Markers Type 2 34
This section’s content is deleted. 35
36
9-21.2(1) Physical Properties 37
This section, including title, is revised to read: 38
39
9-21.2(1) Standard Raised Pavement Markers Type 2 40
The marker housing shall contain reflective faces as shown in the Plans to reflect incident 41
light from either a single or opposite directions and meet the requirements of ASTM D 42
4280 including Flexural strength requirements. 43
44
9-21.2(2) Optical Requirements 45
This section, including title, is revised to read: 46
47
9-21.2(2) Abrasion Resistant Raised Markers Type 2 48
Abrasion Resistant Raised Markers Type 2 shall comply with Section 9-21.2(1) and meet 49
the requirements of ASTM D 4280 with the following additional requirement: The 50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 131 Amendments
coefficient of luminous intensity of the markers shall be measured after subjecting the 1
entire lens surface to the test described in ASTM D 4280 Section 9.5 using a sand drop 2
apparatus. After the exposure described above, retroreflected values shall not be less 3
than 0.5 times a nominal unblemished sample. 4
5
9-21.2(3) Strength Requirements 6
This section is deleted in its entirety. 7
8
Section 9-23, Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures 9
April 1, 2019 10
9-23.12 Natural Pozzolan 11
This section is revised to read: 12
13
Natural Pozzolans shall be ground Pumice and shall conform to the requirements of 14
AASHTO M295 Class N, including supplementary optional chemical requirements as set 15
forth in Table 2. 16
17
9-23.13 Blended Supplementary Cementitious Material 18
The second sentence is revised to read: 19
20
Blended SCMs shall be limited to binary or ternary blends of fly ash, ground granulated 21
blast furnace slag and microsilica fume. 22
23
The second to last sentence is deleted. 24
25
Section 9-26, Epoxy Resins 26
January 7, 2019 27
9-26.1(1) General 28
The following new sentence is inserted after the first sentence of the first paragraph: 29
30
For pre-packaged cartridge kits, the epoxy bonding agent shall meet the requirements of 31
ASTM C881 when mixed according to manufacturer instructions, utilizing the 32
manufacturer’s mixing nozzle. 33
34
9-26.1(2) Packaging and Marking 35
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 36
37
The components of the epoxy system furnished under these Specifications shall be 38
supplied in separate containers or pre-packaged cartridge kits that are non-reactive with 39
the materials contained. 40
41
The second paragraph is revised to read: 42
43
Separate containers shall be marked by permanent marking that identify the formulator, 44
“Component A” (contains the Epoxy Resin) and “Component B” (Contains the Curing 45
Agent), type, grade, class, lot or batch number, mixing instructions and the quantity 46
contained in pounds or gallons as defined by these Specifications. 47
48
The following new paragraph is inserted after the second paragraph: 49
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 132 Amendments
1
Pre-packaged cartridge kits shall be marked by permanent marking that identify the 2
formulator, type, grade, class, lot or batch number, mixing instructions and the quantity 3
contained in ounces or milliliters as defined by these Specifications. 4
5
Section 9-28, Signing Materials and Fabrication 6
April 1, 2019 7
9-28.2 Manufacturer’s Identification and Date 8
The second sentence is revised to read: 9
10
In addition, the width and height dimension, in inches, the Contract number, and the 11
number of the sign as it appears in the Plans shall be placed using 3-inch series C black 12
letters on the back of destination, distance, and large special signs. 13
14
9-28.10 Vacant 15
This section, including title, is revised to read: 16
17
9-28.10 Digital Printing 18
Transparent and opaque durable inks used in digital printed sign messages shall be as 19
recommended by the manufacturer. When properly applied, digital printed colors shall 20
have a warranty life of the base retroreflective sign sheeting. Digital applied colors shall 21
present a smooth surface, free from foreign material, and all messages and borders shall 22
be clear and sharp. Digital printed signs shall conform to 70% of the retroreflective 23
minimum values established for its type and color. Digitally printed signs shall meet the 24
daytime color and luminance, and nighttime color requirements of ASTM D 4956. No 25
variations in color or overlapping of colors will be permitted. Digital printed permanent 26
traffic signs shall have an integrated engineered match component clear protective 27
overlay recommended by the sheeting manufacturer applied to the entire face of the sign. 28
On Temporary construction/maintenance signs printed with black ink only, the protective 29
overlay film is optional, as long as the finished sign has a warranty of a minimum of three 30
years from sign sheeting manufacturer. 31
32
All digital printed traffic control signs shall be an integrated engineered match component 33
system. The integrated engineered match component system shall consist of 34
retroreflective sheeting, durable ink(s), and clear overlay film all from the same 35
manufacturer applied to aluminum substrate conforming to Section 9-28.8. 36
37
The sign fabricator shall use an approved integrated engineered match component 38
system as listed on the Qualified Products List (QPL). Each approved digital printer shall 39
only use the compatible retroreflective sign sheeting manufacturer’s engineered match 40
component system products. 41
42
Each retroreflective sign sheeting manufacturer/integrated engineered match component 43
system listed on the QPL shall certify a department approved sign fabricator is approved 44
to operate their compatible digital printer. The sign fabricator shall re-certify annually with 45
the retroreflective sign manufacturer to ensure their digital printer is still meeting 46
manufacturer’s specifications for traffic control signs. Documentation of each re-47
certification shall be submitted to the QPL Engineer annually. 48
49
9-28.11 Hardware 50
The last paragraph is revised to read: 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 133 Amendments
1
All steel parts shall be galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M111. Steel bolts and 2
related connecting hardware shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM F 2329. 3
4
9-28.14(2) Steel Structures and Posts 5
The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 6
7
Anchor rods for sign bridge and cantilever sign structure foundations shall conform to 8
Section 9-06.5(4), including Supplemental Requirement S4 tested at -20°F. 9
10
In the second sentence of the fourth paragraph, “AASHTO M232” is revised to read “ASTM F 11
2329”. 12
13
The first sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read: 14
15
Except as otherwise noted, steel used for sign structures and posts shall have a controlled 16
silicon content of either 0.00 to 0.06 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent. 17
18
The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 19
20
If such modifications are contemplated, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working 21
Drawing of the proposed modifications. 22
23
Section 9-29, Illumination, Signal, Electrical 24
April 1, 2019 25
9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct 26
This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 27
28
9-29.1(10) Pull Tape 29
Pull tape shall be pre-lubricated polyester pulling tape. The pull tape shall have a 30
minimum width of ½-inch and a minimum tensile strength of 500 pounds. Pull tape may 31
have measurement marks. 32
33
9-29.1(11) Foam Conduit Sealant 34
Foam conduit sealant shall be self-expanding waterproof foam designed to prevent both 35
water and pest intrusion. The foam shall be designed for use in and around electrical 36
equipment, including both insulated and bare conductors. 37
38
9-29.2(1) Junction Boxes 39
The first paragraph is revised to read: 40
41
For the purposes of this Specification concrete is defined as portland cement or blended 42
hydraulic cement concrete and non-concrete is all others. 43
44
9-29.2(1)A2 Non-Concrete Junction Boxes 45
The first paragraph is revised to read: 46
47
Material for the non-concrete junction boxes shall be of a quality that will provide for a 48
similar life expectancy as portland cement or blended hydraulic cement concrete in a 49
direct burial application. 50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 134 Amendments
1
9-29.2(2)A Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes 2
In the table in the last paragraph, the fourth, fifth and sixth rows are revised to read: 3
4
Slip Resistant Lid ASTM A36 steel
Frame ASTM A36 steel
Slip Resistant Frame ASTM A36 steel
5
9-29.3(2)A1 Single Conductor Current Carrying 6
This second sentence is revised to read: 7
8
Insulation shall be XLP (cross-linked polyethylene) or EPR (Ethylene Propylene Rubber), 9
Type USE (Underground Service Entrance) or USE-2, and rated for 600-volts or higher. 10
11
9-29.6 Light and Signal Standards 12
In the first sentence of the third paragraph, “AASHTO M232” is revised to read “ASTM F 2329”. 13
14
Item number 2 of the last paragraph is revised to read: 15
16
2. The steel light and signal standard fabricator’s shop drawing submittal, including 17
supporting design calculations, submitted as a Type 2E Working Drawing in 18
accordance with Section 8-20.2(1) and the Special Provisions. 19
20
9-29.6(1) Steel Light and Signal Standards 21
In the second paragraph, “AASHTO M232” is revised to read “ASTM F 2329”. 22
23
The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 24
25
Steel used for light and signal standards shall have a controlled silicon content of either 26
0.00 to 0.06 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent. 27
28
9-29.6(5) Foundation Hardware 29
In the last paragraph, “AASHTO M232” is revised to read “ASTM F 2329”. 30
31
9-29.10(1) Conventional Roadway Luminaires 32
This section is revised to read: 33
34
All conventional roadway luminaires shall meet 3G vibration requirements as described 35
in ANSI C136.31. 36
37
All luminaires shall have housings fabricated from aluminum. The housing shall be 38
painted flat gray, SAE AMS Standard 595 color chip No. 26280, unless otherwise 39
specified in the Contract. Painted housings shall withstand a 1,000 hour salt spray test as 40
specified in ASTM B117. 41
42
Each housing shall include a four bolt slip-fitter mount capable of accepting a nominal 2” 43
tenon and adjustable within +/- 5 degrees of the axis of the tenon. The clamping bracket(s) 44
and the cap screws shall not bottom out on the housing bosses when adjusted within the 45
+/- 5 degree range. No part of the slipfitter mounting brackets on the luminaires shall 46
develop a permanent set in excess of 0.2 inch when the cap screws used for mounting 47
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 135 Amendments
are tightened to a torque of 32 foot-pounds. Each luminaire shall include leveling 1
reference points for both transverse and longitudinal adjustment. 2
3
All luminaires shall include shorting caps when shipped. The caps shall be removed and 4
provided to the Contracting Agency when an alternate control device is required to be 5
installed in the photocell socket. House side shields shall be included when required by 6
the Contract. Order codes shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to include 7
the option for house side shields. 8
9
This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 10
11
9-29.10(1)A High Pressure Sodium (HPS) Conventional Roadway 12
Luminaires 13
HPS conventional roadway luminaires shall meet the following requirements: 14
15
1. General shape shall be “cobrahead” style, with flat glass lens and full cutoff 16
optics. 17
18
2. Light pattern distribution shall be IES Type III. 19
20
3. The reflector of all luminaires shall be of a snap-in design or secured with 21
screws. The reflector shall be polished aluminum or prismatic borosilicate glass. 22
23
4. Flat lenses shall be formed from heat resistant, high-impact, molded borosilicate 24
or tempered glass. 25
26
5. The lens shall be mounted in a doorframe assembly, which shall be hinged to 27
the luminaire and secured in the closed position to the luminaire by means of an 28
automatic latch. The lens and doorframe assembly, when closed, shall exert 29
pressure against a gasket seat. The lens shall not allow any light output above 30
90 degrees nadir. Gaskets shall be composed of material capable of 31
withstanding the temperatures involved and shall be securely held in place. 32
33
6. The ballast shall be mounted on a separate exterior door, which shall be hinged 34
to the luminaire and secured in the closed position to the luminaire housing by 35
means of an automatic type of latch (a combination hex/slot stainless steel 36
screw fastener may supplement the automatic-type latch). 37
38
7. Each luminaire shall be capable of accepting a 150, 200, 250, 310, or 400 watt 39
lamp complete and associated ballast. Lamps shall mount horizontally. 40
41
9-29.10(1)B Light Emitting Diode (LED) Conventional Roadway Luminaires 42
LED Conventional Roadway Luminaires are divided into classes based on their 43
equivalent High Pressure Sodium (HPS) luminaires. Current classes are 200W, 250W, 44
310W, and 400W. LED luminaires are required to be pre-approved in order to verify their 45
photometric output. To be considered for pre-approval, LED luminaires must meet the 46
requirements of this section. 47
48
LED luminaires shall include a removable access door, with tool-less entry, for access to 49
electronic components and the terminal block. The access door shall be removable, but 50
include positive retention such that it can hang freely without disconnecting from the 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 136 Amendments
luminaire housing. LED drivers may be mounted either to the interior of the luminaire 1
housing or to the removable door itself. 2
3
LED drivers shall be removable for user replacement. All internal modular components 4
shall be connected by means of mechanical plug and socket type quick disconnects. Wire 5
nuts may not be used for any purpose. All external electrical connections to the luminaire 6
shall be made through the terminal block. 7
8
LED luminaires shall include a 7-pin NEMA photocell receptacle. The LED driver(s) shall 9
be dimmable from ten volts to zero volts. LED output shall have a Correlated Color 10
Temperature (CCT) of 4000K nominal (4000-4300K) and a Color Rendering Index (CRI) 11
of 70 or greater. LED output shall be a minimum of 85% at 75,000 hours at 25 degrees 12
Celsius. 13
14
LED luminaires shall be available for 120V, 240V, and 480V supply voltages. Voltages 15
refer to the supply voltages to the luminaires present in the field. LED power usage shall 16
not exceed the following maximum values for the applicable wattage class: 17
18
Class Max. Wattage
200W 110W
250W 165W
310W 210W
400W 275W
19
Only one brand of LED conventional roadway luminaire may be used on a Contract. They 20
do not necessarily have to be the same brand as any high-mast, underdeck, or wall-mount 21
luminaires when those types of luminaires are specified in the Contract. LED luminaires 22
shall include a standard 10 year manufacturer warranty. 23
24
The list of pre-approved LED Conventional Roadway Luminaires is available at 25
http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/Design/Traffic/ledluminaires.htm. 26
27
9-29.10(2) Decorative Luminaires 28
This section, including title, is revised to read: 29
30
9-29.10(2) Vacant 31
32
9-29.12 Electrical Splice Materials 33
This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 34
35
9-29.12(3) Splice Enclosures 36
9-29.12(3)A Heat Shrink Splice Enclosure 37
Heat shrink splice enclosures shall be medium or heavy wall cross-linked polyolefin, 38
meeting the requirements of AMS-DTL-23053/15, with thermoplastic adhesive 39
sealant. Heat shrink splices used for “wye” connections require rubber electrical 40
mastic tape. 41
42
9-29.12(3)B Molded Splice Enclosure 43
Molded splice enclosures shall use epoxy resin in a clear rigid plastic mold. The 44
material used shall be compatible with the insulation material of the insulated 45
conductor or cable. The component materials of the resin insulation shall be 46
packaged ready for convenient mixing without removing from the package. 47
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 137 Amendments
1
9-29.12(4) Re-Enterable Splice Enclosure 2
Re-enterable splice enclosures shall use either dielectric grease or a flexible resin 3
contained in a two-piece plastic mold. The mold shall either snap together or use stainless 4
steel hose clamps. 5
6
9-29.12(5) Vinyl Electrical Tape for Splices 7
Vinyl electrical tape in splicing applications shall meet the requirements of MIL-I-24391C. 8
9
9-29.12(1) Illumination Circuit Splices 10
This section is revised to read: 11
12
Underground illumination circuit splices shall be solderless crimped connections capable 13
of securely joining the wires, both mechanically and electrically, as defined in Section 8-14
20.3(8). Aerial illumination splices shall be solderless crimp connectors or split bolt vice-15
type connectors. 16
17
9-29.12(1)A Heat Shrink Splice Enclosure 18
This section is deleted in its entirety. 19
20
9-29.12(1)B Molded Splice Enclosure 21
This section is deleted in its entirety. 22
23
9-29.12(2) Traffic Signal Splice Material 24
This section is revised to read: 25
26
Induction loop splices and magnetometer splices shall use an uninsulated barrel-type 27
crimped connector capable of being soldered. 28
29
9-29.13(10)D Cabinets for Type 170E and 2070 Controllers 30
The first sentence of item number 4 is revised to read: 31
32
A disposable paper filter element with dimensions of 12” × 16” × 1” shall be provided in 33
lieu of a metal filter. 34
35
Item number 6 is revised to read: 36
37
6. LED light strips shall be provided for cabinet lighting, powered from the Equipment 38
breaker on the Power Distribution Assembly. Each LED light strip shall be 39
approximately 12 inches long, have a minimum output of 320 lumens, and have a 40
color temperature of 4100K (cool white) or higher. There shall be three light strips for 41
each rack within the cabinet. Lighting shall be ceiling mounted – rack mounted 42
lighting is not permitted. Light strips shall be installed in the locations shown in the 43
Standard Plans. Lighting shall not interfere with the proper operation of any other 44
ceiling mounted equipment. All lighting fixtures above a rack shall energize 45
automatically when either door to that respective rack is opened. Each door switch 46
shall be labeled “Light”. 47
48
Item number 7 is revised to read: 49
50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 138 Amendments
7. Rack mounted equipment shall be as shown in the Standard Plans. The cabinet 1
shall use PDA #2LX and Output File #1LX. Where an Auxiliary Output File is 2
required, Output File #2LX shall also be included. 3
4
This section is supplemented with the following new item: 5
6
9. The PCB connectors for Field Terminal Blocks FT1 through FT6 on Output Files #1LX 7
and #2LX shall be capable of accepting minimum 14 AWG field wiring, have a pitch 8
of 5.08 mm, and use screw flange type locking to secure the plug and socket 9
connection. The sockets on the Field Terminal Panel shall be secured to the panel 10
such that unplugging a connector will not result in the socket moving or separating 11
from the panel. 12
13
9-29.13(11) Traffic Data Accumulator and Ramp Meters 14
Item number 2 is revised to read: 15
16
2. Rack mounted equipment shall be as shown in the Standard Plans. 17
18
Item number 3 is revised to read: 19
20
3. PDA #3LX shall be furnished with three Model 200 Load Switches installed. PDA 21
#3LX shall be modified to include a second Model 430 transfer relay, mounted on the 22
rear of the PDA and wired as shown in the Standard Plans. 23
24
9-29.13(12) ITS Cabinet 25
This section’s title is revised to read: 26
27
Type 331L ITS Cabinet 28
29
The first paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: 30
31
Basic ITS cabinets shall be Model 331L Cabinets, unless otherwise specified in the 32
Contract. Type 331L Cabinets shall be constructed in accordance with the TEES, with the 33
following modifications: 34
35
Item number 6 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 36
37
6. LED light strips shall be provided for cabinet lighting, powered from the Equipment 38
breaker on the Power Distribution Assembly. Each LED light strip shall be 39
approximately 12 inches long, have a minimum output of 320 lumens, and have a 40
color temperature of 4100K (cool white) or higher. There shall be three light strips for 41
each rack within the cabinet. Lighting shall be ceiling mounted – rack mounted 42
lighting is not permitted. Light strips shall be installed in the locations shown in the 43
Standard Plans. Lighting shall not interfere with the proper operation of any other 44
ceiling mounted equipment. All lighting fixtures above a rack shall energize 45
automatically when either door to that respective rack is opened. Each door switch 46
shall be labeled “Light”. 47
48
9-29.16(2)E Painting Signal Heads 49
In the first sentence, “Federal Standard 595” is revised to read “SAE AMS Standard 595”. 50
51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 139 Amendments
9-29.17 Signal Head Mounting Brackets and Fittings 1
In the first paragraph, item number 2 under Stainless Steel is revised to read: 2
3
2. Bands or cables for Type N mount. 4
5
9-29.20 Pedestrian Signals 6
In item 2C of the second paragraph, “Federal Standard 595” is revised to read “SAE AMS 7
Standard 595”. 8
9
9-29.24 Service Cabinets 10
The third sentence of item number 6 is revised to read: 11
12
The dead front cover shall have cutouts for the entire breaker array, with blank covers 13
where no circuit breakers are installed. 14
15
Item number 8 is revised to read: 16
17
8. Lighting contactors shall meet the requirements of Section 9-29.24(2). 18
19
The last sentence of item number 10 is revised to read: 20
21
Dead front panels shall prevent access to any exposed, live components, and shall cover 22
all equipment except for circuit breakers (including blank covers), the photocell 23
test/bypass switch, and the GFCI receptacle. 24
25
9-29.24(2) Electrical Circuit Breakers and Contactors 26
This section is revised to read: 27
28
All circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type, with the RMS-symmetrical interrupting capacity 29
described in this Section. Circuit breakers for 120/240/277 volt circuits shall be rated at 30
240 or 277 volts, as applicable, with an interrupting capacity of not less than 10,000 31
amperes. Circuit breakers for 480 volt circuits shall be rated at 480 volts, and shall have 32
an interrupting capacity of not less than 14,000 amperes. 33
34
Lighting contactors shall be rated for tungsten or ballasted (such as sodium vapor, 35
mercury vapor, metal halide, and fluorescent) lamp loads. Contactors for 120/240/277 volt 36
circuits shall be rated at 240 volts maximum line to line voltage, or 277 volts maximum 37
line to neutral voltage, as applicable. Contactors for 480 volt circuits shall be rated at 480 38
volt maximum line to line voltage. 39
40
Section 9-33, Construction Geosynthetic 41
August 6, 2018 42
9-33.4(1) Geosynthetic Material Approval 43
The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 44
45
If the geosynthetics material is not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, a Manufacturer’s 46
Certificate of Compliance including Certified Test Reports of each proposed geosynthetic 47
shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation. 48
49
The last paragraph is revised to read: 50
51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 140 Amendments
Geosynthetics used as reinforcement in permanent geosynthetic retaining walls, 1
reinforced slopes, reinforced embankments, and other geosynthetic reinforcement 2
applications require proof of compliance with the National Transportation Product 3
Evaluation Program (NTPEP) in accordance with AASHTO Standard Practice R 69, 4
Standard Practice for Determination of Long-Term Strength for Geosynthetic 5
Reinforcement. 6
7
Section 9-34, Pavement Marking Material 8
January 7, 2019 9
9-34.2(2) Color 10
The first sentence is revised to read: 11
12
Paint draw-downs shall be prepared according to ASTM D823. 13
14
Each reference to “Federal Standard 595” is revised to read “SAE AMS Standard 595”. 15
16
9-34.2(3) Prohibited Materials 17
This section is revised to read: 18
19
Traffic paint shall not contain mercury, lead, chromium, diarylide pigments, toluene, 20
chlorinated solvents, hydrolysable chlorine derivatives, ethylene-based glycol ethers and 21
their acetates, nor any other EPA hazardous waste material over the regulatory levels in 22
accordance with CFR 40 Part 261.24. 23
24
9-34.2(5) Low VOC Waterborne Paint 25
The heading “Standard Waterborne Paint” is supplemented with “Type 1 and 2”. 26
27
The heading “High-Build Waterborne Paint” is supplemented with “Type 4”. 28
29
The heading “Cold Weather Waterborne Paint” is supplemented with “Type 5”. 30
31
In the row beginning with “° @90°F”, each minimum value is revised to read “60”. 32
33
In the row beginning with “Fineness of Grind, (Hegman Scale)”, each minimum value is revised 34
to read “3”. 35
36
The last four rows are replaced with the following: 37
38
Vehicle
Composition
ASTM D
2621
100% acrylic
emulsion
100% cross-
linking acrylic4
100% acrylic
emulsion
Freeze-Thaw
Stability, KU
ASTM D
2243 and
D 562
@ 5 cycles show
no coagulation or
change in
viscosity greater
than ± 10 KU
@ 5 cycles show
no coagulation or
change in
viscosity greater
than ± 10 KU
@ 3 cycles show
no coagulation or
change in
viscosity greater
than ± 10 KU
Heat Stability ASTM D
5622
± 10 KU from the
initial viscosity
± 10 KU from the
initial viscosity
± 10 KU from the
initial Viscosity
Low
Temperature
Film Formation
ASTM D
28053
No Cracks* No Cracks
Cold Flexibility5 ASTM
D522
Pass at 0.5 in
mandrel*
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 141 Amendments
Test Deck
Durability6
ASTM
D913
≥70% paint
retention in wheel
track*
Mud Cracking (See note
7)
No Cracks No Cracks
1
After the preceding Amendments are applied, the following new column is inserted after the 2
“Standard Waterborne Paint Type 1 and 2” column: 3
4
Semi-Durable Waterborne Paint
Type 3
White Yellow
Min. Max. Min. Max.
Within ± 0.3 of qualification sample
80 95 80 95
60 60
77 77
65 65
43 43
1.25 1.25
3 3
0.98 0.96
88 50
100° 100°
9.5 9.5
10 10
100% acrylic emulsion
@ 5 cycles show no coagulation or
change in viscosity greater than ±
10 KU
± 10 KU from the initial viscosity
No Cracks
Pass at 0.25 in mandrel
≥70% paint retention in wheel track
No Cracks
5
The footnotes are supplemented with the following: 6
7
4Cross-linking acrylic shall meet the requirements of federal specification TT-P-1952F 8
Section 3.1.1. 9
10
5Cold Flexibility: The paint shall be applied to an aluminum panel at a wet film thickness 11
of 15 mils and allowed to dry under ambient conditions (50±10% RH and 72±5 ˚F) for 24 12
hours. A cylindrical mandrel apparatus (in accordance with ASTM D522 method B) shall 13
be put in a 40°F refrigerator when the paint is drawn down. After 24 hours, the aluminum 14
panel with dry paint shall be put in the 40°F refrigerator with the mandrel apparatus for 2 15
hours. After 2 hours, the panel and test apparatus shall be removed and immediately 16
tested to according to ASTM D522 to evaluate cold flexibility. Paint must show no 17
evidence of cracking, chipping or flaking when bent 180 degrees over a mandrel bar of 18
specified diameter. 19
20
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 142 Amendments
6NTPEP test deck, or a test deck conforming to ASTM D713, shall be conducted for a 1
minimum of six months with the following additional requirements: it shall be applied at 2
15 wet mils to a test deck that is located at 40N latitude or higher with at least 10,000 ADT 3
and which was applied during the months of September through November. 4
5
7Paint is applied to an approximately 4”x12” aluminum panel using a drawdown bar with 6
a 50 mil gap. The coated panel is allowed to dry under ambient conditions (50±10% RH 7
and 72±5 ˚F) for 24 hours. Visual evaluation of the dry film shall reveal no cracks. 8
9
9-34.3 Plastic 10
In the first sentence of the last paragraph, “Federal Standard 595” is revised to read “SAE 11
AMS Standard 595”. 12
13
9-34.3(2) Type B – Pre-Formed Fused Thermoplastic 14
In the last two paragraphs, each reference to “Federal Standard 595” is revised to read “SAE 15
AMS Standard 595”. 16
17
9-34.3(4) Type D – Liquid Cold Applied Methyl Methacrylate 18
The Test Method value for Adhesion to PCC or HMA, psi is revised to read “ASTM D45411”. 19
20
9-34.4 Glass Beads for Pavement Marking Materials 21
In the Test Method column of the table titled Metal Concentration Limits, “EPA 3052 SW-846 22
6010C” is revised to read “EPA 3052 SW-846 6010D”. 23
24
9-34.5(1) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape – Short Duration 25
This section, including title, is revised to read: 26
27
9-34.5(1) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape – Short Duration (Removable) 28
Temporary pavement marking tape for short duration (usage is for up to two months) shall 29
conform to ASTM D4592 Type I except that black tape, black mask tape and the black 30
portion of the contrast removable tape, shall be non-reflective. 31
32
9-34.5(2) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape – Long Duration 33
This section’s title is revised to read: 34
35
Temporary Pavement Marking Tape – Long Duration (Non-Removable) 36
37
The first sentence is revised to read: 38
39
Temporary pavement marking tape for long duration (usage is for greater than two months 40
and less than one year) shall conform to ASTM D4592 Type II. 41
42
ASTM E2176 is deleted from the second sentence. 43
44
9-34.7(1) Requirements 45
The first paragraph is revised to read: 46
47
Field performance evaluation is required for low VOC solvent-based paint per Section 9-48
34.2(4), Type A – liquid hot applied thermoplastic per Section 9-34.3(1), Type B – 49
preformed fused thermoplastic per Section 9-34.3(2), Type C – cold applied preformed 50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 143 Amendments
tape per Section 9-34.3(3), and Type D – liquid applied methyl methacrylate per Section 1
9-34.3(4). 2
3
The last paragraph is deleted. 4
5
9-34.7(1)C Auto No-Track Time 6
The first paragraph is revised to read: 7
8
Auto No-Track Time will only be required for low VOC solvent-based paint in accordance 9
with Section 9-34.2(4). 10
11
The second and third sentences of the second paragraph are deleted. 12
13
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 144 Special Provisions
INTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1
2
(August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) 3
4
The work on this project shall be accomplished in accordance with the Standard Specifications 5
for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2018 edition, as issued by the Washington State 6
Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and the American Public Works Association (APWA), 7
Washington State Chapter (hereafter “Standard Specifications”). The Standard 8
Specifications, as modified or supplemented by the Amendments to the Standard 9
Specifications and these Special Provisions, all of which are made a part of the Contract 10
Documents, shall govern all of the Work. 11
12
These Special Provisions are made up of both General Special Provisions (GSPs) from 13
various sources, which may have project-specific fill-ins; and project-specific Special 14
Provisions. Each Provision either supplements, modifies, or replaces the comparable 15
Standard Specification, or is a new Provision. The deletion, amendment, alteration, or addition 16
to any subsection or portion of the Standard Specifications is meant to pertain only to that 17
particular portion of the section, and in no way should it be interpreted that the balance of the 18
section does not apply. 19
20
The project-specific Special Provisions are not labeled as such. The GSPs are labeled under 21
the headers of each GSP, with the effective date of the GSP and its source. For example: 22
23
(March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) 24
(April 1, 2013 WSDOT GSP) 25
26
Also incorporated into the Contract Documents by reference are: 27
• Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, currently adopted 28
edition, with Washington State modifications, if any 29
• Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, WSDOT/APWA, current 30
edition 31
32
Contractor shall obtain copies of these publications, at Contractor’s own expense. 33
34
35
Division 1 36
General Requirements 37
38
DESCRIPTION OF WORK 39
40
(March 13, 1995) 41
This Contract provides for the improvement of *** Base Bid: 275 linear feet of sidewalk 42
improvements along Sims Way (SR-20) from Thayer Street (adjacent to Kitsap Bank) to 2437 43
E. Sims Way, (next to the Port Townsend Garden Center). The project also includes 44
constructing improvements for stormwater, landscaping, parking, and access to the Visitor 45
Center. As well, a large-scale Russell Jaqua art piece will be installed by others on a concrete 46
foundation included in the project. Bid Alternate 1: Construction of Thayer Street, from 47
Jefferson Street to Washington Street. Construction of the bid alternate will consist of new 48
sidewalks on both sides of Thayer Street, as well as parking, landscaping and stormwater 49
improvements and an asphalt-surfaced street. *** and other work, all in accordance with the 50
attached Contract Plans, these Contract Provisions, and the Standard Specifications. 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 145 Special Provisions
1
1-01.3 Definitions 2
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) 3
4
Delete the heading Completion Dates and the three paragraphs that follow it, and replace 5
them with the following: 6
7
Dates 8
Bid Opening Date 9
The date on which the Contracting Agency publicly opens and reads the Bids. 10
Award Date 11
The date of the formal decision of the Contracting Agency to accept the lowest 12
responsible and responsive Bidder for the Work. 13
Contract Execution Date 14
The date the Contracting Agency officially binds the Agency to the Contract. 15
Notice to Proceed Date 16
The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract time begins. 17
Substantial Completion Date 18
The day the Engineer determines the Contracting Agency has full and unrestricted 19
use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, any 20
remaining traffic disruptions will be rare and brief, and only minor incidental work, 21
replacement of temporary substitute facilities, plant establishment periods, or 22
correction or repair remains for the Physical Completion of the total Contract. 23
Physical Completion Date 24
The day all of the Work is physically completed on the project. All documentation 25
required by the Contract and required by law does not necessarily need to be 26
furnished by the Contractor by this date. 27
Completion Date 28
The day all the Work specified in the Contract is completed and all the obligations of 29
the Contractor under the contract are fulfilled by the Contractor. All documentation 30
required by the Contract and required by law must be furnished by the Contractor 31
before establishment of this date. 32
Final Acceptance Date 33
The date on which the Contracting Agency accepts the Work as complete. 34
35
Supplement this Section with the following: 36
37
All references in the Standard Specifications, Amendments, or WSDOT General Special 38
Provisions, to the terms “Department of Transportation”, “Washington State 39
Transportation Commission”, “Commission”, “Secretary of Transportation”, “Secretary”, 40
“Headquarters”, and “State Treasurer” shall be revised to read “Contracting Agency”. 41
42
All references to the terms “State” or “state” shall be revised to read “Contracting 43
Agency” unless the reference is to an administrative agency of the State of Washington, 44
a State statute or regulation, or the context reasonably indicates otherwise. 45
46
All references to “State Materials Laboratory” shall be revised to read “Contracting 47
Agency designated location”. 48
49
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 146 Special Provisions
All references to “final contract voucher certification” shall be interpreted to mean the 1
Contracting Agency form(s) by which final payment is authorized, and final completion 2
and acceptance granted. 3
4
Additive 5
A supplemental unit of work or group of bid items, identified separately in the Bid 6
Proposal, which may, at the discretion of the Contracting Agency, be awarded in addition 7
to the base bid. 8
9
Alternate 10
One of two or more units of work or groups of bid items, identified separately in the Bid 11
Proposal, from which the Contracting Agency may make a choice between different 12
methods or material of construction for performing the same work. 13
14
Business Day 15
A business day is any day from Monday through Friday except holidays as listed in 16
Section 1-08.5. 17
18
Contract Bond 19
The definition in the Standard Specifications for “Contract Bond” applies to whatever 20
bond form(s) are required by the Contract Documents, which may be a combination of a 21
Payment Bond and a Performance Bond. 22
23
Contract Documents 24
See definition for “Contract”. 25
26
Contract Time 27
The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the Contract within which 28
the Work must be physically completed. 29
30
Notice of Award 31
The written notice from the Contracting Agency to the successful Bidder signifying the 32
Contracting Agency’s acceptance of the Bid Proposal. 33
34
Notice to Proceed 35
The written notice from the Contracting Agency or Engineer to the Contractor authorizing 36
and directing the Contractor to proceed with the Work and establishing the date on which 37
the Contract time begins. 38
39
Traffic 40
Both vehicular and non-vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and 41
equestrian traffic. 42
43
1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 44
45
1-02.1 Prequalification of Bidders 46
47
Delete this section and replace it with the following: 48
49
1-02.1 Qualifications of Bidder 50
(January 24, 2011 APWA GSP) 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 147 Special Provisions
Before award of a public works contract, a bidder must meet at least the minimum 1
qualifications of RCW 39.04.350(1) to be considered a responsible bidder and qualified to 2
be awarded a public works project. 3
4
1-02.2 Plans and Specifications 5
(June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) 6
7
Delete this section and replace it with the following: 8
9
Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed can be found in the 10
Call for Bids (Advertisement for Bids) for the work. 11
12
After award of the contract, plans and specifications will be issued to the Contractor at no 13
cost as detailed below: 14
15
To Prime Contractor No. of Sets Basis of Distribution
Reduced plans (11" x 17") 4 Furnished automatically
upon award.
Contract Provisions
4 Furnished automatically
upon award.
Large plans (e.g., 22" x
34")
1 Furnished only upon
request.
16
Additional plans and Contract Provisions may be obtained by the Contractor from the 17
source stated in the Call for Bids, at the Contractor’s own expense. 18
19
1-02.4(1) General 20
(August 15, 2016 APWA GSP Option A) 21
22
The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 23
24
Any prospective Bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation of the Bid Documents, 25
must request the explanation or interpretation in writing soon enough to allow a written 26
reply to reach all prospective Bidders before the submission of their Bids. 27
28
1-02.5 Proposal Forms 29
(July 31, 2017 APWA GSP) 30
31
Delete this section and replace it with the following: 32
33
The Proposal Form will identify the project and its location and describe the work. It will 34
also list estimated quantities, units of measurement, the items of work, and the materials 35
to be furnished at the unit bid prices. The bidder shall complete spaces on the proposal 36
form that call for, but are not limited to, unit prices; extensions; summations; the total bid 37
amount; signatures; date; and, where applicable, retail sales taxes and acknowledgment 38
of addenda; the bidder’s name, address, telephone number, and signature; the bidder’s 39
UDBE/DBE/M/WBE commitment, if applicable; a State of Washington Contractor’s 40
Registration Number; and a Business License Number, if applicable. Bids shall be 41
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 148 Special Provisions
completed by typing or shall be printed in ink by hand, preferably in black ink. The 1
required certifications are included as part of the Proposal Form. 2
3
The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the proposal forms with alternates 4
and additives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The bidder shall 5
bid on all alternates and additives set forth in the Proposal Form unless otherwise 6
specified. 7
8
1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal 9
(July 11, 2018 APWA GSP) 10
11
Supplement the second paragraph with the following: 12
4. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item, the unit or lump sum 13
price must equal or exceed the minimum amount stated. 14
5. Any correction to a bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, shall be 15
initialed by the signer of the bid. 16
17
Delete the last two paragraphs, and replace them with the following: 18
19
If no Subcontractor is listed, the Bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any 20
Subcontractor to perform those items of work. 21
22
The Bidder shall submit with their Bid a completed Contractor Certification Wage Law 23
Compliance form, provided by the Contracting Agency. Failure to return this certification 24
as part of the Bid Proposal package will make this Bid Nonresponsive and ineligible for 25
Award. A Contractor Certification of Wage Law Compliance form is included in the 26
Proposal Forms. 27
28
The Bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the bid in any manner. 29
30
A bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name, by the president or a 31
vice president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). 32
33
A bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name, and signed by a 34
partner. A copy of the partnership agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any 35
UDBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. 36
37
A bid by a joint venture shall be executed in the joint venture name and signed by a 38
member of the joint venture. A copy of the joint venture agreement shall be submitted 39
with the Bid Form if any UDBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an 40
agreement. 41
42
Section 1-02.6 is supplemented with the following: 43
44
(August 3, 2015) 45
Cumulative Alternates Bidding 46
The Bid Proposal for this Contract requires the Bidder to bid cumulative Alternates as part 47
of the bid. As such the Bidder is required to submit a Base Bid and a bid for each of the 48
Alternate(s). 49
50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 149 Special Provisions
Bid Proposal 1
The Bid Proposal includes the following: 2
3
1. Base Bid 4
The Base Bid shall include constructing all items included in the Proposal 5
except those items contained in the Alternate(s). 6
7
2. Alternate(s) 8
9
a. Alternate A1 10
Based on constructing (*** $$1$$ ***) 11
The Bid items for Alternate A1 are as listed in the Bid Proposal. 12
13
b. Alternate A2 14
Based on constructing (*** $$2$$ ***) 15
The Bid items for Alternate A2 are as listed in the Bid Proposal. 16
17
c. Alternate A3 18
Based on constructing (*** $$3$$ ***) 19
The Bid items for Alternate A3 are as listed in the Bid Proposal. 20
21
Bidding Procedures 22
To be considered responsive the Bidder shall submit a price on each and every Bid 23
item included in the Base Bid and all Alternate(s.) 24
25
The successful Bidder will be the Bidder submitting the lowest responsible Bid for 26
the highest order Preference that is within the amount of available funds for the 27
project. Available funds will be announced immediately prior to the opening of Bids. 28
The following are listed in order from highest to lowest Preference: 29
30
1. Preference 1: Lowest total for Base Bid plus Alternate A1 plus Alternate A2 31
plus Alternate A3, plus etcetera. 32
33
2. Preference 2: Lowest total for Base Bid plus Alternate A1 plus Alternate A2 34
plus Alternate A3. 35
36
3. Preference 3: Lowest total for Base Bid plus Alternate A1 plus Alternate A2. 37
38
4. Preference 4: Lowest total for Base Bid plus Alternate A1. 39
40
5. Preference 5: Lowest total for Base Bid. 41
42
The Contracting Agency may, at their discretion, award a Contract for the Base Bid, 43
without any additional Alternates, in the event that all Bids exceed the available funds 44
announced. In any case, the award will be subject to the requirements of Section 1-45
03. 46
47
1-02.10 Withdrawing, Revising, or Supplementing Proposal 48
(July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) 49
50
Delete this section, and replace it with the following: 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 150 Special Provisions
1
After submitting a physical Bid Proposal to the Contracting Agency, the Bidder may 2
withdraw, revise, or supplement it if: 3
4
1. The Bidder submits a written request signed by an authorized person and 5
physically delivers it to the place designated for receipt of Bid Proposals, and 6
2. The Contracting Agency receives the request before the time set for receipt of 7
Bid Proposals, and 8
3. The revised or supplemented Bid Proposal (if any) is received by the Contracting 9
Agency before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals. 10
11
If the Bidder’s request to withdraw, revise, or supplement its Bid Proposal is received 12
before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals, the Contracting Agency will return the 13
unopened Proposal package to the Bidder. The Bidder must then submit the revised or 14
supplemented package in its entirety. If the Bidder does not submit a revised or 15
supplemented package, then its bid shall be considered withdrawn. 16
17
Late revised or supplemented Bid Proposals or late withdrawal requests will be date 18
recorded by the Contracting Agency and returned unopened. Mailed, emailed, or faxed 19
requests to withdraw, revise, or supplement a Bid Proposal are not acceptable. 20
21
1-02.13 Irregular Proposals 22
(June 20, 2017 APWA GSP) 23
24
Delete this section and replace it with the following: 25
26
1. A Proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if: 27
a. The Bidder is not prequalified when so required; 28
b. The authorized Proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not 29
used or is altered; 30
c. The completed Proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, 31
alternate Bids, or conditions; 32
d. The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, 33
or enter into the Contract; 34
e. A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal; 35
f. The Proposal form is not properly executed; 36
g. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Subcontractor list, if 37
applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; 38
h. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete an Underutilized 39
Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Certification, if applicable, as required in 40
Section 1-02.6; 41
i. The Bidder fails to submit written confirmation from each UDBE firm listed on 42
the Bidder’s completed UDBE Utilization Certification that they are in 43
agreement with the bidder’s UDBE participation commitment, if applicable, as 44
required in Section 1-02.6, or if the written confirmation that is submitted fails 45
to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions; 46
j The Bidder fails to submit UDBE Good Faith Effort documentation, if 47
applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that is 48
submitted fails to demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort to meet the Condition 49
of Award was made; 50
k. The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet 51
the material terms of the Bid invitation; or 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 151 Special Provisions
l. More than one Proposal is submitted for the same project from a Bidder 1
under the same or different names. 2
3
2. A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if: 4
a. The Proposal does not include a unit price for every Bid item; 5
b. Any of the unit prices are excessively unbalanced (either above or below the 6
amount of a reasonable Bid) to the potential detriment of the Contracting 7
Agency; 8
c. Receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged; 9
d. A member of a joint venture or partnership and the joint venture or 10
partnership submit Proposals for the same project (in such an instance, both 11
Bids may be rejected); or 12
e. If Proposal form entries are not made in ink. 13
14
1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders 15
(May 17, 2018 APWA GSP, Option B) 16
17
Delete this section and replace it with the following: 18
19
A Bidder will be deemed not responsible if the Bidder does not meet the mandatory 20
bidder responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1), as amended; or does not meet 21
Supplemental Criteria 1-7 listed in this Section. 22
23
The Contracting Agency will verify that the Bidder meets the mandatory bidder 24
responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1), and Supplemental Criteria 1-2. Evidence 25
that the Bidder meets Supplemental Criteria 3-7 shall be provided by the Bidder as 26
stated later in this Section. 27
28
29
1. Delinquent State Taxes 30
31
A Criterion: The Bidder shall not owe delinquent taxes to the Washington State 32
Department of Revenue without a payment plan approved by the Department 33
of Revenue. 34
35
B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign 36
a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the 37
Bidder does not owe delinquent taxes to the Washington State Department of 38
Revenue, or if delinquent taxes are owed to the Washington State 39
Department of Revenue, the Bidder must submit a written payment plan 40
approved by the Department of Revenue, to the Contracting Agency by the 41
deadline listed below. 42
43
2. Federal Debarment 44
45
A Criterion: The Bidder shall not currently be debarred or suspended by the 46
Federal government. 47
48
B. Documentation: The Bidder shall not be listed as having an “active exclusion” 49
on the U.S. government’s “System for Award Management” database 50
(www.sam.gov). 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 152 Special Provisions
3. Subcontractor Responsibility 1
2
A Criterion: The Bidder’s standard subcontract form shall include the 3
subcontractor responsibility language required by RCW 39.06.020, and the 4
Bidder shall have an established procedure which it utilizes to validate the 5
responsibility of each of its subcontractors. The Bidder’s subcontract form 6
shall also include a requirement that each of its subcontractors shall have and 7
document a similar procedure to determine whether the sub-tier 8
subcontractors with whom it contracts are also “responsible” subcontractors 9
as defined by RCW 39.06.020. 10
11
B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall 12
submit a copy of its standard subcontract form for review by the Contracting 13
Agency, and a written description of its procedure for validating the 14
responsibility of subcontractors with which it contracts. 15
16
4. Claims Against Retainage and Bonds 17
18
A Criterion: The Bidder shall not have a record of excessive claims filed against 19
the retainage or payment bonds for public works projects in the three years 20
prior to the bid submittal date, that demonstrate a lack of effective 21
management by the Bidder of making timely and appropriate payments to its 22
subcontractors, suppliers, and workers, unless there are extenuating 23
circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the 24
Contracting Agency. 25
26
B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall 27
submit a list of the public works projects completed in the three years prior to 28
the bid submittal date that have had claims against retainage and bonds and 29
include for each project the following information: 30
31
• Name of project 32
• The owner and contact information for the owner; 33
• A list of claims filed against the retainage and/or payment bond for any of 34
the projects listed; 35
• A written explanation of the circumstances surrounding each claim and 36
the ultimate resolution of the claim. 37
38
5. Public Bidding Crime 39
40
A Criterion: The Bidder and/or its owners shall not have been convicted of a 41
crime involving bidding on a public works contract in the five years prior to the 42
bid submittal date. 43
44
B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign 45
a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the 46
Bidder and/or its owners have not been convicted of a crime involving bidding 47
on a public works contract. 48
49
6. Termination for Cause / Termination for Default 50
51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 153 Special Provisions
A Criterion: The Bidder shall not have had any public works contract terminated 1
for cause or terminated for default by a government agency in the five years 2
prior to the bid submittal date, unless there are extenuating circumstances 3
and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency. 4
5
B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign 6
a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the 7
Bidder has not had any public works contract terminated for cause or 8
terminated for default by a government agency in the five years prior to the 9
bid submittal date; or if Bidder was terminated, describe the circumstances. . 10
11
7. Lawsuits 12
13
A Criterion: The Bidder shall not have lawsuits with judgments entered against 14
the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date that demonstrate a 15
pattern of failing to meet the terms of contracts, unless there are extenuating 16
circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the 17
Contracting Agency 18
19
B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign 20
a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the 21
Bidder has not had any lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in 22
the five years prior to the bid submittal date that demonstrate a pattern of 23
failing to meet the terms of contracts, or shall submit a list of all lawsuits with 24
judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid 25
submittal date, along with a written explanation of the circumstances 26
surrounding each such lawsuit. The Contracting Agency shall evaluate these 27
explanations to determine whether the lawsuits demonstrate a pattern of 28
failing to meet of terms of construction related contracts 29
30
As evidence that the Bidder meets the Supplemental Criteria stated above, the 31
apparent low Bidder must submit to the Contracting Agency by 12:00 P.M. (noon) of the 32
second business day following the bid submittal deadline, a written statement verifying 33
that the Bidder meets the supplemental criteria together with supporting documentation 34
(sufficient in the sole judgment of the Contracting Agency) demonstrating compliance 35
with the Supplemental Criteria. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to request 36
further documentation as needed from the low Bidder and documentation from other 37
Bidders as well to assess Bidder responsibility and compliance with all bidder 38
responsibility criteria. The Contracting Agency also reserves the right to obtain 39
information from third-parties and independent sources of information concerning a 40
Bidder’s compliance with the mandatory and supplemental criteria, and to use that 41
information in their evaluation. The Contracting Agency may consider mitigating 42
factors in determining whether the Bidder complies with the requirements of the 43
supplemental criteria. 44
45
The basis for evaluation of Bidder compliance with these mandatory and supplemental 46
criteria shall include any documents or facts obtained by Contracting Agency (whether 47
from the Bidder or third parties) including but not limited to: (i) financial, historical, or 48
operational data from the Bidder; (ii) information obtained directly by the Contracting 49
Agency from others for whom the Bidder has worked, or other public agencies or 50
private enterprises; and (iii) any additional information obtained by the Contracting 51
Agency which is believed to be relevant to the matter. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 154 Special Provisions
1
If the Contracting Agency determines the Bidder does not meet the bidder 2
responsibility criteria above and is therefore not a responsible Bidder, the Contracting 3
Agency shall notify the Bidder in writing, with the reasons for its determination. If the 4
Bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within two (2) 5
business days of the Contracting Agency’s determination by presenting its appeal and 6
any additional information to the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will 7
consider the appeal and any additional information before issuing its final 8
determination. If the final determination affirms that the Bidder is not responsible, the 9
Contracting Agency will not execute a contract with any other Bidder until at least two 10
business days after the Bidder determined to be not responsible has received the 11
Contracting Agency’s final determination. 12
13
Request to Change Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Prior To Bid: Bidders 14
with concerns about the relevancy or restrictiveness of the Supplemental Bidder 15
Responsibility Criteria may make or submit requests to the Contracting Agency to 16
modify the criteria. Such requests shall be in writing, describe the nature of the 17
concerns, and propose specific modifications to the criteria. Bidders shall submit such 18
requests to the Contracting Agency no later than five (5) business days prior to the bid 19
submittal deadline and address the request to the Project Engineer or such other 20
person designated by the Contracting Agency in the Bid Documents. 21
22
1-02.15 Pre Award Information 23
(August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) 24
25
Revise this section to read: 26
27
Before awarding any contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more of these 28
items or actions of the apparent lowest responsible bidder: 29
1. A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all 30
materials to be used, 31
2. Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests, 32
3. A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the order 33
of and time required for the various phases of the work, 34
4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item, 35
5. Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer, 36
6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city or county 37
where the work is located. 38
7. Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the 39
bidder is the lowest responsible bidder. 40
41
42
Award and Execution of Contract 43
44
1-03.1 Consideration of Bids 45
(January 23, 2006 APWA GSP) 46
47
Revise the first paragraph to read: 48
49
After opening and reading proposals, the Contracting Agency will check them for 50
correctness of extensions of the prices per unit and the total price. If a discrepancy exists 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 155 Special Provisions
between the price per unit and the extended amount of any bid item, the price per unit will 1
control. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item and the bidder’s unit 2
or lump sum price is less than the minimum specified amount, the Contracting Agency will 3
unilaterally revise the unit or lump sum price, to the minimum specified amount and 4
recalculate the extension. The total of extensions, corrected where necessary, including 5
sales taxes where applicable and such additives and/or alternates as selected by the 6
Contracting Agency, will be used by the Contracting Agency for award purposes and to fix 7
the Awarded Contract Price amount and the amount of the contract bond. 8
9
1-03.4 Contract Bond 10
(July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) 11
12
Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following: 13
14
The successful bidder shall provide executed payment and performance bond(s) for the 15
full contract amount. The bond may be a combined payment and performance bond; or 16
be separate payment and performance bonds. In the case of separate payment and 17
performance bonds, each shall be for the full contract amount. The bond(s) shall: 18
1. Be on Contracting Agency-furnished form(s); 19
2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that: 20
a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and 21
b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington 22
published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner, 23
3. Guarantee that the Contractor will perform and comply with all obligations, duties, 24
and conditions under the Contract, including but not limited to the duty and obligation 25
to indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against all losses and 26
claims related directly or indirectly from any failure: 27
a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier 28
subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform and comply with all contract 29
obligations, conditions, and duties, or 30
b. Of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the 31
Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier 32
subcontractors, material person, or any other person who provides supplies or 33
provisions for carrying out the work; 34
4. Be conditioned upon the payment of taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on the 35
project under titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW; and 36
5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety’s officer empowered to sign 37
the bond; and 38
6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole 39
proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond(s) must be signed 40
by the president or vice president, unless accompanied by written proof of the 41
authority of the individual signing the bond(s) to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate 42
resolution, power of attorney, or a letter to such effect signed by the president or vice 43
president). 44
45
1-03.7 Judicial Review 46
(November 30, 2018 APWA GSP) 47
48
Revise this section to read: 49
50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 156 Special Provisions
Any decision made by the Contracting Agency regarding the Award and execution of the 1
Contract or Bid rejection shall be conclusive subject to the scope of judicial review 2
permitted under Washington Law. Such review, if any, shall be timely filed in the Superior 3
Court of the county where the Contracting Agency headquarters is located, provided that 4
where an action is asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.050 shall control venue and 5
jurisdiction. 6
7
Scope of the Work 8
9
1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, 10
Specifications, and Addenda 11
(******) 12
13
14
Revise the second paragraph to read: 15
16
Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of 17
precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 18
1. Addenda, 19
2. Proposal Form, 20
3. Special Provisions, 21
4. Contract Plans, 22
5. Amendments to the Standard Specifications, 23
6. Standard Specifications, 24
7. WSDOT Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, and 25
8. Contracting Agency’s Standard Plans or Details (if any). 26
27
Control of Work 28
29
1-05.4 Conformity With and Deviations from Plans and Stakes 30
31
Supplement this section with the following: 32
33
Roadway and Utility Surveys 34
(July 23, 2015 APWA GSP, Option 1) 35
36
The Engineer shall furnish to the Contractor one time only all principal lines, grades, and 37
measurements the Engineer deems necessary for completion of the work. These shall 38
generally consist of one initial set of: 39
1. Slope stakes for establishing grading; 40
2. Curb grade stakes; 41
3. Centerline finish grade stakes for pavement sections wider than 25 feet; and 42
4. Offset points to establish line and grade for underground utilities such as water, 43
sewers, and storm drains. 44
45
On alley construction projects with minor grade changes, the Engineer shall provide only 46
offset hubs on one side of the alley to establish the alignment and grade. 47
48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 157 Special Provisions
1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work 1
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 2
3
Supplement this section with the following: 4
5
If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified 6
in a written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by 7
the Contract Documents, the Engineer may correct and remedy such work as may be 8
identified in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as 9
the Contracting Agency may deem necessary. 10
11
If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer 12
determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and 13
unauthorized work corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, 14
or have work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency 15
or other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the 16
Engineer, a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk 17
of loss or damage to the public. 18
19
Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and 20
remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to 21
perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from 22
monies due, or to become due, the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall 23
include in particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional 24
services required, and costs for repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or 25
damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor’s unauthorized work. 26
27
No adjustment in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in 28
the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency’s 29
rights provided by this Section. 30
31
The rights exercised under the provisions of this section shall not diminish the 32
Contracting Agency’s right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages 33
with respect to the Contractor’s failure to perform the work as required. 34
35
36
1-05.11 Final Inspection 37
38
Delete this section and replace it with the following: 39
40
1-05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing 41
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 42
43
1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date 44
45
When the Contractor considers the work to be substantially complete, the Contractor 46
shall so notify the Engineer and request the Engineer establish the Substantial 47
Completion Date. The Contractor’s request shall list the specific items of work that 48
remain to be completed in order to reach physical completion. The Engineer will 49
schedule an inspection of the work with the Contractor to determine the status of 50
completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date 51
unilaterally. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 158 Special Provisions
1
If, after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the work is 2
substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to 3
the Contractor, will set the Substantial Completion Date. If, after this inspection the 4
Engineer does not consider the work substantially complete and ready for its intended 5
use, the Engineer will, by written notice, so notify the Contractor giving the reasons 6
therefor. 7
8
Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever 9
is applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized 10
interruption, the work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion. The 11
Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the 12
Contractor expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the work. 13
14
The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial 15
Completion Date and the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for 16
final inspection. 17
18
1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date 19
20
When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final 21
inspection, the Contractor by written notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a 22
final inspection. The Engineer will set a date for final inspection. The Engineer and the 23
Contractor will then make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in 24
writing of all particulars in which the final inspection reveals the work incomplete or 25
unacceptable. The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are 26
necessary to remedy the listed deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued vigorously, 27
diligently, and without interruption until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This 28
process will continue until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been 29
corrected. 30
31
If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the 32
written notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon written notice to the 33
Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to 34
Section 1-05.7. 35
The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because of a delay in 36
the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer’s right 37
hereunder. 38
39
Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the 40
Contracting Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the work was considered physically 41
complete. That date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the contract, but shall 42
not imply acceptance of the work or that all the obligations of the Contractor under the 43
contract have been fulfilled. 44
45
1-05.11(3) Operational Testing 46
47
It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have at the Physical Completion Date a 48
complete and operable system. Therefore when the work involves the installation of 49
machinery or other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal 50
systems; irrigation systems; buildings; or other similar work it may be desirable for the 51
Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 159 Special Provisions
inspection but prior to the physical completion date. Whenever items of work are listed in 1
the Contract Provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested under operating 2
conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical 3
Completion Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any 4
items of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first 5
class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and 6
equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the 7
Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which 8
they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing 9
and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 10
11
The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to 12
successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices 13
related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal. 14
15
Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a 16
manufacturer’s guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the contract. 17
18
19
1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor 20
(August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) 21
22
Delete the sixth and seventh paragraphs of this section. 23
24
Cooperation With Other Contractors 25
26
Section 1-05.14 is supplemented with the following: 27
28
(March 13, 1995) 29
Other Contracts Or Other Work 30
It is anticipated that the following work adjacent to or within the limits of this project will 31
be performed by others during the course of this project and will require coordination of 32
the work: 33
34
*** 35
PUD Work 36
Jefferson County Public Utility District (PUD) will be constructing utilities before, during, 37
and after the project. The PUD will be performing work outside of this Contract. 38
39
See Plans for PUD improvements. All improvements to be protected by the Contractor 40
will be fenced by the PUD prior to start of construction. Items to be protected include 41
foundations for street standards (4), an electrical meter, and a power pole. Contractor 42
shall be responsible for protecting PUD improvements constructed prior to the project. 43
44
City of Port Townsend Work 45
The City of Port Townsend will do all painted pavement markings. The Contractor is 46
responsible for all thermoplastic pavement markings as shown on the plans. 47
48
49
Coordination for Installation of “FOR WILLENE” 50
A third-party will be responsible for installing a sculpture (“For Willene”) on the 51
sculpture plinth platform. The Contractor shall construct the sculpture foundation and 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 160 Special Provisions
coordinate with the Engineer to provide information and updates regarding the 1
foundation construction. The Contractor and third-party installer shall coordinate 2
directly as requested by the Engineer. 3
4
Payment will be made for the following bid item: 5
6
Coordination For Installation of “For Willene”
(Minimum Bid $ 2,000)
Lump
Sum
7
A minimum bid amount has been entered in the Bid Proposal for this item. The 8
Contractor must bid at least that amount. 9
*** 10
11
12
1-05.15 Method of Serving Notices 13
(March 25, 2009 APWA GSP) 14
Revise the second paragraph to read: 15
16
All correspondence from the Contractor shall be directed to the Project Engineer. All 17
correspondence from the Contractor constituting any notification, notice of protest, notice 18
of dispute, or other correspondence constituting notification required to be furnished 19
under the Contract, must be in paper format, hand delivered or sent via mail delivery 20
service to the Project Engineer's office. Electronic copies such as e-mails or 21
electronically delivered copies of correspondence will not constitute such notice and will 22
not comply with the requirements of the Contract. 23
24
Add the following new section: 25
26
1-05.16 Water and Power 27
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 28
29
The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power 30
and water necessary for the performance of the work, unless the contract includes power 31
and water as a pay item. 32
33
1-05.17 Vacant 34
35
36
Add the following new section: 37
38
1-05.18 Record Drawings 39
(March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) 40
41
The Contractor shall maintain one set of full size plans for Record Drawings, updated 42
with clear and accurate red-lined field revisions on a daily basis, and within 2 business 43
days after receipt of information that a change in Work has occurred. The Contractor 44
shall not conceal any work until the required information is recorded. 45
46
This Record Drawing set shall be used for this purpose alone, shall be kept separate 47
from other Plan sheets, and shall be clearly marked as Record Drawings. These Record 48
Drawings shall be kept on site at the Contractor’s field office, and shall be available for 49
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 161 Special Provisions
review by the Contracting Agency at all times. The Contractor shall bring the Record 1
Drawings to each progress meeting for review. 2
3
The preparation and upkeep of the Record Drawings is to be the assigned responsibility 4
of a single, experienced, and qualified individual. The quality of the Record Drawings, in 5
terms of accuracy, clarity, and completeness, is to be adequate to allow the Contracting 6
Agency to modify the computer-aided drafting (CAD) Contract Drawings to produce a 7
complete set of Record Drawings for the Contracting Agency without further investigative 8
effort by the Contracting Agency. 9
10
The Record Drawing markups shall document all changes in the Work, both concealed 11
and visible. Items that must be shown on the markups include but are not limited to: 12
13
• Actual dimensions, arrangement, and materials used when different than shown in 14
the Plans. 15
• Changes made by Change Order or Field Order. 16
• Changes made by the Contractor. 17
• Accurate locations of storm sewer, sanitary sewer, water mains and other water 18
appurtenances, structures, conduits, light standards, vaults, width of roadways, 19
sidewalks, landscaping areas, building footprints, channelization and pavement 20
markings, etc. Include pipe invert elevations, top of castings (manholes, inlets, 21
etc.). 22
23
If the Contract calls for the Contracting Agency to do all surveying and staking, the 24
Contracting Agency will provide the elevations at the tolerances the Contracting Agency 25
requires for the Record Drawings. 26
27
When the Contract calls for the Contractor to do the surveying/staking, the applicable 28
tolerance limits include, but are not limited to the following: 29
Vertical Horizontal
As-built sanitary & storm invert and grate
elevations
± 0.01 foot ± 0.01 foot
As-built monumentation ± 0.001 foot ± 0.001 foot
As-built waterlines, inverts, valves,
hydrants
± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot
As-built ponds/swales/water features ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot
As-built buildings (fin. Floor elev.) ± 0.01 foot ± 0.10 foot
As-built gas lines, power, TV, Tel, Com ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot
As-built signs, signals, etc. N/A ± 0.10 foot
30
Making Entries on the Record Drawings: 31
32
• Use erasable colored pencil (not ink) for all markings on the Record Drawings, 33
conforming to the following color code: 34
• Additions - Red 35
• Deletions - Green 36
• Comments - Blue 37
• Dimensions - Graphite 38
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 162 Special Provisions
• Provide the applicable reference for all entries, such as the change order number, 1
the request for information (RFI) number, or the approved shop drawing number. 2
• Date all entries. 3
• Clearly identify all items in the entry with notes similar to those in the Contract 4
Drawings (such as pipe symbols, centerline elevations, materials, pipe joint 5
abbreviations, etc.). 6
7
The Contractor shall certify on the Record Drawings that said drawings are an accurate 8
depiction of built conditions, and in conformance with the requirements detailed above. 9
The Contractor shall submit final Record Drawings to the Contracting Agency. 10
Contracting Agency acceptance of the Record Drawings is one of the requirements for 11
achieving Physical Completion. 12
13
Payment will be made for the following bid item: 14
15
Record Drawings
(Minimum Bid $ 2,000)
Lump Sum
16
Payment for this item will be made on a prorated monthly basis for work completed in 17
accordance with this section up to 75% of the lump sum bid. The final 25% of the lump 18
sum item will be paid upon submittal and approval of the completed Record Drawings set 19
prepared in conformance with these Special Provisions. 20
21
A minimum bid amount has been entered in the Bid Proposal for this item. The Contractor 22
must bid at least that amount. 23
24
Control of Material 25
26
1-06.6 Recycled Materials 27
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) 28
29
Delete this section, including its subsections, and replace it with the following: 30
31
The Contractor shall make their best effort to utilize recycled materials in the construction 32
of the project. Approval of such material use shall be as detailed elsewhere in the 33
Standard Specifications. 34
35
Prior to Physical Completion the Contractor shall report the quantity of recycled materials 36
that were utilized in the construction of the project for each of the items listed in Section 37
9-03.21. The report shall include hot mix asphalt, recycled concrete aggregate, recycled 38
glass, steel furnace slag and other recycled materials (e.g. utilization of on-site material 39
and aggregates from concrete returned to the supplier). The Contractor’s report shall be 40
provided on DOT form 350-075 Recycled Materials Reporting. 41
42
Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public 43
44
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 163 Special Provisions
1-07.2 State Taxes 1
2
Delete this section, including its sub-sections, in its entirety and replace it with the following: 3
4
1-07.2 State Sales Tax 5
(June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) 6
7
The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the State 8
sales tax. Sections 1-07.2(1) through 1-07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The 9
Contractor should contact the Washington State Department of Revenue for answers to 10
questions in this area. The Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the 11
Contractor bases a bid on a misunderstood tax liability. 12
13
The Contractor shall include all Contractor-paid taxes in the unit bid prices or other 14
contract amounts. In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included. 15
Section 1-07.2(2) describes this exception. 16
17
The Contracting Agency will pay the retained percentage (or release the Contract Bond if 18
a FHWA-funded Project) only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington State 19
Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all contract-related taxes have been 20
paid (RCW 60.28.051). The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the 21
Contractor any amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of 22
Revenue, whether the amount owed relates to this contract or not. Any amount so 23
deducted will be paid into the proper State fund. 24
25
1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax — Rule 171 26
27
WAC 458-20-171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, 28
roads, etc., which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the 29
state, or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. 30
This includes storm or combined sewer systems within and included as a part of the 31
street or road drainage system and power lines when such are part of the roadway 32
lighting system. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include 33
Washington State Retail Sales Taxes in the various unit bid item prices, or other contract 34
amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the purchase of the materials, 35
equipment, or supplies used or consumed in doing the work. 36
37
1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax — Rule 170 38
39
WAC 458-20-170, and its related rules, apply to the constructing and repairing of new or 40
existing buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not 41
limited to, the construction of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the state of 42
Washington; water mains and their appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage 43
disposal systems unless such sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a 44
street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, 45
or other conduits or lines in or above streets or roads, unless such power lines become a 46
part of a street or road lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of 47
tangible personal property in or to real property, whether or not such personal property 48
becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation. 49
50
For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting 51
Agency, retail sales tax on the full contract price. The Contracting Agency will 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 164 Special Provisions
automatically add this sales tax to each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the 1
Contractor shall not include the retail sales tax in the unit bid item prices, or in any other 2
contract amount subject to Rule 170, with the following exception. 3
4
Exception: The Contracting Agency will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor 5
or a subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or 6
consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included 7
in the unit bid item prices or in any other contract amount. 8
9
1-07.2(3) Services 10
11
The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the Contracting Agency on any 12
contract wholly for professional or other services (as defined in Washington State 13
Department of Revenue Rules 138 and 244). 14
15
Permits and Licenses 16
17
Section 1-07.6 is supplemented with the following: 18
19
(******) 20
The Contracting Agency has obtained the below-listed permit for this project. A copy of 21
the permit can be requested from the Engineer. 22
23
*** City of Port Townsend Building Permit for art work foundation. This permit requires a 24
special inspection be performed by Engineer (or designee) after the anchor bolt holes 25
are drilled. This inspection will be coordinated by the Engineer and paid by the 26
Contracting Agency. *** 27
28
Utilities and Similar Facilities 29
30
Section 1-07.17 is supplemented with the following: 31
32
(April 2, 2007) 33
Locations and dimensions shown in the Plans for existing facilities are in accordance with 34
available information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification. 35
36
The following addresses and telephone numbers of utility companies known or suspected 37
of having facilities within the project limits are supplied for the Contractor's convenience: 38
39
*** *** Public Utility District (PUD) #1 of Jefferson County 40
310 Four Corners Road 41
Port Townsend, WA 98368 42
43
Contact: 44
Scott Bancroft, 360-302-0467 *** 45
46
*** Wave Broadband (cable) 47
Mike Sturgeon, 360-912-7092 *** 48
49
*** CenturyLink (phone) 50
Jeanne Diel-Reichert, 206-733-8860 *** 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 165 Special Provisions
*** City of Port Townsend Public Works Department (storm and sewer) 1
Brian Reid, 360-531-4029 *** 2
3
*** City of Port Townsend Public Works Department (water) 4
Rich Kiesel, 360-301-1023 *** 5
*** 6
7
1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance 8
9
Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: 10
11
1-07.18 Insurance 12
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) 13
14
1-07.18(1) General Requirements 15
A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain the insurance described in all subsections of 16
section 1-07.18 of these Special Provisions, from insurers with a current A. M. Best 17
rating of not less than A-: VII and licensed to do business in the State of Washington. 18
The Contracting Agency reserves the right to approve or reject the insurance provided, 19
based on the insurer’s financial condition. 20
21
B. The Contractor shall keep this insurance in force without interruption from the 22
commencement of the Contractor’s Work through the term of the Contract and for thirty 23
(30) days after the Physical Completion date, unless otherwise indicated below. 24
25
C. If any insurance policy is written on a claims made form, its retroactive date, and that of 26
all subsequent renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this Contract. The 27
policy shall state that coverage is claims made, and state the retroactive date. Claims-28
made form coverage shall be maintained by the Contractor for a minimum of 36 months 29
following the Completion Date or earlier termination of this Contract, and the Contractor 30
shall annually provide the Contracting Agency with proof of renewal. If renewal of the 31
claims made form of coverage becomes unavailable, or economically prohibitive, the 32
Contractor shall purchase an extended reporting period (“tail”) or execute another form of 33
guarantee acceptable to the Contracting Agency to assure financial responsibility for 34
liability for services performed. 35
36
D. The Contractor’s Automobile Liability, Commercial General Liability and Excess or 37
Umbrella Liability insurance policies shall be primary and non-contributory insurance as 38
respects the Contracting Agency’s insurance, self-insurance, or self-insured pool 39
coverage. Any insurance, self-insurance, or self-insured pool coverage maintained by the 40
Contracting Agency shall be excess of the Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute 41
with it. 42
43
E. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency and all additional insureds with 44
written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of such 45
notice. 46
47
F. The Contractor shall not begin work under the Contract until the required insurance has 48
been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency 49
50
G. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall 51
constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the Contracting Agency may, after 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 166 Special Provisions
giving five business days’ notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately 1
terminate the Contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any 2
and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the 3
Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, 4
offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency. 5
6
H. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit or lump sum prices 7
of the Contract and no additional payment will be made. 8
9
1-07.18(2) Additional Insured 10
All insurance policies, with the exception of Workers Compensation, and of Professional 11
Liability and Builder’s Risk (if required by this Contract) shall name the following listed 12
entities as additional insured(s) using the forms or endorsements required herein: 13
▪ the Contracting Agency and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents, and 14
volunteers 15
▪ SCJ Alliance and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents. 16
17
The above-listed entities shall be additional insured(s) for the full available limits of liability 18
maintained by the Contractor, irrespective of whether such limits maintained by the 19
Contractor are greater than those required by this Contract, and irrespective of whether the 20
Certificate of Insurance provided by the Contractor pursuant to 1-07.18(4) describes limits 21
lower than those maintained by the Contractor. 22
23
For Commercial General Liability insurance coverage, the required additional insured 24
endorsements shall be at least as broad as ISO forms CG 20 10 10 01 for ongoing 25
operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations. 26
27
1-07.18(3) Subcontractors 28
The Contractor shall cause each Subcontractor of every tier to provide insurance coverage 29
that complies with all applicable requirements of the Contractor-provided insurance as set 30
forth herein, except the Contractor shall have sole responsibility for determining the limits of 31
coverage required to be obtained by Subcontractors. 32
33
The Contractor shall ensure that all Subcontractors of every tier add all entities listed in 34
1-07.18(2) as additional insureds, and provide proof of such on the policies as required by 35
that section as detailed in 1-07.18(2) using an endorsement as least as broad as ISO CG 20 36
10 10 01 for ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations. 37
38
Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting 39
Agency evidence of insurance and copies of the additional insured endorsements of each 40
Subcontractor of every tier as required in 1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage. 41
42
1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage 43
The Contractor shall deliver to the Contracting Agency a Certificate(s) of Insurance and 44
endorsements for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein when 45
the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work. Failure of Contracting Agency to 46
demand such verification of coverage with these insurance requirements or failure of 47
Contracting Agency to identify a deficiency from the insurance documentation provided shall 48
not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to maintain such insurance. 49
50
Verification of coverage shall include: 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 167 Special Provisions
1. An ACORD certificate or a form determined by the Contracting Agency to be equivalent. 1
2. Copies of all endorsements naming Contracting Agency and all other entities listed in 2
1-07.18(2) as additional insured(s), showing the policy number. The Contractor may 3
submit a copy of any blanket additional insured clause from its policies instead of a 4
separate endorsement. 5
3. Any other amendatory endorsements to show the coverage required herein. 6
4. A notation of coverage enhancements on the Certificate of Insurance shall not satisfy 7
these requirements – actual endorsements must be submitted. 8
9
Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting 10
Agency a full and certified copy of the insurance policy(s). If Builders Risk insurance is 11
required on this Project, a full and certified copy of that policy is required when the 12
Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work. 13
14
1-07.18(5) Coverages and Limits 15
The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below. Contractor’s 16
maintenance of insurance, its scope of coverage, and limits as required herein shall not be 17
construed to limit the liability of the Contractor to the coverage provided by such insurance, 18
or otherwise limit the Contracting Agency’s recourse to any remedy available at law or in 19
equity. 20
21
All deductibles and self-insured retentions must be disclosed and are subject to approval by 22
the Contracting Agency. The cost of any claim payments falling within the deductible or self-23
insured retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. In the event an additional 24
insured incurs a liability subject to any policy’s deductibles or self-insured retention, said 25
deductibles or self-insured retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 26
27
1-07.18(5)A Commercial General Liability 28
Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on coverage forms at least as broad 29
as ISO occurrence form CG 00 01, including but not limited to liability arising from premises, 30
operations, stop gap liability, independent contractors, products-completed operations, 31
personal and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract. There shall 32
be no exclusion for liability arising from explosion, collapse or underground property 33
damage. 34
35
The Commercial General Liability insurance shall be endorsed to provide a per project 36
general aggregate limit, using ISO form CG 25 03 05 09 or an equivalent endorsement. 37
38
Contractor shall maintain Commercial General Liability Insurance arising out of the 39
Contractor’s completed operations for at least three years following Substantial Completion 40
of the Work. 41
42
Such policy must provide the following minimum limits: 43
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence 44
$2,000,000 General Aggregate 45
$2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate 46
$1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury each offence 47
$1,000,000 Stop Gap / Employers’ Liability each accident 48
49
1-07.18(5)B Automobile Liability 50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 168 Special Provisions
Automobile Liability shall cover owned, non-owned, hired, and leased vehicles; and shall be 1
written on a coverage form at least as broad as ISO form CA 00 01. If the work involves the 2
transport of pollutants, the automobile liability policy shall include MCS 90 and CA 99 48 3
endorsements. 4
5
Such policy must provide the following minimum limit: 6
$1,000,000 Combined single limit each accident 7
8
1-07.18(5)C Workers’ Compensation 9
The Contractor shall comply with Workers’ Compensation coverage as required by the 10
Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington. 11
12
Public Convenience and Safety 13
14
Construction Under Traffic 15
16
Section 1-07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: 17
18
(January 2, 2012) 19
Work Zone Clear Zone 20
The Work Zone Clear Zone (WZCZ) applies during working and nonworking 21
hours. The WZCZ applies only to temporary roadside objects introduced by the 22
Contractor’s operations and does not apply to preexisting conditions or 23
permanent Work. Those work operations that are actively in progress shall be in 24
accordance with adopted and approved Traffic Control Plans, and other contract 25
requirements. 26
27
During nonworking hours equipment or materials shall not be within the WZCZ 28
unless they are protected by permanent guardrail or temporary concrete barrier. 29
The use of temporary concrete barrier shall be permitted only if the Engineer 30
approves the installation and location. 31
32
During actual hours of work, unless protected as described above, only 33
materials absolutely necessary to construction shall be within the WZCZ and 34
only construction vehicles absolutely necessary to construction shall be allowed 35
within the WZCZ or allowed to stop or park on the shoulder of the roadway. 36
37
The Contractor's nonessential vehicles and employees private vehicles shall not 38
be permitted to park within the WZCZ at any time unless protected as described 39
above. 40
41
Deviation from the above requirements shall not occur unless the Contractor 42
has requested the deviation in writing and the Engineer has provided written 43
approval. 44
45
Minimum WZCZ distances are measured from the edge of traveled way and will 46
be determined as follows: 47
48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 169 Special Provisions
Regulatory
Posted Speed
Distance From
Traveled Way
(Feet)
35 mph or less 10 *
40 mph 15
45 to 55 mph 20
60 mph or greater 30
* or 2-feet beyond the outside edge of sidewalk 1
2
Minimum Work Zone Clear Zone Distance 3
4
(January 5, 2015) 5
Lane closures are subject to the following restrictions: 6
7
*** Jefferson Street– no hour restrictions. Thayer Street – no hour restrictions. 8
*** 9
10
If the Engineer determines the permitted closure hours adversely affect traffic, the 11
Engineer may adjust the hours accordingly. The Engineer will notify the Contractor 12
in writing of any change in the closure hours. 13
14
Lane closures are not allowed on any of the following: 15
16
1. A holiday, 17
18
2. A holiday weekend; holidays that occur on Friday, Saturday, Sunday or 19
Monday are considered a holiday weekend. A holiday weekend includes 20
Saturday, Sunday, and the holiday. 21
22
3. After *** 5:00 p.m. *** on the day prior to a holiday or holiday weekend, and 23
24
4. Before *** 7:00 a.m. *** on the day after the holiday or holiday weekend. 25
26
Minimize Impacts to Businesses 27
28
(******) 29
Tourism and retail activity are vital to the economic health of Port Townsend. The 30
Contractor shall make all reasonable efforts to cooperate with businesses near the 31
project. The Contractor shall provide information and updates to the adjacent 32
businesses upon request of the Engineer. 33
34
The Contractor shall: 35
36
1. Maintain access to businesses at all times. 37
2. Maintain at least six available parking stalls for the Visitor Center and 38
adjacent business use at all times. 39
3. Maintain sidewalk surface abutting building faces and/or property lines free 40
and clear so that pedestrians may use sidewalks to reach businesses. 41
4. Maintain access to driveways at all times feasible. 42
5. Maintain on-street parking to the extent practical. Eliminating on-street is 43
allowable during traffic control as shown on the Plans for the area under 44
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 170 Special Provisions
active construction. Storage of materials is not allowed that displaces parking 1
that would otherwise be unaffected by traffic control. 2
3
4
1-07.24 Rights of Way 5
(July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) 6
7
Delete this section and replace it with the following: 8
9
Street Right of Way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits are 10
indicated in the Plans. The Contractor’s construction activities shall be confined within 11
these limits, unless arrangements for use of private property are made. 12
13
Generally, the Contracting Agency will have obtained, prior to bid opening, all rights of 14
way and easements, both permanent and temporary, necessary for carrying out the 15
work. Exceptions to this are noted in the Bid Documents or will be brought to the 16
Contractor’s attention by a duly issued Addendum. 17
18
Whenever any of the work is accomplished on or through property other than public 19
Right of Way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any 20
easement agreement obtained by the Contracting Agency from the owner of the private 21
property. Copies of the easement agreements may be included in the Contract 22
Provisions or made available to the Contractor as soon as practical after they have been 23
obtained by the Engineer. 24
25
Whenever easements or rights of entry have not been acquired prior to advertising, 26
these areas are so noted in the Plans. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion 27
of the work in areas where right of way, easements or rights of entry have not been 28
acquired until the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the right of way or easement is 29
available or that the right of entry has been received. If the Contractor is delayed due to 30
acts of omission on the part of the Contracting Agency in obtaining easements, rights of 31
entry or right of way, the Contractor will be entitled to an extension of time. The 32
Contractor agrees that such delay shall not be a breach of contract. 33
34
Each property owner shall be given 48 hours notice prior to entry by the Contractor. This 35
includes entry onto easements and private property where private improvements must 36
be adjusted. 37
38
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability to the 39
Contracting Agency, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may 40
desire for temporary construction facilities, storage of materials, or other Contractor 41
needs. However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the work or not, 42
the Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written permission of the private property 43
owner, and, upon vacating the premises, a written release from the property owner of 44
each property disturbed or otherwise interfered with by reasons of construction pursued 45
under this contract. The statement shall be signed by the private property owner, or 46
proper authority acting for the owner of the private property affected, stating that 47
permission has been granted to use the property and all necessary permits have been 48
obtained or, in the case of a release, that the restoration of the property has been 49
satisfactorily accomplished. The statement shall include the parcel number, address, 50
and date of signature. Written releases must be filed with the Engineer before the 51
Completion Date will be established. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 171 Special Provisions
1
1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 2
3
Add the following new section: 4
5
1-08.0 Preliminary Matters 6
(May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) 7
8
Add the following new section: 9
10
1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference 11
(October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) 12
13
Prior to the Contractor beginning the work, a preconstruction conference will be held 14
between the Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be 15
invited. The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be: 16
1. To review the initial progress schedule; 17
2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or 18
affected by the work; 19
3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, 20
submittals, etc.; 21
4. To establish normal working hours for the work; 22
5. To review safety standards and traffic control; and 23
6. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work. 24
25
The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction conference the following: 26
1. A breakdown of all lump sum items; 27
2. A preliminary schedule of working drawing submittals; and 28
3. A list of material sources for approval if applicable. 29
30
1-08.3(2)A Type A Progress Schedule 31
(March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) 32
33
Revise this section to read: 34
35
The Contractor shall submit 5 copies of a Type A Progress Schedule no later than at the 36
preconstruction conference, or some other mutually agreed upon submittal time. The 37
schedule may be a critical path method (CPM) schedule, bar chart, or other standard 38
schedule format. Regardless of which format used, the schedule shall identify the critical 39
path. The Engineer will evaluate the Type A Progress Schedule and approve or return the 40
schedule for corrections within 15 calendar days of receiving the submittal. 41
42
Time for Completion 43
44
Section 1-08.5 is supplemented with the following: 45
46
(March 13, 1995) 47
This project shall be physically completed within *** 75 *** working days. 48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 172 Special Provisions
1
1-08.9 Liquidated Damages 2
(August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) 3
4
Revise the fourth paragraph to read: 5
6
When the Contract Work has progressed to Substantial Completion as defined in the 7
Contract, the Engineer may determine that the work is Substantially Complete. The 8
Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of the Substantial Completion Date. For 9
overruns in Contract time occurring after the date so established, the formula for 10
liquidated damages shown above will not apply. For overruns in Contract time occurring 11
after the Substantial Completion Date, liquidated damages shall be assessed on the 12
basis of direct engineering and related costs assignable to the project until the actual 13
Physical Completion Date of all the Contract Work. The Contractor shall complete the 14
remaining Work as promptly as possible. Upon request by the Project Engineer, the 15
Contractor shall furnish a written schedule for completing the physical Work on the 16
Contract. 17
18
1-08.12 Contractor Staging Areas 19
20
(******) 21
22
1-08.12(1) General 23
24
The Contractor may use the south side of the Jefferson Street right-of-way adjacent to 330 25
Benedict Street as a staging area. 26
27
1-08.12(2) Contractor Employee Parking 28
29
Contractor employees shall not park personal vehicles on public parking spaces in the 30
work areas. Contractor employees must park personal vehicles outside of the work area 31
on Jefferson Street and Washington Street. 32
33
The Contractor may also locate leased private parking. 34
35
36
Measurement and Payment 37
38
1-09.2(1) General Requirements for Weighing Equipment 39
(July 23, 2015 APWA GSP, Option 2) 40
41
Revise item 4 of the fifth paragraph to read: 42
43
4. Test results and scale weight records for each day’s hauling operations are provided 44
to the Engineer daily. Reporting shall utilize WSDOT form 422-027, Scaleman’s 45
Daily Report, unless the printed ticket contains the same information that is on the 46
Scaleman’s Daily Report Form. The scale operator must provide AM and/or PM tare 47
weights for each truck on the printed ticket. 48
49
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 173 Special Provisions
1-09.2(5) Measurement 1
(May 2, 2017 APWA GSP) 2
3
Revise the first paragraph to read: 4
5
Scale Verification Checks – At the Engineer’s discretion, the Engineer may perform 6
verification checks on the accuracy of each batch, hopper, or platform scale used in 7
weighing contract items of Work. 8
9
1-09.6 Force Account 10
(October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) 11
12
Supplement this section with the following: 13
14
The Contracting Agency has estimated and included in the Proposal, dollar amounts for 15
all items to be paid per force account, only to provide a common proposal for Bidders. All 16
such dollar amounts are to become a part of Contractor's total bid. However, the 17
Contracting Agency does not warrant expressly or by implication, that the actual amount 18
of work will correspond with those estimates. Payment will be made on the basis of the 19
amount of work actually authorized by Engineer. 20
21
1-09.11(3) Time Limitation and Jurisdiction 22
(November 30, 2018 APWA GSP) 23
24
Revise this section to read: 25
26
For the convenience of the parties to the Contract it is mutually agreed by the parties that 27
any claims or causes of action which the Contractor has against the Contracting Agency 28
arising from the Contract shall be brought within 180 calendar days from the date of final 29
acceptance (Section 1-05.12) of the Contract by the Contracting Agency; and it is further 30
agreed that any such claims or causes of action shall be brought only in the Superior Court 31
of the county where the Contracting Agency headquarters is located, provided that where 32
an action is asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.050 shall control venue and jurisdiction. 33
The parties understand and agree that the Contractor’s failure to bring suit within the time 34
period provided, shall be a complete bar to any such claims or causes of action. It is further 35
mutually agreed by the parties that when any claims or causes of action which the 36
Contractor asserts against the Contracting Agency arising from the Contract are filed with 37
the Contracting Agency or initiated in court, the Contractor shall permit the Contracting 38
Agency to have timely access to any records deemed necessary by the Contracting 39
Agency to assist in evaluating the claims or action. 40
41
Temporary Traffic Control 42
43
Traffic Control Management 44
45
General 46
47
Section 1-10.2(1) is supplemented with the following: 48
49
(January 3, 2017) 50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 174 Special Provisions
Only training with WSDOT TCS card and WSDOT training curriculum is recognized 1
in the State of Washington. The Traffic Control Supervisor shall be certified by one 2
of the following: 3
4
The Northwest Laborers-Employers Training Trust 5
27055 Ohio Ave. 6
Kingston, WA 98346 7
(360) 297-3035 8
9
Evergreen Safety Council 10
12545 135th Ave. NE 11
Kirkland, WA 98034-8709 12
1-800-521-0778 13
14
The American Traffic Safety Services Association 15
15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100 16
Fredericksburg, Virginia 22406-1022 17
Training Dept. Toll Free (877) 642-4637 18
Phone: (540) 368-1701 19
20
Measurement 21
22
Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) 23
24
Section 1-10.4(1) is supplemented with the following: 25
26
(August 2, 2004) 27
The proposal contains the item “Project Temporary Traffic Control”, lump sum. The 28
provisions of Section 1-10.4(1) shall apply. 29
30
Division 2 31
Earthwork 32
33
Removal of Structures and Obstructions 34
35
Description 36
37
Section 2-02.1 is supplemented with the following: 38
39
Construction Requirements 40
41
Section 2-02.3 is supplemented with the following: 42
43
(February 17, 1998) 44
Removal of Obstructions 45
*** 46
Base Bid Bid Alternate 1 47
Removals: 48
Catch basin 2 each 1 each 49
Underdrain pipe 85 feet 50
Storm pipe 80 feet 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 175 Special Provisions
1
Salvage: 2
Tree 1 each 3
Planter Wall 1 each 4
Mailbox 1 each 5
Bike Rack 1 each 6
7
Plug Pipe: 8
Storm pipe 1 each 9
10
Relocate: 11
Bollard 1 each 12
*** 13
14
(******) 15
Potholes 16
17
Potholes: 18
Pothole 3 each 19
20
21
(March 13, 1995) 22
Removing Miscellaneous Traffic Items 23
The following miscellaneous traffic items shall be removed and disposed of: 24
25
*** 26
Paint Line 330 linear feet 27
*** 28
29
Measurement 30
31
Section 2-02.4 is supplemented with the following: 32
33
(******) 34
Pothole will be measured by each. All work and materials necessary to pothole and repair 35
the pothole will be incidental to pothole construction. 36
37
Payment 38
39
Section 2-02.5 is revised by the following: 40
41
(******) 42
“Pothole”, per each. All work and materials necessary to pothole and repair the pothole 43
will be incidental to this bid item. 44
45
Roadway Excavation and Embankment 46
47
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 176 Special Provisions
Description 1
2
Section 2-03.1 is supplemented with the following: 3
4
(******) 5
This Work shall include without limitation (a) the excavation, removal, haul, and 6
disposal of existing plantings, soils and subsurface materials; and (b) the shaping 7
and compaction of subgrade as required for pavement subgrades, plant beds, rain 8
gardens and all other Work to be performed on the Project as indicated on the Plans. 9
10
Construction Requirements 11
12
Excavation Below Subgrade 13
14
Section 2-03.3(3) is supplemented with the following: 15
16
(******) 17
Excavation for Rain Gardens and other Plant Bed Areas – Excavation for rain 18
gardens and other plant bed areas shall not be allowed during wet or saturated 19
subsurface conditions. In order to prevent additional compaction of in-situ soils, no 20
heavy equipment shall be located in proposed rain gardens or other infiltration 21
areas. 22
23
Where groundwater is encountered in excavations for rain gardens, and other plant 24
bed areas, dewatering shall take place as outlined in Section 7-09.3(7)(A) 25
“Dewatering of Trench”. Discharge of pumped water shall conform to Section 8-26
01.3(1)C “Water Management”. 27
28
Excavation for Rain Gardens and other plant bed areas includes, without limitation, 29
any fine grading needed to shape the subgrade for the installation of rain gardens 30
and other plant bed areas as indicated on the Plans. 31
32
Measurement 33
34
The first paragraph of Section 2-03.4 is deleted and replaced with the following: 35
36
(******) 37
All excavation, including without limitation, roadway excavation, channel excavation, ditch 38
excavation, unsuitable foundation excavation, common borrow items, excavation for rain 39
gardens and other plant bed areas and hauling (collectively “Roadway Excavation 40
Including Haul”), will be measured in the position it occupied before the excavation was 41
performed by the cubic yard (cy). 42
43
Section 2-03.4 is supplemented with the following: 44
45
(March 13, 1995) 46
Only one determination of the original ground elevation will be made on this project. 47
Measurement for roadway excavation and embankment will be based on the original 48
ground elevations recorded previous to the award of this contract. Control stakes will be 49
set during construction to provide the Contractor with all essential information for the 50
construction of excavation and embankments. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 177 Special Provisions
If discrepancies are discovered in the ground elevations which will materially affect the 1
quantities of earthwork, the original computations of earthwork quantities will be adjusted 2
accordingly. 3
4
Earthwork quantities will be computed, either manually or by means of electronic data 5
processing equipment, by use of the average end area method or by the finite element 6
analysis method utilizing digital terrain modeling techniques. 7
8
Copies of the ground cross-section notes will be available for the bidder's inspection, 9
before the opening of bids, at the Engineer's office and at the Region office. 10
11
Upon award of the contract, copies of the original ground cross-sections will be furnished 12
to the successful bidder on request to the Engineer. 13
14
Payment 15
16
The following is added to the second paragraph, last sentence of Section 2-03.5: 17
18
(******) 19
… and the shaping and compaction of the subgrade for rain gardens and planting and 20
lawn areas as indicated on the plans. 21
22
Division 5 23
Surface Treatments and Pavements 24
25
Decomposed Granite Surfacing 26
27
Replace 5-03 Vacant with 5-03 Decomposed Granite Surfacing 28
29
Description 30
31
Section 5-03.1 is a new section: 32
33
(******) 34
This Work shall include provision and installation of Decomposed Granite Surfacing 35
in accordance with the Plans and in these Special Provisions. 36
37
38
Materials 39
40
Section 5-03.2 is a new section: 41
42
(******) 43
Decomposed Granite Surfacing 44
45
Decomposed Granite Surfacing shall be a naturally occurring weathered granite 46
(weathered to the point that it easily crumbles) mined in Southern Oregon or Northern 47
California. Sieve shall be 100% passing 3/8 (maximum particle size approximately ¼ 48
inch) to fines. Decomposed Granite Surfacing material shall be free from clay lumps, 49
or any other deleterious materials. Color of Decomposed Granite shall be Gold. 50
Provided by one of the following suppliers: 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 178 Special Provisions
1
1. Portland Rock & Landscape Supply, www.portlandrock.net, (503) 656-7625 2
2. Oregon Decorative Rock, www.oregondecorativerock.com, (503) 646-9232 3
3. Highway Fuel Co., www.highwayfuel.com, (503) 363-6444 4
4. Valley Landscape Center, www.valleylandscape center.com, (503) 692-0606 5
6
Submit minimum one (1) sample for approval prior to importing material. Sample 7
shall be clearly labeled in reseal able 1-gallon bag and in sufficient quantity to clearly 8
illustrate the functional characteristics and full color range and texture of the material. 9
10
Crushed Surfacing Top Course (CSTC) 11
Crushed Surfacing Top Course (CSTC) shall meet the requirements of Section 9-12
03.9(3). 13
14
The Contractor shall install the Crushed Surfacing Top Course as defined on the 15
drawings and in these specifications prior to placement and installation of 16
Decomposed Granite Surfacing. 17
18
This Work shall include provision and installation of Decomposed Granite Surfacing 19
in accordance with the Plans and in these Special Provisions. 20
21
22
Construction Requirements 23
24
Section 5-03.3 is a new section: 25
26
(******) 27
The Contractor shall install the Decomposed Granite Surfacing as defined on the 28
drawings and in these specifications. 29
30
Place and compact decomposed granite after subgrade and CSTC installation, 31
installation of adjacent C.I.P. concrete flush curbs, concrete sidewalk, and concrete 32
plinth for artwork. Place and compact decomposed granite in maximum two (2) inch 33
lifts as indicated on drawings at locations shown on plans. Compact using a minimum 34
1000 lb. roller; one-ton roller preferred. Do not use a vibratory plate compactor. 35
Compact to 95% relative compaction. Fine grade to obtain finished elevations as 36
shown on drawings and achieve positive drainage. Finished grade of decomposed 37
granite surfacing shall be flush with top of adjacent CIP concrete flush curbs and 38
concrete sidewalk. Maximum 2% slope in any direction. 39
40
Surplus decomposed granite surfacing material (+/- .5 to 1 cubic yard) shall be 41
provided and delivered to the Owner per the Owner’s direction for stockpile/ future 42
replenishment. Coordinate with Owner. 43
44
45
Measurement 46
47
Section 5-03.4 is a new section: 48
49
(******) 50
“Decomposed Granite Surfacing” shall be measured per cubic yard (CY) inclusive of 51
hauling/ delivery, installation, fine grading, compaction and coordination with Owner. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 179 Special Provisions
1
“Crushed Surfacing Top Course (CSTC)” shall be measured per ton inclusive of 2
installation, grading, and compaction. 3
4
Hauling shall have no measurement and shall be incidental to the cost of “Decomposed 5
Granite Surfacing” and “Crushed Surfacing Top Course.” 6
7
8
Payment 9
10
Section 5-03.5 is a new section: 11
12
(******) 13
“Decomposed Granite Surfacing” per cubic yard (CY). The unit contract price per Cubic 14
yard for Decomposed Granite Surfacing shall be full compensation for all Work, including 15
without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials required for preparation and 16
installation inclusive of compaction and fine grading and coordination with Owner for 17
surplus material. 18
19
“Crushed Surfacing Top Course (CSTC)” per ton. The unit contract price per ton for 20
Crushed Surfacing Top Course (CSTC) shall be full compensation for all Work, including 21
without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials, required for preparation and 22
installation inclusive of compaction and grading. 23
24
5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt 25
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP) 26
27
Delete Section 5-04 and amendments, Hot Mix Asphalt and replace it with the following: 28
29
5-04.1 Description 30
This Work shall consist of providing and placing one or more layers of plant-mixed hot 31
mix asphalt (HMA) on a prepared foundation or base in accordance with these 32
Specifications and the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross-sections shown 33
in the Plans. The manufacture of HMA may include warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes 34
in accordance with these Specifications. WMA processes include organic additives, 35
chemical additives, and foaming. 36
37
HMA shall be composed of asphalt binder and mineral materials as may be required, 38
mixed in the proportions specified to provide a homogeneous, stable, 39
and workable mixture. 40
41
5-04.2 Materials 42
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 43
Asphalt Binder 9-02.1(4) 44
Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 9-02.1(6) 45
Anti-Stripping Additive 9-02.4 46
HMA Additive 9-02.5 47
Aggregates 9-03.8 48
Recycled Asphalt Pavement 9-03.8(3)B 49
Mineral Filler 9-03.8(5) 50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 180 Special Provisions
Recycled Material 9-03.21 1
Portland Cement 9-01 2
Sand 9-03.1(2) 3
(As noted in 5-04.3(5)C for crack sealing) 4
Joint Sealant 9-04.2 5
Foam Backer Rod 9-04.2(3)A 6
The Contract documents may establish that the various mineral materials required for 7
the manufacture of HMA will be furnished in whole or in part by the Contracting Agency. 8
If the documents do not establish the furnishing of any of these mineral materials by the 9
Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall be required to furnish such materials in the 10
amounts required for the designated mix. Mineral materials include coarse and fine 11
aggregates, and mineral filler. 12
13
The Contractor may choose to utilize recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) in the production 14
of HMA. The RAP may be from pavements removed under the Contract, if any, or 15
pavement material from an existing stockpile. 16
17
The Contractor may use up to 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA with no additional 18
sampling or testing of the RAP. The RAP shall be sampled and tested at a frequency of 19
one sample for every 1,000 tons produced and not less than ten samples per project. 20
The asphalt content and gradation test data shall be reported to the Contracting Agency 21
when submitting the mix design for approval on the QPL. The Contractor shall include 22
the RAP as part of the mix design as defined in these Specifications. 23
24
The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the Contract. Blending of asphalt 25
binder from different sources is not permitted. 26
27
The Contractor may only use warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in the production of 28
HMA with 20 percent or less RAP by total weight of HMA. The Contractor shall submit to 29
the Engineer for approval the process that is proposed and how it will be used in the 30
manufacture of HMA. 31
32
Production of aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-01. 33
Preparation of stockpile site, the stockpiling of aggregates, and the removal of 34
aggregates from stockpiles shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-02. 35
36
5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL 37
If the contractor wishes to submit a mix design for inclusion in the Qualified Products List 38
(QPL), please follow the WSDOT process outlined in Standard Specification 5-04.2(1). 39
40
5-04.2(1)A Vacant 41
42
5-04.2(2) Mix Design – Obtaining Project Approval 43
No paving shall begin prior to the approval of the mix design by the Engineer. 44
45
Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for all HMA not designated as Commercial HMA 46
in the contract documents. 47
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 181 Special Provisions
1
Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA 2
in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, 3
gores, prelevel, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted 4
by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the Project Engineer. Sampling and 5
testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Project 6
Engineer. The Proposal quantity of HMA that is accepted by commercial evaluation will 7
be excluded from the quantities used in the determination of nonstatistical evaluation. 8
9
Nonstatistical Mix Design. Fifteen days prior to the first day of paving the contractor 10
shall provide one of the following mix design verification certifications for Contracting 11
Agency review; 12
13
• The WSDOT Mix Design Evaluation Report from the current WSDOT QPL, or 14
one of the mix design verification certifications listed below. 15
• The proposed HMA mix design on WSDOT Form 350-042 with the seal and 16
certification (stamp & sig-nature) of a valid licensed Washington State 17
Professional Engineer. 18
• The Mix Design Report for the proposed HMA mix design developed by a 19
qualified City or County laboratory that is within one year of the approval date.** 20
21
The mix design shall be performed by a lab accredited by a national authority such as 22
Laboratory Accreditation Bureau, L-A-B for Construction Materials Testing, The 23
Construction Materials Engineering Council (CMEC’s) ISO 17025 or AASHTO 24
Accreditation Program (AAP) and shall supply evidence of participation in the AASHTO: 25
resource proficiency sample program. 26
27
Mix designs for HMA accepted by Nonstatistical evaluation shall; 28
29
• Have the aggregate structure and asphalt binder content determined in 30
accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732 and meet the 31
requirements of Sections 9-03.8(2), except that Hamburg testing for ruts and 32
stripping are at the discretion of the Engineer, and 9-03.8(6). 33
• Have anti-strip requirements, if any, for the proposed mix design determined in 34
accordance with AASHTO T 283 or T 324, or based on historic anti-strip and 35
aggregate source compatibility from previous WSDOT lab testing. 36
37
At the discretion of the Engineer, agencies may accept verified mix designs older than 12 38
months from the original verification date with a certification from the Contractor that the 39
materials and sources are the same as those shown on the original mix design. 40
41
Commercial Evaluation Approval of a mix design for “Commercial Evaluation” will be 42
based on a review of the Contractor’s submittal of WSDOT Form 350-042 (For 43
commercial mixes, AASHTO T 324 evaluation is not required) or a Mix Design from the 44
current WSDOT QPL or from one of the processes allowed by this section. Testing of the 45
HMA by the Contracting Agency for mix design approval is not required. 46
47
For the Bid Item Commercial HMA, the Contractor shall select a class of HMA and 48
design level of Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESAL’s) appropriate for the required use. 49
50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 182 Special Provisions
5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes 1
The Contractor may elect to use additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature 2
or serve as a compaction aid for producing HMA. Additives include organic additives, 3
chemical additives and foaming processes. The use of Additives is subject to the 4
following: 5
6
• Do not use additives that reduce the mixing temperature more than allowed in 7
Section 5-04.3(6) in the production of mixtures. 8
• Before using additives, obtain the Engineer’s approval using WSDOT Form 350-9
076 to describe the proposed additive and process. 10
11
5-04.3 Construction Requirements 12
13
5-04.3(1) Weather Limitations 14
Do not place HMA for wearing course on any Traveled Way beginning October 1st 15
through March 31st of the following year without written concurrence from the Engineer. 16
17
Do not place HMA on any wet surface, or when the average surface temperatures are 18
less than those specified below, or when weather conditions otherwise prevent the 19
proper handling or finishing of the HMA. 20
21
Minimum Surface Temperature for Paving 22
Compacted Thickness
(Feet) Wearing Course Other Courses
Less than 0.10 55◦F 45◦F
0.10 to .20 45◦F 35◦F
More than 0.20 35◦F 35◦F
23
5-04.3(2) Paving Under Traffic 24
When the Roadway being paved is open to traffic, the requirements of this Section 25
shall apply. 26
27
The Contractor shall keep intersections open to traffic at all times except when paving 28
the intersection or paving across the intersection. During such time, and provided that 29
there has been an advance warning to the public, the intersection may be closed for the 30
minimum time required to place and compact the mixture. In hot weather, the Engineer 31
may require the application of water to the pavement to accelerate the finish rolling of the 32
pavement and to shorten the time required before reopening to traffic. 33
34
Before closing an intersection, advance warning signs shall be placed and signs shall 35
also be placed marking the detour or alternate route. 36
37
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 183 Special Provisions
During paving operations, temporary pavement markings shall be maintained throughout 1
the project. Temporary pavement markings shall be installed on the Roadway prior to 2
opening to traffic. Temporary pavement markings shall be in accordance with Section 8-3
23. 4
5
All costs in connection with performing the Work in accordance with these requirements, 6
except the cost of temporary pavement markings, shall be included in the unit Contract 7
prices for the various Bid items involved in the Contract. 8
9
5-04.3(3) Equipment 10
11
5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant 12
Plants used for the preparation of HMA shall conform to the following requirements: 13
14
1. Equipment for Preparation of Asphalt Binder – Tanks for the storage of 15
asphalt binder shall be equipped to heat and hold the material at the required 16
temperatures. The heating shall be accomplished by steam coils, electricity, or 17
other approved means so that no flame shall be in contact with the storage tank. 18
The circulating system for the asphalt binder shall be designed to ensure proper 19
and continuous circulation during the operating period. A valve for the purpose of 20
sampling the asphalt binder shall be placed in either the storage tank or in the 21
supply line to the mixer. 22
2. Thermometric Equipment – An armored thermometer, capable of detecting 23
temperature ranges expected in the HMA mix, shall be fixed in the asphalt binder 24
feed line at a location near the charging valve at the mixer unit. The thermometer 25
location shall be convenient and safe for access by Inspectors. The plant shall 26
also be equipped with an approved dial-scale thermometer, a mercury actuated 27
thermometer, an electric pyrometer, or another approved thermometric 28
instrument placed at the discharge chute of the drier to automatically register or 29
indicate the temperature of the heated aggregates. This device shall be in full 30
view of the plant operator. 31
3. Heating of Asphalt Binder – The temperature of the asphalt binder shall not 32
exceed the maximum recommended by the asphalt binder manufacturer nor shall 33
it be below the minimum temperature required to maintain the asphalt binder in a 34
homogeneous state. The asphalt binder shall be heated in a manner that will 35
avoid local variations in heating. The heating method shall provide a continuous 36
supply of asphalt binder to the mixer at a uniform average temperature with no 37
individual variations exceeding 25°F. Also, when a WMA additive is included in 38
the asphalt binder, the temperature of the asphalt binder shall not exceed the 39
maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA additive. 40
4. Sampling and Testing of Mineral Materials – The HMA plant shall be equipped 41
with a mechanical sampler for the sampling of the mineral materials. The 42
mechanical sampler shall meet the requirements of Section 1-05.6 for the 43
crushing and screening operation. The Contractor shall provide for the setup and 44
operation of the field testing facilities of the Contracting Agency as provided for in 45
Section 3-01.2(2). 46
5. Sampling HMA – The HMA plant shall provide for sampling HMA by one of the 47
following methods: 48
a. A mechanical sampling device attached to the HMA plant. 49
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 184 Special Provisions
b. Platforms or devices to enable sampling from the hauling vehicle without 1
entering the hauling vehicle. 2
3
5-04.3(3)B Hauling Equipment 4
Trucks used for hauling HMA shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds and shall have a 5
cover of canvas or other suitable material of sufficient size to protect the mixture from 6
adverse weather. Whenever the weather conditions during the work shift include, or are 7
forecast to include, precipitation or an air temperature less than 45°F or when time from 8
loading to unloading exceeds 30 minutes, the cover shall be securely attached to protect 9
the HMA. 10
11
The contractor shall provide an environmentally benign means to prevent the HMA 12
mixture from adhering to the hauling equipment. Excess release agent shall be drained 13
prior to filling hauling equipment with HMA. Petroleum derivatives or other coating 14
material that contaminate or alter the characteristics of the HMA shall not be used. For 15
live bed trucks, the conveyer shall be in operation during the process of applying the 16
release agent. 17
18
5-04.3(3)C Pavers 19
HMA pavers shall be self-contained, power-propelled units, provided with an internally 20
heated vibratory screed and shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of HMA 21
plant mix material in lane widths required by the paving section shown in the Plans. 22
23
The HMA paver shall be in good condition and shall have the most current equipment 24
available from the manufacturer for the prevention of segregation of the HMA mixture 25
installed, in good condition, and in working order. The equipment certification shall list 26
the make, model, and year of the paver and any equipment that has been retrofitted. 27
28
The screed shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations 29
and shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture 30
without tearing, shoving, segregating, or gouging the mixture. A copy of the 31
manufacturer’s recommendations shall be provided upon request by the Contracting 32
Agency. Extensions will be allowed provided they produce the same results, including 33
ride, density, and surface texture as obtained by the primary screed. Extensions without 34
augers and an internally heated vibratory screed shall not be used in the Traveled Way. 35
36
When specified in the Contract, reference lines for vertical control will be required. Lines 37
shall be placed on both outer edges of the Traveled Way of each Roadway. Horizontal 38
control utilizing the reference line will be permitted. The grade and slope for intermediate 39
lanes shall be controlled automatically from reference lines or by means of a mat 40
referencing device and a slope control device. When the finish of the grade prepared for 41
paving is superior to the established tolerances and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, 42
further improvement to the line, grade, cross-section, and smoothness can best be 43
achieved without the use of the reference line, a mat referencing device may be 44
substituted for the reference line. Substitution of the device will be subject to the 45
continued approval of the Engineer. A joint matcher may be used subject to the approval 46
of the Engineer. The reference line may be removed after the completion of the first 47
course of HMA when approved by the Engineer. Whenever the Engineer determines that 48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 185 Special Provisions
any of these methods are failing to provide the necessary vertical control, the reference 1
lines will be reinstalled by the Contractor. 2
3
The Contractor shall furnish and install all pins, brackets, tensioning devices, wire, and 4
accessories necessary for satisfactory operation of the automatic control equipment. 5
6
If the paving machine in use is not providing the required finish, the Engineer may 7
suspend Work as allowed by Section 1-08.6. Any cleaning or solvent type liquids spilled 8
on the pavement shall be thoroughly removed before paving proceeds. 9
10
5-04.3(3)D Material Transfer Device or Material Transfer Vehicle 11
A Material Transfer Device/Vehicle (MTD/V) shall only be used with the Engineer’s 12
approval, unless other-wise required by the contract. 13
14
Where an MTD/V is required by the contract, the Engineer may approve paving without 15
an MTD/V, at the request of the Contractor. The Engineer will determine if an equitable 16
adjustment in cost or time is due. 17
18
When used, the MTD/V shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and 19
prior to laydown by the paving machine. Mixing of the HMA shall be sufficient to obtain a 20
uniform temperature throughout the mixture. If a windrow elevator is used, the length of 21
the windrow may be limited in urban areas or through intersections, at the discretion of 22
the Engineer. 23
24
To be approved for use, an MTV: 25
26
1. Shall be self-propelled vehicle, separate from the hauling vehicle or paver. 27
2. Shall not be connected to the hauling vehicle or paver. 28
3. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow. 29
4. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to 30
placement into the paving machine. 31
5. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the 32
mixture. 33
34
To be approved for use, an MTD: 35
36
1. Shall be positively connected to the paver. 37
2. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow. 38
3. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to 39
placement into the paving machine. 40
4. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the 41
mixture. 42
43
5-04.3(3)E Rollers 44
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 186 Special Provisions
Rollers shall be of the steel wheel, vibratory, oscillatory, or pneumatic tire type, in good 1
condition and capable of reversing without backlash. Operation of the roller shall be in 2
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. When ordered by the Engineer 3
for any roller planned for use on the project, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the 4
manufacturer’s recommendation for the use of that roller for compaction of HMA. The 5
number and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture in compliance 6
with the requirements of Section 5-04.3(10). The use of equipment that results in 7
crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted. Rollers producing pickup, washboard, 8
uneven compaction of the surface, displacement of the mixture or other undesirable 9
results shall not be used. 10
11
5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces 12
When the surface of the existing pavement or old base is irregular, the Contractor shall 13
bring it to a uniform grade and cross-section as shown on the Plans or approved by the 14
Engineer. 15
16
Preleveling of uneven or broken surfaces over which HMA is to be placed may be 17
accomplished by using an asphalt paver, a motor patrol grader, or by hand raking, as 18
approved by the Engineer. 19
20
Compaction of preleveling HMA shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer and may 21
require the use of small steel wheel rollers, plate compactors, or pneumatic rollers to 22
avoid bridging across preleveled areas by the compaction equipment. Equipment used 23
for the compaction of preleveling HMA shall be approved by the Engineer. 24
25
Before construction of HMA on an existing paved surface, the entire surface of the 26
pavement shall be clean. All fatty asphalt patches, grease drippings, and other 27
objectionable matter shall be entirely removed from the existing pavement. All 28
pavements or bituminous surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, soil, pavement 29
grindings, and other foreign matter. All holes and small depressions shall be filled with an 30
appropriate class of HMA. The surface of the patched area shall be leveled and 31
compacted thoroughly. Prior to the application of tack coat, or paving, the condition of 32
the surface shall be approved by the Engineer. 33
34
A tack coat of asphalt shall be applied to all paved surfaces on which any course of HMA 35
is to be placed or abutted; except that tack coat may be omitted from clean, newly paved 36
surfaces at the discretion of the Engineer. Tack coat shall be uniformly applied to cover 37
the existing pavement with a thin film of residual asphalt free of streaks and bare spots at 38
a rate between 0.02 and 0.10 gallons per square yard of retained asphalt. The rate of 39
application shall be approved by the Engineer. A heavy application of tack coat shall be 40
applied to all joints. For Roadways open to traffic, the application of tack coat shall be 41
limited to surfaces that will be paved during the same working shift. The spreading 42
equipment shall be equipped with a thermometer to indicate the temperature of the tack 43
coat material. 44
45
Equipment shall not operate on tacked surfaces until the tack has broken and cured. If 46
the Contractor’s operation damages the tack coat it shall be repaired prior to placement 47
of the HMA. 48
49
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 187 Special Provisions
The tack coat shall be CSS-1, or CSS-1h emulsified asphalt. The CSS-1 and CSS-1h 1
emulsified asphalt may be diluted once with water at a rate not to exceed one part water 2
to one part emulsified asphalt. The tack coat shall have sufficient temperature such that 3
it may be applied uniformly at the specified rate of application and shall not exceed the 4
maximum temperature recommended by the emulsified asphalt manufacturer. 5
6
5-04.3(4)A Crack Sealing 7
8
5-04.3(4)A1 General 9
When the Proposal includes a pay item for crack sealing, seal all cracks ¼ inch in width 10
and greater. 11
12
Cleaning: Ensure that cracks are thoroughly clean, dry and free of all loose and foreign 13
material when filling with crack sealant material. Use a hot compressed air lance to dry 14
and warm the pavement surfaces within the crack immediately prior to filling a crack with 15
the sealant material. Do not overheat pavement. Do not use direct flame dryers. Routing 16
cracks is not required. 17
18
Sand Slurry: For cracks that are to be filled with sand slurry, thoroughly mix the 19
components and pour the mixture into the cracks until full. Add additional CSS-1 cationic 20
emulsified asphalt to the sand slurry as needed for workability to ensure the mixture will 21
completely fill the cracks. Strike off the sand slurry flush with the existing pavement 22
surface and allow the mixture to cure. Top off cracks that were not completely filled with 23
additional sand slurry. Do not place the HMA overlay until the slurry has fully cured. 24
25
The sand slurry shall consist of approximately 20 percent CSS-1 emulsified asphalt, 26
approximately 2 percent portland cement, water (if required), and the remainder clean 27
Class 1 or 2 fine aggregate per section 9-03.1(2). The components shall be thoroughly 28
mixed and then poured into the cracks and joints until full. The following day, any cracks 29
or joints that are not completely filled shall be topped off with additional sand slurry. After 30
the sand slurry is placed, the filler shall be struck off flush with the existing pavement 31
surface and allowed to cure. The HMA overlay shall not be placed until the slurry has 32
fully cured. The requirements of Section 1-06 will not apply to the portland cement and 33
sand used in the sand slurry. 34
35
In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks. 36
37
In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows: 38
39
1. Cracks ¼ inch to 1 inch in width - fill with hot poured sealant. 40
2. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width – fill with sand slurry. 41
42
Hot Poured Sealant: For cracks that are to be filled with hot poured sealant, apply the 43
material in accordance with these requirements and the manufacturer’s 44
recommendations. Furnish a Type 1 Working Drawing of the manufacturer’s product 45
information and recommendations to the Engineer prior to the start of work, including the 46
manufacturer’s recommended heating time and temperatures, allowable storage time 47
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 188 Special Provisions
and temperatures after initial heating, allowable reheating criteria, and application 1
temperature range. Confine hot poured sealant material within the crack. Clean any 2
overflow of sealant from the pavement surface. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the 3
Contractor’s method of sealing the cracks with hot poured sealant results in an excessive 4
amount of material on the pavement surface, stop and correct the operation to eliminate 5
the excess material. 6
7
5-04.3(4)A2 Crack Sealing Areas Prior to Paving 8
In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks. 9
10
5-04.3(4)A3 Crack Sealing Areas Not to be Paved 11
In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows: 12
13
A. Cracks ¼ inch to 1 inch in width - fill with hot poured sealant. 14
B. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width – fill with sand slurry. 15
16
5-04.3(4)B Vacant 17
18
5-04.3(4)C Pavement Repair 19
The Contractor shall excavate pavement repair areas and shall backfill these with HMA 20
in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and as marked in the field. The 21
Contractor shall conduct the excavation operations in a manner that will protect the 22
pavement that is to remain. Pavement not designated to be removed that is damaged as 23
a result of the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired by the Contractor to the 24
satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall 25
excavate only within one lane at a time unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. The 26
Contractor shall not excavate more area than can be completely finished during the 27
same shift, unless approved by the Engineer. 28
29
Unless otherwise shown in the Plans or determined by the Engineer, excavate to a depth 30
of 1.0 feet. The Engineer will make the final determination of the excavation depth 31
required. The minimum width of any pavement repair area shall be 40 inches unless 32
shown otherwise in the Plans. Before any excavation, the existing pavement shall be 33
sawcut or shall be removed by a pavement grinder. Excavated materials will become the 34
property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a Contractor-provided site off the 35
Right of Way or used in accordance with Sections 2-02.3(3) or 9-03.21. 36
37
Asphalt for tack coat shall be required as specified in Section 5-04.3(4). A heavy 38
application of tack coat shall be applied to all surfaces of existing pavement in the 39
pavement repair area. 40
41
Placement of the HMA backfill shall be accomplished in lifts not to exceed 0.35-foot 42
compacted depth. Lifts that exceed 0.35-foot of compacted depth may be accomplished 43
with the approval of the Engineer. Each lift shall be thoroughly compacted by a 44
mechanical tamper or a roller. 45
46
5-04.3(5) Producing/Stockpiling Aggregates and RAP 47
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 189 Special Provisions
Aggregates and RAP shall be stockpiled according to the requirements of Section 3-02. 1
Sufficient storage space shall be provided for each size of aggregate and RAP. Materials 2
shall be removed from stockpile(s) in a manner to ensure minimal segregation when 3
being moved to the HMA plant for processing into the final mixture. Different aggregate 4
sizes shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the HMA plant. 5
6
5-04.3(5)A Vacant 7
8
5-04.3(6) Mixing 9
After the required amount of mineral materials, asphalt binder, recycling agent and anti-10
stripping additives have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until 11
complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt 12
binder throughout the mineral materials is ensured. 13
14
When discharged, the temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the optimum mixing 15
temperature by more than 25°F as shown on the reference mix design report or as 16
approved by the Engineer. Also, when a WMA additive is included in the manufacture of 17
HMA, the discharge temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the maximum 18
recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA additive. A maximum water content of 2 19
percent in the mix, at discharge, will be allowed providing the water causes no problems 20
with handling, stripping, or flushing. If the water in the HMA causes any of these 21
problems, the moisture content shall be reduced as directed by the Engineer. 22
23
Storing or holding of the HMA in approved storage facilities will be permitted with 24
approval of the Engineer, but in no event shall the HMA be held for more than 24 hours. 25
HMA held for more than 24 hours after mixing shall be rejected. Rejected HMA shall be 26
disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. The storage 27
facility shall have an accessible device located at the top of the cone or about the third 28
point. The device shall indicate the amount of material in storage. No HMA shall be 29
accepted from the storage facility when the HMA in storage is below the top of the cone 30
of the storage facility, except as the storage facility is being emptied at the end of the 31
working shift. 32
33
Recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) utilized in the production of HMA shall be sized prior 34
to entering the mixer so that a uniform and thoroughly mixed HMA is produced. If there is 35
evidence of the recycled asphalt pavement not breaking down during the heating and 36
mixing of the HMA, the Contractor shall immediately suspend the use of the RAP until 37
changes have been approved by the Engineer. After the required amount of mineral 38
materials, RAP, new asphalt binder and asphalt rejuvenator have been introduced into 39
the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles and 40
thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials, and RAP is 41
ensured. 42
43
5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing 44
The mixture shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread, and struck off to the grade 45
and elevation established. HMA pavers complying with Section 5-04.3(3) shall be used 46
to distribute the mixture. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, the nominal 47
compacted depth of any layer of any course shall not exceed the following: 48
49
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 190 Special Provisions
HMA Class 1” 0.35 feet 1
HMA Class ¾” and HMA Class ½” 2
wearing course 0.30 feet 3
other courses 0.35 feet 4
HMA Class ⅜” 0.15 feet 5
6
On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical 7
spreading and finishing equipment impractical, the paving may be done with other 8
equipment or by hand. 9
10
When more than one JMF is being utilized to produce HMA, the material produced for 11
each JMF shall be placed by separate spreading and compacting equipment. The 12
intermingling of HMA produced from more than one JMF is prohibited. Each strip of HMA 13
placed during a work shift shall conform to a single JMF established for the class of HMA 14
specified unless there is a need to make an adjustment in the JMF. 15
16
5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA 17
For HMA accepted by nonstatistical evaluation the aggregate properties of sand 18
equivalent, uncompacted void content and fracture will be evaluated in accordance with 19
Section 3-04. Sampling and testing of aggregates for HMA accepted by commercial 20
evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer. 21
22
5-04.3(9) HMA Mixture Acceptance 23
Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under nonstatistical, or commercial evaluation. 24
25
Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for the acceptance of HMA unless Commercial 26
Evaluation is specified. 27
28
Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA 29
in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, 30
gores, prelevel, temporary pavement, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural 31
applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the 32
Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the 33
option of the Engineer. 34
35
The mix design will be the initial JMF for the class of HMA. The Contractor may request a 36
change in the JMF. Any adjustments to the JMF will require the approval of the Engineer 37
and may be made in accordance with this section. 38
39
HMA Tolerances and Adjustments 40
1. Job Mix Formula Tolerances – The constituents of the mixture at the time of 41
acceptance shall be within tolerance. The tolerance limits will be established as 42
follows: 43
For Asphalt Binder and Air Voids (Va), the acceptance limits are determined 44
by adding the tolerances below to the approved JMF values. These values 45
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 191 Special Provisions
will also be the Upper Specification Limit (USL) and Lower Specification Limit 1
(LSL) required in Section 1-06.2(2)D2 2
Property Non-Statistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation
Asphalt Binder +/- 0.5% +/- 0.7%
Air Voids, Va 2.5% min. and 5.5% max N/A
For Aggregates in the mixture: 3
a. First, determine preliminary upper and lower acceptance limits by applying the 4
following tolerances to the approved JMF. 5
Aggregate Percent
Passing
Non-Statistical
Evaluation
Commercial
Evaluation
1”, ¾”, ½”, and 3/8” sieves +/- 6% +/- 8%
No. 4 sieve +/-6% +/- 8%
No. 8 Sieve +/- 6% +/-8%
No. 200 sieve +/- 2.0% +/- 3.0%
b. Second, adjust the preliminary upper and lower acceptance limits determined 6
from step (a) the minimum amount necessary so that none of the aggregate 7
properties are outside the control points in Section 9-03.8(6). The resulting 8
values will be the upper and lower acceptance limits for aggregates, as well as 9
the USL and LSL required in Section 1-06.2(2)D2. 10
2. Job Mix Formula Adjustments – An adjustment to the aggregate gradation or 11
asphalt binder content of the JMF requires approval of the Engineer. Adjustments 12
to the JMF will only be considered if the change produces material of equal or 13
better quality and may require the development of a new mix design if the 14
adjustment exceeds the amounts listed below. 15
a. Aggregates –2 percent for the aggregate passing the 1½″, 1″, ¾″, ½″, ⅜″, and 16
the No. 4 sieves, 1 percent for aggregate passing the No. 8 sieve, and 0.5 17
percent for the aggregate passing the No. 200 sieve. The adjusted JMF shall 18
be within the range of the control points in Section 9-03.8(6). 19
b. Asphalt Binder Content – The Engineer may order or approve changes to 20
asphalt binder content. The maximum adjustment from the approved mix 21
design for the asphalt binder content shall be 0.3 percent 22
23
5-04.3(9)A Vacant 24
25
5-04.3(9)B Vacant 26
27
5-04.3(9)C Mixture Acceptance – Nonstatistical Evaluation 28
HMA mixture which is accepted by Nonstatistical Evaluation will be evaluated by the 29
Contracting Agency by dividing the HMA tonnage into lots. 30
31
5-04.3(9)C1 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Lots and Sublots 32
A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be 33
tested for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced 34
for each Job Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be 35
equal to one day’s production or 800 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot 36
will be a minimum of 400 tons and may be increased to 1200 tons. 37
38
All of the test results obtained from the acceptance samples from a given lot shall be 39
evaluated collectively. If the Contractor requests a change to the JMF that is approved, 40
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 192 Special Provisions
the material produced after the change will be evaluated on the basis of the new JMF for 1
the remaining sublots in the current lot and for acceptance of subsequent lots. For a lot 2
in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request 3
after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be 4
produced. 5
6
Sampling and testing for evaluation shall be performed on the frequency of one sample 7
per sublot. 8
9
5-04.3(9)C2 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation Sampling 10
Samples for acceptance testing shall be obtained by the Contractor when ordered by the 11
Engineer. The Contractor shall sample the HMA mixture in the presence of the Engineer 12
and in accordance with AASH-TO T 168. A minimum of three samples should be taken 13
for each class of HMA placed on a project. If used in a structural application, at least one 14
of the three samples shall to be tested. 15
16
Sampling and testing HMA in a Structural application where quantities are less than 400 17
tons is at the discretion of the Engineer. 18
19
For HMA used in a structural application and with a total project quantity less than 800 20
tons but more than 400 tons, a minimum of one acceptance test shall be performed. In 21
all cases, a minimum of 3 samples will be obtained at the point of acceptance, a 22
minimum of one of the three samples will be tested for conformance to the JMF: 23
24
• If the test results are found to be within specification requirements, additional 25
testing will be at the Engineer’s discretion. 26
• If test results are found not to be within specification requirements, additional 27
testing of the remaining samples to determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) shall 28
be performed. 29
30
5-04.3(9)C3 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing 31
Testing of HMA for compliance of Va will at the option of the Contracting Agency. If 32
tested, compliance of Va will use WSDOT SOP 731. 33
34
Testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 35
308. 36
37
Testing for compliance of gradation will be by FOP for WAQTC T 27/T 11. 38
39
5-04.3(9)C4 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Pay Factors 40
For each lot of material falling outside the tolerance limits in 5-04.3(9), the Contracting 41
Agency will determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) using the following price 42
adjustment factors: 43
44
Table of Price Adjustment Factors
Constituent Factor
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 193 Special Provisions
“f”
All aggregate passing: 1½″, 1″, ¾″, ½″, ⅜″ and
No.4 sieves
2
All aggregate passing No. 8 sieve 15
All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20
Asphalt binder 40
Air Voids (Va) (where applicable) 20
1
Each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation and having all constituents 2
falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit 3
Contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the 4
nonstatistical tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in Table of Price Adjustment 5
Factors, the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the 6
appropriate CPF. The nonstatistical tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the 7
CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup 8
samples of the existing sublots or samples from the Roadway shall be tested to provide 9
a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. 10
11
5-04.3(9)C5 Vacant 12
13
5-04.3(9)C6 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Price Adjustments 14
For each lot of HMA mix produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation when the calculated 15
CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The 16
NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The 17
total job mix compliance price adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, 18
the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. 19
20
If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual 21
pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 22
23
5-04.3(9)C7 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation - Retests 24
The Contractor may request a sublot be retested. To request a retest, the Contractor 25
shall submit a written request within 7 calendar days after the specific test results have 26
been received. A split of the original acceptance sample will be retested. The split of the 27
sample will not be tested with the same tester that ran the original acceptance test. The 28
sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis, asphalt binder content, and, at 29
the option of the agency, Va. The results of the retest will be used for the acceptance of 30
the HMA in place of the original sublot sample test results. The cost of testing will be 31
deducted from any monies due or that may come due the Contractor under the Contract 32
at the rate of $500 per sample. 33
34
5-04.3 (9)D Mixture Acceptance – Commercial Evaluation 35
If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and having all 36
constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at 37
the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall 38
outside the commercial tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in 5-04.3(9), the 39
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 194 Special Provisions
lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate 1
CPF. The commercial tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the 2
maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the 3
existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three 4
sets of results for evaluation. 5
6
For each lot of HMA mix produced and tested under Commercial Evaluation when the 7
calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be 8
determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 9
60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product 10
of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of 11
mix. 12
13
If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual 14
pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 15
16
5-04.3(10) HMA Compaction Acceptance 17
HMA mixture accepted by nonstatistical evaluation that is used in traffic lanes, including 18
lanes for intersections, ramps, truck climbing, weaving, and speed change, and having a 19
specified compacted course thickness greater than 0.10-foot, shall be compacted to a 20
specified level of relative density. The specified level of relative density shall be a 21
Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of not less than 0.75 when evaluated in accordance with 22
Section 1-06.2, using a LSL of 92.0 (minimum of 92 percent of the maximum density). 23
The maximum density shall be determined by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 729. The 24
specified level of density attained will be determined by the evaluation of the density of 25
the pavement. The density of the pavement shall be determined in accordance with 26
WSDOT FOP for WAQTC TM 8, except that gauge correlation will be at the discretion of 27
the Engineer, when using the nuclear density gauge and WSDOT SOP 736 when using 28
cores to determine density. 29
30
Tests for the determination of the pavement density will be taken in accordance with the 31
required procedures for measurement by a nuclear density gauge or roadway cores after 32
completion of the finish rolling. 33
34
If the Contracting Agency uses a nuclear density gauge to determine density the test 35
procedures FOP for WAQTC TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T 729 will be used on the day the 36
mix is placed and prior to opening to traffic. 37
38
Roadway cores for density may be obtained by either the Contracting Agency or the 39
Contractor in accordance with WSDOT SOP 734. The core diameter shall be 4-inches 40
minimum, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Roadway cores will be tested by 41
the Contracting Agency in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 166. 42
43
If the Contract includes the Bid item “Roadway Core” the cores shall be obtained by the 44
Contractor in the presence of the Engineer on the same day the mix is placed and at 45
locations designated by the Engineer. If the Contract does not include the Bid item 46
“Roadway Core” the Contracting Agency will obtain the cores. 47
48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 195 Special Provisions
For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s 1
request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can 2
be produced. 3
4
HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under conditions 5
other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation 6
of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with 7
instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction 8
train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent 9
paving. 10
11
HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used for preleveling 12
wheel rutting shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved 13
by the Engineer. 14
15
Test Results 16
For a sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the 17
minimum of 92 percent of the reference maximum density in a compaction lot with a CPF 18
below 1.00 and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may request 19
that a core be used for determination of the relative density of the sublot. The relative 20
density of the core will replace the relative density determined by the nuclear density 21
gauge for the sublot and will be used for calculation of the CPF and acceptance of HMA 22
compaction lot. 23
24
When cores are taken by the Contracting Agency at the request of the Contractor, they 25
shall be requested by noon of the next workday after the test results for the sublot have 26
been provided or made available to the Contractor. Core locations shall be outside of 27
wheel paths and as determined by the Engineer. Traffic control shall be provided by the 28
Contractor as requested by the Engineer. Failure by the Contractor to provide the 29
requested traffic control will result in forfeiture of the request for cores. When the CPF for 30
the lot based on the results of the HMA cores is less than 1.00, the cost for the coring will 31
be deducted from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the 32
Contract at the rate of $200 per core and the Contractor shall pay for the cost of the 33
traffic control. 34
35
5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction – General Compaction Requirements 36
Compaction shall take place when the mixture is in the proper condition so that no undue 37
displacement, cracking, or shoving occurs. Areas inaccessible to large compaction 38
equipment shall be compacted by other mechanical means. Any HMA that becomes 39
loose, broken, contaminated, shows an excess or deficiency of asphalt, or is in any way 40
defective, shall be removed and replaced with new hot mix that shall be immediately 41
compacted to conform to the surrounding area. 42
43
The type of rollers to be used and their relative position in the compaction sequence 44
shall generally be the Contractor’s option, provided the specified densities are attained. 45
Unless the Engineer has approved otherwise, rollers shall only be operated in the static 46
mode when the internal temperature of the mix is less than 175°F. Regardless of mix 47
temperature, a roller shall not be operated in a mode that results in checking or cracking 48
of the mat. Rollers shall only be operated in static mode on bridge decks. 49
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 196 Special Provisions
1
5-04.3(10)B HMA Compaction – Cyclic Density 2
Low cyclic density areas are defined as spots or streaks in the pavement that are less 3
than 90 percent of the theoretical maximum density. At the Engineer’s discretion, the 4
Engineer may evaluate the HMA pavement for low cyclic density, and when doing so will 5
follow WSDOT SOP 733. A $500 Cyclic Density Price Adjustment will be assessed for 6
any 500-foot section with two or more density readings below 90 percent of the 7
theoretical maximum density. 8
9
5-04.3(10)C Vacant 10
11
5-04.3(10)D HMA Nonstatistical Compaction 12
13
5-04.3(10)D1 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Lots and Sublots 14
HMA compaction which is accepted by nonstatistical evaluation will be based on 15
acceptance testing performed by the Contracting Agency dividing the project into 16
compaction lots. 17
18
A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be 19
tested for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced 20
for each Job Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be 21
equal to one day’s production or 400 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot 22
will be a minimum of 200 tons and may be increased to 800 tons. Testing for compaction 23
will be at the rate of 5 tests per sublot per WSDOT T 738. 24
25
The sublot locations within each density lot will be determined by the Engineer. For a lot 26
in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request 27
after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be 28
produced. 29
30
HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under conditions 31
other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation 32
of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with 33
instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction 34
train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent 35
paving. 36
37
HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used to prelevel wheel 38
ruts shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved by the 39
Engineer. 40
41
5-04.3(10)D2 HMA Compaction Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing 42
The location of the HMA compaction acceptance tests will be randomly selected by the 43
Engineer from within each sublot, with one test per sublot. 44
45
5-04.3(10)D3 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Price Adjustments 46
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 197 Special Provisions
For each compaction lot with one or two sublots, having all sublots attain a relative 1
density that is 92 percent of the reference maximum density the HMA shall be accepted 2
at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When a sublot does not attain a 3
relative density that is 92 percent of the reference maximum density, the lot shall be 4
evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The 5
maximum CPF shall be 1.00, however, lots with a calculated CPF in excess of 1.00 will 6
be used to offset lots with CPF values below 1.00 but greater than 0.90. Lots with CPF 7
lower than 0.90 will be evaluated for compliance per 5-04.3(11). Additional testing by 8
either a nuclear moisture-density gauge or cores will be completed as required to provide 9
a minimum of three tests for evaluation. 10
11
For compaction below the required 92% a Non-Conforming Compaction Factor (NCCF) 12
will be determined. The NCCF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 13
multiplied by 40 percent. The Compaction Price Adjustment will be calculated as the 14
product of CPF, the quantity of HMA in the compaction control lot in tons, and the unit 15
Contract price per ton of mix. 16
17
5-04.3(11) Reject Work 18
19
5-04.3(11)A Reject Work General 20
Work that is defective or does not conform to Contract requirements shall be rejected. 21
The Contractor may propose, in writing, alternatives to removal and replacement of 22
rejected material. Acceptability of such alternative proposals will be determined at the 23
sole discretion of the Engineer. HMA that has been rejected is subject to the 24
requirements in Section 1-06.2(2) and this specification, and the Contractor shall submit 25
a corrective action proposal to the Engineer for approval. 26
27
5-04.3(11)B Rejection by Contractor 28
The Contractor may, prior to sampling, elect to remove any defective material and 29
replace it with new material. Any such new material will be sampled, tested, and 30
evaluated for acceptance. 31
32
5-04.3(11)C Rejection Without Testing (Mixture or Compaction) 33
The Engineer may, without sampling, reject any batch, load, or section of Roadway that 34
appears defective. Material rejected before placement shall not be incorporated into the 35
pavement. Any rejected section of Roadway shall be removed. 36
37
No payment will be made for the rejected materials or the removal of the materials 38
unless the Contractor requests that the rejected material be tested. If the Contractor 39
elects to have the rejected material tested, a minimum of three representative samples 40
will be obtained and tested. Acceptance of rejected material will be based on 41
conformance with the nonstatistical acceptance Specification. If the CPF for the rejected 42
material is less than 0.75, no payment will be made for the rejected material; in addition, 43
the cost of sampling and testing shall be borne by the Contractor. If the CPF is greater 44
than or equal to 0.75, the cost of sampling and testing will be borne by the Contracting 45
Agency. If the material is rejected before placement and the CPF is greater than or equal 46
to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be at a CPF of 0.75. If rejection 47
occurs after placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, compensation for 48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 198 Special Provisions
the rejected material will be at the calculated CPF with an addition of 25 percent of the 1
unit Contract price added for the cost of removal and disposal. 2
3
5-04.3(11)D Rejection - A Partial Sublot 4
In addition to the random acceptance sampling and testing, the Engineer may also 5
isolate from a normal sublot any material that is suspected of being defective in relative 6
density, gradation or asphalt binder content. Such isolated material will not include an 7
original sample location. A minimum of three random samples of the suspect material will 8
be obtained and tested. The material will then be statistically evaluated as an 9
independent lot in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2). 10
11
5-04.3(11)E Rejection - An Entire Sublot 12
An entire sublot that is suspected of being defective may be rejected. When a sublot is 13
rejected a minimum of two additional random samples from this sublot will be obtained. 14
These additional samples and the original sublot will be evaluated as an independent lot 15
in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2). 16
17
5-04.3(11)F Rejection - A Lot in Progress 18
The Contractor shall shut down operations and shall not resume HMA placement until 19
such time as the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can 20
be produced: 21
22
1. When the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of a lot in progress drops below 1.00 and 23
the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or 24
2. When the Pay Factor (PF) for any constituent of a lot in progress drops below 25
0.95 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or 26
3. When either the PFi for any constituent or the CPF of a lot in progress is less 27
than 0.75. 28
29
5-04.3(11)G Rejection - An Entire Lot (Mixture or Compaction) 30
An entire lot with a CPF of less than 0.75 will be rejected. 31
32
5-04.3(12) Joints 33
34
5-04.3(12)A HMA Joints 35
36
5-04.3(12)A1 Transverse Joints 37
The Contractor shall conduct operations such that the placing of the top or wearing 38
course is a continuous operation or as close to continuous as possible. Unscheduled 39
transverse joints will be allowed and the roller may pass over the unprotected end of the 40
freshly laid mixture only when the placement of the course must be discontinued for such 41
a length of time that the mixture will cool below compaction temperature. When the Work 42
is resumed, the previously compacted mixture shall be cut back to produce a slightly 43
beveled edge for the full thickness of the course. 44
45
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 199 Special Provisions
A temporary wedge of HMA constructed on a 20H:1V shall be constructed where a 1
transverse joint as a result of paving or planing is open to traffic. The HMA in the 2
temporary wedge shall be separated from the permanent HMA by strips of heavy 3
wrapping paper or other methods approved by the Engineer. The wrapping paper shall 4
be removed and the joint trimmed to a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the 5
course prior to resumption of paving. 6
7
The material that is cut away shall be wasted and new mix shall be laid against the cut. 8
Rollers or tamping irons shall be used to seal the joint. 9
10
5-04.3(12)A2 Longitudinal Joints 11
The longitudinal joint in any one course shall be offset from the course immediately 12
below by not more than 6 inches nor less than 2 inches. All longitudinal joints 13
constructed in the wearing course shall be located at a lane line or an edge line of the 14
Traveled Way. A notched wedge joint shall be constructed along all longitudinal joints in 15
the wearing surface of new HMA unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The 16
notched wedge joint shall have a vertical edge of not less than the maximum aggregate 17
size or more than ½ of the compacted lift thickness and then taper down on a slope not 18
steeper than 4H:1V. The sloped portion of the HMA notched wedge joint shall be 19
uniformly compacted. 20
21
5-04.3(12)B Bridge Paving Joint Seals 22
23
5-04.3(12)B1 HMA Sawcut and Seal 24
Prior to placing HMA on the bridge deck, establish sawcut alignment points at both ends 25
of the bridge paving joint seals to be placed at the bridge ends, and at interior joints 26
within the bridge deck when and where shown in the Plans. Establish the sawcut 27
alignment points in a manner that they remain functional for use in aligning the sawcut 28
after placing the overlay. 29
30
Submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the sealant manufacturer’s application 31
procedure. 32
33
Construct the bridge paving joint seal as specified ion the Plans and in accordance with 34
the detail shown in the Standard Plans. Construct the sawcut in accordance with the 35
detail shown in the Standard Plan. Construct the sawcut in accordance with Section 5-36
05.3(8)B and the manufacturer’s application procedure. 37
38
5-04.3(12)B2 Paved Panel Joint Seal 39
Construct the paved panel joint seal in accordance with the requirements specified in 40
section 5-04.3(12)B1 and the following requirement: 41
42
1. Clean and seal the existing joint between concrete panels in accordance with 43
Section 5-01.3(8) and the details shown in the Standard Plans. 44
45
5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness 46
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 200 Special Provisions
The completed surface of all courses shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to 1
crown and grade, and free from defects of all kinds. The completed surface of the 2
wearing course shall not vary more than ⅛ inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot 3
straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. The transverse slope of the 4
completed surface of the wearing course shall vary not more than ¼ inch in 10 feet from 5
the rate of transverse slope shown in the Plans. 6
7
When deviations in excess of the above tolerances are found that result from a high 8
place in the HMA, the pavement surface shall be corrected by one of the 9
following methods: 10
11
1. Removal of material from high places by grinding with an approved grinding 12
machine, or 13
2. Removal and replacement of the wearing course of HMA, or 14
3. By other method approved by the Engineer. 15
16
Correction of defects shall be carried out until there are no deviations anywhere greater 17
than the allowable tolerances. 18
19
Deviations in excess of the above tolerances that result from a low place in the HMA and 20
deviations resulting from a high place where corrective action, in the opinion of the 21
Engineer, will not produce satisfactory results will be accepted with a price adjustment. 22
The Engineer shall deduct from monies due or that may become due to the Contractor 23
the sum of $500.00 for each and every section of single traffic lane 100 feet in length in 24
which any excessive deviations described above are found. 25
26
When utility appurtenances such as manhole covers and valve boxes are located in the 27
traveled way, the utility appurtenances shall be adjusted to the finished grade prior to 28
paving. This requirement may be waived when requested by the Contractor, at the 29
discretion of the Engineer or when the adjustment details provided in the project plan or 30
specifications call for utility appurtenance adjustments after the completion of paving. 31
32
Utility appurtenance adjustment discussions will be included in the Pre-Paving planning 33
(5-04.3(14)B3). Submit a written request to waive this requirement to the Engineer prior 34
to the start of paving. 35
36
5-04.3(14) Planing (Milling) Bituminous Pavement 37
The planning plan must be approved by the Engineer and a pre planning meeting must 38
be held prior to the start of any planing. See Section 5-04.3(14)B2 for information on 39
planning submittals. 40
41
Locations of existing surfacing to be planed are as shown in the Drawings. 42
43
Where planing an existing pavement is specified in the Contract, the Contractor must 44
remove existing surfacing material and to reshape the surface to remove irregularities. 45
The finished product must be a prepared surface acceptable for receiving an HMA 46
overlay. 47
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 201 Special Provisions
1
Use the cold milling method for planing unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Do 2
not use the planer on the final wearing course of new HMA. 3
4
Conduct planing operations in a manner that does not tear, break, burn, or otherwise 5
damage the surface which is to remain. The finished planed surface must be slightly 6
grooved or roughened and must be free from gouges, deep grooves, ridges, or other 7
imperfections. The Contractor must repair any damage to the surface by the Contractor’s 8
planing equipment, using an Engineer approved method. 9
10
Repair or replace any metal castings and other surface improvements damaged by 11
planing, as determined by the Engineer. 12
13
A tapered wedge cut must be planed longitudinally along curb lines sufficient to provide a 14
minimum of 4 inches of curb reveal after placement and compaction of the final wearing 15
course. The dimensions of the wedge must be as shown on the Drawings or as specified 16
by the Engineer. 17
18
A tapered wedge cut must also be made at transitions to adjoining pavement surfaces 19
(meet lines) where butt joints are shown on the Drawings. Cut butt joints in a straight line 20
with vertical faces 2 inches or more in height, producing a smooth transition to the 21
existing adjoining pavement. 22
23
After planing is complete, planed surfaces must be swept, cleaned, and if required by the 24
Contract, patched and preleveled. 25
26
The Engineer may direct additional depth planing. Before performing this additional 27
depth planing, the Contractor must conduct a hidden metal in pavement detection survey 28
as specified in Section 5-04.3(14)A. 29
30
5-04.3(14)A Pre-Planing Metal Detection Check 31
Before starting planing of pavements, and before any additional depth planing required 32
by the Engineer, the Contractor must conduct a physical survey of existing pavement to 33
be planed with equipment that can identify hidden metal objects. 34
35
Should such metal be identified, promptly notify the Engineer. 36
37
See Section 1-07.16(1) regarding the protection of survey monumentation that may be 38
hidden in pavement. 39
40
The Contractor is solely responsible for any damage to equipment resulting from the 41
Contractor’s failure to conduct a pre-planing metal detection survey, or from the 42
Contractor’s failure to notify the Engineer of any hidden metal that is detected. 43
44
5-04.3(14)B Paving and Planing Under Traffic 45
46
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 202 Special Provisions
5-04.3(14)B1 General 1
In addition the requirements of Section 1-07.23 and the traffic controls required in 2
Section 1-10, and unless the Contract specifies otherwise or the Engineer approves, the 3
Contractor must comply with the following: 4
5
1. Intersections: 6
a. Keep intersections open to traffic at all times, except when paving or planing 7
operations through an intersection requires closure. Such closure must be kept 8
to the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA mixture, or plane 9
as appropriate. For paving, schedule such closure to individual lanes or portions 10
thereof that allows the traffic volumes and schedule of traffic volumes required in 11
the approved traffic control plan. Schedule work so that adjacent intersections 12
are not impacted at the same time and comply with the traffic control restrictions 13
required by the Traffic Engineer. Each individual intersection closure or partial 14
closure, must be addressed in the traffic control plan, which must be submitted 15
to and accepted by the Engineer, see Section 1-10.2(2). 16
b. When planing or paving and related construction must occur in an 17
intersection, consider scheduling and sequencing such work into quarters of the 18
intersection, or half or more of an intersection with side street detours. Be 19
prepared to sequence the work to individual lanes or portions thereof. 20
c. Should closure of the intersection in its entirety be necessary, and no trolley 21
service is impacted, keep such closure to the minimum time required to place 22
and compact the HMA mixture, plane, remove asphalt, tack coat, and as 23
needed. 24
d. Any work in an intersection requires advance warning in both signage and a 25
number of Working Days advance notice as determined by the Engineer, to alert 26
traffic and emergency services of the intersection closure or partial closure. 27
e. Allow new compacted HMA asphalt to cool to ambient temperature before 28
any traffic is allowed on it. Traffic is not allowed on newly placed asphalt until 29
approval has been obtained from the Engineer. 30
2. Temporary centerline marking, post-paving temporary marking, temporary stop 31
bars, and maintaining temporary pavement marking must comply with Section 32
8-23. 33
3. Permanent pavement marking must comply with Section 8-22. 34
35
5-04.3(14)B2 Submittals – Planing Plan and HMA Paving Plan 36
The Contractor must submit a separate planing plan and a separate paving plan to the 37
Engineer at least 5 Working Days in advance of each operation’s activity start date. 38
These plans must show how the moving operation and traffic control are coordinated, as 39
they will be discussed at the pre-planing briefing and pre-paving briefing. When 40
requested by the Engineer, the Contractor must provide each operation’s traffic control 41
plan on 24 x 36 inch or larger size Shop Drawings with a scale showing both the area of 42
operation and sufficient detail of traffic beyond the area of operation where detour traffic 43
may be required. The scale on the Shop Drawings is 1 inch = 20 feet, which may be 44
changed if the Engineer agrees sufficient detail is shown. 45
46
The planing operation and the paving operation include, but are not limited to, metal 47
detection, removal of asphalt and temporary asphalt of any kind, tack coat and drying, 48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 203 Special Provisions
staging of supply trucks, paving trains, rolling, scheduling, and as may be discussed at 1
the briefing. 2
3
When intersections will be partially or totally blocked, provide adequately sized and 4
noticeable signage alerting traffic of closures to come, a minimum 2 Working Days in 5
advance. The traffic control plan must show where police officers will be stationed when 6
signalization is or may be, countermanded, and show areas where flaggers are 7
proposed. 8
9
At a minimum, the planing and the paving plan must include: 10
11
1. A copy of the accepted traffic control plan, see Section 1-10.2(2), detailing each 12
day’s traffic control as it relates to the specific requirements of that day’s planing 13
and paving. Briefly describe the sequencing of traffic control consistent with the 14
proposed planing and paving sequence, and scheduling of placement of 15
temporary pavement markings and channelizing devices after each day’s planing, 16
and paving. 17
2. A copy of each intersection’s traffic control plan. 18
3. Haul routes from Supplier facilities, and locations of temporary parking and 19
staging areas, including return routes. Describe the complete round trip as it 20
relates to the sequencing of paving operations. 21
4. Names and locations of HMA Supplier facilities to be used. 22
5. List of all equipment to be used for paving. 23
6. List of personnel and associated job classification assigned to each piece of 24
paving equipment. 25
7. Description (geometric or narrative) of the scheduled sequence of planing and of 26
paving, and intended area of planing and of paving for each day’s work, must 27
include the directions of proposed planing and of proposed paving, sequence of 28
adjacent lane paving, sequence of skipped lane paving, intersection planing and 29
paving scheduling and sequencing, and proposed notifications and coordinations 30
to be timely made. The plan must show HMA joints relative to the final pavement 31
marking lane lines. 32
8. Names, job titles, and contact information for field, office, and plant supervisory 33
personnel. 34
9. A copy of the approved Mix Designs. 35
10. Tonnage of HMA to be placed each day. 36
11. Approximate times and days for starting and ending daily operations. 37
38
5-04.3(14)B3 Pre-Paving and Pre-Planing Briefing 39
At least 2 Working Days before the first paving operation and the first planing operation, 40
or as scheduled by the Engineer for future paving and planing operations to ensure the 41
Contractor has adequately prepared for notifying and coordinating as required in the 42
Contract, the Contractor must be prepared to discuss that day’s operations as they relate 43
to other entities and to public safety and convenience, including driveway and business 44
access, garbage truck operations, Metro transit operations and working around 45
energized overhead wires, school and nursing home and hospital and other accesses, 46
other contractors who may be operating in the area, pedestrian and bicycle traffic, and 47
emergency services. The Contractor, and Subcontractors that may be part of that day’s 48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 204 Special Provisions
operations, must meet with the Engineer and discuss the proposed operation as it 1
relates to the submitted planing plan and paving plan, approved traffic control plan, and 2
public convenience and safety. Such discussion includes, but is not limited to: 3
4
1. General for both Paving Plan and for Planing Plan: 5
a. The actual times of starting and ending daily operations. 6
b. In intersections, how to break up the intersection, and address traffic control 7
and signalization for that operation, including use of peace officers. 8
c. The sequencing and scheduling of paving operations and of planing operations, 9
as applicable, as it relates to traffic control, to public convenience and safety, 10
and to other con-tractors who may operate in the Project Site. 11
d. Notifications required of Contractor activities, and coordinating with other 12
entities and the public as necessary. 13
e. Description of the sequencing of installation and types of temporary pavement 14
markings as it relates to planning and to paving. 15
f. Description of the sequencing of installation of, and the removal of, temporary 16
pavement patch material around exposed castings and as may be needed 17
g. Description of procedures and equipment to identify hidden metal in the 18
pavement, such as survey monumentation, monitoring wells, street car rail, and 19
castings, before planning, see Section 5-04.3(14)B2. 20
h. Description of how flaggers will be coordinated with the planing, paving, and 21
related operations. 22
i. Description of sequencing of traffic controls for the process of rigid pavement 23
base repairs. 24
j. Other items the Engineer deems necessary to address. 25
2. Paving – additional topics: 26
a. When to start applying tack and coordinating with paving. 27
b. Types of equipment and numbers of each type equipment to be used. If more 28
pieces of equipment than personnel are proposed, describe the sequencing of 29
the personnel operating the types of equipment. Discuss the continuance of 30
operator personnel for each type equipment as it relates to meeting 31
Specification requirements. 32
c. Number of JMFs to be placed, and if more than one JMF how the Contractor 33
will ensure different JMFs are distinguished, how pavers and MTVs are 34
distinguished if more than one JMF is being placed at the time, and how 35
pavers and MTVs are cleaned so that one JMF does not adversely influence 36
the other JMF. 37
d. Description of contingency plans for that day’s operations such as equipment 38
breakdown, rain out, and Supplier shutdown of operations. 39
e. Number of sublots to be placed, sequencing of density testing, and other 40
sampling and testing. 41
42
5-04.3(15) Sealing Pavement Surfaces 43
Apply a fog seal where shown in the plans. Construct the fog seal in accordance with 44
Section 5-02.3. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, apply the fog seal prior to 45
opening to traffic. 46
47
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 205 Special Provisions
5-04.3(16) HMA Road Approaches 1
HMA approaches shall be constructed at the locations shown in the Plans or where 2
staked by the Engineer. The Work shall be performed in accordance with Section 5-04. 3
4
5-04.4 Measurement 5
HMA Cl. ___ PG ___, HMA for ___ Cl. ___ PG ___, and Commercial HMA will 6
be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2, with no deduction being 7
made for the weight of asphalt binder, mineral filler, or any other component of the 8
mixture. If the Contractor elects to remove and replace mix as allowed by Section 5-9
04.3(11), the material removed will not be measured. 10
11
Roadway cores will be measured per each for the number of cores taken. 12
13
Preparation of untreated roadway will be measured by the mile once along the centerline 14
of the main line Roadway. No additional measurement will be made for ramps, Auxiliary 15
Lanes, service roads, Frontage Roads, or Shoulders. Measurement will be to the nearest 16
0.01 mile. 17
18
Soil residual herbicide will be measured by the mile for the stated width to the nearest 19
0.01 mile or by the square yard, whichever is designated in the Proposal. 20
21
Pavement repair excavation will be measured by the square yard of surface marked prior 22
to excavation. 23
24
Asphalt for prime coat will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2. 25
26
Prime coat aggregate will be measured by the cubic yard, truck measure, or by the ton, 27
whichever is designated in the Proposal. 28
29
Asphalt for fog seal will be measured by the ton, as provided in Section 5-02.4. 30
31
Longitudinal joint seals between the HMA and cement concrete pavement will be 32
measured by the linear foot along the line and slope of the completed joint seal. 33
34
Planing bituminous pavement will be measured by the square yard. 35
36
Temporary pavement marking will be measured by the linear foot as provided in Section 37
8-23.4. 38
39
Water will be measured by the M gallon as provided in Section 2-07.4. 40
41
5-04.5 Payment 42
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the 43
Proposal: 44
45
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 206 Special Provisions
“HMA Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton. 1
2
“HMA for Approach Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton. 3
4
“HMA for Preleveling Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton. 5
6
“HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton. 7
8
“Commercial HMA”, per ton. 9
10
The unit Contract price per ton for “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___”, “HMA for Approach Cl. ___ 11
PG ___”, “HMA for Preleveling Cl. ___ PG ___”, “HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. ___ PG 12
___”, and “Commercial HMA” shall be full compensation for all costs, including anti-13
stripping additive, incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 5-04 except for those 14
costs included in other items which are included in this Subsection and which are 15
included in the Proposal. 16
17
“Preparation of Untreated Roadway”, per mile. 18
19
The unit Contract price per mile for “Preparation of Untreated Roadway” shall be full pay 20
for all Work described under 5-04.3(4) , with the exception, however, that all costs 21
involved in patching the Roadway prior to placement of HMA shall be included in the unit 22
Contract price per ton for “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___” which was used for patching. If the 23
Proposal does not include a Bid item for “Preparation of Untreated Roadway”, the 24
Roadway shall be prepared as specified, but the Work shall be included in the Contract 25
prices of the other items of Work. 26
27
“Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces”, per mile. 28
29
The unit Contract Price for “Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces” shall be full pay for 30
all Work described under Section 5-04.3(4) with the exception, however, that all costs 31
involved in patching the Roadway prior to placement of HMA shall be included in the unit 32
Contract price per ton for “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___” which was used for patching. If the 33
Proposal does not include a Bid item for “Preparation of Untreated Roadway”, the 34
Roadway shall be prepared as specified, but the Work shall be included in the Contract 35
prices of the other items of Work. 36
37
“Crack Sealing”, by force account. 38
39
“Crack Sealing” will be paid for by force account as specified in Section 1-09.6. For the 40
purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has 41
entered an amount in the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. 42
43
“Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul”, per square yard. 44
45
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 207 Special Provisions
The unit Contract price per square yard for “Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul” 1
shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-2
04.3(4) with the exception, however, that all costs involved in the placement of HMA 3
shall be included in the unit Contract price per ton for “HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. ___ 4
PG ___”, per ton. 5
6
“Asphalt for Prime Coat”, per ton. 7
8
The unit Contract price per ton for “Asphalt for Prime Coat” shall be full payment for all 9
costs incurred to obtain, provide and install the material in accordance with Section 5-10
04.3(4). 11
12
“Prime Coat Agg.”, per cubic yard, or per ton. 13
14
The unit Contract price per cubic yard or per ton for “Prime Coat Agg.” shall be full pay 15
for furnishing, loading, and hauling aggregate to the place of deposit and spreading the 16
aggregate in the quantities required by the Engineer. 17
18
“Asphalt for Fog Seal”, per ton. 19
20
Payment for “Asphalt for Fog Seal” is described in Section 5-02.5. 21
22
“Longitudinal Joint Seal”, per linear foot. 23
24
The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Longitudinal Joint Seal” shall be full payment 25
for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(12). 26
27
“Planing Bituminous Pavement”, per square yard. 28
29
The unit Contract price per square yard for “Planing Bituminous Pavement” shall be full 30
payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(14). 31
32
“Temporary Pavement Marking”, per linear foot. 33
34
Payment for “Temporary Pavement Marking” is described in Section 8-23.5. 35
36
“Water”, per M gallon. 37
38
Payment for “Water” is described in Section 2-07.5. 39
40
“Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment”, by calculation. 41
42
“Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in 43
Section 5-04.3(9)C6. 44
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 208 Special Provisions
1
“Compaction Price Adjustment”, by calculation. 2
3
“Compaction Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5-4
04..3(10)D3. 5
6
“Roadway Core”, per each. 7
8
The Contractor’s costs for all other Work associated with the coring (e.g., traffic control) 9
shall be incidental and included within the unit Bid price per each and no additional 10
payments will be made. 11
12
“Cyclic Density Price Adjustment”, by calculation. 13
14
“Cyclic Density Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 15
5-04.3(10)B. 16
17
Division 6 18
Structures 19
20
Concrete Structures 21
22
Description 23
24
Section 6-02.1 is supplemented with the following: 25
26
(******) 27
This work shall consist of constructing concrete seat wall. 28
29
This work shall consist of constructing concrete retaining walls for ‘bridge’. 30
31
32
Materials 33
34
Section 6-02.2 is supplemented with the following: 35
36
(******) 37
Seat wall shall meet the requirements of Section 6-02.2. 38
39
Concrete retaining walls for ‘bridge’ shall meet the requirements of Section 6-02.2 40
41
Drain rock shall meet the requirements of Section 9-03.12(6) 3/4” Washed Gravel and 42
comply with Drain Rock AASHTO #67. 43
44
4” perforated pvc pipe shall meet the requirements of Section 9-05.2(6) and 7-01.3(2). 45
46
Crushed Surface Top Course (C.S.T.C.) shall meet the requirements of Section 9-03.9(3). 47
48
49
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 209 Special Provisions
Construction Requirements 1
2
Section 6-02.3(1) is supplemented with the following: 3
4
(******) 5
Seat wall shall be Class 3000 and meet the requirements of Section 6-02.3. 6
7
Concrete retaining walls for ‘bridge’ shall be Class 3000 and meet the requirements of 8
Section 6-02.3. 9
10
11
Section 6-02.3(14) is supplemented with the following: 12
13
(******) 14
Seat wall shall be Class 1 surface finish for all exposed and above grade surfaces and 15
surfaces to 4” inches below finished grade and shall meet the requirements of Section 6-16
02.3(14)A. Finish shall match the trowel/ sack finish of the concrete plinth for art work. 17
Surfaces 4” below finished grade and lower shall receive Class 2 finish per Section 6-18
02.3(14)B. 19
20
Concrete retaining walls for ‘bridge’ shall be Class 1 surface finish for all exposed and 21
above grade surfaces and surfaces to 4” inches below finished grade and shall meet the 22
requirements of Section 6-02.3(14)A with exception of top of retaining wall. The top of 23
retaining wall shall receive a light broom finish perpendicular to the direction of travel. 24
Surfaces 4” below finished grade and lower shall receive Class 2 finish per Section 6-25
02.3(14)B. 26
27
28
Measurement 29
30
Section 6-02.4 is supplemented with the following: 31
32
(******) 33
“Seat wall” shall be measured per linear foot (LF) for all work, including without limitation, 34
all labor, equipment and materials, required for preparation, installation, and finish per 35
drawings and these specifications. 36
37
“Concrete retaining wall for ‘bridge’” shall be measured per linear foot (LF) for all work, 38
including without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials, required for preparation, 39
installation, and finish per drawings and these specifications. 40
41
Steel reinforcing bars shall be incidental to the unit costs for “Seat wall” and “Concrete 42
retaining wall for ‘bridge’” respectively. 43
44
Drain rock shall be incidental to the unit cost for “Concrete retaining wall for ‘bridge’”. 45
46
4” perf. pvc pipe shall be incidental to the unit cost for “Concrete retaining wall for ‘bridge’.” 47
48
“Crushed Surfacing Top Course (CSTC)” shall be measured per ton inclusive of 49
installation, grading, and compaction. 50
51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 210 Special Provisions
Payment 1
2
Section 6-02.5 is supplemented with the following: 3
4
(******) 5
“Seat wall” per linear foot (LF). The unit contract price per linear foot (LF) for “Seat wall” 6
shall be full compensation for all Work, including without limitation, all labor, equipment 7
and materials, required for preparation, installation, and finish. 8
9
“Concrete retaining wall for ‘bridge’” per linear foot (LF). The unit contract price per linear 10
foot (LF) for “Concrete retaining wall for ‘bridge’” shall be full compensation for all Work, 11
including without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials, required for preparation, 12
installation, and finish. 13
14
All costs in connection with temporary forming, steel reinforcing, coordination with storm 15
drainage, pouring concrete, removing forms, drain rock, backfill, and 4” perf. drain pipe 16
shall be included in the unit costs for “Seat wall” and “Concrete retaining wall for ‘bridge’” 17
respectively. 18
19
“Crushed Surfacing Top Course (CSTC)” per ton. The unit contract price per ton for 20
Crushed Surfacing Top Course (CSTC) shall be full compensation for all Work, including 21
without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials, required for preparation and 22
installation inclusive of compaction and grading. 23
24
Division 7 25
Drainage Structures, Storm Sewers, Sanitary 26
Sewers, Water Mains, and Conduits 27
28
Storm Sewers 29
30
Measurement 31
32
Section 7-04.4 is supplemented with: 33
34
(******) 35
36
Downspout connections shall be measured by each. All materials and work for connecting 37
each downspout to the storm sewer system shall be incidental to downspout connection 38
construction. 39
40
Payment 41
42
Section 7-04.5 is supplemented with: 43
44
(******) 45
46
“Downspout” per each. All materials and work for connecting each downspout to the storm 47
sewer system shall be incidental to this bid item. 48
49
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 211 Special Provisions
Water Mains 1
2
Measurement 3
4
Section 7-09.4 is supplemented with: 5
6
(******) 7
Adjust Valve Box shall be measured by each. 8
9
Payment 10
11
Section 7-09.5 is supplemented with: 12
13
(******) 14
“Adjust Valve Box” per each. 15
16
Division 8 17
Miscellaneous Construction 18
19
Roadside Restoration 20
21
Description 22
23
Section 8-02.1 is supplemented with the following: 24
25
(******) 26
This work shall include without limitation soil preparation and the placement of mulch, 27
topsoil, all plantings associated with rain garden areas and plant beds, and lawn areas. 28
29
Materials 30
31
Section 8-02.2 is supplemented with the following: 32
33
(******) 34
Root Barrier shall be as defined in Section 9-14.8 of the Special Provisions. 35
36
Topsoil Type A 37
Section 9-14.1(1) is supplemented with the following: 38
39
Samples: Submit 1 cubic foot of each of the following: 40
Topsoil sand component 41
Topsoil organic compost component 42
Topsoil sandy loam component 43
Topsoil sand, organic compost and sandy loam components mixed in specified 44
proportions. 45
46
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 212 Special Provisions
Submit minimum one (1) sample for approval prior to importing material. Sample 1
shall be clearly labeled in resealable 1-gallon bag and clearly illustrate the functional 2
characteristics and texture of the material. 3
4
General: Topsoil to be fertile, friable, sandy loam, and to supply the following 5
composition requirements: weed and seed free; pH between 5.5 and 7.5; 6
maximum particle size to be 1/2 inch, with 97% to 100% passing the 3/8" screen; 7
soluble salts shall not exceed 600 ppm; free of clay and sod lumps, litter and toxic 8
matter harmful to plant growth. Pure organic content shall be 10% maximum by 9
weight. 10
11
Topsoil components shall be mixed in the following proportions (percentages below 12
are by volume): 13
Topsoil Type A1 - All plant bed and lawn areas: 15% organic compost, 55% sandy 14
loam, 30% sand. 15
16
Topsoil Type A2 - All raingardens including seeded raingarden areas: 25% organic 17
compost, 25% sandy loam, 50% sand. 18
19
All components shall conform to the requirements indicated. Mixing of the soil 20
components shall not occur on site unless on-site materials, mixing operation and 21
locations are approved. 22
23
Topsoil ‘A’ Components: 24
25
Sand: Conform to the following analysis using Tyler Standard Screens - U.S. 26
Series Equivalent Number: 27
28
Sieve % Passing 29
#4 100% 30
#10 95-100% 31
#16 85-100% 32
#30 75-90% 33
#60 15-30% 34
#100 0-5% 35
#200 (wet sieve procedure) 0-1.5% 36
37
Submit separate sand sieve analysis for approval prior to mixing. 38
39
Organic Compost: Organic Compost shall be as defined in Standard 40
Specification Section 9-14.4(8) “Compost.” 41
42
Sandy Loam: Shall be derived from the "A" Horizon of naturally occurring, free 43
draining, friable soils. Soils with a high fine silt or clay content will be rejected. 44
Submit separate sample for approval prior to mixing. Screened on-site soils will 45
be considered if it does not contain woody debris or glacial till. 46
47
Fertilizer 48
Section 9-14.3 is supplemented with the following: 49
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 213 Special Provisions
Trees, Shrubs, Groundcover, Ornamental Grasses, Perennials, and Bulbs: 1
Agriform planting tablets 20-10-5, 21-gram size, 5-gram size, or granular as 2
approved. 3
4
Organic Compost shall be as defined in Specification Section Section 9-14.4(8) 5
“Compost.” 6
7
Mulching shall be defined as placing Organic Compost Mulch. 8
Bulbs: All bulbs shall be dormant, firm and healthy, free of mold, soft areas, cuts, 9
slices, bruises or other damage. 10
11
Construction Requirements 12
13
Responsibility During Construction 14
15
Section 8-02.3(1) is supplemented with the following: 16
17
(******) 18
For all planting areas, the Contractor is responsible for performing all Work in a 19
manner that minimizes displacement and compaction of the existing soil. Work 20
will be stopped if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the construction method, soil 21
moisture content or another condition (such as ruts over 3 inches deep) will 22
result in soil compaction or displacement of the existing soil horizon surrounding 23
the area in which Topsoil Type A is deposited. The Contractor will not be allowed 24
to resume work until conditions improve or an alternate method of construction 25
is approved by the Engineer. 26
27
“Watering” as specified includes watering with automatic irrigation system or 28
hand watering of non-irrigated plant material as necessary to establish the plants 29
and maintain plants in a healthy condition. 30
31
Work within the dripline of existing trees to remain shall be by hand. Do not 32
operate equipment, stockpile, or drive over root zone of existing trees to remain. 33
34
35
Work Plans 36
37
Roadside Work Plan 38
39
Section 8-02.3(2)A is deleted and replaced with the following: 40
41
(******) 42
Before starting any Work under Sections 8-02, the Contractor shall submit a 43
Roadside Work Plan for the Engineer’s approval. The Roadside Work Plan shall 44
define in narrative form, all Work necessary to meet all contract requirements, 45
including without limitation, clearing and grubbing, plant area preparation, 46
planting, seeding/ hydro seeding, plant replacement, watering, lawn 47
establishment, and weed control. The Roadside Work Plan shall also include the 48
following: 49
50
1. Progress Schedule 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 214 Special Provisions
A progress schedule shall be submitted in accordance with Section 1-08.3. 1
The Progress Schedule shall include the planned time periods for all Work 2
necessary to provide all Contract requirements in accordance with Sections 3
8-01, 8-02 and 8-03. 4
5
2. Plant Establishment Plan 6
The Plant Establishment Plan shall be prepared in accordance with Section 7
8-02.3(12) and submitted and approved prior to initial planting acceptance 8
in accordance with Section 8-02.3(13). 9
10
3. Lawn Establishment Plan 11
The Lawn Establishment Plan shall be prepared in accordance with Section 12
8-02.3(16) and submitted and approved prior to initial plant acceptance in 13
accordance with Section 8-02.3(13). 14
15
16
Weed and Pest Control 17
18
Section 8-02.3(3) is supplemented with the following: 19
20
(******) 21
Herbicides may not be used on this project. Weed control shall be performed by 22
hand, as needed to control weed growth. Chemical pesticides may not be used 23
on this project. 24
25
26
Topsoil 27
28
Section 8-02.3(4) is supplemented with the following: 29
30
(******) 31
1. Moisture condition the Topsoil Type A mix as needed for suitable placement 32
and compaction at the locations shown on the Plans. 33
Prepare subgrade by scarifying to six inches (6”) in depth. Do not scarify 34
subgrade or cultivate/ till soils within the dripline of existing trees to remain. 35
Work within the dripline of existing trees to remain shall be by hand. Do not 36
operate equipment, stockpile, or drive over root zone of existing trees to 37
remain. 38
2. Place in lifts not exceeding 12 inches (12”) in loose thickness. 39
3. For Topsoil Type A mixes compact soil in lifts to obtain compaction. Topsoil 40
Type A 2 compaction not less than seventy-seven percent (77%) and not 41
more than eighty-five percent (85%) of the maximum dry density per ASTM 42
Designation D 1557 at Rain Garden; Topsoil Type A1 compact soil not more 43
than ninety percent (90%) of the maximum dry density per ASTM 44
Designation D 1557 at Plant Beds and Lawn areas. 45
4. Do not drive, park equipment or place construction materials on the Topsoil 46
Type A mixes once placed. 47
5. Topsoil Types A mixes shall not be placed when a condition exists, such as 48
frozen or water saturated soil that may be detrimental to successful 49
application or incorporation, or to soil structure. 50
6. Topsoil depth after settlement: 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 215 Special Provisions
1. Plant Beds: Minimum 8” depth after settlement. 1
2. Eco Lawn areas: Minimum 4” depth after settlement 2
3. Rain Garden and Raingarden seed areas: Minimum 18” depth at 3
bottom of Raingarden; Minimum 12” depth at side slopes and top of 4
Raingarden. 5
6
7
Topsoil Type A 8
9
Section 8-02.3(4)A is supplemented with the following: 10
11
(******) 12
Store stockpiles of Topsoil Type A mixes separately and in a manner that 13
prevents them from becoming wet from rain, storm water runoff, or other sources 14
of water or contaminated by fine soil or other undesirable materials. All 15
stockpiles of mixed and pre-mixed Topsoil Type A material shall be protected 16
and covered in accordance with Contract Documents. 17
18
19
Planting Area Preparation 20
21
Section 8-02.3(5) is supplemented with the following: 22
23
(******) 24
Cultivate to plant beds to 12” depth. Cultivate lawn areas to 8” depth. Do not cultivate 25
raingardens or within the dripline of existing trees to remain. 26
27
Section 8-02.3(5) the third paragraph shall be replaced with the following: 28
29
(******) 30
Finish Grading: Except as otherwise directed, perform all rough and fine grading 31
required to attain the elevations, lines and forms indicated on the drawings. Grade 32
to uniform levels or slopes between points where grades are given, with round 33
surfaces at abrupt changes in levels. Rake entire surface to a smooth and even 34
grade, remove all rocks over 1" diameter, remove grass roots and debris. Fine 35
graded areas shall include all areas disturbed by work in this Contract which are to 36
be planted or seeded. 37
38
Grading Tolerance: 39
Contours and spot elevations shown on the plans are finish grade elevations, 40
unless otherwise noted. 41
Where drawings indicate positive drainage flow grades shall provide that drainage 42
free of ruts, hummocks, or other uneven surfaces, which might hold or impede the 43
flow of water. Maintain positive drainage away from buildings. 44
45
Relationship to Adjacent Areas: 46
Plant Beds: Finish grade (surface of 2” organic mulch layer) shall be flush with 47
sidewalk surface, junction and valve boxes, catch basins driveways, and top of 48
curbs unless otherwise noted. 49
Raingardens: Finish grade (surface of 2” organic mulch layer) shall be flush with 50
sidewalk surface, junction and valve boxes, catch basins driveways, and to bottom 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 216 Special Provisions
of curb - flush with curb cut inlets and as shown in the Plans unless otherwise 1
noted. 2
Seeded Areas: Finish grade in all seeded areas shall be flush with surrounding 3
grades, concrete sidewalk surface, junction and valve boxes, catch basins 4
driveways, and top of curbs. 5
6
7
Layout of Planting 8
9
Section 8-02.3(7) is supplemented with the following: 10
11
(******) 12
Following soil preparation, the Contractor shall stake locations all trees, shrubs, and 13
plant bed areas for approval. 14
15
16
Planting 17
18
Section 8-02.3(8) is supplemented with the following: 19
20
(******) 21
Placement of Trees, Shrubs, Groundcover, Ornamental Grasses, and Perennials: 22
Orient plants as directed for best appearance. Set in center of pits, on approved 23
topsoil backfill mix. Set plants to ensure positive drainage away from crown of 24
plant. Hold firmly in position while backfill mixture is being placed. Break down any 25
smooth walls of the plant pit during this backfill process. Place backfill mixture 26
carefully, avoiding root damage and filling all voids. Compact fill by jetting to avoid 27
air pockets. Allow to soak away and continue adding more backfill mixture as 28
required. Add fertilizer tablets, as specified below, near top of rootball during 29
backfill. Space fertilizer tablets evenly at upper outer edges of root system during 30
backfilling, 6-8" below the surface of the soil. For bulbs: Place in holes two times 31
the size of bulb at a depth two times the diameter of the bulb with roots down or per 32
nursery directions. Add fertilizer tablet. 33
Provide (8) 21-gram tablets per tree, (4) 21-gram tablets per shrub and (1) 5-gram 34
tablet per groundcover, ornamental grass, perennial and bulb. 35
36
The last sentence of Paragraph 8, Section 8-02.3(8) is deleted and replaced with the 37
following: 38
39
(******) 40
All plant material shall be watered on the same working day as planted until the 41
backfill soil around each plant’s roots is thoroughly saturated. No more plants 42
shall be planted on any day than can be watered on that day. 43
44
45
Pruning, Staking, Guying, and Wrapping 46
47
Section 8-02.3(9) is supplemented with the following: 48
49
(******) 50
Staking of trees shall be performed as described in the Plans. 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 217 Special Provisions
1
Fertilizer 2
3
Section 8-02.3(10) is supplemented with the following: 4
5
(******) 6
Fertilizer: Space tablets evenly at upper outer edges of root system during 7
backfilling, 6-8" below the surface of the soil. Provide (8) 21-gram tablets per tree, 8
(4) 21-gram tablets per shrub and (1) 5-gram tablet per groundcover, perennial, 9
and bulb. 10
11
12
Bark or Wood Chip Mulch 13
14
The section title and first sentence of Section 8-02.3(11) is deleted and replaced with the 15
following: 16
17
8-02.3(11) Organic Compost Mulch 18
19
20
(******) 21
Compost mulch shall be placed as mulch to a uniform non-compacted depth of two 22
inches (2”) over all plant bed and raingarden areas where seeding is not proposed. . 23
Do not cover crowns of trees or plants with mulch. 24
25
Prior to placement, the Compost mulch application method shall be approved by the 26
Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer ten (10) working days prior to the 27
start of mulch application. Mulch shall not be placed over water saturated soil or in 28
areas of standing water. 29
30
31
Completion of Initial Planting 32
33
Item 1 in Paragraph 2, Section 8-02.3(12) is deleted and replaced with the following: 34
35
36
(******) 37
1. A minimum of one hundred percent (100%) of each of the plant material 38
categories, as described in Section 8-02.1, shall be in a healthy and vigorous 39
growing condition and be installed per the Contract Provisions and Plans. 40
41
42
Plant Establishment 43
44
Section 8-02.3(13) is supplemented with the following: 45
46
(******) 47
A one-year plant establishment period is required by this Contract. The Plant 48
Establishment Plan shall show the scheduling, frequency, dates, materials and 49
equipment utilized, as applicable, for all plant establishment activities including, but 50
not limited to, the following: 51
52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 218 Special Provisions
1. Fertilizing 1
2. Watering 2
3. Litter and Debris Removal 3
4. Pruning 4
5. Erosion Control Methods and Procedures 5
6. Plant Replacement 6
7
The Plant Establishment Plan shall be signed and dated and include the following: 8
9
Supervisor/Responsible Contact Name 10
Local address 11
Local telephone number 12
13
Plants shall be watered regularly and by hand. Watering shall take place in the early 14
morning, on the following schedule: 15
16
1. During July and August, one inch (1”) of water per week; 17
2. During June, three-quarters of an inch (3/4”) of water per week; 18
3. During May and September, one-half inch (1/2”) of water per week; 19
4. The rest of the year, as needed to maintain plant health. 20
21
22
Lawn Installation 23
24
Lawn Installation 25
26
Section 8-02.3(16) A is supplemented with the following: 27
28
29
(******) 30
Sodding shall not be an option for lawn installation. 31
Seed Bed Preparation: Topsoil and cultivation shall be as described in 8-02.3(4) 32
and 8-02.3(5). After topsoil placement and cultivation, apply dolomite limestone at 33
the rate of 50 lbs. per 1,000 square feet. Rake to incorporate. Finish surfaces by 34
raking smooth and even; lightly compact with roller. Level out surface undulations 35
and irregularities to tolerances specified in 8-02.3(5) and re-compact as necessary. 36
Drive no heavy equipment over seed bed after this operation. 37
38
Seed 39
Seed mixes shall be per below as available through Pro Time (PT) Lawn Seed (503) 40
239-7514 www.ptlawnseed.com. 41
Eco Lawn Seed Mix (PT 755 Fleur De Lawn™): 42
Common Name/ Botanical Name Percent by weight 43
Banfield Perennial Ryegrass/ Lolium perenne ‘Banfield’ 40% 44
Eureka II Hard Fescue/ Festuca trachyphylla ‘Eureka II’ 20% 45
Quatro Sheep Fescue/ Festuca ovina ‘Quatro’ 20% 46
White Yarrow/ Achillea millefolium 4% 47
Microclover/ Trifolium repens var Pipolina ssp Microclover 4% 48
Baby Blue Eyes/ Nemophila menziesii 4% 49
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 219 Special Provisions
Sweet Alyssum/ Lobularia maritima 4% 1
Strawberry Clover/ Trifolium fragiferum 2% 2
English Daisy/ Bellis perennis 2% 3
4
Application rate for hydroseeding: 2-4 lbs. per 1000 square feet or 600 lbs. per 5
acre. 6
7
Raingarden Seed Mix (PT 701 Let It Grow Grasses™): 8
Common Name/ Botanical Name Percent by weight 9
Quatro Sheep Fescue/ Festuca ovina ‘Quatro’ 20% 10
Longfellow 3 Chewings Fescue/ Festuca rubra var commutata 20% 11
Chantilly Creeping Red Fescue/ Festuca rubra ‘Chantilly’ 12
20% 13
Eureka II Hard Fescue/ Festuca trachyphylla ‘Eureka II’ 20% 14
Shoreline Slender Creeping Red Fescue/Festuca rubra ‘Shoreline’ 20% 15
16
Application rate for hydroseeding: 10-14 lbs. per 1000 square feet or 160 lbs. per 17
acre. 18
19
Fertilizer 20
All Seeded Areas: 21
Installation Fertilizer “A”: 22
Total available Nitrogen 10% by weight 23
(of which 50% is derived from controlled release sources including Ureaform or 24
Methylene Urea). 25
Total available Phosphorus 20% by weight 26
Total available Potassium 20% by weight 27
Initial Maintenance Fertilizer “B”: 28
Initial Fertilizer (Fertilizer 'B') 29
Total available Nitrogen 21% by weight 30
(of which 50% if derived from controlled release sources including Ureaform or 31
Methylene Urea) 32
Total available Phosphorous 0% by weight 33
Total available Potassium 0% by weight 34
35
Seed/ hydroseed all lawn areas with Eco Lawn Seed Mix and Raingarden Seed 36
Mix as designated and where located and as shown on the Plans. Hydroseeding 37
mixture shall consist of a slurry composed of water, seed, installation fertilizer A, 38
organic tackifier, and mulch. Installation fertilizer “A” application rate shall be 10 lbs. 39
per 1,000 square feet. 40
41
Areas to be seeded which are not accessible to hydroseeding equipment shall be 42
mechanically or hand seeded as approved with the same rates of application. 43
44
45
Lawn Establishment 46
47
Section 8-02.3(16) B is supplemented with the following: 48
49
50
(******) 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 220 Special Provisions
Section 8-02.3(16) B is supplemented with the following: 1
2
Insecticides and fungicides may not be used on this project. Chemical pesticides 3
may not be used on this project. 4
5
Watering: Water turf areas thoroughly immediately after each application of 6
Fertilizer 'B'. Schedule irrigation applications minimum twice daily during 7
maintenance period, duration based on daily weather conditions. 8
Re-seeding: 30 days after initial seeding, all bare spots larger than 4 sq. in., and 9
any areas of turf which fail to establish a healthy uniform stand of specified grasses 10
shall be re-seeded at a rate of 4 lbs. /1,000 sf. 11
Initial Maintenance Fertilizer (Fertilizer "B"): Apply fertilizer at the rate of 2 lbs. per 12
1,000 square feet after the first mowing. Apply once each week through the third 13
mowing, minimum three applications. Do not apply Fertilizer "B" between October 1 14
and March 30. 15
16
17
Root Barrier 18
19
(******) 20
The following is added as Section 8-02.3(20) Root Barrier: 21
22
Root Barrier shall be installed as indicated on the plans per manufacturers written 23
instructions and recommendations. 24
25
26
Measurement 27
28
Section 8-02.4 is supplemented with the following: 29
30
The first sentence in Section 8-02.4 is deleted and replaced with the following: 31
(******) 32
“Topsoil Type A1” (plant bed and eco lawn) shall be measured in hauling vehicle by the 33
cubic yard. No separate measurement shall be made for topsoil components (Sand, 34
Organic Compost, and Sandy Loam). No separate measurement shall be made for 35
preparation, mixing, placement, compaction or other work required for completion of the 36
Work. 37
38
“Topsoil Type A2” (rain gardens) shall be measured in hauling vehicle by the cubic yard. 39
No separate measurement shall be made for topsoil components (Sand, Organic 40
Compost, and Sandy Loam). No separate measurement shall be made for preparation, 41
mixing, placement, compaction or other work required for completion of the Work. 42
43
No separate measurement shall be made for Organic Compost used in the Topsoil Type 44
A mixes. 45
46
“Organic Compost Mulch” shall be full pay for furnishing and spreading measured in place 47
by the cubic yard. 48
49
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 221 Special Provisions
“Seeded Lawn Installation – Eco Lawn” shall be measured in place by square yard (SY) 1
including without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials, required for preparation, 2
seeding/ hydroseeding, and lawn establishment. 3
4
“Seeded Lawn Installation – Rain Garden” shall be measured in place by square yard 5
(SY) including without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials, required for 6
preparation, seeding/ hydroseeding, and lawn establishment. 7
8
“Root Barrier” shall be measured in place by the linear foot. 9
10
Payment 11
12
Section 8-02.5 is supplemented with the following: 13
14
(******) 15
“Topsoil Type ‘A’: per cubic yard” is deleted and replaced with: 16
17
“Topsoil Type A1” including without limitation Sand, Organic Compost, and Sandy Loam: 18
per cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard for “Topsoil Type A1” shall be full 19
compensation for all Work, including without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials, 20
required for preparation, mixing, placement, and compaction. 21
22
“Topsoil Type A2” including without limitation Sand, Organic Compost, and Sandy Loam: 23
per cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard for “Topsoil Type A2” shall be full 24
compensation for all Work, including without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials, 25
required for preparation, mixing, placement, and compaction. 26
27
“Organic Compost Mulch”: per cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard (CY) for 28
“Organic Compost Mulch” shall be full compensation for all Work, including without 29
limitation, all labor, equipment and materials, required for preparation and installation. 30
31
“Seeded Lawn Installation – Eco Lawn” per square yard (SY) The unit contract price per 32
square yard (SY) for “Seeded Lawn Installation – Eco Lawn” shall be full compensation 33
for all Work, including without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials, required for 34
preparation, seeding/ hydroseeding, and lawn establishment. 35
36
“Seeded Lawn Installation – Rain Garden” per square yard (SY) The unit contract price 37
per square yard (SY) for “Seeded Lawn Installation – Rain Garden” shall be full 38
compensation for all Work, including without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials, 39
required for preparation, seeding/ hydroseeding, and lawn establishment. 40
41
“Root Barrier”, per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for Root Barrier shall 42
be full compensation for all Work, including without limitation, all labor, equipment and 43
materials, required for preparation and placement. 44
45
46
47
Curbs, Gutters, And Spillways 48
49
Measurement 50
51
The first paragraph of Section 8-04.4 is supplemented with the following: 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 222 Special Provisions
1
(******) 2
Drain curb cuts called out on plan shall be incidental to “Cement Conc. Traffic Curb and 3
Gutter” construction. 4
5
6
Payment 7
8
Section 8-04.5 is supplemented with the following: 9
10
(******) 11
“C.I.P. Concrete Flush Curb” per linear foot (LF). The unit contract price per linear foot 12
(LF) for “C.I.P. Concrete Flush Curb” shall be full compensation for all Work, including 13
without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials, required for preparation, installation, 14
and finish. 15
16
All costs in connection with temporary forming, steel reinforcing, pouring concrete, 17
removing forms, and finish shall be included in the unit costs for “C.I.P. Concrete Flush 18
Curb.” 19
20
“2” Cement Conc Traffic Curb”, per linear foot. 21
22
Monument Cases 23
24
Measurement 25
26
Section 8-13.4 is supplemented with the following: 27
28
(******) 29
Measurement of monument case and cover adjustment will be by the unit for each 30
monument case and cover adjusted. 31
32
Payment 33
34
Section 8-13.5 is supplemented with the following: 35
36
(******) 37
"Adjust Monument Case and Cover", per each. 38
39
Cement Concrete Sidewalks 40
41
Materials 42
43
Section 8-14.2 is supplemented with the following: 44
45
(******) 46
“Detectable Warning Plate” shall be Neenah Foundry, Armor Tile, or ADA Solutions 47
cast iron with natural oxidized finish or approved equivalent. 48
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 223 Special Provisions
1
Construction Requirements 2
3
Section 8-14.3 is supplemented with the following: 4
5
(******) 6
The Contractor shall request a pre-construction meeting with the Engineer to be held two 7
to five working days before installation of the sculpture (“For Willene”) on the sculpture 8
plinth platform. Those attending shall include: 9
10
1. The Contractor and Subcontractor in charge of constructing forms, and placing, 11
and finishing the cement concrete. 12
13
2. Engineer (or representative) and Project Inspectors for the cement concrete 14
sidewalk, curb ramp or pedestrian access route Work. 15
16
3. Third Party Sculpture Installer (Jim Garrett) 17
18
Items to be discussed in this meeting shall include, at a minimum, the following: 19
20
1. Coordination necessary for install. 21
2. Timing of installation. 22
3. Expectations of the Contractor 23
24
Section 8-14.3(3) is supplemented with the following: 25
26
(******) 27
Contraction joints are control joints. 28
29
All joints shall be tooled including ‘bridge’ concrete scoring pattern as per the Plans. 30
Control joints shall be min.1/8” wide with 2” wide smooth trowel finish each side of joint 31
and 1/5th concrete thickness. Expansion joints shall be 3/8” wide with 2” wide smooth 32
trowel finish each side of joint. Edges of concrete sidewalk shall have 1/4” radius with 2” 33
wide smooth trowel finish. 34
35
Section 8-14.4 is supplemented with the following: 36
37
(******) 38
Detectable warning plates will be measured per each for each location shown on the 39
Plans. 40
41
Section 8-14.5 is supplemented with the following: 42
43
(******) 44
“Detectable Warning Plates”, per each. 45
46
The unit Contract price per each for “Detectable Warning Plates” shall be full 47
compensation for all Work, including without limitation, all labor, equipment and 48
materials, required for preparation and installation. 49
50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 224 Special Provisions
Permanent Signing 1
2
Description 3
4
Section 8-21.1 is supplemented with the following: 5
6
(******) 7
Sign foundations and poles shall be provided by the Engineer. 8
9
Slip base assemblies Type SB-1A shall be provided by the Contractor, including post, 10
foundation, and assembly. 11
12
13
SITE FURNISHINGS 14
15
Description 16
17
Section 8-26.1 is a new section: 18
19
(******) 20
This Work shall include provision and installation of site furnishings in accordance 21
with the Plans and in these Special Provisions. 22
23
Materials 24
25
Section 8-26.2 is a new section: 26
27
(******) 28
Skate Prevention Bars 29
30
Skate Prevention Bars shall be Flat Bar - .5” Bevel Corner (FB.5B), to match seat 31
wall edge profile, as manufactured by SkateBlock™ Skateboard Solutions, 32
available through Ravensforge Coneg LLC. Seattle Washington, (888)743-3490, 33
www.ravensforgeconeg.com. Material color/ finish shall be ‘Silicon Bronze’. Provide 34
vandal resistant stainless steel anchoring hardware as required. 35
36
Submit manufacturer’s shop drawings including vandal resistant anchoring system 37
for approval. 38
39
Block Seating 40
41
Block Seating shall be Escofet™ ‘Socrates’ cast stone backless benches with 42
waterproof finish, 24-inch long (816 lb.) and 95-inch long (3,307 lb.), color shall be 43
‘Black’, available through Landscape Forms, (800) 521-2546, 44
www.landscapeforms.com. Block seating shall be freestanding. 45
46
Submit manufacturer’s product data, storage and handling requirements and 47
recommendations, and installation methods; manufacturer’s shop drawings 48
including plans and elevations, indicating overall dimensions; manufacturer’s 49
samples of materials, finishes and colors for approval. 50
51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 225 Special Provisions
Construction Requirements 1
2
Section 8-26.3 is a new section: 3
4
(******) 5
The Contractor shall install skate prevention bars as defined on the drawings and in 6
these specifications. 7
8
Install skate prevention bars at seat wall in locations indicated on the drawings. Verify 9
locations at seat wall prior to installation. Provide anchoring hardware and materials. 10
Submit shop drawings for product installation and anchoring for approval. 11
12
Store block seating in clean, dry area per manufacturer’s instruction. Keep in 13
manufacturer’s original, unopened containers and packaging until installation. 14
Protect materials and finish during handling to prevent damage. 15
16
Install block seating in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions at locations 17
indicated on the drawings and as approved. Install all block seating level and plumb. 18
19
Measurement 20
21
Section 8-26.4 is a new section: 22
23
(******) 24
“Skate Prevention Bars” shall be measured per lump sum (LS) for all skate prevention 25
bars including without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials required for 26
preparation and installation, and stainless steel hardware and anchoring. 27
28
“Block Seating 24-inch” shall be measured per each (EA) for all block seating 24 inch 29
including without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials required for preparation 30
and installation. 31
32
“Block Seating 95-inch” shall be measured per each (EA) for all block seating 95 inch 33
including without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials required for preparation 34
and installation. 35
36
Payment 37
38
Section 8-26.5 is a new section: 39
40
(******) 41
“Skate Prevention Bars” shall be measured per lump sum (LS). The unit contract price 42
per lump sum for Skate Prevention Bars shall be full compensation for all Work, 43
including without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials, required for preparation 44
and installation. 45
46
“Block Seating 24-inch”: per each (EA). The unit contract price per each for Block 47
Seating 24 inch shall be full compensation for all Work, including without limitation, all 48
labor, equipment and materials, required for preparation and installation. 49
50
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 226 Special Provisions
“Block Seating 95-inch”: per each (EA). The unit contract price per each for Block 1
Seating 95 inch shall be full compensation for all Work, including without limitation, all 2
labor, equipment and materials, required for preparation and installation. 3
4
Division 9 5
Materials 6
7
Aggregates 8
9
Streambed Cobbles 10
11
Section 9-03.11(2) is supplemented with the following: 12
13
(******) 14
Construction requirements 15
6” streambed cobbled shall be placed at locations and in areas as defined by 16
the Plans. Stake/paint approximate edges of streambed cobble areas at 17
centerline of raingarden at culvert at ‘bridge’ for approval prior to installation. 18
Place streambed cobbles in areas indicated and approved. Adjust orientation 19
of cobbles for best appearance and as directed. Place with care to avoid 20
damage to other work. Do not block storm water flow - top of cobbles to be flush 21
with culvert invert. Coordinate with other work. 22
23
Measurement 24
25
“Streambed Cobbles 6 Inch “ shall be measured per ton for all work, including 26
without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials, required for preparation 27
and installation per drawings and these specifications. . 28
29
Payment 30
31
“Streambed Cobbles 6 inch” shall be measured per ton. The unit contract price 32
per ton for “Streambed Cobbles 6 inch “shall be full compensation for all Work, 33
including without limitation, all labor, equipment and materials, required for 34
preparation and installation. 35
36
37
Erosion Control and Roadside Planting 38
39
Root Barrier 40
41
Section 9-14.8 is a new section. 42
43
(******) 44
Root barrier is a mechanical barrier and root deflector used to prevent tree roots from 45
damaging hardscapes and landscapes assembled in 24-inch long modules to create 46
varying lengths for linear and perimeter surround applications. 47
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 227 Special Provisions
1
Root barrier shall be product #UB 24-2 as manufactured by DeepRoot™ Green 2
Infrastructure, LLC. San Francisco CA, (800) 458-7668, www.deeproot.com. 3
4
Root barrier shall be recycled, black, injection molded panels with 0.80” (2.03 mm) 5
wall thickness in modules of 24-inch length and 24-inch depth. Each panel shall 6
have no less than four Molded Integral Vertical Root Directing Ribs of a minimum 7
0.075” (1.90 mm) thickness, protruding ½” (12.7 mm) at 90 degrees from interior of 8
the barrier panel, spaced 6” (152.4 mm) apart. Root barrier shall have a Double 9
Top Edge consisting of two parallel, integral, horizontal ribs at the top of the panel 10
at 0.60” (1.52 mm) thickness, 3/8” (9.53 mm) wide and ¼” (6.35 mm) apart with the 11
lowest rib attached to the vertical Root Directing Ribs. Root Barrier shall have a 12
minimum of twelve Anti-Lift Ground Lock Tabs consisting of integral horizontal 13
ridges of minimum 0.075” (1.90 mm) thickness in the shape of the segment of an 14
oblong, the 2” (50.8 mm) chord of the segment joining the panel wall and the 15
segment, protruding 3/8” (9.53 mm) from the panel. The twelve ground locks on 16
each panel shall be about equally spaced between each of the vertical root 17
directing ribs. Root barrier shall have an integrated Zipper Joining System for 18
assembly by sliding one panel into another. 19
20
Properties
ASTM Test
Method Typical Value
Tensile Strength (Wall) D638 2.354 PSI
Tensile Strength (Hinge) D638 2.846 PSI
Elongation @ yield (Wall) D638 7.44%
Elongation @ yield (Hinge) D638 7.01%
Flexural Modulus D790B 119.625 PSI
Notched Izod Impact (Wall) D256A 3.84 (ft-lbs)
Rockwell Hardness r-scale (Wall) D785A 84.4
21
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 228 Special Provisions
(April 1, 2019) 1
Standard Plans 2
The State of Washington Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction M21-3
01 transmitted under Publications Transmittal No. PT 16-048, effective August 6, 2018 is made 4
a part of this contract. 5
6
The Standard Plans are revised as follows: 7
8
A-40.10 9
Section View, PCCP to HMA Longitudinal Joint, callout, was – “Sawed Groove ~ Width 10
3/16” (IN) MIN. to 5/16” (IN) MAX. ~ Depth 1” (IN) MIN. ~ see Std. Spec. 5-04.3(12)B” is 11
revised to read; “Sawed Groove ~ Width 3/16” (IN) MIN. to 5/16” (IN) MAX. ~ Depth 1” 12
(IN) MIN. ~ see Std. Spec. Section 5-04.3(12)A2” 13
Section View, Transverse Contraction Joint, dimension, was – “D/4” is revised to read: 14
“D/3 to D/4” 15
16
A-50.10 17
Sheet 2 of 2, Plan, with Single Slope Barrier, reference C-14a is revised to C-70.10 18
19
A-50.20 20
Sheet 2 of 2, Plan, with Anchored Barrier, reference C-14a is revised to C-70.10 21
22
A-50.30 23
Sheet 2 of 2, Plan (top), reference C-14a is revised to C-70.1 24
25
B-10.60 26
DELETED 27
28
B-82.20 29
DELETED 30
31
B-90.40 32
Valve Detail - DELETED 33
34
C-1b 35
STEEL POST Detail on page 2: The upper callout is changed from “3/4” (IN) DIAM. HOLE 36
(TYP.)” to “3/4” (IN) OR 13/16” (IN) DIAM. HOLE (TYP.)” 37
38
C-2C 39
CASE 9A (typical of 2 callouts): The dimensions were “3’-0” MIN. ~ TO FACE OF 40
GUARDRAIL”. are now revised to read “5’-0” MIN ~ TO FACE OF GUARDRAIL”. 41
42
C-4b 43
DELETED 44
45
C-4e 46
DELETED 47
48
C-4f 49
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 229 Special Provisions
Sheet 1, BULLNOSE GRADING PLAN: Slopes shall be not steeper than 10H:1V for the 1
bullnose guardrail system including slopes into the guardrail face to 1 foot behind the 2
guardrail post. 3
4
Sheet 2, POST 1R & 1L, 2R & 2L, 3R TO 8R and 3L TO 8L, 9R TO 12 R and 9L TO 12L 5
elevation view details: Slopes into the guardrail face to 1 foot behind the guardrail post 6
shall not be steeper than 10H:1V. 7
8
Sheet 3, SECTION B, callout – was: “THE NUT SHALL BE ASTM A563D STEEL, AND 9
GALVANIZED ACCORDING TO STANDARD SPEC. 9-16.3(3).” Is revised to read: ”THE 10
NUT SHALL BE ASTM A307 STEEL, AND GALVANIZED ACCORDING TO STANDARD 11
SPEC. 9-16.3(3).” 12
13
C-20.10 14
STEEL POST Detail: The upper callout is changed from “1/4” (IN) DIAM. HOLE FOR 15
ANTI-ROTATION 16d NAIL (TYP.)” to “1/4” (IN) OR 13/16” (IN) DIAM. HOLE FOR ANTI-16
ROTATION 16d NAIL (TYP.)” 17
The lower callout is changed from “3/4” (IN) DIAM. HOLE FOR BUTTON HEAD BOLT 18
(TYP.)” to “3/4” (IN) OR 13/16” (IN) DIAM. HOLE FOR BUTTON HEAD BOLT (TYP.)” 19
20
C-20.14 21
CASE 3-31: The dimension was “5’-0” MIN” from the back of guardrail to the center of 22
railroad signal support is now revised to “5’-0” MIN” from face of guardrail to the front 23
edge of the railroad signal support. 24
25
Note 3, was – “The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail 26
cannot exceed 10H : 1V when the face of the guardrail is less than 12’ – 0” from the edge 27
of the shoulder.” is revised to read: “The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face 28
of the guardrail cannot be steeper than 10H : 1V when the face of the guardrail is less 29
than 12’ – 0” from the edge of the shoulder. The slope from the edge of the shoulder into 30
the face of the guardrail cannot be steeper than 6H : 1V when the guardrail is 12’ – 0” or 31
more from the edge of the shoulder.” 32
33
C-20.18 34
ALL CASES: The dimensions were “3’-0” MIN” from the face of guardrail to the front edge 35
of the fixed feature are now revised to “5’-0” MIN” from the face of guardrail to the front 36
edge of the fixed feature. 37
38
Note 1, was – “The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail 39
should not exceed 10H : 1V when the guardrail is within 12’ – 0” from the edge of the 40
shoulder.” Is revised to read: “The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the 41
guardrail should not be steeper than 10H : 1V when the guardrail is less than 12’ – 0” 42
from the edge of the shoulder. The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of 43
the guardrail should not be steeper than 6H : 1V when the guardrail is 12’ – 0” or more 44
from the edge of shoulder.” 45
46
C-20.41 47
BOX CULVERT POST, ELEVATION VIEW Detail: The upper callout is changed from “3/4” 48
(IN) DIAM. HOLE” to “3/4” (IN) OR 13/16” (IN) DIAM. HOLE” 49
50
C-20.45 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 230 Special Provisions
STEEL POST Detail: The upper callout is changed from “1/4” (IN) DIAM. HOLE FOR 1
ANTI-ROTATION 16d NAIL (TYP.)” to “1/4” (IN) OR 13/16” (IN) DIAM. HOLE FOR ANTI-2
ROTATION 16d NAIL (TYP.)” 3
The lower callout is changed from “3/4” (IN) DIAM. HOLE FOR BUTTON HEAD BOLT 4
(TYP.) ~ SEE DETAIL AT RIGHT” to “3/4” (IN) OR 13/16” (IN) DIAM. HOLE FOR BUTTON 5
HEAD BOLT (TYP.) ~ SEE DETAIL AT RIGHT” 6
7
C-22.14 8
DELETED 9
10
C-22.16 11
Note 3, formula, was: “Elevation G = (Elevation S – D x (0.1) + 31” is revised to read: 12
“Elevation G = (Elevation S – D x (0.1) + 31/12” 13
14
C-22.40 15
PLAN VIEW, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-3) SHOWN: The dimension was “4’-0” MIN” from the 16
face of the terminal to the edge of the widened embankment is now revised to “4’-0” MIN” 17
from the back of the terminal post to the edge of the widened embankment. 18
19
Elevation View, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-3), dimension, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-3) SYSTEM 20
LENGTH = 50’ – 0” , dimension is revised to read: 46’ – 101/2” 21
22
Elevation View, SOFTSTOP (TL-3), dimension, SOFTSTOP (TL-3) SYSTEM 23
LENGTH = 50’ – 9 1/2”, dimension is revised to read: 50’ – 10 1/2” 24
25
Note 6, was – “…a maximum taper of 25.4 : 1 or flatter is allowed over the system length 26
of 50’ – 9 ½” with a maximum…” is revised to read: “…a maximum taper of 25.44 : 1 or 27
flatter is allowed over the system length of 50’ – 10 ½” with a maximum…” 28
29
C-22.45 30
PLAN VIEW, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-2) SHOWN: The dimension was “4’-0” MIN” from the 31
face of the terminal to the edge of the widened embankment is now revised to “4’-0” MIN” 32
from the back of the terminal post to the edge of the widened embankment. 33
34
35
Elevation View, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-2), dimension, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-2) SYSTEM 36
LENGTH = 25’ – 0”, dimension is revised to read 34’ – 4 1/2” 37
38
Elevation View, SOFTSTOP (TL-2), dimension, SOFTSTOP (TL-2) SYSTEM 39
LENGTH = 38’ – 3 1/2”, dimension is revised to read 38’ – 4 1/2” 40
41
Note 6, was – “…flare of 38.29 : 1 or flatter is allowed over the system length of 38’ – 3 42
½” with a maximum…” is revised to read: “…flare of 38.38 : 1 or flatter is allowed over the 43
system length of 38’ – 4 ½” with a maximum…” 44
45
C-25.26 46
Elevation View, TYPE 23: The guardrail height dimension was 2’-8” from the top of the 47
thrie beam to the top of the bridge curb is now revised to 2’-8” from the top of the thrie 48
beam to the top of the ground line. 49
50
C-25.80 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 231 Special Provisions
Plan View, callout, was – “12” (IN) BLOCKOUT” is revised to read; “12” (IN) or 8” (IN) 1
BLOCKOUT (12” (IN) SHOWN)” 2
Elevation View, add labels to posts (below view); beginning at left side of view – Label 3
Posts as follows; POST 1, POST 2 through POST 6”. 4
General Notes, add Note 6. Note reads as follows; “6. Post 1 shall use an 8 inch blockout, 5
and posts 2 through post 6 shall use 12 inch or 8 inch blockouts.” 6
7
C-40.14 8
DELETED 9
10
C-90.10 11
DELETED 12
13
D-10.10 14
Wall Type 1 may be used if no traffic barrier is attached on top of the wall. Walls with traffic 15
barriers attached on top of the wall are considered non-standard and shall be designed 16
in accordance with the current WSDOT Bridge Design Manual (BDM) and the revisions 17
stated in the 11/3/15 Bridge Design memorandum. 18
19
D-10.15 20
Wall Type 2 may be used if no traffic barrier is attached on top of the wall. Walls with traffic 21
barriers attached on top of the wall are considered non-standard and shall be designed 22
in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM and the revisions stated in the 11/3/15 23
Bridge Design memorandum. 24
25
D-10.20 26
Wall Type 3 may be used in all cases. The last sentence of Note 6 on Wall Type 3 shall 27
be revised to read: The seismic design of these walls has been completed using a site 28
adjusted (effective) peak ground acceleration of 0.32g. 29
30
D-10.25 31
Wall Type 4 may be used in all cases. The last sentence of Note 6 on Wall Type 4 shall 32
be revised to read: The seismic design of these walls has been completed using a site 33
adjusted (effective) peak ground acceleration of 0.32g. 34
35
D-10.30 36
Wall Type 5 may be used in all cases. 37
38
D-10.35 39
Wall Type 6 may be used in all cases. 40
41
D-10.40 42
Wall Type 7 may be used if no traffic barrier is attached on top of the wall. Walls with traffic 43
barriers attached on top of the wall are considered non-standard and shall be designed 44
in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM and the revisions stated in the 11/3/15 45
Bridge Design memorandum. 46
47
D-10.45 48
Wall Type 8 may be used if no traffic barrier is attached on top of the wall. Walls with traffic 49
barriers attached on top of the wall are considered non-standard and shall be designed 50
in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM and the revisions stated in the revisions 51
stated in the 11/3/15 Bridge Design memorandum. 52
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 232 Special Provisions
1
D-15.10 2
STD Plans D-15 series “Traffic Barrier Details for Reinforced Concrete Retaining Walls” 3
are withdrawn. Special designs in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM are required 4
in place of these STD Plans. 5
6
D-15.20 7
STD Plans D-15 series “Traffic Barrier Details for Reinforced Concrete Retaining Walls” 8
are withdrawn. Special designs in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM are required 9
in place of these STD Plans. 10
11
D-15.30 12
STD Plans D-15 series “Traffic Barrier Details for Reinforced Concrete Retaining Walls” 13
are withdrawn. Special designs in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM are required 14
in place of these STD Plans. 15
16
F-10.12 17
Section Title, was – “Depressed Curb Section” is revised to read: “Depressed Curb and 18
Gutter Section” 19
20
F-10.40 21
“EXTRUDED CURB AT CUT SLOPE”, Section detail - Deleted 22
23
F-10.42 24
DELETE – “Extruded Curb at Cut Slope” View 25
26
H-70.20 27
Sheet 2, Spacing Detail, Mailbox Support Type 1, reference to Standard Plan I-70.10 is 28
revised to H-70.10 29
30
I-30.30 31
8” Diameter Wattle Spacing Table, lower left corner, was –“Slope:1H : 1V, Maximum 32
Spacing:10’ – 0”” is revised to read: “Slope:1H : 1V, Maximum Spacing:8’ – 0””. 33
34
J-10.21 35
Note 18, was – “When service cabinet is installed within right of way fence, see Standard 36
Plan J-10.22 for details.” Is revised to read; “When service cabinet is installed within right 37
of way fence, or the meter base is mounted on the exterior of the cabinet, see Standard 38
Plan J-10.22 for details.” 39
40
J-10.22 41
Key Note 1, was – “Meter base per serving utility requirements~ as a minimum, the meter 42
base shall be safety socket box with factory-installed test bypass facility that meets the 43
requirements of EUSERC drawing 305.” Is revised to read; “Meter base per serving utility 44
requirements~ as a minimum, the meter base shall be safety socket box with factory-45
installed test bypass facility that meets the requirements of EUSERC drawing 305. When 46
the utility requires meter base to be mounted on the side or back of the service cabinet, 47
the meter base enclosure shall be fabricated from type 304 stainless steel.” 48
Key Note 4, “Test with (SPDT Snap Action, Positive close 15 Amp – 120/277 volt “T” 49
rated). Is revised to read: “Test Switch (SPDT snap action, positive close 15 amp – 50
120/277 volt “T” rated).” 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 233 Special Provisions
Key Note 14, was – “Hinged dead front with ¼ turn fasteners or slide latch.” Is revised to 1
read; “Hinged dead front with ¼ turn fasteners or slide latch. ~ Dead front panel bolts 2
shall not extend into the vertical limits of the breaker array(s).” 3
Key Note 15, was – “Cabinet Main Bonding Jumper. Buss shall be 4 lug tinned copper. 4
See Cabinet Main bonding Jumper detail, Standard Plan J-3b.“ is revised to read; 5
“Cabinet Main Bonding Jumper Assembly ~ Buss shall be 4 lug tinned copper ~ See 6
Standard Plan J-10.20 for Cabinet Main Bonding Jumper Assembly details.” 7
Note 1, was – “…socket box mounting detail, see Standard Plan J-3b.” is revised to read 8
to read: “…socket box mounting detail, see Standard Plan J-10.20.” 9
Note 6, was – “…See door hinge detail, Standard Plan J-3b.” is revised to read: “…See 10
door hinge detail, Standard Plan J-10.20.” 11
12
J-20.10 13
Add Note 5, “5. One accessible pedestrian signal assembly per pedestrian pushbutton 14
post.” 15
16
J-20.11 17
Sheet 2, Foundation Detail, Elevation, callout – “Type 1 Signal Pole” is revised to read: 18
“Type PS or Type 1 Signal Pole” 19
Sheet 2, Foundation Detail, Elevation, add note below Title, “(Type 1 Signal Pole Shown)” 20
Add Note 6, “6. One accessible pedestrian signal assembly per pedestrian pushbutton 21
post.” 22
23
J-20.26 24
Add Note 1, “1. One accessible pedestrian pushbutton station per pedestrian pushbutton 25
post.” 26
27
J-20.16 28
View A, callout, was – LOCK NIPPLE, is revised to read; CHASE NIPPLE 29
30
J-21.10 31
Sheet 1, Elevation View, Round Concrete Foundation Detail, callout – “ANCHOR BOLTS 32
~ ¾” (IN) x 30” (IN) FULL THREAD ~ THREE REQ’D. PER ASSEMBLY” IS REVISED TO 33
READ: “ANCHOR BOLTS ~ ¾” (IN) x 30” (IN) FULL THREAD ~ FOUR REQ’D. PER 34
ASSEMBLY” 35
Sheet 1 of 2, Elevation view (Round), add dimension depicting the distance from the top 36
of the foundation to find 2 #4 reinforcing bar shown, to read; 3” CLR.. Delete “(TYP.)” from 37
the 2 ½” CLR. dimension, depicting the distance from the bottom of the foundation to find 38
2 # 4 reinf. Bar. 39
Sheet 1 of 2, Elevation view (Square), add dimension depicting the distance from the top 40
of the foundation to find 1 #4 reinforcing bar shown, to read; 3” CLR. Delete “(TYP.)” from 41
the 2 ½” CLR. dimension, depicting the distance from the bottom of the foundation to find 42
1 # 4 reinf. Bar. 43
Sheet 2 of 2, Elevation view (Round), add dimension depicting the distance from the top 44
of the foundation to find 2 #4 reinforcing bar shown, to read; 3” CLR. Delete “(TYP.)” from 45
the 2 ½” CLR. dimension, depicting the distance from the bottom of the foundation to find 46
2 # 4 reinf. Bar. 47
Sheet 2 of 2, Elevation view (Square), add dimension depicting the distance from the top 48
of the foundation to find 1 #4 reinforcing bar shown, to read; 3” CLR. Delete “(TYP.)” from 49
the 2 ½” CLR. dimension, depicting the distance from the bottom of the foundation to find 50
1 # 4 reinf. Bar. 51
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 234 Special Provisions
Detail F, callout, “Heavy Hex Clamping Bolt (TYP.) ~ 3/4” (IN) Diam. Torque Clamping 1
Bolts (see Note 3)” is revised to read; “Heavy Hex Clamping Bolt (TYP.) ~ 3/4” (IN) Diam. 2
Torque Clamping Bolts (see Note 1)” 3
Detail F, callout, “3/4” (IN) x 2’ – 6” Anchor Bolt (TYP.) ~ Four Required (See Note 4)” is 4
revised to read; “3/4” (IN) x 2’ – 6” Anchor Bolt (TYP.) ~ Three Required (See Note 2)” 5
6
J-21.15 7
Partial View, callout, was – LOCK NIPPLE ~ 1 ½” DIAM., is revised to read; CHASE 8
NIPPLE ~ 1 ½” (IN) DIAM. 9
10
J-21.16 11
Detail A, callout, was – LOCKNIPPLE, is revised to read; CHASE NIPPLE 12
13
J-22.15 14
Ramp Meter Signal Standard, elevation, dimension 4’ - 6” is revised to read; 6’-0” 15
(2x) Detail A, callout, was – LOCK NIPPLE ~ 1 ½” DIAM. is revised to read; CHASE 16
NIPPLE ~ 1 ½” (IN) DIAM. 17
18
J-40.10 19
Sheet 2 of 2, Detail F, callout, “12 – 13 x 1 ½” S.S. PENTA HEAD BOLT AND 12” S. S. 20
FLAT WASHER” is revised to read; “12 – 13 x 1 ½” S.S. PENTA HEAD BOLT AND 1/2” 21
(IN) S. S. FLAT WASHER” 22
23
J-60.14 24
All references to J-16b (6x) are revised to read; J-60.11 25
26
K-80.30 27
In the NARROW BASE, END view, the reference to Std. Plan C-8e is revised to Std. Plan 28
K-80.35 29
Plan Title, was “ALTERNATIVE TEMPORARY CONC. BARRIER (F-SHAPE)” is revised 30
to read: “CONCRETE BARRIER TYPE F” 31
32
The following are the Standard Plan numbers applicable at the time this project was 33
advertised. The date shown with each plan number is the publication approval date 34
shown in the lower right-hand corner of that plan. Standard Plans showing different dates 35
shall not be used in this contract. 36
37
A-10.10-00........8/7/07 A-40.00-00.........8/11/09 A-50.30-00…....11/17/08
A-10.20-00......10/5/07 A-40.10-03.........12/23/14 A-50.40-00…....11/17/08
A-10.30-00......10/5/07 A-40.15-00.........8/11/09 A-60.10-03........12/23/14
A-20.10-00......8/31/07 A-40.20-04.........1/18/17 A-60.20-03.........12/23/14
A-30.10-00......11/8/07 A-40.50-02.........12/23/14 A-60.30-01..........6/28/18
A-30.30-01......6/16/11 A-50.10-00…....11/17/08 A-60.40-00..........8/31/07
A-30.35-00.......10/12/07 A-50.20-01…......9/22/09
38
B-5.20-02........1/26/17 B-30.50-03.........2/27/18 B-75.20-02..........2/27/18
B-5.40-02.........1/26/17 B-30.70-04.........2/27/18 B-75.50-01..........6/10/08
B-5.60-02.........1/26/17 B-30.80-01..........2/27/18 B-75.60-00............6/8/06
B-10.20-02........3/2/18 B-30.90-02........1/26/17 B-80.20-00.........6/8/06
B-10.40-01........1/26/17 B-35.20-00..........6/8/06 B-80.40-00.........6/1/06
B-10.70-00……1/26/17 B-35.40-00..........6/8/06 B-85.10-01.........6/10/08
B-15.20-01........2/7/12 B-40.20-00..........6/1/06 B-85.20-00..........6/1/06
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 235 Special Provisions
B-15.40-01........2/7/12 B-40.40-02........1/26/17 B-85.30-00..........6/1/06
B-15.60-02........1/26/17 B-45.20-01..........7/11/17 B-85.40-00..........6/8/06
B-20.20-02.......3/16/12 B-45.40-01..........7/21/17 B-85.50-01.........6/10/08
B-20.40-04.......2/27/18 B-50.20-00..........6/1/06 B-90.10-00….......6/8/06
B-20.60-03.......3/15/12 B-55.20-02..........2/27/18 B-90.20-00..........6/8/06
B-25.20-02........2/27/18 B-60.20-01..........6/28/18 B-90.30-00..........6/8/06
B-25.60-02.........2/27/18 B-60.40-01..........2/27/18 B-90.40-01..........1/26/17
B-30.10-03.........2/27/18 B-65.20-01..........4/26/12 B-90.50-00..........6/8/06
B-30.15-00……..2/27/18 B-65.40-00..........6/1/06 B-95.20-01..........2/3/09
B-30.20-04.........2/27/18 B-70.20-00..........6/1/06 B-95.40-01..........6/28/18
B-30.30-03.........2/27/18 B-70.60-01..........1/26/17
B-30.40-03..........2/27/18
1
C-1....................6/28/18 C-20.15-02..........6/11/14 C-40.18-03........7/21/17
C-1a.................7/14/15 C-20.18-02..........6/11/14 C-70.10-01........6/17/14
C-1b...................7/14/15 C-20.19-02..........6/11/14 C-75.10-01........6/11/14
C-1d................10/31/03 C-20.40-06..........7/21/17 C-75.20-01........6/11/14
C-2c..................6/21/06 C-20.41-01..........7/14/15 C-75.30-01........6/11/14
C-4f...................7/2/12 C-20.42-05..........7/14/15 C-80.10-01........6/11/14
C-6a................10/14/09 C-20.45.01...........7/2/12 C-80.20-01........6/11/14
C-7.....................6/16/11 C-22.16-06........7/21/17 C-80.30-01........6/11/14
C-7a...................6/16/11 C-22.40-06........7/21/17 C-80.40-01........6/11/14
C-8.....................2/10/09 C-22.45-03........7/21/17 C-80.50-00........4/8/12
C-8a...................7/25/97 C-23.60-04........7/21/17 C-85.10-00........4/8/12
C-8b....................2/29/16 C.24.10-01........6/11/14 C-85.11-00........4/8/12
C-8e....................2/21/07 C-25.20-06........7/14/15 C-85.14-01........6/11/14
C-8f.....................6/30/04 C-25.22-05........7/14/15 C-85.15-01........6/30/14
C-16a.................7/21/17 C-25.26-03........7/14/15 C-85.16-01........6/17/14
C-20.10-04.........7/21/17 C-25.30-00…….6/28/18 C-85-18-01........6/11/14
C-20.11-00……..7/21/17 C-25.80-04........7/15/16 C-85.20-01........6/11/14
C-20.14-03..........6/11/14 C-40.16-02........7/2/12
2
D-2.04-00........11/10/05 D-2.48-00........11/10/05 D-3.17-02……5/9/16
D-2.06-01........1/6/09 D-2.64-01........1/6/09 D-4.................12/11/98
D-2.08-00........11/10/05 D-2.66-00........11/10/05 D-6...................6/19/98
D-2.14-00........11/10/05 D-2.68-00........11/10/05 D-10.10-01......12/2/08
D-2.16-00........11/10/05 D-2.80-00........11/10/05 D-10.15-01......12/2/08
D-2.18-00........11/10/05 D-2.82-00........11/10/05 D-10.20-00.........7/8/08
D-2.20-00........11/10/05 D-2.84-00........11/10/05 D-10.25-00.........7/8/08
D-2.32-00........11/10/05 D-2.86-00........11/10/05 D-10.30-00.........7/8/08
D-2.34-01........1/6/09 D-2.88-00........11/10/05 D-10.35-00.........7/8/08
D-2.36-03........6/11/14 D-2.92-00........11/10/05 D-10.40-01......12/2/08
D-2.42-00........11/10/05 D-3.09-00........5/17/12 D-10.45-01......12/2/08
D-2.44-00........11/10/05 D-3.10-01……5/29/13 D-15.10-01......12/2/08
D-2.60-00........11/10/05 D-3.11-03……6/11/14 D-15.20-03........5/9/16
D-2.62-00........11/10/05 D-3.15-02……6/10/13 D-15.30-01......12/02/08
D-2.46-01........6/11/14 D-3.16-02……5/29/13
3
E-1....................2/21/07 E-4....................8/27/03
E-2....................5/29/98 E-4a..................8/27/03
4
F-10.12-03.......6/11/14 F-10.62-02........4/22/14 F-40.15-03........6/29/16
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 236 Special Provisions
F-10.16-00.......12/20/06 F-10.64-03........4/22/14 F-40.16-03........6/29/16
F-10.18-01.........7/11/17 F-30.10-03........6/11/14 F-45.10-02........7/15/16
F-10.40-03...........6/29/16 F-40.12-03........6/29/16 F-80.10-04........7/15/16
F-10.42-00.........1/23/07 F-40.14-03........6/29/16
1
G-10.10-00........9/20/07 G-25.10-04.......6/10/13 G-90.10-03……7/11/17
G-20.10-02........6/23/15 G-30.10-04.......6/23/15 G-90.11-00……4/28/16
G-22.10-04..........6/28/18 G-50.10-03.......6/28/18 G-90.20-05……7/11/17
G-24.10-00......11/8/07 G-60.10-04.......6/28/18 G-90.30-04……7/11/17
G-24.20-01......2/7/12 G-60.20-02.......6/18/15 G-90.40-02……4/28/16
G-24.30-02......6/28/18 G-60.30-02.......6/18/15 G-95.10-02........6/28/18
G-24.40-07.....6/28/18 G-70.10-03.......6/18/15 G-95.20-03........6/28/18
G-24.50-04.....7/11/17 G-70.20-04.......7/21/17 G-95.30-03........6/28/18
G-24.60-05.....6/28/18 G-70.30-04.......7/21/17
2
H-10.10-00..........7/3/08 H-32.10-00.......9/20/07 H-70.10-01......2/7/12
H-10.15-00..........7/3/08 H-60.10-01.........7/3/08 H-70.20-01......2/16/12
H-30.10-00......10/12/07 H-60.20-01.........7/3/08 H-70.30-02......2/7/12
3
I-10.10-01.........8/11/09 I-30.20-00.........9/20/07 I-40.20-00.........9/20/07
I-30.10-02.........3/22/13 I-30.30-01.........6/10/13 I-50.20-01..........6/10/13
I-30.15-02.........3/22/13 I-30.40-01.......6/10/13 I-60.10-01..........6/10/13
I-30.16-00.........3/22/13 I-30.60-01.........3/7/18 I-60.20-01..........6/10/13
I-30.17-00.........3/22/13 I-40.10-00.........9/20/07 I-80.10-02..........7/15/16
4
J-10..................7/18/97 J-28.22-00.......8/07/07 J-50.25-00…….6/3/11
J-10.10-03……6/3/15 J-28.24-01.......6/3/15 J-50.30-00…….6/3/11
J-10.15-01........6/11/14 J-28.26-01......12/02/08 J-60.05-01…….7/21/16
J-10.16-00……6/3/15 J-28.30-03......6/11/14 J-60.11-00…....5/20/13
J-10.17-00……6/3/15 J-28.40-02......6/11/14 J-60.12-00…....5/20/13
J-10.18-00……6/3/15 J-28.42-01.......6/11/14 J-60.13-00…....6/16/10
J-10.20-01……6/1/16 J-28.43-01.......6/28/18 J-60.14-00……6/16/10
J-10.21-00……6/3/15 J-28.45-03.......7/21/16 J-75.10-02……7/10/15
J-10.22-00........5/29/13 J-28.50-03.......7/21/16 J-75.20-01……7/10/15
J-10.25-00……7/11/17 J-28.60-02.......7/21/16 J-75.30-02…….7/10/15
J-12.15-00……6/28/18 J-28.70-03.......7/21/17 J-75.40-02……6/1/16
J-12.16-00……6/28/18 J-29.10-01.......7/21/16 J-75.41-01……6/29/16
J-15.10-01........6/11/14 J-29.15-01.......7/21/16 J-75.45-02……6/1/16
J-15.15-02……7/10/15 J-29.16-02.......7/21/16 J-80.10-00……6/28/18
J-20.10-03........6/30/14 J-30.10-00…...6/18/15 J-80.15-00……6/28/18
J-20.11-02........6/30/14 J-40.05-00……7/21/16 J-81.10-00……6/28/18
J-20.15-03........6/30/14 J-40.10-04…...4/28/16 J-86.10-00……6/28/18
J-20.16-02........6/30/14 J-40.20-03…...4/28/16 J-90.10-03…….6/28/18
J-20.20-02........5/20/13 J-40.30-04……4/28/16 J-90.20-03…….6/28/18
J-20.26-01........7/12/12 J-40.35-01……5/29/13 J-90.21-02……6/28/18
J-21.10-04......6/30/14 J-40.36-02……7/21/17 J-90.50-00……6/28/18
J-21.15-01......6/10/13 J-40.37-02……7/21/17
J-21.16-01......6/10/13 J-40.38-01.......5/20/13
J-21.17-01......6/10/13 J-40.39-00……5/20/13
J-21.20-01......6/10/13 J-40.40-01……4/28/16
J-22.15-02......7/10/15 J-45.36-00……7/21/17
J-22.16-03......7/10/15 J-50.05-00……7/21/17
PORT TOWNSEND - VISITOR CENTER 237 Special Provisions
J-26.10-03…..7/21/16 J-50.10-00…….6/3/11
J-26.15-01…..5/17/12 J-50.11-01…….7/21/17
J-26.20-01…..6/28/18 J-50.12-01…….7/21/17
J-27.10-01…..7/21/16 J-50.15-01…….7/21/17
J-27.15-00…..3/15/12 J-50.16-01…….3/22/13
J-28.10-01......5/11/11 J-50.20-00…….6/3/11
1
K-70.20-01.......6/1/16
K-80.10-01.......6/1/16
K-80.20-00.....12/20/06
K-80.30-00.......2/21/07
K-80.35-00.......2/21/07
K-80.37-00.......2/21/07
2
L-10.10-02........6/21/12 L-40.10-02........6/21/12 L-70.10-01.......5/21/08
L-20.10-03........7/14/15 L-40.15-01........6/16/11 L-70.20-01.......5/21/08
L-30.10-02........6/11/14 L-40.20-02........6/21/12
3
M-1.20-03.........6/24/14 M-12.10-01……6/28/18 M-40.10-03......6/24/14
M-1.40-02.........6/3/11 M-15.10-01........2/6/07 M-40.20-00...10/12/07
M-1.60-02.........6/3/11 M-17.10-02........7/3/08 M-40.30-01......7/11/17
M-1.80-03.........6/3/11 M-20.10-02........6/3/11 M-40.40-00......9/20/07
M-2.20-03.........7/10/15 M-20.20-02........4/20/15 M-40.50-00......9/20/07
M-2.21-00……7/10/15 M-20.30-04........2/29/16 M-40.60-00......9/20/07
M-3.10-03.........6/3/11 M-20.40-03........6/24/14 M-60.10-01......6/3/11
M-3.20-02.........6/3/11 M-20.50-02........6/3/11 M-60.20-02......6/27/11
M-3.30-03.........6/3/11 M-24.20-02.......4/20/15 M-65.10-02......5/11/11
M-3.40-03.........6/3/11 M-24.40-02.......4/20/15 M-80.10-01......6/3/11
M-3.50-02.........6/3/11 M-24.50-00.......6/16/11 M-80.20-00......6/10/08
M-5.10-02.........6/3/11 M-24.60-04.......6/24/14 M-80.30-00......6/10/08
M-7.50-01.........1/30/07 M-24.65-00……7/11/17
M-9.50-02.........6/24/14 M-24.66-00……7/11/17
M-9.60-00……..2/10/09
M-11.10-02........7/11/17
4
III. Bid Forms 1 of 1 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
III. – Bid Forms
Exhibit A – Bid Proposal
Exhibit B – Bid Tabulation Form
Exhibit C – Non-Collusion Declaration
Exhibit D – Proposal Bond Form
Exhibit E – Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statues
EXHIBIT A
III. Bid Forms Page 1 of 2 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
BID PROPOSAL
Proposal of ______________________________________________________________________
(Hereinafter called "Bidder"), organized and existing under the laws of the State of, doing business as
_____________________________________________________________________________
To the City of Port Townsend ("City"):
In compliance with your Invitation for Bids, Bidder hereby proposes to perform all work for the
following Project or Contract: Visitor Center Parking Improvements in strict accordance with the
Contract Documents, within the time set forth therein, and at the prices stated below.
By submission of this Bid, each Bidder certifies, and in the case of a joint Bid each party thereto
certifies as to his own organization, that this Bid has been arrived at independently without
consultation, communication or agreement as to any matter relating to this Bid with any other Bidder
or with any other competitor.
Bidder hereby agrees to commence work under this Contract on or before a date to be specified in the
Notice to Proceed.
Bidder acknowledges that if the Bid Proposal is made without a requirement for a Bid Deposit, and
Bidder is awarded the Contract but fails to execute the Contract, then Bidder shall be disqualified from
submitting further Bid Proposals to the City for a period of two years from Notice of Award.
Bidder agrees to perform all work as described in the Contract Documents and as shown on the
drawings for the: Visitor Center Parking Improvements for: ____________________.
Bid Amount Estimated Sales Tax
(9.0%) Total Bid
Base Bid
(Schedule A)
Base Bid
(Schedule B)
Bid Alternate 1
Total
EXHIBIT A
III. Bid Forms Page 2 of 2 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
Receipt is hereby acknowledged of Addendum(s) No(s): ____________________________ [NOTE:
write “none” if there were no addendums.]
1. If the Bidder is a sole proprietorship, so state and give the name under which business is
transacted.
2. If the Bidder is a co-partnership, so state, giving firm name under which business is transacted.
3. If the Bidder is a corporation, this Proposal must be executed by its duly authorized officials.
Bidder's Firm Name Date
By: _________________________________
Authorized Signature (required)
Bidder's address and
Telephone/Fax numbers for
Official communications:
STATE CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION NO. ___________________
STATE UNIFIED BUSINESS IDENTIFIER NO. _________________
END OF TEXT
EXHIBIT B - BID TABULATION FORM
BASE BID: SCHEDULE A AND SCHEDULE B
ITEM
NO.
WSDOT
STD ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY.UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL
SCHEDULE A - BASE BID
PREPARATION
1 1-09.7 MOBILIZATION 1 L.S. $ $
2 2-01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 1 L.S. $ $
3 2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE AND OBSTRUCTION 1 L.S. $ $
4 2-02 REMOVING MISCELLANEOUS TRAFFIC ITEM 1 L.S. $ $
GRADING
5 2-03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION INCL. HAUL 854 C.Y. $ $
6 2-03 SELECT BORROW INCL. HAUL 150 C.Y. $ $
7 2-03 EMBANKMENT COMPACTION 176 C.Y. $ $
STORM SEWER
8 7-04 SCHEDULE A STORM SEWER PIPE 12 IN. DIAM.13 L.F. $ $
9 7-05 CATCH BASIN TYPE 1 3 EACH $ $
SANITARY SEWER
12 7-17 DUCTILE IRON SEWER PIPE 8 IN. DIAM.48 L.F. $ $
13 7-17 DUCTILE IRON SEWER PIPE 12 IN. DIAM.38 L.F. $ $
STRUCTURES
15 2-09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION CLASS A INCL. HAUL 5 C.Y. $ $
16 6-02 ST. REINF. BAR 363 LB. $ $
17 6-02 CONC. CLASS 4500 8 C.Y. $ $
SURFACING
18 4-04 CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE 300 TON $ $
HOT MIX ASPHALT
19 5-04 HMA CL. 1/2 IN. PG 58V-22 218 TON $ $
20 5-04 PLANING BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT 36 S.Y. $ $
EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING
22 8-02 PSIPE PARROTIA PERSICA 'VANESSA' (12'-14' HT.)1 EACH $ $
23 8-02 PSIPE CISTUS X PURPUREUS (2 GAL)26 EACH $ $
25 8-02 PSIPE MYRICA CALIFORNICA (2 GAL)8 EACH $ $
26 8-02 PSIPE ROSMARINUS OFFICINALIS 'TUSCAN BLUE' (2 GAL)41 EACH $ $
III. Bid Forms
Exhibit B - Bid Tabulation Form 1 of 5
EXHIBIT B - BID TABULATION FORM
BASE BID: SCHEDULE A AND SCHEDULE B
ITEM
NO.
WSDOT
STD ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY.UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL
SCHEDULE A - BASE BID
28 8-02 PSIPE BERBERIS THUNBERGII 'CRIMSON PYGMY' (1 GAL)158 EACH $ $
29 8-02 PSIPE CORNUS SERICEA 'KELSEYI' (1 GAL)71 EACH $ $
30 8-02 PSIPE CORNUS STOLONIFERA 'ARCTIC FIRE' (2 GAL)26 EACH $ $
31 8-02 PSIPE ROSA RUGOSA 'FRAU DAGMAR HASTRUP' (2 GAL)16 EACH $ $
32 8-02 PSIPE SYMPHORICARPOS ALBUS (2 GAL)14 EACH $ $
33 8-02 PSIPE ACHILLIA MILLEFOLIUM CERISE QUEEN (1 GAL)30 EACH $ $
34 8-02 PSIPE ACORUS GRAMINEUS 'OGON' (1 GAL)47 EACH $ $
35 8-02 PSIPE CALAMAGROSTIS X ACUTIFLORA 'KARL FOERSTER' (1 GAL)78 EACH $ $
36 8-02 PSIPE DESCHAMPSIA CESPITOSA 'GOLDTAU' (1 GAL)87 EACH $ $
37 8-02 PSIPE ECHINOPS RITRO 'VEITCH'S BLUE' (1 GAL)9 EACH $ $
38 8-02 PSIPE HELICTOTRICHON SEMPERVIRENS (1 GAL)68 EACH $ $
39 8-02 PSIPE JUNCUS PATENS 'ELK BLUE' (1 GAL)91 EACH $ $
40 8-02 PSIPE LAVANDULA X INTERMEDIA 'GROSSO' (1 GAL)25 EACH $ $
41 8-02 PSIPE LIATRIS SPICATA (1 GAL)5 EACH $ $
42 8-02 PSIPE MAHONIA NERVOSA (1 GAL)6 EACH $ $
43 8-02 PSIPE MAHONIA REPENS (1 GAL)50 EACH $ $
44 8-02 PSIPE MISCANTHUS SINENSIS 'MORNING LIGHT' (1 GAL)7 EACH $ $
45 8-02 PSIPE PENNISETUM ALOPECUROIDES 'HAMELN' (1 GAL)52 EACH $ $
46 8-02 PSIPE PENNISETUM ALOPECUROIDES 'LITTLE BUNNY' (1 GAL)264 EACH $ $
47 8-02 PSIPE PEROVSKIA ATRIPLICIFOLIA 'BLUE JEAN BABY' (1 GAL)22 EACH $ $
49 8-02 PSIPE SALVIA NEMOROSA 'CARADONNA' (1 GAL)4 EACH $ $
50 8-02 PSIPE SEDUM SPECTABILE 'AUTUMN JOY' (1 GAL)2 EACH $ $
51 8-02 PSIPE SESLERIA AUTUMNALIS (1 GAL)297 EACH $ $
52 8-02 PSIPE ALLIUM 'GLOBEMASTER (BULB)48 EACH $ $
III. Bid Forms
Exhibit B - Bid Tabulation Form 2 of 5
EXHIBIT B - BID TABULATION FORM
BASE BID: SCHEDULE A AND SCHEDULE B
ITEM
NO.
WSDOT
STD ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY.UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL
SCHEDULE A - BASE BID
53 8-02 PSIPE ALLIUM SPHAEROCEPHALON (BULB)594 EACH $ $
54 8-02 TOPSOIL TYPE A1 116 C.Y. $ $
55 8-02 TOPSOIL TYPE A2 111 C.Y. $ $
56 8-02 ORGANIC COMPOST MULCH 26 C.Y. $ $
58 8-02 SEEDED LAWN INSTALLATION - ECO LAWN 627 S.Y. $ $
59 8-02 SEEDED LAWN INSTALLATION - RAIN GARDEN 45 S.Y. $ $
60 9-03 STREAMBED COBBLES 6 INCH 0.50 TON $ $
61 8-01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION 1 L.S. $ $
TRAFFIC
62 8-04 CEMENT CONC. TRAFFIC CURB AND GUTTER 461 L.F. $ $
63 8-04 CEMENT CONC. TRAFFIC CURB 62 L.F. $ $
64 8-04 2" CEMENT CONC. TRAFFIC CURB 91 L.F. $ $
65 8-04 C.I.P. CONCRETE FLUSH CURB 70 L.F. $ $
67 8-21 PERMANENT SIGNING 1 L.S. $ $
68 1-10 PROJECT TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1 L.S. $ $
69 8-22 PLASTIC ACCESS PARKING SPACE SYMBOL WITH BACKGROUND 2 EACH $ $
70 8-22 PLASTIC CROSSWALK LINE 176 S.F. $ $
71 8-22 PLASTIC STOP LINE 32 L.F. $ $
OTHER ITEMS
72 8-14 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK 603 S.Y. $ $
74 8-14 CEMENT CONC. CURB RAMP TYPE PERPENDICULAR A 2 EACH $ $
75 8-14 CEMENT CONC. CURB RAMP TYPE SINGLE DIRECTION A 4 EACH $ $
77 2-09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION CLASS B 29 C.Y. $ $
78 7-05 ADJUST CATCH BASIN 4 EACH $ $
80 8-13 ADJUST MONUMENT CASE AND COVER 2 EACH $ $
III. Bid Forms
Exhibit B - Bid Tabulation Form 3 of 5
EXHIBIT B - BID TABULATION FORM
BASE BID: SCHEDULE A AND SCHEDULE B
ITEM
NO.
WSDOT
STD ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY.UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL
SCHEDULE A - BASE BID
81 7-05 CONNECTION TO DRAINAGE STRUCTURE 2 EACH $ $
82 2-01 ROADSIDE CLEANUP 1 EST.$250.00 $250.00
83 1-04.4 MINOR CHANGE 1 EST.$25,000.00 $25,000.00
84 1-07.15 SPCC PLAN 1 L.S. $ $
85 1-05.18 RECORD DRAWING 1 L.S. $ $
86 1-05.13 COORDINATION FOR INSTALLATION OF "FOR WILLENE"1 L.S. $ $
87 5-03 DECOMPOSED GRANITE 8 C.Y. $ $
88 2-12 CONSTRUCTION GEOTEXTILE FOR SEPARATION 73 S.Y. $ $
89 6-02 SEAT WALL 8 L.F. $ $
90 8-26 BLOCK SEATING 24-INCH 2 EACH $ $
91 8-26 BLOCK SEATING 95-INCH 1 EACH $ $
92 6-02 CONCRETE RETAINING WALL FOR 'BRIDGE'20 L.F. $ $
93 8-14 DETECTABLE WARNING PLATE 6 EACH $ $
94 8-26 SKATE PREVENTION BARS 1 L.S. $ $
SUBTOTAL BID ITEMS
SUBTOTAL SCHEDULE A
III. Bid Forms
Exhibit B - Bid Tabulation Form 4 of 5
EXHIBIT B - BID TABULATION FORM
BASE BID: SCHEDULE A AND SCHEDULE B
ITEM
NO.
WSDOT
STD ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY.UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL
III. Bid Forms
Exhibit B - Bid Tabulation Form 5 of 5
SCHEDULE B - BASE BID
WATER LINES
14 7-14 RESETTING EXISTING HYDRANTS 1 EACH $ $
OTHER ITEMS
79 7-09 ADJUST VALVE BOX 4 EACH $ $
SUBTOTAL BID ITEMS
SUBTOTAL SCHEDULE A + (SUBTOTAL SCHEDULE B + SALES TAX)
SUBTOTAL SCHEDULE B
SCHEDULE B SALES TAX (est. 9.0%)
SUBTOTAL SCHEDULE B + SALES TAX
EXHIBIT B - BID TABULATION FORM
BID ALTERNATE 1
ITEM
NO.
WSDOT STD
ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY.UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL
BID ALTERNATE 1
PREPARATION
1 1-09.7 MOBILIZATION 1 L.S. $ $
2 2-01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 1 L.S. $ $
3 2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE AND OBSTRUCTION 1 L.S. $ $
GRADING
5 2-03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION INCL. HAUL 479 C.Y. $ $
6 2-03 SELECT BORROW INCL. HAUL 50 C.Y. $ $
7 2-03 EMBANKMENT COMPACTION 13 C.Y. $ $
STORM SEWER
8 7-04 SCHEDULE A STORM SEWER PIPE 12 IN. DIAM.56 L.F. $ $
9 7-05 CATCH BASIN TYPE 1 5 EACH $ $
10 7-04 DOWNSPOUT 9 EACH $ $
11 2-02 POTHOLE 3 EACH $ $
SANITARY SEWER
13 7-17 DUCTILE IRON SEWER PIPE 12 IN. DIAM.143 L.F. $ $
SURFACING
18 4-04 CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE 300 TON $ $
HOT MIX ASPHALT
19 5-04 HMA CL. 1/2 IN. PG 58V-22 256 TON $ $
20 5-04 PLANING BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT 12 S.Y. $ $
EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING
21 8-02 PSIPE FRAXINUS PENNSYLVANICA 'SUMMIT' (2 1/2" CAL)2 EACH $ $
24 8-02 PSIPE GAULTHERIA SHALLON (1 GAL)6 EACH $ $
26 8-02 PSIPE ROSMARINUS OFFICINALIS 'TUSCAN BLUE' (2 GAL)5 EACH $ $
27 8-02 PSIPE VACCINIUM OVATUM (2 GAL)4 EACH $ $
28 8-02 PSIPE BERBERIS THUNBERGII 'CRIMSON PYGMY' (1 GAL)46 EACH $ $
38 8-02 PSIPE HELICTOTRICHON SEMPERVIRENS (1 GAL)26 EACH $ $
40 8-02 PSIPE LAVANDULA X INTERMEDIA 'GROSSO' (1 GAL)10 EACH $ $
42 8-02 PSIPE MAHONIA NERVOSA (1 GAL)23 EACH $ $
43 8-02 PSIPE MAHONIA REPENS (1 GAL)39 EACH $ $
45 8-02 PSIPE PENNISETUM ALOPECUROIDES 'HAMELN' (1 GAL)17 EACH $ $
III. Bid Forms
Exhibit B - Bid Tabulation Form 1 of 2
EXHIBIT B - BID TABULATION FORM
BID ALTERNATE 1
ITEM
NO.
WSDOT STD
ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY.UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL
BID ALTERNATE 1
48 8-02 PSIPE POLYSTICHUM MUNITUM (1 GAL)14 EACH $ $
51 8-02 PSIPE SESLERIA AUTUMNALIS (1 GAL)33 EACH $ $
53 8-02 PSIPE ALLIUM SPHAEROCEPHALON (BULB)66 EACH $ $
54 8-02 TOPSOIL TYPE A1 22 C.Y. $ $
56 8-02 ORGANIC COMPOST MULCH 5 C.Y. $ $
57 8-02 ROOT BARRIER 96 L.F. $ $
58 8-02 SEEDED LAWN INSTALLATION - ECO LAWN 8 S.Y. $ $
61 8-01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION 1 L.S. $ $
TRAFFIC
62 8-04 CEMENT CONC. TRAFFIC CURB AND GUTTER 462 L.F. $ $
63 8-04 CEMENT CONC. TRAFFIC CURB 236 L.F. $ $
66 8-04 CEMENT CONC. GUTTER 114 L.F. $ $
67 8-21 PERMANENT SIGNING 1 L.S. $ $
69 8-22 PLASTIC ACCESS PARKING SPACE SYMBOL WITH BACKGROUND 2 EACH $ $
70 8-22 PLASTIC CROSSWALK LINE 80 S.F. $ $
71 8-22 PLASTIC STOP LINE 25 L.F. $ $
OTHER ITEMS
72 8-14 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK 344 S.Y. $ $
73 8-06 CEMENT CONC. DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE TYPE 2 31 S.Y. $ $
74 8-14 CEMENT CONC. CURB RAMP TYPE PERPENDICULAR A 3 EACH $ $
76 8-14 CEMENT CONC. CURB RAMP TYPE PARALLEL A 1 EACH $ $
77 2-09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION CLASS B 55 C.Y. $ $
80 8-13 ADJUST MONUMENT CASE AND COVER 2 EACH $ $
82 2-01 ROADSIDE CLEANUP 1 EST.$250.00 $250.00
83 1-04.4 MINOR CHANGE 1 EST.$25,000.00 $25,000.00
84 1-07.15 SPCC PLAN 1 L.S. $ $
SUBTOTAL BID ITEMS
TOTAL BID ALTERNATE 1
III. Bid Forms
Exhibit B - Bid Tabulation Form 2 of 2
EXHIBIT C
III. Bid Forms 1 of 1 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION
I, by signing the proposal, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United
States, that the following statements are true and correct:
1. That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation has (have) not, either
directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or
otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the
project for which this proposal is submitted.
2. That by signing the signature page of this proposal, I am deemed to have signed and to
have agreed to the provisions of this declaration.
NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS
To report rigging activities call:
1-800-424-9071
The U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) operates the above toll-free hotline Monday
through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., eastern time. Anyone with knowledge of possible bid
rigging, bidder collusion, or other fraudulent activities should use the hotline to report such
activities.
The hotline is part of USDOT’s continuing effort to identify and investigate highway construction
contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the USDOT Inspector General.
All information will be treated confidentially and caller anonymity will be respected.
EXHIBIT D
III. Bid Forms 1 of 1 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
PROPOSAL BOND FORM
Herewith find deposit in the form of a cashier’s check, postal money order or bid bond in the amount of
$ ______________________ which amount is not less than five (5%) percent of the total bid for the
Project/Schedule known as:
Visitor Center Parking Improvements
SIGN HERE _________________________________________
PROPOSAL BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we, ___, of ____________________________ as Principal and
the ______________________________________ a corporation duly organized under the laws of the
state of ___________________________, and authorized to do business in the State of Washington, as
Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF PORT TOWNSEND in the full and penal sum of five
(5) percent of the total amount of the bid proposal of said principal for the work hereinafter described,
for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind out heirs, executors, administrators and
assigns, and successors and assigns, firmly by these presents.
The condition of this bond is such, that whereas the principal herein is herewith submitting his or its
sealed proposal for the following construction project, to wit:
Visitor Center Parking Improvements
Said bid and proposal, by reference thereto, being made a part hereof.
NOW, THEREFORE, If the said proposal bid by said principal be accepted, and the contract be awarded
to said principal, and if said principal shall duly make and enter into and execute said contract and shall
furnish bond as required by the City of Port Townsend within a period of twenty (20) days from and after
said award, exclusive of the day of such award, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it
shall remain and be in full force effect.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the principal and surety have caused there presents to be signed and sealed
this
__________________________ day of _____________________________, 2019.
_____________________________________________
_____________________________________________
(Principal)
_____________________________________________
(Surety)
_____________________________________________
(Attorney-in-fact)
EXHIBIT E
III. Bid Forms 1 of 1 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH WAGE PAYMENT STATUES
(Due with the Bid Package)
The bidder hereby certifies that, within the three-year period immediately preceding the bid
solicitation date (May 22, 2019), the bidder is not a “willful” violator, as defined in RCW
49.48.082, of any provision of chapters 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW, as determined by a final and
binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the Department of Labor and Industries or
through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction.
I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of Washington that the foregoing is
true and correct.
Bidder’s Business Name
Signature of Authorized Official*
Printed Name
Title
Date City State
Check One:
Sole Proprietorship □
Partnership □
Joint Venture □
Corporation □
State of Incorporation, or if not a corporation, State where business entity was formed:
If a co-partnership, give firm name under which business is transacted:
* If a corporation, proposal must be executed in the corporate name by the president or vice-president (or any
other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). If a co-partnership, proposal must be
executed by a partner.
IV. Contract Forms 1 of 1 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
IV. – Contract Forms
Exhibit F – Public Works Contract
Exhibit G – Performance Bond
Exhibit H – Payment Bond
Exhibit I – Title VI Non-Discrimination Assurances
EXHIBIT F
IV. Contract Forms Page 1 of 2 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
CITY OF PORT TOWNSEND
PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT
THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into this __ day of ______________, by and between the City
of Port Townsend (“Owner” or “City”), and _____________________________ (“Contractor”):
WHEREAS, pursuant to the invitation of the Owner for bids, the Contractor did, in
accordance therewith, file with the Owner a proposal containing an offer which was invited by
said notice, and
WHEREAS, the Owner has heretofore determined that said offer was the lowest responsive
and responsible bid submitted;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions contained herein, the
parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
1. Contract Scope of Work; Contract Documents. The Contractor shall in a workmanlike
manner do all work and furnish all tools, materials, and equipment for the
Visitor Center Parking Improvements
in accordance with and as described in the following Contract Documents (incorporated by
reference in this Contract):
1. Public Works Contract;
2. Addenda;
3. Bid Tabulation Form;
4. Special Provisions;
5. Contract Plans;
6. Amendments to the Standard Specifications;
7. The 2018 Washington State Department of Transportation Standards Specifications for
Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction;
8. City of Port Townsend Engineering Design Standards (except as modified by any
technical specifications in the plans and specifications); and
9. Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and
Municipal Construction
In the event of a conflict or discrepancy among or in the Contract Documents,
interpretation shall be governed in the priority listed and set forth above.
The Contractor shall provide and bear the expense of all equipment, work and labor of any
sort whatsoever they may require for the transfer of materials and for constructing and
completing the work provided for in the specifications to be furnished by the City of Port
Townsend.
2. Contract Amount; Compensation. The City of Port Townsend hereby promises and agrees with
the Contractor to employ, and does employ the Contractor to provide materials and to do and
cause to be done the above described work and to complete and finish the same according to the
EXHIBIT F
IV. Contract Forms Page 2 of 2 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
Scope of Work and the terms and conditions herein contained and hereby contracts to pay for the
same, the total sum of_______________________ including tax. Payment shall be as provided in
the Instructions for Bidders unless otherwise provided. Payment shall be made monthly upon
submittal of a pay request for work performed to date as determined by the City. Failure to perform
any of the obligations under the contract by Contractor may be decreed by the City to be adequate
reason for withholding any payments until compliance is achieved, including withholding amounts
from any payment based on substantial completion to cover the City’s cost to complete any punch
list items.
3. Time for Completion. The Contractor shall physically complete the project within seventy-five (75)
working days of a Notice to Proceed.
4. Insurance and Indemnity Requirements. Contractor shall take out and maintain insurance as
set forth in the bid package.
5. Correction of Work. If within two years after the date for Physical Completion, any of the work
is found not to be in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor
shall correct it promptly after written notice to do so. If the Contractor fails to correct
nonconforming work within a reasonable time after notice, City may, without prejudice to other
remedies it may have, correct such deficiencies, and the Contractor shall pay the cost to the City,
plus 10% City administrative overhead fee.
6. Attorney Fees. If enforcement of this Contract requires either party to engage the services of
an attorney or consultant, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable legal costs,
including attorney fees and expert fees, in connection with such enforcement, with or without
suit.
IN THE WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this agreement to be executed this
___________ day of _____________, 2019.
City of Port Townsend Contractor
By: _______________________________ By: _______________________________
David Timmons, City Manager
Name: ____________________________
Title: _____________________________
Attest: Approved as to form:
_________________________________ __________________________________
Joanna Sanders, MMC, City Clerk Heidi Greenwood, City Attorney
END OF TEXT
EXHIBIT G
IV. Contract Forms Page 1 of 2 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
PERFORMANCE BOND
to City of Port Townsend, WA
Bond No.
The City of Port Townsend, Washington, has awarded to ______________________ (Principal),
a contract for the construction of the project designated as The Visitor Center Parking
Improvements Project No. 1008 in Port Townsend, Washington, and said Principal is required
to furnish a bond for performance of all obligations under the Contract.
The Principal, and _____________ (Surety), a corporation, organized under the laws of the
State of ___________ and licensed to do business in the State of Washington as surety and
named in the current list of "Surety Companies Acceptable in Federal Bonds" as published in
the Federal Register by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Dept., are jointly and
severally held and firmly bound to the City in the sum of __________US Dollars
($_______________________) Total Contract Amount, subject to the provisions herein.
This statutory performance bond shall become null and void, if and when the Principal, its
heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns shall well and faithfully perform all of
the Principal's obligations under the Contract and fulfill all the terms and conditions of all duly
authorized modifications, additions, and changes to said Contract that may hereafter be made,
at the time and in the manner therein specified; and if such performance obligations have not
been fulfilled, this bond shall remain in full force and effect.
The Surety for value received agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition
to the terms of the Contract, the specifications accompanying the Contract, or to the work to
be performed under the Contract shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and waives
notice of any change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or
the work performed. The Surety agrees that modifications and changes to the terms and
conditions of the Contract that increase the total amount to be paid the Principal shall
automatically increase the obligation of the Surety on this bond and notice to Surety is not
required for such increased obligation.
This bond may be executed in two (2) original counterparts, and shall be signed by the parties'
duly authorized officers. This bond will only be accepted if it is accompanied by a fully executed
and original power of attorney for the officer executing on behalf of the surety.
IV. Contract Forms Page 2 of 2 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
PRINCIPAL SURETY
_______________________________________ __________________________________
Principal Signature Date Surety Signature Date
_______________________________________ __________________________________
Printed Name Printed Name
_______________________________________ __________________________________
Title Title
Name, address, and telephone of local office/agent of Surety Company is:
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
EXHIBIT H
IV. Contract Forms Page 1 of 2 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
PAYMENT BOND
(NOTE: CONTRACTOR MUST USE THIS FORM, NOT A SURETY COMPANY FORM. MUST BE ACCOMPAINED
BY A POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR THE SURETY’S OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO SIGN)
We the Undersigned as PRINCIPAL
(Contractor) and a corporation
organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the state of
, and duly authorized to do surety business in the state of Washington and named on the current
list of approved surety companies acceptable on federal bonds and conforming with the underwriting
limitations as published in the Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the
Office of the Insurance Commissioner and which carries an "A" rating and is of the appropriate class for
the bond amount as determined by Best's Rating System, as SURETY, hereby hold and firmly bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, unto CITY
OF PORT TOWNSEND, as OBLIGEE, in the sum of
Dollars ($ ) in lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment
of that sum for the use and benefit of claimants as defined below.
The condition of this obligation is such that whereas the PRINCIPAL entered into a contract with
CITY OF PORT TOWNSEND dated , 20___, which contract is hereunto annexed
and made a part hereof, for accomplishment of the all contract terms for the project described as
follows: .
This statutory payment bond shall become null and void, if and when the Principal, its heirs,
executors, administrators, successors, or assigns shall pay all persons in accordance with Titles 60.28,
39.08, and 39.12 RCW including all workers, laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, and materialmen, and
all persons who shall supply such contractor or subcontractor with provisions and supplies for the
carrying on of such work, and all taxes incurred on said Contract under Title 50 and 51 RCW and all taxes
imposed on the Principal under Title 82 RCW; and if such payment obligations have not been fulfilled,
this bond shall remain in force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions:
The above-named PRINCIPAL and SURETY hereby jointly and severally agree that every claimant,
who has not been paid in full, may sue on this bond for the use of such claimant, prosecute the suit to
final judgment in for such sum or sums as may be justly due claimant, and have execution thereon. The
OBLIGEE shall not be liable for the payment of any judgment, costs, expenses or attorneys' fees of any
such suit.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that SURETY for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that all
changes, extensions of time, alterations to the terms of the contract or to Work to be performed
thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall be within the scope of the SURETY's
undertaking on this bond, and SURETY does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time,
alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the Work or to the Specifications. Any such
change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the Work or to the
EXHIBIT H
IV. Contract Forms Page 2 of 2 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
Specifications shall automatically increase the obligation of the SURETY hereunder in a like amount,
provided that the total of such increases shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the original
amount of the obligation without the consent of the SURETY.
This obligation shall continue to bind the PRINCIPAL and SURETY, notwithstanding successive
payments made hereunder, until the full amount of the obligation is exhausted, or if the full amount of
the obligation is not exhausted and no claim is pending resolution, until such time as no further claims
can be made pursuant to law with regard to the above-described project.
SURETY shall indemnify, defend, and protect the CITY OF PORT TOWNSEND against any claim of
direct or indirect loss resulting from the failure of the CONTRACTOR (or any of the employees,
subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the CONTRACTOR) to pay all laborers, mechanics,
subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material persons, or any other person who provides supplies
or provisions for carrying out the work.
If more than one SURETY is on this bond, each SURETY hereby agrees that it is jointly and
severally liable for all obligations of this bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals this _______ day of
_______________________, 20___.
SURETY CONTRACTOR
By: By*:
Title: Title:
Street Address Street Address
City, State ZIP City, State ZIP
Phone Number Phone Number
* Must be signed by president or vice-president of Contractor.
EXHIBIT I
IV. Contract Forms 1 of 2 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
CITY OF PORT TOWNSEND
Title VI Non Discrimination Assurances
During the performance of this contract, the contractor/consultant, for itself, its assignees and successors in
interest (hereinafter referred to as the “contractor”) agrees as follows:
1. Compliance with Regulations
The contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to non-discrimination in federally assisted
programs of United States Department of Transportation (USDOT), Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations,
part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which
are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract.
2. Non-discrimination
The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the
grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin in the selection and retention of sub-contractors, including
procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall not participate either directly or
indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment
practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations.
3. Solicitations for Sub-contracts, Including Procurement of Materials and Equipment
In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiations made by the contractor for work to be
performed under a sub-contract, including procurement of materials or leases of equipment, each
potential sub-contractor or supplier shall be notified by the contractor of the contractor’s obligations
under this contract and the Regulations relative to non-discrimination on the grounds of race, color, sex,
or national origin.
4. Information and Reports
The contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued
pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information,
and its facilities as may be determined by the contracting agency or the appropriate federal agency to be
pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information
required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this
information, the contractor shall so certify to WSDOT or the USDOT as appropriate, and shall set forth
what efforts it has made to obtain the information.
5. Sanctions for Non-compliance
In the event of the contractor’s non-compliance with the non-discrimination provisions of this contract,
the contracting agency shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the USDOT may determine to be
appropriate, including, but not limited to:
• Withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies, and/or;
• Cancellation, termination, or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part
6. Incorporation of Provisions
EXHIBIT I
IV. Contract Forms 2 of 2 Visitor Center Parking Improvements
The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (5) in every sub-contract, including
procurement of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued
pursuant thereto. The contractor shall take such action with respect to any sub-contractor or procurement
as the contracting agency or USDOT may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions
for non-compliance.
Provided, however, that in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation
with a sub-contractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request WSDOT enter
into such litigation to protect the interests of the state and, in addition, the contractor may request the
USDOT enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States.
Visitor Center Parking Improvements
V. Appendices
V. – Appendices
Appendix A – Washington State / Jefferson County Prevailing Wages 05/17/2019
Appendix B – Benefit Code Key 03/03/2019 – 08/30/2019
Appendix C – Supplemental to State Wages “L&I Policy Statement” 03/03/2019
Appendix D – CSWPPP
Appendix E – Earthwork Cross Sections
Appendix F – Standard Plans
5/23/2019 about:blank
about:blank 1/17
State of Washington Department of Labor & Industries
Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone 360-902-5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504-4540
Washington State Prevailing Wage
The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe
benefits. On public works projects, worker's wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this
total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements are provided on the Benefit Code
Key.
Journey Level Prevailing Wage Rates for the Effective Date: 5/23/2019
County Trade Job Classification Wage Holiday Overtime Note
Jefferson Asbestos Abatement Workers Journey Level $46.57 5D 1H
Jefferson Boilermakers Journey Level $66.54 5N 1C
Jefferson Brick Mason Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M
Jefferson Brick Mason Pointer-Caulker-Cleaner $57.32 5A 1M
Jefferson Building Service Employees Janitor $12.00 1
Jefferson Building Service Employees Shampooer $12.00 1
Jefferson Building Service Employees Waxer $12.00 1
Jefferson Building Service Employees Window Cleaner $13.22 1
Jefferson Cabinet Makers (In Shop)Journey Level $28.43 1
Jefferson Carpenters Acoustical Worker $60.04 5D 4C
Jefferson Carpenters Bridge, Dock And Wharf
Carpenters
$60.04 5D 4C
Jefferson Carpenters Carpenter $60.04 5D 4C
Jefferson Carpenters Carpenters on Stationary Tools $60.17 5D 4C
Jefferson Carpenters Creosoted Material $60.14 5D 4C
Jefferson Carpenters Floor Finisher $60.04 5D 4C
Jefferson Carpenters Floor Layer $60.04 5D 4C
Jefferson Carpenters Scaffold Erector $60.04 5D 4C
Jefferson Cement Masons Journey Level $60.07 7A 4U
Jefferson Divers & Tenders Bell/Vehicle or Submersible
Operator (Not Under Pressure)
$113.60 5D 4C
Jefferson Divers & Tenders Dive Supervisor/Master $76.33 5D 4C
Jefferson Divers & Tenders Diver $113.60 5D 4C 8V
Jefferson Divers & Tenders Diver On Standby $71.33 5D 4C
Jefferson Divers & Tenders Diver Tender $64.71 5D 4C
Jefferson Divers & Tenders Manifold Operator $64.71 5D 4C
Jefferson Divers & Tenders Manifold Operator Mixed Gas $69.71 5D 4C
Jefferson Divers & Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle
Operator/Technician
$64.71 5D 4C
Jefferson Divers & Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle Tender $60.29 5A 4C
Jefferson Dredge Workers Assistant Engineer $56.44 5D 3F
Jefferson Dredge Workers Assistant Mate (Deckhand)$56.00 5D 3F
5/23/2019 about:blank
about:blank 2/17
Jefferson Dredge Workers Boatmen $56.44 5D 3F
Jefferson Dredge Workers Engineer Welder $57.51 5D 3F
Jefferson Dredge Workers Leverman, Hydraulic $58.67 5D 3F
Jefferson Dredge Workers Mates $56.44 5D 3F
Jefferson Dredge Workers Oiler $56.00 5D 3F
Jefferson Drywall Applicator Journey Level $58.48 5D 1H
Jefferson Drywall Tapers Journey Level $59.32 5P 1E
Jefferson Electrical Fixture Maintenance
Workers
Journey Level $30.59 5L 1E
Jefferson Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer $81.32 7C 4E
Jefferson Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer (tunnel)$87.37 7C 4E
Jefferson Electricians - Inside Certified Welder $78.55 7C 4E
Jefferson Electricians - Inside Certified Welder (tunnel)$84.34 7C 4E
Jefferson Electricians - Inside Construction Stock Person $41.49 7C 4E
Jefferson Electricians - Inside Journey Level $75.80 7C 4E
Jefferson Electricians - Inside Journey Level (tunnel)$81.32 7C 4E
Jefferson Electricians - Motor Shop Craftsman $15.37 1
Jefferson Electricians - Motor Shop Journey Level $14.69 1
Jefferson Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Cable Splicer $79.60 5A 4D
Jefferson Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Certified Line Welder $72.98 5A 4D
Jefferson Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Groundperson $47.94 5A 4D
Jefferson Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Heavy Line Equipment Operator $72.98 5A 4D
Jefferson Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Journey Level Lineperson $72.98 5A 4D
Jefferson Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Line Equipment Operator $62.06 5A 4D
Jefferson Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Meter Installer $47.94 5A 4D 8W
Jefferson Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Pole Sprayer $72.98 5A 4D
Jefferson Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Powderperson $54.55 5A 4D
Jefferson Electronic Technicians Journey Level $50.57 7E 1E
Jefferson Elevator Constructors Mechanic $94.22 7D 4A
Jefferson Elevator Constructors Mechanic In Charge $101.73 7D 4A
Jefferson Fabricated Precast Concrete
Products
Journey Level $13.50 1
Jefferson Fabricated Precast Concrete
Products
Journey Level - In-Factory Work
Only
$13.50 1
Jefferson Fence Erectors Fence Erector $41.45 7A 3I
Jefferson Fence Erectors Fence Laborer $41.45 7A 3I
Jefferson Flaggers Journey Level $41.45 7A 3I
Jefferson Glaziers Journey Level $64.56 7L 1Y
Jefferson Heat & Frost Insulators And
Asbestos Workers
Journeyman $73.58 5J 4H
5/23/2019 about:blank
about:blank 3/17
Jefferson Heating Equipment Mechanics Journey Level $82.51 7F 1E
Jefferson Hod Carriers & Mason Tenders Journey Level $50.42 7A 3I
Jefferson Industrial Power Vacuum Cleaner Journey Level $12.00 1
Jefferson Inland Boatmen Boat Operator $61.41 5B 1K
Jefferson Inland Boatmen Cook $56.48 5B 1K
Jefferson Inland Boatmen Deckhand $57.48 5B 1K
Jefferson Inland Boatmen Deckhand Engineer $58.81 5B 1K
Jefferson Inland Boatmen Launch Operator $58.89 5B 1K
Jefferson Inland Boatmen Mate $57.31 5B 1K
Jefferson Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of
Sewer & Water Systems By
Remote Control
Cleaner Operator, Foamer
Operator
$12.00 1
Jefferson Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of
Sewer & Water Systems By
Remote Control
Grout Truck Operator $12.00 1
Jefferson Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of
Sewer & Water Systems By
Remote Control
Head Operator $12.78 1
Jefferson Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of
Sewer & Water Systems By
Remote Control
Technician $12.00 1
Jefferson Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of
Sewer & Water Systems By
Remote Control
Tv Truck Operator $12.00 1
Jefferson Insulation Applicators Journey Level $60.04 5D 4C
Jefferson Ironworkers Journeyman $70.68 7N 1O
Jefferson Laborers Air, Gas Or Electric Vibrating
Screed
$48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Airtrac Drill Operator $50.42 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Ballast Regular Machine $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Batch Weighman $41.45 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Brick Pavers $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Brush Cutter $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Brush Hog Feeder $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Burner $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Caisson Worker $50.42 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Carpenter Tender $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Caulker $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Cement Dumper-paving $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Cement Finisher Tender $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Change House Or Dry Shack $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Chipping Gun (under 30 Lbs.)$48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Chipping Gun(30 Lbs. And Over)$49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Choker Setter $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Chuck Tender $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Clary Power Spreader $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Clean-up Laborer $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Concrete Dumper/chute
Operator
$49.81 7A 3I
5/23/2019 about:blank
about:blank 4/17
Jefferson Laborers Concrete Form Stripper $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Concrete Placement Crew $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Concrete Saw Operator/core
Driller
$49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Crusher Feeder $41.45 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Curing Laborer $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Demolition: Wrecking & Moving
(incl. Charred Material)
$48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Ditch Digger $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Diver $50.42 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Drill Operator
(hydraulic,diamond)
$49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Dry Stack Walls $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Dump Person $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Epoxy Technician $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Erosion Control Worker $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Faller & Bucker Chain Saw $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Fine Graders $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Firewatch $41.45 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Form Setter $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Gabian Basket Builders $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers General Laborer $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Grade Checker & Transit Person $50.42 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Grinders $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Grout Machine Tender $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Groutmen (pressure)including
Post Tension Beams
$49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Guardrail Erector $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level A)$50.42 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level B)$49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level
C)
$48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers High Scaler $50.42 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Jackhammer $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Laserbeam Operator $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Maintenance Person $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Manhole Builder-mudman $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Material Yard Person $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Motorman-dinky Locomotive $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Nozzleman (concrete Pump,
Green Cutter When Using
Combination Of High Pressure Air
& Water On Concrete & Rock,
Sandblast, Gunite, Shotcrete,
Water Bla
$49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Pavement Breaker $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Pilot Car $41.45 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Pipe Layer Lead $50.42 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Pipe Layer/tailor $49.81 7A 3I
5/23/2019 about:blank
about:blank 5/17
Jefferson Laborers Pipe Pot Tender $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Pipe Reliner $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Pipe Wrapper $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Pot Tender $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Powderman $50.42 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Powderman's Helper $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Power Jacks $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Railroad Spike Puller - Power $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Raker - Asphalt $50.42 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Re-timberman $50.42 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Remote Equipment Operator $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Rigger/signal Person $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Rip Rap Person $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Rivet Buster $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Rodder $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Scaffold Erector $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Scale Person $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Sloper (over 20")$49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Sloper Sprayer $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Spreader (concrete)$49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Stake Hopper $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Stock Piler $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Tamper & Similar Electric, Air &
Gas Operated Tools
$49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Tamper (multiple & Self-
propelled)
$49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Timber Person - Sewer (lagger,
Shorer & Cribber)
$49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Toolroom Person (at Jobsite)$48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Topper $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Track Laborer $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Track Liner (power)$49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Traffic Control Laborer $44.33 7A 3I 8R
Jefferson Laborers Traffic Control Supervisor $44.33 7A 3I 8R
Jefferson Laborers Truck Spotter $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Tugger Operator $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 0-30 psi
$107.60 7A 3I 8Q
Jefferson Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 30.01-44.00 psi
$112.63 7A 3I 8Q
Jefferson Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 44.01-54.00 psi
$116.31 7A 3I 8Q
Jefferson Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 54.01-60.00 psi
$122.01 7A 3I 8Q
Jefferson Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 60.01-64.00 psi
$124.13 7A 3I 8Q
Jefferson Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 64.01-68.00 psi
$129.23 7A 3I 8Q
Jefferson Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air $131.13 7A 3I 8Q
5/23/2019 about:blank
about:blank 6/17
Worker 68.01-70.00 psi
Jefferson Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 70.01-72.00 psi
$133.13 7A 3I 8Q
Jefferson Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 72.01-74.00 psi
$135.13 7A 3I 8Q
Jefferson Laborers Tunnel Work-Guage and Lock
Tender
$50.52 7A 3I 8Q
Jefferson Laborers Tunnel Work-Miner $50.52 7A 3I 8Q
Jefferson Laborers Vibrator $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Vinyl Seamer $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Watchman $37.67 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Welder $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Well Point Laborer $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers Window Washer/cleaner $37.67 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers - Underground Sewer &
Water
General Laborer & Topman $48.90 7A 3I
Jefferson Laborers - Underground Sewer &
Water
Pipe Layer $49.81 7A 3I
Jefferson Landscape Construction Landscape Laborer $37.67 7A 3I
Jefferson Landscape Construction Landscape Operator $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Landscape Maintenance Groundskeeper $12.00 1
Jefferson Lathers Journey Level $58.48 5D 1H
Jefferson Marble Setters Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M
Jefferson Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Fitter $15.16 1
Jefferson Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Laborer $12.00 1
Jefferson Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Machine Operator $12.00 1
Jefferson Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Painter $12.00 1
Jefferson Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Welder $15.16 1
Jefferson Millwright Journey Level $61.54 5D 4C
Jefferson Modular Buildings Journey Level $12.00 1
Jefferson Painters Journey Level $42.50 6Z 2B
Jefferson Pile Driver Crew Tender/Technician $64.71 5D 4C
Jefferson Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed
Air Worker 0-30.00 PSI
$74.87 5D 4C
Jefferson Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed
Air Worker 30.01 - 44.00 PSI
$79.87 5D 4C
Jefferson Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed
Air Worker 44.01 - 54.00 PSI
$83.87 5D 4C
Jefferson Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed
Air Worker 54.01 - 60.00 PSI
$88.87 5D 4C
Jefferson Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed
Air Worker 60.01 - 64.00 PSI
$91.37 5D 4C
Jefferson Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed
Air Worker 64.01 - 68.00 PSI
$96.37 5D 4C
Jefferson Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed
Air Worker 68.01 - 70.00 PSI
$98.37 5D 4C
Jefferson Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed
Air Worker 70.01 - 72.00 PSI
$100.37 5D 4C
Jefferson Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed
Air Worker 72.01 - 74.00 PSI
$102.37 5D 4C
5/23/2019 about:blank
about:blank 7/17
Jefferson Pile Driver Journey Level $60.29 5D 4C
Jefferson Pile Driver Manifold Operator (LST)$69.71 5D 4C
Jefferson Plasterers Journey Level $56.54 7Q 1R
Jefferson Playground & Park Equipment
Installers
Journey Level $12.00 1
Jefferson Plumbers & Pipefitters Journey Level $85.69 6Z 1G
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Plant Operators $63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Assistant Engineer $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Barrier Machine (zipper)$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant Operator: concrete $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Bobcat $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Brokk - Remote Demolition
Equipment
$60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Brooms $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Bump Cutter $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Cableways $63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Chipper $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Compressor $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Concrete Finish Machine - Laser
Screed
$60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump - Mounted Or
Trailer High Pressure Line Pump,
Pump High Pressure
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount
With Boom Attachment Over 42
M
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount
With Boom Attachment Up To
42m
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Conveyors $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Cranes friction: 200 tons and
over
$65.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 100 tons through 199
tons, or 150’ of boom (including
jib with attachments)
$64.47 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons
With Attachments
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or
250’ of boom including jib with
attachments
$65.13 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300’
of boom including jib with
attachments
$65.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons,
Under 150' Of Boom (including
Jib With Attachments)
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Cranes: A-frame - 10 Tons And
Under
$60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Friction cranes through
199 tons
$65.13 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Cranes: through 19 tons with
attachments, A-frame over 10
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
5/23/2019 about:blank
about:blank 8/17
tons
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Crusher $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Deck Engineer/Deck Winches
(power)
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Derricks, On Building Work $63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Dozers D-9 & Under $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or
Crane Mount
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Drilling Machine $64.47 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Elevator And Man-lift: Permanent
And Shaft Type
$60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Finishing Machine, Bidwell And
Gamaco & Similar Equipment
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With
Attachments
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With
Attachments
$60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Grade Engineer: Using Blue
Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Gradechecker/Stakeman $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Guardrail Punch $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating
Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. &
Over
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating
Off-road Equipment Under 45
Yards
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/Directional Drill
Locator
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/Directional Drill
Operator
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/Boom Trucks Over 10
Tons
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/Boom Trucks, 10 Tons
And Under
$60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. & Over $64.47 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But
Not Including 8 Yards
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Plant Feed $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Locomotives, All $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Material Transfer Device $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50
Per Hour Over Mechanic)
$64.47 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Motor Patrol Graders $63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel
Drill, Boring, Road Header
And/or Shield
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Oil Distributors, Blower
Distribution & Mulch Seeding
$60.04 7A 3K 8X
5/23/2019 about:blank
about:blank 9/17
Operator
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Outside Hoists (Elevators And
Manlifts), Air Tuggers, Strato
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20
Tons Through 44 Tons
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons
And Over
$64.47 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons
Through 99 Tons
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Pavement Breaker $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Pile Driver (other Than Crane
Mount)
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Posthole Digger, Mechanical $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Power Plant $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Pumps - Water $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Quick Tower - No Cab, Under 100
Feet In Height Based To Boom
$60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Remote Control Operator On
Rubber Tired Earth Moving
Equipment
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Rigger and Bellman $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman
(Certified)
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Rollagon $63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift
Materials
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Saws - Concrete $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45
Yards
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Scrapers - Concrete & Carry All $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45
Yards And Over
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Service Engineers - Equipment $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe,
Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over
30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes,
Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes:
Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric
Tons
$64.47 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes:
Over 90 Metric Tons
$65.13 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Slipform Pavers $63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Spreader, Topsider & Screedman $63.83 7A 3K 8X
5/23/2019 about:blank
about:blank 10/17
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Subgrader Trimmer $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Tower Bucket Elevators $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height
Base To Boom
$64.47 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane: over 175’ through
250’ in height, base to boom
$65.13 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Tower Cranes: over 250’ in height
from base to boom
$65.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Transporters, All Track Or Truck
Type
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Trenching Machines $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100
Tons And Over
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler/Driver Under
100 Tons
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Welder $63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators Yo Yo Pay Dozer $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Asphalt Plant Operators $63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Assistant Engineer $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Barrier Machine (zipper)$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Batch Plant Operator, Concrete $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Bobcat $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Brokk - Remote Demolition
Equipment
$60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Brooms $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Bump Cutter $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cableways $63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Chipper $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Compressor $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Concrete Finish Machine - Laser
Screed
$60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Concrete Pump - Mounted Or
Trailer High Pressure Line Pump,
Pump High Pressure
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Concrete Pump: Truck Mount
With Boom Attachment Over 42
M
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Concrete Pump: Truck Mount
With Boom Attachment Up To
42m
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
5/23/2019 about:blank
about:blank 11/17
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Conveyors $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes friction: 200 tons and
over
$65.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: 100 tons through 199
tons, or 150’ of boom (including
jib with attachments)
$64.47 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons
With Attachments
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or
250’ of boom including jib with
attachments
$65.13 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300’
of boom including jib with
attachments
$65.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons,
Under 150' Of Boom (including
Jib With Attachments)
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: A-frame - 10 Tons And
Under
$60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: Friction cranes through
199 tons
$65.13 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: through 19 tons with
attachments, A-frame over 10
tons
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Crusher $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Deck Engineer/Deck Winches
(power)
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Derricks, On Building Work $63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Dozers D-9 & Under $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or
Crane Mount
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Drilling Machine $64.47 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Elevator And Man-lift: Permanent
And Shaft Type
$60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Finishing Machine, Bidwell And
Gamaco & Similar Equipment
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With
Attachments
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With
Attachments
$60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Grade Engineer: Using Blue
Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Gradechecker/Stakeman $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Guardrail Punch $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Hard Tail End Dump Articulating
Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. &
Over
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
5/23/2019 about:blank
about:blank 12/17
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Hard Tail End Dump Articulating
Off-road Equipment Under 45
Yards
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Horizontal/Directional Drill
Locator
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Horizontal/Directional Drill
Operator
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Hydralifts/Boom Trucks Over 10
Tons
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Hydralifts/Boom Trucks, 10 Tons
And Under
$60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. & Over $64.47 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But
Not Including 8 Yards
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Loaders, Plant Feed $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Locomotives, All $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Material Transfer Device $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50
Per Hour Over Mechanic)
$64.47 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Motor Patrol Graders $63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel
Drill, Boring, Road Header
And/or Shield
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Oil Distributors, Blower
Distribution & Mulch Seeding
Operator
$60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Outside Hoists (Elevators And
Manlifts), Air Tuggers, Strato
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20
Tons Through 44 Tons
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons
And Over
$64.47 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons
Through 99 Tons
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Pavement Breaker $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Pile Driver (other Than Crane
Mount)
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Posthole Digger, Mechanical $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Power Plant $60.04 7A 3K 8X
5/23/2019 about:blank
about:blank 13/17
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Pumps - Water $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Quick Tower - No Cab, Under 100
Feet In Height Based To Boom
$60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Remote Control Operator On
Rubber Tired Earth Moving
Equipment
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Rigger and Bellman $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman
(Certified)
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Rollagon $63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift
Materials
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Saws - Concrete $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45
Yards
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Scrapers - Concrete & Carry All $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45
Yards And Over
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Service Engineers - Equipment $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe,
Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over
30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes,
Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes:
Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric
Tons
$64.47 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes:
Over 90 Metric Tons
$65.13 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Slipform Pavers $63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Spreader, Topsider & Screedman $63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Subgrader Trimmer $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Tower Bucket Elevators $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height $64.47 7A 3K 8X
5/23/2019 about:blank
about:blank 14/17
Underground Sewer & Water Base To Boom
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Tower Crane: over 175’ through
250’ in height, base to boom
$65.13 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Tower Cranes: over 250’ in height
from base to boom
$65.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Transporters, All Track Or Truck
Type
$63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Trenching Machines $62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100
Tons And Over
$63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Truck Crane Oiler/Driver Under
100 Tons
$62.77 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Welder $63.83 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $60.04 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Yo Yo Pay Dozer $63.27 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Power Line Clearance Tree
Trimmers
Journey Level In Charge $49.96 5A 4A
Jefferson Power Line Clearance Tree
Trimmers
Spray Person $47.37 5A 4A
Jefferson Power Line Clearance Tree
Trimmers
Tree Equipment Operator $49.96 5A 4A
Jefferson Power Line Clearance Tree
Trimmers
Tree Trimmer $44.57 5A 4A
Jefferson Power Line Clearance Tree
Trimmers
Tree Trimmer Groundperson $33.60 5A 4A
Jefferson Refrigeration & Air Conditioning
Mechanics
Journey Level $81.01 6Z 1G
Jefferson Residential Brick Mason Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M
Jefferson Residential Carpenters Journey Level $45.05 5D 4C
Jefferson Residential Cement Masons Journey Level $60.07 7A 4U
Jefferson Residential Drywall Applicators Journey Level $24.48 1
Jefferson Residential Drywall Tapers Journey Level $45.19 5P 1E
Jefferson Residential Electricians Journey Level $39.81 5Q 2O
Jefferson Residential Glaziers Journey Level $43.00 7L 1H
Jefferson Residential Insulation Applicators Journey Level $45.05 5D 4C
Jefferson Residential Laborers Journey Level $36.68 7A 1H
Jefferson Residential Marble Setters Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M
Jefferson Residential Painters Journey Level $42.50 6Z 2B
Jefferson Residential Plumbers & Pipefitters Journey Level $51.37 5A 1G
Jefferson Residential Refrigeration & Air
Conditioning Mechanics
Journey Level $51.37 5A 1G
Jefferson Residential Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop)$50.01 7F 1R
Jefferson Residential Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $49.43 5A 3J
Jefferson Residential Sprinkler Fitters (Fire
Protection)
Journey Level $34.76 7J 1R
5/23/2019 about:blank
about:blank 15/17
Jefferson Residential Stone Masons Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M
Jefferson Residential Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $52.61 5A 1M
Jefferson Residential Terrazzo/Tile
Finishers
Journey Level $43.44 5A 1B
Jefferson Residential Tile Setters Journey Level $52.61 5A 1M
Jefferson Roofers Journey Level $53.27 5A 3H
Jefferson Roofers Using Irritable Bituminous
Materials
$56.27 5A 3H
Jefferson Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop)$82.51 7F 1E
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Boilermaker $36.36 7V 1
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Carpenter $36.36 7V 1
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Crane Operator $36.36 7V 1
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Electrician $36.36 7V 1
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Heat & Frost
Insulator
$73.58 5J 4H
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Laborer $36.36 7V 1
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Machinist $36.36 7V 1
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Operating
Engineer
$36.36 7V 1
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Painter $36.36 7V 1
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Pipefitter $36.36 7V 1
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Rigger $36.36 7V 1
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Sheet Metal $36.36 7V 1
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Shipfitter $36.36 7V 1
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction
Warehouse/Teamster
$36.36 7V 1
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Welder /
Burner
$36.36 7V 1
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Boilermaker $44.95 7X 4J
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Carpenter $44.95 7X 4J
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Crane Operator $44.06 7Y 4K
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Electrician $44.95 7X 4J
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Heat & Frost
Insulator
$73.58 5J 4H
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Laborer $44.95 7X 4J
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Machinist $44.95 7X 4J
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Operating Engineer $44.06 7Y 4K
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Painter $44.95 7X 4J
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Pipefitter $44.95 7X 4J
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Rigger $44.95 7X 4J
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Sheet Metal $44.95 7X 4J
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Shipwright $44.95 7X 4J
Jefferson Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Warehouse /
Teamster
$44.06 7Y 4K
Jefferson Sign Makers & Installers
(Electrical)
Journey Level $49.70 0 1
Jefferson Sign Makers & Installers (Non-
Electrical)
Journey Level $31.52 0 1
Jefferson Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $49.43 5A 3J
5/23/2019 about:blank
about:blank 16/17
Jefferson Solar Controls For Windows Journey Level $12.00 1
Jefferson Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Protection)Journey Level $61.68 7J 1R
Jefferson Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non
Structural)
Journey Level $13.23 1
Jefferson Stone Masons Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M
Jefferson Street And Parking Lot Sweeper
Workers
Journey Level $16.00 1
Jefferson Surveyors Assistant Construction Site
Surveyor
$62.71 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Surveyors Assistant Construction Site
Surveyor
$62.71 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Surveyors Chainman $58.93 7A 3C 8P
Jefferson Surveyors Construction Site Surveyor $63.76 7A 3K 8X
Jefferson Telecommunication Technicians Journey Level $50.57 7E 1E
Jefferson Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Cable Splicer $41.22 5A 2B
Jefferson Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Hole Digger/Ground Person $23.12 5A 2B
Jefferson Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Installer (Repairer)$39.53 5A 2B
Jefferson Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Special Aparatus Installer I $41.22 5A 2B
Jefferson Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Special Apparatus Installer II $40.41 5A 2B
Jefferson Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Telephone Equipment Operator
(Heavy)
$41.22 5A 2B
Jefferson Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Telephone Equipment Operator
(Light)
$38.36 5A 2B
Jefferson Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Telephone Lineperson $38.36 5A 2B
Jefferson Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Television Groundperson $21.92 5A 2B
Jefferson Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Television Lineperson/Installer $29.13 5A 2B
Jefferson Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Television System Technician $34.68 5A 2B
Jefferson Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Television Technician $31.18 5A 2B
Jefferson Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Tree Trimmer $38.36 5A 2B
Jefferson Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $52.61 5A 1M
Jefferson Tile Setters Journey Level $52.61 5A 1M
Jefferson Tile, Marble & Terrazzo Finishers Finisher $43.44 5A 1B
Jefferson Traffic Control Stripers Journey Level $46.23 7A 1K
Jefferson Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix Over 16 Yards $57.81 5D 3A 8L
Jefferson Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix To 16 Yards $56.97 5D 3A 8L
Jefferson Truck Drivers Dump Truck $56.97 5D 3A 8L
Jefferson Truck Drivers Dump Truck & Trailer $57.81 5D 3A 8L
Jefferson Truck Drivers Other Trucks $57.81 5D 3A 8L
Jefferson Truck Drivers - Ready Mix Transit Mix $57.81 5D 3A 8L
5/23/2019 about:blank
about:blank 17/17
Jefferson Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump
Installers
Irrigation Pump Installer $12.00 1
Jefferson Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump
Installers
Oiler $12.00 1
Jefferson Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump
Installers
Well Driller $12.00 1
Appendix B
Benefit Code Key 03/03/2019 – 08/30/2019
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019
1
************************************************************************************************************
Overtime Codes
Overtime calculations are based on the hourly rate actually paid to the worker. On public works projects, the hourly rate
must be not less than the prevailing rate of wage minus the hourly rate of the cost of fringe benefits actually provided for
the worker.
1. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE
PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE.
B. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on
Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
C. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours and all hours worked on
Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
D. The first two (2) hours before or after a five-eight (8) hour workweek day or a four-ten (10) hour workweek day and
the first eight (8) hours worked the next day after either workweek shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly
rate of wage. All additional hours worked and all worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly
rate of wage.
E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday,
and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
F. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day,
shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly
rate of wage.
G. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays and the first ten (10) hours worked on a fifth calendar weekday in a four-
ten hour schedule, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten
(10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double
the hourly rate of wage.
H. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions or equipment
breakdown) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through
Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate
of wage.
I. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall also be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
J. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over ten (10) hours Monday through
Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
K. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours
worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
M. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions) shall be paid
at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double
the hourly rate of wage.
N. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.
All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
Appendix B
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019
2
Overtime Codes Continued
1. O. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours
worked on Sundays, holidays and after twelve (12) hours, Monday through Friday and after ten (10) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
P. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if circumstances warrant) and Sundays shall be paid at one and
one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
Q. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and up to ten (10) hours worked on
Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10)
hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Christmas day) shall
be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Christmas day shall be paid at two and one-half times
the hourly rate of wage.
R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage.
S. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays and all other overtime
hours worked, except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day
shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage.
U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on
Sundays and holidays (except Labor Day) shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on
Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage.
V. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day) shall be paid at one and
one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day shall be paid at
double the hourly rate of wage.
W. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays (except make-up days due to conditions beyond the control of the
employer)) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid
at double the hourly rate of wage.
X. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday
through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. When holiday falls on
Saturday or Sunday, the day before Saturday, Friday, and the day after Sunday, Monday, shall be considered the
holiday and all work performed shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
Y. All hours worked outside the hours of 5:00 am and 5:00 pm (or such other hours as may be agreed upon by any
employer and the employee) and all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day (10 hours per day for a 4 x 10
workweek) and on Saturdays and holidays (except labor day) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate
of wage. (except for employees who are absent from work without prior approval on a scheduled workday during the
workweek shall be paid at the straight-time rate until they have worked 8 hours in a day (10 in a 4 x 10 workweek) or
40 hours during that workweek.) All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours
worked on Sundays and Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
Z. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All
hours worked on holidays shall be paid the straight time rate of pay in addition to holiday pay.
Appendix B
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019
3
Overtime Codes Continued
2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE
PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE.
B. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.
C. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on
holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage.
F. The first eight (8) hours worked on holidays shall be paid at the straight hourly rate of wage in addition to the holiday
pay. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
G. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on paid holidays
shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay.
H. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall
be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.
O. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.
R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays and all hours worked over sixty (60) in one week shall be paid at double
the hourly rate of wage.
U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked
over 12 hours in a day or on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
W. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday,
and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. On a four-day, ten-
hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours worked after ten shall
be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on the fifth day shall be paid at one and
one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked on the fifth, sixth, and seventh days and on holidays
shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
3. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE
PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE.
A. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when
four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or
outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at time and one-half the straight time rate. Hours
worked over twelve hours (12) in a single shift and all work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 6:00 am Monday
and holidays shall be paid at double the straight time rate of pay. Any shift starting between the hours of 6:00 pm and
midnight shall receive an additional one dollar ($1.00) per hour for all hours worked that shift. The employer shall
have the sole discretion to assign overtime work to employees. Primary consideration for overtime work shall be given
to employees regularly assigned to the work to be performed on overtime situations. After an employee has worked
eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such
time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more.
C. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when
four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or
outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.
All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate
of wage. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at
the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more.
Appendix B
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019
4
Overtime Codes Continued
3. E. All hours worked Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Each week, once 40 hours of
straight time work is achieved, then any hours worked over 10 hours per day Monday through Saturday shall be paid
at double the hourly wage rate.
F. All hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on
Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and
one-half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay.
H. All work performed on Sundays between March 16th and October 14th and all Holidays shall be compensated for at
two (2) times the regular rate of pay. Work performed on Sundays between October 15th and March 15th shall be
compensated at one and one half (1-1/2) times the regular rate of pay.
I. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. In the event the job is
down due to weather conditions during a five day work week (Monday through Friday,) or a four day-ten hour work
week (Tuesday through Friday,) then Saturday may be worked as a voluntary make-up day at the straight time rate.
However, Saturday shall not be utilized as a make-up day when a holiday falls on Friday. All hours worked Monday
through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the
hourly rate of wage.
J. All hours worked between the hours of 10:00 pm and 5:00 am, Monday through Friday, and all hours worked on
Saturdays shall be paid at a one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays
shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
K. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when
four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or
outside the normal 5 am to 6pm shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly
rate of wage. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays, and all hours worked in
excess of twelve (12) hours in a single shift shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the
applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. When an employee
returns to work without at least eight (8) hours time off since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation
of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until he/she shall have the eight (8) hours rest period.
4. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE
PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE.
A. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly
rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
B. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours per day and all hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly
rate of wage.
C. On Monday through Friday, the first four (4) hours of overtime after eight (8) hours of straight time work shall be
paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, unless a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek has
been established. On a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek scheduled Monday through Thursday, or Tuesday
through Friday, the first two (2) hours of overtime after ten (10) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and
one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay. On Saturday, the first twelve (12) hours of work shall be paid at
one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, except that if the job is down on Monday through Friday
due to weather conditions or other conditions outside the control of the employer, the first ten (10) hours on Saturday
may be worked at the straight time rate of pay. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours in a day and all hours worked
on Sunday and Holidays shall be paid at two (2) times the straight time rate of pay.
Appendix B
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019
5
Overtime Codes Continued
4. D. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly
rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. Rates
include all members of the assigned crew.
EXCEPTION:
On all multipole structures and steel transmission lines, switching stations, regulating, capacitor stations, generating
plants, industrial plants, associated installations and substations, except those substations whose primary function is
to feed a distribution system, will be paid overtime under the following rates:
The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday of overtime on a regular workday, shall
be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours in excess of ten (10) hours will be at two (2) times
the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on Saturday will be paid at one and one-half (1-1/2) times
the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays
and holidays will be at the double the hourly rate of wage.
All overtime eligible hours performed on the above described work that is energized, shall be paid at the double the
hourly rate of wage.
E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday,
and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
On a four-day, ten-hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours
worked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The Monday or Friday not utilized in the normal four-
day, ten hour work week, and Saturday shall be paid at one and one half (1½) times the regular shift rate for the first
eight (8) hours. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays
shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
F. All hours worked between the hours of 6:00 pm and 6:00 am, Monday through Saturday, shall be paid at a premium
rate of 20% over the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the
hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
G. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked
Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at
double the hourly rate of wage.
H. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day,
and all hours on Sunday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid
at three times the hourly rate of wage.
I. The First eight (8) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All
hours worked in excess of eight (8) per day on Saturdays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours
worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
J. The first eight (8) hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All
hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on a Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours
worked over twelve (12) in a day, and all hours worked on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly
rate of wage.
K. All hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, so long as Saturday
is the sixth consecutive day worked. All hours worked over twelve (12) in a day Monday through Saturday, and all
hours worked on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
Appendix B
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019
6
4. L. The first twelve (12) hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All
hours worked on a Saturday in excess of twelve (12) hours shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. All hours
worked over twelve (12) in a day Monday through Friday, and all hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at double
the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on a holiday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage,
except that all hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay.
M. All hours worked on Sunday and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate. Any employee reporting to work
less than nine (9) hours from their previous quitting time shall be paid for such time at time and one-half times the
hourly rate.
N. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on
Sundays and holidays, and all work performed between the hours of midnight (12:00 AM) and eight AM (8:00 AM)
every day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
O. All hours worked between midnight Friday to midnight Sunday shall be paid at one and one-half the hourly rate of
wage. After an employee has worked in excess of eight (8) continuous hours in any one or more calendar days, all
additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of six (6)
hours or more. All hours worked on Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
P. All hours worked on Holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.
Q. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday
through Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at
double the hourly rate of wage.
R. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, so long as Saturday is
the sixth consecutive day worked. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate
of wage.
S. All hours worked on Saturdays and Holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours
worked on Sundays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
T. The first two (2) hours of overtime for hours worked Monday-Friday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly
rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All
hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. For work on Saturday which
is scheduled prior to the end of shift on Friday, the first six (6) hours work shall be paid at one and one-half times the
hourly rate of wage, and all hours over (6) shall be paid double the hourly rate of wage. For work on Saturday which
was assigned following the close of shift on Friday, all work shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
U. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. (Except on makeup days if work is lost due to inclement
weather, then the first eight (8) hours on Saturday may be paid the regular rate.) All hours worked over twelve (12)
hours Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly
rate of wage.
Holiday Codes
5. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (7).
B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas, and Christmas Day (8).
Appendix B
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019
7
Holiday Codes Continued
5. C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the
Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8).
D. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and
Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8).
H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Day after Thanksgiving Day,
And Christmas (6).
I. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day
(6).
J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day,
Christmas Eve Day, And Christmas Day (7).
K. Holidays: New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day,
Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9).
L. Holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving
Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8).
N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day,
Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (9).
P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday And Saturday
After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9). If A Holiday Falls On Sunday, The
Following Monday Shall Be Considered As A Holiday.
Q. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas
Day (6).
R. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Day After
Thanksgiving Day, One-Half Day Before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day. (7 1/2).
S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day,
And Christmas Day (7).
T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Washington’s Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,
Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And The Day Before Or After Christmas (9).
Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, the
Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8).
6. A. Paid Holidays: New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day,
the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8).
E. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Day Before Or After New Year's Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day,
Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and a Half-
Appendix B
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019
8
Day On Christmas Eve Day. (9 1/2).
Holiday Codes Continued
6. G. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day,
Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and Christmas Eve
Day (11).
H. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, New Year’s Eve Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving
Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, The Day After Christmas, And A Floating Holiday (10).
I. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday
After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7).
6. T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,
Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Last Working Day Before Christmas Day, And
Christmas Day (9).
Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). If a holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be
considered as the holiday. If a holiday falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be considered as the
holiday.
7. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and
Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any Holiday Which Falls On A Sunday Shall Be Observed
As A Holiday On The Following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall
be a regular work day.
B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and
Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as
a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the
preceding Friday.
C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving
Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be
observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday
on the preceding Friday.
D. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day,
the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Unpaid Holidays: President’s Day. Any paid holiday
which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any paid holiday which falls on a
Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
E. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on
the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
F. Holidays: New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, the last working day before Christmas day and Christmas day (8). Any holiday which falls on a
Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be
observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
G. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day
(6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday.
Appendix B
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019
9
Holiday Codes Continued
7. H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving
Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (9). Any
holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on
a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
I. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The
Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas Day And Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on
a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be
observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (6).
Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which
falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after
Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on
the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Last Work Day
before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday
on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding
Friday.
M. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, The Day after or before New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day,
Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And the Day
after or before Christmas Day (10). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the
following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on
the following Monday. When Christmas falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as a holiday.
P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on
the following Monday.
Q. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on
a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the
preceding Friday shall be a regular work day.
R. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, the day after or before New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day,
Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day
after or before Christmas Day (10). If any of the listed holidays fall on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed
as the holiday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a
holiday and compensated accordingly.
S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the Day after Christmas, and A Floating Holiday (9). If any of the listed holidays
falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly.
Appendix B
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019
10
Holiday Codes Continued
7. T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, the Day after or before New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day,
Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and The Day
after or before Christmas Day. (10). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation
shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed
as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
V. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day,
the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the day before or after Christmas, and the day before or after New
Year’s Day. If any of the above listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered
a holiday and compensated accordingly.
W. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day After New Year’s, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving
Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, Christmas Day, the day after Christmas, the day before
New Year’s Day, and a Floating Holiday.
X. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day before or after New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day,
Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day before or after
Christmas day. If a holiday falls on a Saturday or on a Friday that is the normal day off, then the holiday will be taken
on the last normal workday. If the holiday falls on a Monday that is the normal day off or on a Sunday, then the holiday
will be taken on the next normal workday.
Y. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the
Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. (8) If the holiday falls on a Sunday, then the day observed by the
federal government shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly.
Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The
Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a
holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the
preceding Friday.
15. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day. (8) Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall
be observed as a holiday on the following Monday.
B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor
Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. (9)
C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day. (8)
D Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday
after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day after Christmas.
Appendix B
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019
11
Note Codes
8. D. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1.00 per hour.
L. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $0.75, Level B: $0.50, And
Level C: $0.25.
M. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows: Levels A & B: $1.00, Levels C & D:
$0.50.
N. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $1.00, Level B: $0.75, Level
C: $0.50, And Level D: $0.25.
P. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: $1.50,
Class C Suit: $1.00, And Class D Suit $0.50.
Q. The highest pressure registered on the gauge for an accumulated time of more than fifteen (15) minutes during the
shift shall be used in determining the scale paid.
R. Effective August 31, 2012 – A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting
or other traffic control labor is being utilized. A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal
of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian
traffic during construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control
Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the
State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. These classifications are only effective on or after August 31, 2012.
S. Effective August 31, 2012 – A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting
or other traffic control labor is being utilized. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic
Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued
by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31,
2012.
T. Effective August 31, 2012 – A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary
traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during
construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or
where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of
Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31, 2012.
U. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows – Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: $1.50,
And Class C Suit: $1.00. Workers performing underground work receive an additional $0.40 per hour for any and all
work performed underground, including operating, servicing and repairing of equipment. The premium for
underground work shall be paid for the entire shift worked. Workers who work suspended by a rope or cable receive
an additional $0.50 per hour. The premium for work suspended shall be paid for the entire shift worked. Workers who
do “pioneer” work (break open a cut, build road, etc.) more than one hundred fifty (150) feet above grade elevation
receive an additional $0.50 per hour.
Appendix B
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/3/2019 thru 8/30/2019
12
Note Codes Continued
8. V. In addition to the hourly wage and fringe benefits, the following depth and enclosure premiums shall be paid. The
premiums are to be calculated for the maximum depth and distance into an enclosure that a diver reaches in a day.
The premiums are to be paid one time for the day and are not used in calculating overtime pay.
Depth premiums apply to depths of fifty feet or more. Over 50' to 100' - $2.00 per foot for each foot over 50 feet. Over
101' to 150' - $3.00 per foot for each foot over 101 feet. Over 151' to 220' - $4.00 per foot for each foot over 220 feet.
Over 221' - $5.00 per foot for each foot over 221 feet.
Enclosure premiums apply when divers enter enclosures (such as pipes or tunnels) where there is no vertical ascent
and is measured by the distance travelled from the entrance. 25’ to 300’ - $1.00 per foot from entrance. 300’ to 600’
- $1.50 per foot beginning at 300’. Over 600’ - $2.00 per foot beginning at 600’.
W. Meter Installers work on single phase 120/240V self-contained residential meters. The Lineman/Groundmen rates
would apply to meters not fitting this description.
X. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows - Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit:
$1.50, Class C Suit: $1.00, and Class D Suit: $0.50. Special Shift Premium: Basic hourly rate plus $2.00 per hour.
When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer or when an owner (not acting as the contractor), a
government agency or the contract specifications requires that work can only be performed outside the normal 5 am
to 6pm shift, then the special shift premium will be applied to the basic hourly rate. When an employee works on a
special shift, they shall be paid a special shift premium for each hour worked unless they are in OT or Double-time
status. (For example, the special shift premium does not waive the overtime requirements for work performed on
Saturday or Sunday.)
Appendix B
Appendix C
Supplemental to State Wages “L&I Policy Statement” 03/03/2019
Supplemental to Wage Rates
03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019
1
Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Policy Statement (Regarding the Production of "Standard" or "Non-standard" Items)
Below is the department's (State L&I's) list of criteria to be used in determining whether a
prefabricated item is "standard" or "non-standard". For items not appearing on WSDOT's
predetermined list, these criteria shall be used by the Contractor (and the Contractor's
subcontractors, agents to subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, and fabricators) to
determine coverage under RCW 39.12. The production, in the State of Washington, of
non-standard items is covered by RCW 39.12, and the production of standard items is not.
The production of any item outside the State of Washington is not covered by RCW 39.12.
1. Is the item fabricated for a public works project? If not, it is not subject to RCW 39.12.
If it is, go to question 2.
2. Is the item fabricated on the public works jobsite? If it is, the work is covered under
RCW 39.12. If not, go to question 3.
3. Is the item fabricated in an assembly/fabrication plant set up for, and dedicated
primarily to, the public works project? If it is, the work is covered by RCW 39.12. If not,
go to question 4.
4. Does the item require any assembly, cutting, modification or other fabrication by the
supplier? If not, the work is not covered by RCW 39.12. If yes, go to question 5.
5. Is the prefabricated item intended for the public works project typically an inventory
item which could reasonably be sold on the general market? If not, the work is covered
by RCW 39.12. If yes, go to question 6.
6. Does the specific prefabricated item, generally defined as standard, have any unusual
characteristics such as shape, type of material, strength requirements, finish, etc? If yes,
the work is covered under RCW 39.12.
Any firm with questions regarding the policy, WSDOT's Predetermined List, or for
determinations of covered and non-covered workers shall be directed to State L&I at (360)
902-5330.
Appendix C
WSDOT's Predetermined List for
Suppliers - Manufactures - Fabricator
Supplemental to Wage Rates
03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019
2
Below is a list of potentially prefabricated items, originally furnished by WSDOT to
Washington State Department of Labor and Industries, that may be considered non-
standard and therefore covered by the prevailing wage law, RCW 39.12. Items marked
with an X in the "YES" column should be considered to be non-standard and therefore
covered by RCW 39.12. Items marked with an X in the "NO" column should be
considered to be standard and therefore not covered. Of course, exceptions to this
general list may occur, and in that case shall be evaluated according to the criteria
described in State and L&I's policy statement.
ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO
1. Metal rectangular frames, solid metal covers, herringbone grates, and bi-directional vaned grates for Catch Basin Types 1, 1L, 1P, and 2 and Concrete Inlets. See Std. Plans
X
2. Metal circular frames (rings) and covers, circular grates, and prefabricated ladders for Manhole Types 1, 2, and 3, Drywell Types 1, 2, and 3 and Catch Basin Type 2.
See Std. Plans
X
3. Prefabricated steel grate supports and welded grates, metal frames and dual vaned grates, and Type 1, 2, and 3 structural tubing grates for Drop Inlets. See Std. Plans.
X
4. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced
concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes smaller than 60 inch diameter.
X
5. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced
concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes larger than 60 inch diameter.
X
6. Corrugated Steel Pipe - Steel lock seam corrugated
pipe for culverts and storm sewers, sizes 30 inch
to 120 inches in diameter. May also be treated, 1 thru 5.
X
7. Corrugated Aluminum Pipe - Aluminum lock seam corrugated
pipe
for culverts and storm sewers, sizes 30 inch to 120 inches in
diameter. May also be treated, #5.
X
Appendix C
Supplemental to Wage Rates
03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019
3
ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO
8. Anchor Bolts & Nuts - Anchor Bolts and Nuts, for
mounting sign structures, luminaries and other items, shall be
made from commercial bolt stock.
See Contract Plans and Std. Plans for size and material type.
X
9. Aluminum Pedestrian Handrail - Pedestrian handrail
conforming to the type and material specifications set forth in
the
contract plans. Welding of aluminum shall be
in accordance with Section 9-28.14(3).
X
10. Major Structural Steel Fabrication - Fabrication of major steel
items such as trusses, beams, girders, etc., for bridges.
X
11. Minor Structural Steel Fabrication - Fabrication of minor steel
Items such as special hangers, brackets, access doors for
structures, access ladders for irrigation boxes, bridge expansion
joint systems, etc., involving welding, cutting, punching and/or
boring of holes. See Contact Plans for item description and
shop
drawings.
X
12. Aluminum Bridge Railing Type BP - Metal bridge railing
conforming to the type and material specifications set forth
in the Contract Plans. Welding of aluminum shall be in
accordance with Section 9-28.14(3).
X
13. Concrete Piling--Precast-Prestressed concrete piling for use as
55
and 70 ton concrete piling. Concrete to conform to
Section 9-19.1 of Std. Spec..
X
14. Precast Manhole Types 1, 2, and 3 with cones, adjustment sections and flat top slabs. See Std. Plans. X
15. Precast Drywell Types 1, 2, and with cones and adjustment
Sections.
See Std. Plans.
X
16. Precast Catch Basin - Catch Basin type 1, 1L, 1P, and 2
With adjustment sections. See Std. Plans. X
Appendix C
Supplemental to Wage Rates
03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019
4
ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO
17. Precast Concrete Inlet - with adjustment sections,
See Std. Plans
X
18. Precast Drop Inlet Type 1 and 2 with metal grate supports.
See Std. Plans.
X
19. Precast Grate Inlet Type 2 with extension and top units.
See Std. Plans
X
20. Metal frames, vaned grates, and hoods for Combination
Inlets. See Std. Plans
X
21. Precast Concrete Utility Vaults - Precast Concrete utility vaults
of
various sizes. Used for in ground storage of utility facilities and
controls. See Contract Plans for size and construction
requirements. Shop drawings are to be provided for approval
prior to casting
X
22. Vault Risers - For use with Valve Vaults and
Utilities
X
Vaults.
X
23. Valve Vault - For use with underground utilities.
See Contract Plans for details. X
24. Precast Concrete Barrier - Precast Concrete Barrier for
use as new barrier or may also be used as Temporary Concrete
Barrier. Only new state approved barrier may be used as
permanent barrier.
X
25. Reinforced Earth Wall Panels – Reinforced Earth Wall Panels in
size and shape as shown in the Plans. Fabrication plant has
annual approval for methods and materials to be used.
See Shop Drawing.
Fabrication at other locations may be approved, after facilities
inspection, contact HQ. Lab.
X
26. Precast Concrete Walls - Precast Concrete Walls - tilt-up wall
panel in size and shape as shown in Plans.
Fabrication plant has annual approval for methods and materials
to be used
X
Appendix C
Supplemental to Wage Rates
03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019
5
ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO
27. Precast Railroad Crossings - Concrete Crossing Structure
Slabs. X
28. 12, 18 and 26 inch Standard Precast Prestressed Girder –
Standard Precast Prestressed Girder for use in structures.
Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials
to
be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to
casting girders.
See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)A
X
29. Prestressed Concrete Girder Series 4-14 - Prestressed Concrete
Girders for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual
approval
of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be
provided for approval prior to casting girders.
See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)A
.
X
30. Prestressed Tri-Beam Girder - Prestressed Tri-Beam Girders for
use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of
methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be
provided
for approval prior to casting girders.
See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)A
X
31. Prestressed Precast Hollow-Core Slab – Precast Prestressed
Hollow-core slab for use in structures. Fabricator plant has
annual
approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to
be provided for approval prior to casting girders.
See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)A.
X
32. Prestressed-Bulb Tee Girder - Bulb Tee Prestressed Girder for
use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of
methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be
provided
for approval prior to casting girders.
See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)A
X
33. Monument Case and Cover
See Std. Plan. X
Appendix C
Supplemental to Wage Rates
03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019
6
ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO
34. Cantilever Sign Structure - Cantilever Sign Structure
fabricated from steel tubing meeting AASHTO-M-183. See Std.
Plans, and Contract Plans for details. The steel structure
shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with
AASHTO-M-111.
X
35. Mono-tube Sign Structures - Mono-tube Sign Bridge
fabricated to details shown in the Plans. Shop drawings for
approval are required prior to fabrication.
X
36. Steel Sign Bridges - Steel Sign Bridges fabricated from steel
tubing meeting AASHTO-M-138 for Aluminum Alloys.
See Std. Plans, and Contract Plans for details. The steel
structure
shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance
with AASHTO-M-111.
X
37. Steel Sign Post - Fabricated Steel Sign Posts as detailed in Std
Plans. Shop drawings for approval are to be provided prior to
fabrication
X
38. Light Standard-Prestressed - Spun, prestressed, hollow
concrete poles.
X
39. Light Standards - Lighting Standards for use on highway
illumination systems, poles to be fabricated to conform with
methods and materials as specified on Std. Plans. See Specia
Provisions for pre-approved drawings.
X
40. Traffic Signal Standards - Traffic Signal Standards for use on
highway and/or street signal systems. Standards to be
fabricated
to conform with methods and material as specified on Std.
Plans.
See Special Provisions for pre-approved drawings
X
41. Precast Concrete Sloped Mountable Curb (Single and
DualFaced)
See Std. Plans.
X
Appendix C
Supplemental to Wage Rates
03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019
7
ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO
42. Traffic Signs - Prior to approval of a Fabricator of Traffic Signs,
the sources of the following materials must be submitted and
approved for reflective sheeting, legend material, and
aluminum
sheeting.
NOTE: *** Fabrication inspection required. Only signs tagged
"Fabrication Approved" by WSDOT Sign Fabrication Inspector
to be installed
X X
Custom
Message
Std
Signing
Message
43. Cutting & bending reinforcing steel
X
44. Guardrail components X X
Custom
End Sec Standard
Sec
45. Aggregates/Concrete mixes
Covered by WAC 296-127-018
46. Asphalt
Covered by
WAC 296-127-018
47. Fiber fabrics
X
48. Electrical wiring/components
X
49. treated or untreated timber pile
X
50. Girder pads (elastomeric bearing)
X
51. Standard Dimension lumber
X
52. Irrigation components X
Appendix C
Supplemental to Wage Rates
03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019
8
ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO
53. Fencing materials
X
54. Guide Posts
X
55. Traffic Buttons
X
56. Epoxy
X
57. Cribbing
X
58. Water distribution materials
X
59. Steel "H" piles
X
60. Steel pipe for concrete pile casings
X
61. Steel pile tips, standard
X
62. Steel pile tips, custom X
Prefabricated items specifically produced for public works projects that are prefabricated in a
county other than the county wherein the public works project is to be completed, the wage for
the offsite prefabrication shall be the applicable prevailing wage for the county in which the actual
prefabrication takes place.
It is the manufacturer of the prefabricated product to verify that the correct county wage rates are
applied to work they perform.
See RCW 39.12.010
(The definition of "locality" in RCW 39.12.010(2) contains the phrase "wherein the physical work is being performed." The department
interprets this phrase to mean the actual work site.
Appendix C
Supplemental to Wage Rates
03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019
9
WSDOT's List of State Occupations not applicable to Heavy and
Highway Construction Projects
This project is subject to the state hourly minimum rates for wages and fringe benefits in
the contract provisions, as provided by the state Department of Labor and Industries.
The following list of occupations, is comprised of those occupations that are not normally
used in the construction of heavy and highway projects.
When considering job classifications for use and / or payment when bidding on, or building
heavy and highway construction projects for, or administered by WSDOT, these
Occupations will be excepted from the included "Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates
For Public Work Contracts" documents.
Building Service Employees
Electrical Fixture Maintenance Workers
Electricians - Motor Shop
Heating Equipment Mechanics
Industrial Engine and Machine Mechanics
Industrial Power Vacuum Cleaners
Inspection, Cleaning, Sealing of Water Systems by Remote Control
Laborers - Underground Sewer & Water
Machinists (Hydroelectric Site Work)
Modular Buildings
Playground & Park Equipment Installers
Power Equipment Operators - Underground Sewer & Water
Residential *** ALL ASSOCIATED RATES ***
Sign Makers and Installers (Non-Electrical)
Sign Makers and Installers (Electrical)
Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non Structural)
The following occupations may be used only as outlined in the preceding text concerning
"WSDOT's list for Suppliers - Manufacturers - Fabricators"
Fabricated Precast Concrete Products
Metal Fabrication (In Shop)
Definitions for the Scope of Work for prevailing wages may be found at the Washington
State Department of Labor and Industries web site and in WAC Chapter 296-127.
Appendix C
Supplemental to Wage Rates
03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019
10
Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Policy Statements (Regarding Production and Delivery of Gravel, Concrete, Asphalt, etc.)
WAC 296-127-018 Agency filings affecting this section
Coverage and exemptions of workers involved in the production and delivery of
gravel, concrete, asphalt, or similar materials.
(1) The materials covered under this section include but are not limited to: Sand, gravel,
crushed rock, concrete, asphalt, or other similar materials.
(2) All workers, regardless of by whom employed, are subject to the provisions of
chapter 39.12 RCW when they perform any or all of the following functions:
(a) They deliver or discharge any of the above-listed materials to a public works project
site:
(i) At one or more point(s) directly upon the location where the material will be
incorporated into the project; or
(ii) At multiple points at the project; or
(iii) Adjacent to the location and coordinated with the incorporation of those materials.
(b) They wait at or near a public works project site to perform any tasks subject to this
section of the rule.
(c) They remove any materials from a public works construction site pursuant to
contract requirements or specifications (e.g., excavated materials, materials from
demolished structures, clean-up materials, etc.).
(d) They work in a materials production facility (e.g., batch plant, borrow pit, rock quarry,
etc.,) which is established for a public works project for the specific, but not necessarily
exclusive, purpose of supplying materials for the project.
(e) They deliver concrete to a public works site regardless of the method of
incorporation.
(f) They assist or participate in the incorporation of any materials into the public works
project.
Appendix C
Supplemental to Wage Rates
03/03/2019 Edition, Published February 4th, 2019
11
(3) All travel time that relates to the work covered under subsection (2) of this section
requires the payment of prevailing wages. Travel time includes time spent waiting to load,
loading, transporting, waiting to unload, and delivering materials. Travel time would
include all time spent in travel in support of a public works project whether the vehicle is
empty or full. For example, travel time spent returning to a supply source to obtain another
load of material for use on a public works site or returning to the public works site to obtain
another load of excavated material is time spent in travel that is subject to prevailing wage.
Travel to a supply source, including travel from a public works site, to obtain materials for
use on a private project would not be travel subject to the prevailing wage.
(4) Workers are not subject to the provisions of chapter 39.12 RCW when they deliver
materials to a stockpile.
(a) A "stockpile" is defined as materials delivered to a pile located away from the site
of incorporation such that the stockpiled materials must be physically moved from the
stockpile and transported to another location on the project site in order to be incorporated
into the project.
(b) A stockpile does not include any of the functions described in subsection (2)(a)
through (f) of this section; nor does a stockpile include materials delivered or distributed
to multiple locations upon the project site; nor does a stockpile include materials dumped
at the place of incorporation, or adjacent to the location and coordinated with the
incorporation.
(5) The applicable prevailing wage rate shall be determined by the locality in which the
work is performed. Workers subject to subsection (2)(d) of this section, who produce such
materials at an off-site facility shall be paid the applicable prevailing wage rates for the
county in which the off-site facility is located. Workers subject to subsection (2) of this
section, who deliver such materials to a public works project site shall be paid the
applicable prevailing wage rates for the county in which the public works project is located.
[Statutory Authority: Chapter 39.12 RCW, RCW 43.22.051 and 43.22.270. 08-24-101, §
296-127-018, filed 12/2/08, effective 1/2/09. Statutory Authority: Chapters 39.04 and 39.12
RCW and RCW 43.22.270. 92-01-104 and 92-08-101, § 296-127-018, filed 12/18/91 and
4/1/92, effective 8/31/92.]
Appendix C
Appendix D
Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (CSWPPP)
Construction Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
Port Townsend Visitors Center Parking Improvements
Port Townsend, WA
April 2019
SCJ Alliance November 2018
Construction SWPPP
Project Information
Project: Port Townsend Visitors Center
Site Address: 2409 Jefferson Street
Port Townsend, WA 98368
Owner/Applicant: City of Port Townsend
250 Madison Street
Suite 2R
Port Townsend, WA 98368
360.379.5096
Contact: Samantha Trone
Reviewing Agency
Jurisdiction: City of Port Townsend
Project Representative
Prepared by: SCJ Alliance
8730 Tallon Lane NE, Suite 200
Lacey, WA 98516
360.352.1465
Contact: Scott Sawyer, PE
scott.sawyer@scjalliance.com
Project Reference: SCJ #0699.09
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Narrative .................................................................................................................. 4
1.1 Stormwater BMPs ................................................................................................................ 4
1.1.1 Element #1 –Mark Clearing Limits.............................................................................. 4
1.1.2 Element #2 – Establish Construction Access ............................................................... 5
1.1.3 Element #3 – Control Flow Rates ................................................................................ 5
1.1.4 Element #4 – Install Sediment Controls ...................................................................... 5
1.1.5 Element #5 – Stabilize Soils ........................................................................................ 6
1.1.6 Element #6 – Protect Slopes ....................................................................................... 6
1.1.7 Element #7 – Protect Drain Inlets ............................................................................... 7
1.1.8 Element #8 – Stabilize Channels and Outlets ............................................................. 7
1.1.9 Element #9 – Control Pollutants ................................................................................. 7
1.1.10 Element #10 – Control Dewatering ........................................................................ 8
1.1.11 Element #11 – Maintain BMPs ............................................................................... 8
1.1.12 Element #12 – Manage the Project ........................................................................ 8
1.1.13 Element #13 – Protect Low Impact Development BMPs ...................................... 10
1.2 Project Description ............................................................................................................ 11
1.3 Existing Site Conditions ...................................................................................................... 11
1.4 Adjacent Areas ................................................................................................................... 12
1.5 Critical Areas ...................................................................................................................... 12
1.6 Soil...................................................................................................................................... 12
1.7 Potential Erosion ................................................................................................................ 12
1.8 Construction Phasing ......................................................................................................... 12
1.9 Construction Schedule ....................................................................................................... 13
1.10 Financial/Ownership Responsibilities ................................................................................ 13
1.11 Engineering Calculations .................................................................................................... 13
1.12 Pollution Prevention Team ................................................................................................ 13
1.12.1 Roles and Responsibilities .................................................................................... 13
1.12.2 Team Members .................................................................................................... 14
1.13 Site Inspections and Monitoring ........................................................................................ 14
1.13.1 Site Inspection ...................................................................................................... 14
1.13.2 Site Inspection Frequency ..................................................................................... 15
1.13.3 Site Inspection Documentation ............................................................................ 15
1.14 Stormwater Quality Monitoring ........................................................................................ 15
1.14.1 Turbidity ............................................................................................................... 15
1.14.2 pH ......................................................................................................................... 16
1.15 Recordkeeping ................................................................................................................... 16
1.15.1 Site Log Book ........................................................................................................ 16
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.15.2 Records Retention ................................................................................................ 16
1.15.3 Access to Plans and Records ................................................................................ 16
1.15.4 Updating the SWPPP ............................................................................................ 16
1.16 Reporting ........................................................................................................................... 17
1.16.1 Notification of Noncompliance ............................................................................ 17
Appendix A - Erosion Control and Grading Plans
Appendix B – Construction BMPs
Appendix C – Site Inspection Forms (and Site Log)
1. NARRATIVE
1.1 STORMWATER BMPS
Total Disturbed Area: 1.05 acres
Property Use: Commercial
Parcel Number: 957607207
Section, Township, Range: Section 11, Township 30N, Range 1W
The following explains and illustrates the measures to be taken on the site to control erosion and
sedimentation problems. The SWPPP is a guideline to follow during construction to prevent erosion
and sedimentation. Erosion control measures are not limited to those shown in this SWPPP. Measures
shall be installed as necessary to meet the Department of Ecology’s (DOE) and the City of Port
Townsend’s guidelines for stormwater pollution prevention and the requirements of the DOE National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit. Further, the SWPPP shall be updated by the
contractor as required by the requirements of the DOE NPDES permit.
1.1.1 Element #1 –Mark Clearing Limits
To protect adjacent properties and reduce the area of soil exposed, the limits of the construction will
be clearly marked before land-disturbing activities begin. Where possible, natural vegetation shall be
preserved, and the duff layer and native top soil shall remain in place. The following BMPs will be
implemented where appropriate:
• BMP C101: Preserving Natural Vegetation
• BMP C102: Buffer Zones
• BMP C103: High Visibility Plastic or Metal Fence
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 5
• BMP C104: Stake and Wire Fence
1.1.2 Element #2 – Establish Construction Access
Construction access or activities occurring on unpaved areas shall be minimized. Where necessary,
access points shall be established to minimize the tracking of sediment onto public roads, and wheel
washing, street sweeping, and street cleaning shall be employed to prevent sediment from entering
state waters. All wash wastewater shall be controlled on site.
• BMP C105: Stabilized Construction Entrance/Exit
• BMP C106: Wheel Wash
• BMP C107: Construction Road/Parking Area Stabilization
1.1.3 Element #3 – Control Flow Rates
Properties and waterways downstream from development sites shall be protected from erosion due to
increases in the volume, velocity, and peak flow rate of stormwater runoff from the project site. The
following BMPs are applicable for this project. If the following BMPs are not shown on the construction
plan set, the Engineer reserves the right to direct the Contractor to install, construct, and/or implement
said BMPs:
• BMP C240: Sediment Trap
• BMP C241: Temporary Sediment Pond
In general, discharge rates of stormwater from the site will be controlled where increases in impervious
area or soil compaction during construction could lead to downstream erosion, or where necessary to
meet local agency stormwater discharge requirements.
1.1.4 Element #4 – Install Sediment Controls
Prior to leaving a construction site, stormwater runoff must pass through a sediment pond or other
appropriate sediment removal BMP. Silt fence barriers shall be installed in accordance with BMP C233.
In addition, the following BMPs will be implemented where appropriate:
• BMP C230: Straw Bale Barrier
• BMP C231: Brush Barrier
• BMP C232: Gravel Filter Berm
• BMP C233: Silt Fence
• BMP C234: Vegetated Filter Strip
• BMP C235: Straw Wattles
• BMP C240: Sediment Trap
• BMP C241: Temporary Sediment Pond
• BMP C251: Construction Stormwater Filtration
In addition, sediment will be removed from paved areas in and adjacent to work areas manually or
using mechanical sweepers, as needed, to minimize tracking of sediments on vehicle tires away from
the site and to minimize wash off sediments from adjacent streets in runoff.
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 6
In some cases, sediment discharge in concentrated runoff can be controlled using permanent
stormwater BMPs (e.g. infiltration swales, ponds, trenches). Sediment loads can limit the effectiveness
of some permanent stormwater BMPs, such as those used for infiltration or biofiltration; however,
those BMPs designed to remove solids by settling (wet ponds or detention ponds) can be used. When
permanent stormwater BMPs will be used to control sediment discharge, the structure will be
protected from excessive sedimentation with adequate erosion and sediment control BMPs. Any
accumulated sediment shall be removed after construction is complete and the permanent stormwater
BMP will be restabilized with vegetation per applicable design requirements once the remainder of the
site has been stabilized. Concentrated runoff is not anticipated for this project.
1.1.5 Element #5 – Stabilize Soils
All exposed and unworked soils shall be stabilized by application of effective BMPs, which protect the
soil from the erosive forces of raindrop impact and flowing water and from wind erosion. From October
01 through April 30 of each calendar year, no soils shall remain exposed and unworked for more than
two (2) days. From May 01 to September 30 of each calendar year, no soils shall remain exposed and
unworked for more than seven (7) days. This condition applies to all on-site soils, whether at final grade
or not. Additionally, except where approved chemical treatment, full dispersion, or infiltration is
practiced, clearing, grading, and other soil disturbing activities are prohibited between November 1 and
February 28.
In areas where construction activities have temporarily or permanently ceased, seeding and mulching
shall be used in accordance with BMPs C120 and C121. Dust control shall be used as needed to prevent
wind transport of dust from disturbed soil surfaces and in accordance with BMP C140.
In general, cut slopes will be stabilized as soon as possible and soil stockpiles will be temporarily
covered with plastic sheeting. All stockpiled soils shall be stabilized from erosion, protected with
sediment trapping measures, and where possible, be located away from storm drain inlets, waterways,
and drainage channels. In addition, the following BMPs will be implemented where appropriate:
• BMP C122: Nets and Blankets
• BMP C123: Plastic Covering
• BMP C124: Sodding
• BMP C125: Topsoiling
• BMP C130: Surface Roughening
• BMP C131: Gradient Terraces
1.1.6 Element #6 – Protect Slopes
Slopes shall be constructed in a manner that will minimize erosion. This shall include, but is not limited
to: placing excavated material on the uphill side of trenches, collecting drainage at the top of slopes,
etc. Slopes will be stabilized as indicated in Element #5 above. In addition, the following BMPs will be
implemented where appropriate:
• BMP C120: Temporary and Permanent Seeding
• BMP C200: Interceptor Dike and Swale
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 7
• BMP C201: Grass-Lined Channels
• BMP C204: Pipe Slope Drains
• BMP C205: Subsurface Drains
• BMP C206: Level Spreader
• BMP C207: Check Dams
1.1.7 Element #7 – Protect Drain Inlets
All storm drain inlets made operable during construction shall be protected to prevent unfiltered or
untreated water from entering the drainage conveyance system. However, the first priority is to keep
all access roads clean of sediment and keep street wash water separate from entering storm drains
until treatment can be provided. Storm Drain Inlet Protection (BMP C220) will be implemented for all
drainage inlets that could potentially be impacted by sediment-laden runoff on and near the project
site. The following inlet protection measures will be applied on this project:
• BMP C220: Storm Drain Inlet Protection
1.1.8 Element #8 – Stabilize Channels and Outlets
All temporary on-site conveyance channels shall be constructed and stabilized to prevent erosion.
Stabilization, including armoring material, adequate to prevent erosion of outlets, adjacent to
streambanks, slopes and downstream reaches shall be provided at the outlets of all conveyance
systems. The following BMPs will be implemented where appropriate:
• BMP C202: Channel Lining
• BMP C209: Outlet Protection
1.1.9 Element #9 – Control Pollutants
All pollutants, including waste materials, that occur on-site during construction shall be handled and
disposed of in a manner that does not cause contamination of stormwater. Maintenance and repair of
heavy equipment and vehicles involving oil changes, hydraulic system drain down, solvent and de-
greasing cleaning operations, fuel tank drain down and removal, and other activities which may result
in discharge or spillage of pollutants to the ground or into stormwater runoff must be conducted using
spill prevention measures, such as drip pans. Contaminated surfaces shall be cleaned immediately
following any discharge or spill incident. Emergency repairs may be performed on-site using temporary
plastic placed beneath and, if raining, over the vehicle. Application of agricultural chemicals, including
fertilizers and pesticides, shall be conducted in a manner and at application rates that will not result in
loss of chemical to stormwater runoff. Manufacturers’ recommendations shall be followed for
application rates and procedures. No pH-Modifying sources will be present on-site.
Three source control BMPs will apply to this project:
• A Spill Prevention Plan
• Maintenance of Storm Drainage Facilities
• Street Sweeping
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 8
In addition, the following BMPs shall be implemented where appropriate:
• BMP C151: Concrete Handling
• BMP C152: Sawcutting and Surfacing Pollution Prevention
• BMP C153: Material Delivery, Storage and Containment
1.1.10 Element #10 – Control Dewatering
Clean, non-turbid de-watering water, as determined by the Certified Professional in Erosion and
Sediment Control, can be discharged to systems tributary to state surface waters, provided the de-
watering flow does not cause erosion or flooding of receiving waters. These clean waters should not be
routed through stormwater sediment ponds.
Highly turbid or otherwise contaminated de-watering water, such as from equipment operation shall
be handled separately from stormwater at the site. Some disposal options, depending on site
constraints, may include: 1) transport off-site in vehicle, such as a vacuum flush truck, for legal disposal
in a manner that does not pollute state waters, 2) on-site treatment using chemical treatment or other
suitable treatment technologies, or 3) sanitary sewer discharge with local sewer district’s approval if
there is no other option.
1.1.11 Element #11 – Maintain BMPs
All temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control BMPs shall be maintained and repaired as
needed to assure continued performance of their intended function. Maintenance and repair shall be
conducted in accordance with each particular BMP’s specifications. Visual monitoring of the BMPs will
be conducted per the inspection schedule in Section 6.
All temporary erosion and sediment control BMPs shall be removed within 30 days after the final site
stabilization is achieved or after the temporary BMPs are no longer needed. Trapped sediment shall be
removed or stabilized on site. Disturbed soil resulting from removal of BMPs or vegetation shall be
permanently stabilized.
• BMP C160: Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead
1.1.12 Element #12 – Manage the Project
Erosion and sediment control BMPs for this project have been designed based on the following
principles:
• Design the project to fit the existing topography, soils, and drainage patterns.
• Emphasize erosion control rather than sediment control.
• Minimize the extent and duration of the area exposed.
• Keep runoff velocities low.
• Retain sediment on site.
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 9
• Thoroughly monitor site and maintain all ESC measures.
In addition, project management will incorporate the key components listed below:
Phasing
Revegetation of exposed areas and maintenance of that vegetation shall be an integral
part of the clearing activities during each phase of construction, per the Scheduling
BMP (C162).
Inspection and Monitoring
All BMPs shall be inspected, maintained, and repaired as needed to assure continued
performance of their intended function. Site inspections shall be conducted by a
person who is knowledgeable in the principles and practices of erosion and sediment
control. This person has the necessary skills to:
• Assess the site conditions and construction activities that could impact
the quality of stormwater, and
• Assess the effectiveness of erosion and sediment control measures
used to control the quality of stormwater discharges.
A Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead shall be on-site or on-call at all times.
Whenever inspection and/or monitoring reveals that the BMPs identified in this SWPPP
are inadequate, due to the actual discharge of or potential to discharge a
significant amount of any pollutant, appropriate BMPs or design changes shall
be implemented as soon as possible.
Maintaining an Updated SWPPP
This SWPPP shall be retained on-site or within reasonable access to the site.
The SWPPP shall be modified whenever there is a change in the construction activities
that has, or could have, a significant effect on the discharge of pollutants to
waters of the state.
The SWPPP shall be modified if, during inspections or investigations conducted by the
owner/operator, or the applicable local or state regulatory authority, it is
determined that the SWPPP is ineffective in eliminating or significantly
minimizing pollutants in stormwater discharges from the site. The SWPPP shall
be modified as necessary to include additional or modified BMPs designed to
correct problems identified. Revisions to the SWPPP shall be completed within
seven (7) days following the inspection.
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 10
1.1.13 Element #13 – Protect Low Impact Development BMPs
All temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control BMPs shall be maintained and repaired as
needed to assure continued performance of their intended function. All maintenance and repairs shall
be completed in accordance with the practices, procedures, and materials for each respective BMP.
• Prevent compacting bioretention and rain garden MBPs by excluding construction
equipment and foot traffic
• BMP C233: Silt Fence
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 11
1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The project is located at 2409 Jefferson Street, Port Townsend, WA. See Vicinity Map below.
Figure 1) Vicinity Map
The proposed Visitors Center parking improvements include paving Thayer Street and adding parking,
sidewalks, landscaping, and stormwater improvements. Jefferson Street will also be repaved, and an
existing large open paved area will be landscaped with a sidewalk and bioretention swale. The
improvements include one basin. The runoff from Thayer Street will be collected in catch basins and
connected to the existing City of Port Townsend stormwater system. Runoff from Jefferson Street will
flow into the bioretention facility for treatment and infiltrate. A beehive grate catch basin will allow
overflow to be conveyed to the existing stormwater system. Using equivalent areas, the bioretention
swale will overtreat the pollution-generating impervious surface on Jefferson Street, so that Thayer
Street runoff may go untreated. No flow control is required because the system outlets to a body of
salt water (Port Townsend Bay), but some flow control is provided through infiltration in the
bioretention swale.
1.3 EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS
The existing site is generally flat. Thayer Street is a gravel roadway with a dirt berm separating it into
two lots. The area between Sims Way (SR 20) and Jefferson Street is a large paved lot. There is an
existing building at the west side of the paved area.
Runoff currently is collected in catch basins and is conveyed to Port Townsend Bay where it outlets.
Some of the pipes are perforated for infiltration. There is also an existing swale just east of the basin
area which overflows into the existing stormwater system. The developed site contains a bioretention
swale in the landscaped area north of Jefferson Street. There will be new catch basins and conveyance
pipes to connect runoff to the existing city system.
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 12
1.4 ADJACENT AREAS
The existing site is a parking lot and gravel lot between Sims Way, the Port Townsend Visitors Center
building, and surrounding businesses. Project limits do not extend past Washington Street on the south
or Benedict Street on the west.
1.5 CRITICAL AREAS
According to the Jefferson County GIS, the project site is located within a Critical Aquifer Recharge Area
that is categorized as “susceptible based on geology.” Additionally, the project is near and partially
located within the 100-year flood plain.
1.6 SOIL
A geotechnical report has not been completed for this project.
The USDA Web Soil Survey classifies the soil as Cut and Fill land. The stormwater system was modeled
using 1.0 inch per hour.
1.7 POTENTIAL EROSION
Potential on-site erosion control problems are not anticipated at this time. The Certified Professional in
Erosion and Sediment Control will be on-site or on-call during construction activities to identify any
erosion control problems. If there is a problem, the Certified Professional in Erosion and Sediment
Control will promptly authorize the Contractor to initiate corrective measures.
1.8 CONSTRUCTION PHASING
The BMP implementation schedule will be driven by the construction schedule. The key milestones for
each segment are as follows:
05/01/2019: Dry season starts
06/18/2019: Mobilize equipment on-site
06/18/2019: Mobilize and store all erosion and sediment control (ESC) and soil stabilization
products (store Materials on Hand BMP C150)
06/18/2019: Install ESC measures including stormwater management facility if applicable
06/18/2019: Begin implementing soil stabilization and sediment control BMPs throughout the
site for the duration of the wet season. Implement Element #12 BMPs and manage site to
minimize soil disturbance.
06/18/2019: Site inspections and monitoring conducted weekly and for applicable rain events
as detailed in Section 1.13 of this SWPPP
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 13
06/18/2018: Begin clearing and grubbing
10/15/2018: Wet season starts
10/25/2019: Construction end, full site cleanup and restoration
1.9 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
Estimated Construction Start Date: June 18, 2019
Estimated Construction End Date: October 25, 2019
1.10 FINANCIAL/OWNERSHIP RESPONSIBILITIES
Once the project is complete the City of Port Townsend will have full responsibility financially.
1.11 ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS
All the engineering calculations from WWHM 2012 are documented in the Drainage Design Report
Appendix D prepared by SCJ Alliance April 2019.
1.12 POLLUTION PREVENTION TEAM
1.12.1 Roles and Responsibilities
The pollution prevention team consists of personnel responsible for implementation of the SWPPP,
including the following:
• Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead – Primary contractor contact, responsible for
site inspections (BMPs, visual monitoring, sampling, etc.); to be called upon in case of
failure of any ESC measures.
• Resident Engineer – For projects with engineered structures only (sediment pond/traps,
sand filters, etc.): site representative for the owner that is the project’s supervising
engineer responsible for inspections and issuing instructions and drawings to the
contractor’s site supervisor or representative.
• Emergency Owner Contact – Individual that is the site owner or representative of the site
owner to be contacted in the case of an emergency.
• Monitoring Personnel – Personnel responsible for conducting water quality monitoring; for
most sites this person is also the CESCL.
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 14
1.12.2 Team Members
Title Name (s) Phone Number
Project Engineer Scott Sawyer 360.352.1465
Emergency Owner Contact Samantha Trone 360.379.5096
Emergency Ecology Contact Southwest Regional Office 360.407.6300
Non-Emergency Ecology Contact
Monitoring Personnel
1.13 SITE INSPECTIONS AND MONITORING
Monitoring includes visual inspection, monitoring for water quality parameters of concern and
documentation of the inspection and monitoring findings in a site log book. A site log book will be
maintained for all on-site construction activities and will include:
• A record of the implementation of the SWPPP and other permit requirements
• Site inspections; and,
• Stormwater quality monitoring.
For convenience, the inspection form and water quality monitoring forms included in this SWPPP
include the required information for the site log book. This SWPPP may function as the site log book if
desired, or the forms may be separated and included in a separate site log book. However, if separated,
the site log book must be maintained on site or within reasonable access to the site and be made
available upon request to Ecology or the local jurisdiction.
1.13.1 Site Inspection
All BMPs will be inspected, maintained, and repaired as needed to assure continued performance of
their intended function. The inspector will be a CESCL per BMP C160. The name and contact
information for the CESCL is provided in Section 1.12.2 of this SWPPP
Site inspection will occur in all areas disturbed by construction activities and at all potential stormwater
discharge points. Stormwater will be examined for the presence of suspended sediment, turbidity,
discoloration, and oily sheen.
The site inspector will evaluate and document the effectiveness of the installed BMPs and determine if
it is necessary to repair or replace any of the BMPs to improve the quality of the stormwater
discharges. All maintenance and repairs will be documented in the site log book or forms provided in
this document. All new BMPs or design changes will be documented in the SWPPP as soon as possible.
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 15
1.13.2 Site Inspection Frequency
Site inspected will be conducted at least once a week and within 24 hours following any discharge from
the site. For sites with temporary stabilization measures, the site inspection frequency will be reduced
to once every month.
1.13.3 Site Inspection Documentation
The site inspector will record each site inspection using the site log inspection forms provided in
Appendix C. The site inspection log forms may be separated from this SWPPP document, but will be
maintained on site or within reasonable access to the site and be made available upon request to
Ecology or the local jurisdiction.
1.14 STORMWATER QUALITY MONITORING
1.14.1 Turbidity
Turbidity sampling and monitoring will be conducted during the entire construction phase of the
project. Samples will be collected weekly at the discharge point nearest the current phase of the
project work. If there is no flow at the discharge point, the attempt to sample will be recorded in the
site log book and reported to Ecology in the monthly Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR) as “No
Discharge”. Samples will be analyzed for turbidity using the Hach 2100Q Turbidimeter.
The key benchmark turbidity value is 25 nephelometric turbidity units (NTU) for the downstream
receiving water body. If the 25 NTU benchmark is exceeded in any sample collected, the following steps
will be conducted:
1. Ensure all BMPs specified in this SWPPP are installed and functioning as intended.
2. Assess whether additional BMPs should be implemented, and document modified BMPs in the
SWPPP as necessary.
3. Sample discharge daily until the discharge is 25 NTU or lower.
If the turbidity exceeds 250 NTU at any time, the following steps will be conducted:
1. Notify ecology by phone within 24 hours of analysis (see Section 1.12.2 of this SWPPP for
contact information).
2. Continue sampling daily until the discharge is 25 NTU or lower. Initiate additional treatment
BMPs such as off-site treatment, infiltration, filtration and chemical treatment within 24 hours,
and implement those additional treatment BMPs as soon as possible, but within a minimum of
7 days.
3. Describe inspection results and remedial actions taken in the site log book and in monthly
discharge monitoring reports described in Section 1.15 of this SWPPP.
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 16
1.14.2 pH
Sampling and monitoring of pH occurs if significant concrete work (> 1,000 cubic yards throughout the
life of the project) or use of engineered soils (e.g., cement-treated base) is not anticipated. No
significant concrete work or engineered soils is planned for this project; therefore, no pH testing will be
conducted.
1.15 RECORDKEEPING
1.15.1 Site Log Book
A site log book will be maintained for all on-site construction activities and will include:
• A record of the implementation of the SWPPP and other permit requirements;
• Site inspections; and,
• Stormwater quality monitoring.
For convenience, the inspection form and water quality monitoring forms included in this SWPPP
include the required information for the site log book.
1.15.2 Records Retention
Records of all monitoring information (site log book, inspection reports/checklists, etc.), this
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan, and any other documentation of compliance with permit
requirements will be retained during the life of the construction project and for a minimum of three
years following the termination of permit coverage in accordance with permit condition S5.C.
1.15.3 Access to Plans and Records
The SWPPP, General Permit, Notice of Authorization letter, and Site Log Book will be retained on site or
within reasonable access to the site and will be made immediately available upon request to Ecology or
the local jurisdiction. A copy of this SWPPP will be provided to Ecology within 14 days of receipt of
written request for the SWPPP from Ecology. Any other information requested by Ecology will be
submitted within a reasonable time. A copy of the SWPPP or access to the SWPPP will be provided to
the public when requested in writing in accordance with permit condition S5.G.
1.15.4 Updating the SWPPP
In accordance with conditions S3, S4.B, and S.B.3 of the General Permit, this SWPPP will be modified if
the SWPPP is ineffective in eliminating or significantly minimizing pollutants in stormwater discharges
from the site or there has been a change in design, construction, operation, or maintenance at the site
that has a significant effect on the discharge, or potential for discharge, of pollutants to the waters of
the State. The SWPPP will be modified within seven days of determination based on inspection(s) that
additional or modified BMPs are necessary to correct problems identified, and an updated timeline for
BMP implementation will be prepared.
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 17
1.16 REPORTING
1.16.1 Notification of Noncompliance
If any of the terms and conditions of this permit is not met, and it causes a threat to human health or
the environment, the following steps will be taken in accordance with permit section S5.F:
1. Ecology will be immediately notified of the failure to comply.
2. Immediate action will be taken to control the noncompliance issue and to correct the problem.
If applicable, sampling and analysis of any noncompliance will be repeated immediately and
submitted to Ecology within five days of becoming aware of the violation.
3. A detailed report describing the noncompliance will be submitted to Ecology within five days,
unless requested earlier by Ecology.
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 18
APPENDIX A
EROSION CONTROL AND GRADING PLANS
ER
O
S
I
O
N
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
G
E
N
D
S E N NI O A LFEPROND35872IGERSERETSSTATEOFWASHIGINEERGTONSCOTT A . S A W Y E R JOB NO:DRAWING FILE NO:DATE:DESIGNER:BY DATE REVISIONS DRAWN BY:SHEET TITLE:OFDRAWING NO:SHEET NO:PROJECT NAME:SEAL:APPROVED BY:PORT TOWNSEND, WASHINGTON M WEYRAUCH S SAWYER 02/01/19 0699.09 21VISITOR CENTER PARKING IMPROVEMENTS8730 TALLON LANE NE, SUITE 200, LACEY, WASHINGTON 98516 P: 360-352-1465 F: 360-352-1509 SCJALLIANCE.COM ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN FEET UNLESS OTHERWISE DESIGNATEDTEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN 0699.09 ER-01 ER-1S DUNN 4SCALE IN FEET02040
J-
L
I
N
E
(J
E
F
F
E
R
S
O
N
S
T
R
E
E
T
)
S-L
I
N
E
(S
R
2
0
/
E
S
I
M
S
W
A
Y
)
T-LINE (THAYER STREET)
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 19
APPENDIX B
CONSTRUCTION BMPS
SCJ Alliance April 2019
Page 20
APPENDIX C
SITE INSPECTION FORMS (AND SITE LOG)
30
Stormwater/Erosion Control Inspection Form
DATE: TIME: CONTACT:
SITE: ACRES:
LOCATION:
WEATHER:
PERMIT ON SITE PERMIT NO.
SWPPP ON SITE CONTRACTOR:
Best Management Practices in the SWPPP:
Control BMPs
In Plan Properly
installed
Treatment BMPs
In Plan Properly
Installed
Other:
Preserv Nat Veg Intercept Dike/Swale
Buffer Zones Grass Lines Swales
High Vis Fence Channel Lining
Stake & Wire Fence Water bars
Stabilized Entrance Pipe Slope Drains
Wheel Wash Subsurface Drains
Road/Pk Area Stable Level Spreader
Temp/Perm Seeding Check Dams
Mulching Triangular Silt Dike
Nets/Blankets Outlet Protection
Plastic Covering Sto Drain Inlet Protec
Sodding Straw Bale Barrier
Topsoiling Brush Barrier
Polyacrylamides Gravel Filter Berm
Surface roughing Silt Fence
Gradient Terraces Vegetated Strip
Dust Control Straw Wattles
Materials On Hand Sediment trap
Concrete Handling Temp Sed Pond
Sawcut & Surface SW Chem Treatment
Erosion Control Lead SW Filtration
Pay Erosion Work Is the site stabilized? Partially
Scheduling Turbid Water is being discharged?
Small Project Receiving Water:
Water Quality Samples Taken? Results: pH TUR CON TEM Other:
Sample ID: LOC:
Sample ID: LOC:
Sample ID: LOC:
This site is IN/OUT of compliance with the terms of the SWPPP & Permit.
Summary of remedial action(if needed):
I certify under penalty of law that this report is true, accurate and complete, to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Name: Title:
Signature:
Appendix E
Earthwork Cross-Sections
38
s
f
38
s
f
21 sf
13
s
f
8
s
f
5
s
f
3
s
f
5 s
f
3 s
f
5 s
f
8 sf 7 sf
4
s
f
3
s
f
1
s
f
2
s
f
14
s
f
8 s
f
4 sf
BA
S
E
B
I
D
E
A
R
T
H
W
O
R
K
C
R
O
S
S
S
E
C
T
I
O
N
S
FILL AREA CUT AREA MANUAL ADJUSTMENT (NOT IN VOLUME TABLE)0.96 32.81 Manual Adjustment:157.04 157.04 Total:176 CY 854 CY
10
s
f
1 s
f
4 s
f
In
c
l
u
d
e
d
i
n
B
a
s
e
B
i
d
BI
D
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
E
A
R
T
H
W
O
R
K
C
R
O
S
S
S
E
C
T
I
O
N
S
FILL AREA CUT AREA MANUAL ADJUSTMENT (NOT IN VOLUME TABLE)Manual Adjustment:12.52 12.52 Total:13 CY 479 CY
Appendix F
Standard Plans
SIGN PANEL
SIGN BRACE-
WHEN REQUIRED
BOTTOM
OF SIGN
FINISHED
GROUND
LINE
0
~ 0 ~ .(.!) ~ z ~ ~ be..
-' ci 1'-l-en
LlJ LlJ en
1" DIAM. NYLON WASHER
-WHEN SIGN FACE HAS
TYPE 3 OR 4 SHEETING
5/16" DIAM. HEX
HEAD BOLT
1" DIAM. STEEL
FLAT WASHER
SIGN PANEL
rcJ
1-::c (.!)(")
WUJ ::CI-t-0 enz
OUJ ll.UJ = en ~
~
STEEL PIPE SIGN POST,
DIAM. VARIES -SEE CONTRACT
BREAKAWAY
SIGN POST
BRACKET
BOTTOM OF
SIGN POST
BRACKET
SIGN PANEL
ELEVATION
SECTION 0
MOUNTING BRACKET
AND STEEL STRAP-
SEE NOTE 4
SIGN POST
1" DIAM. NYLON WASHER
-WHEN SIGN FACE HAS
TYPE 3 OR 4 SHEETING
5/16" DIAM. HEX
HEAD BOLT
1" DIAM. STEEL
FLAT WASHER
SIGN PANEL
Nl ll TOP OF ~SIGNPOST
VIEW0
SIGN POST
MOUNTING BRACKET
~~-AND STEEL STRAP -
SEE NOTE 4
SIGN POST
DETAIL 0
BRACKET
(TYP.)
STEEL PIPE
SIGN POST
EXPLODED VIEW
NOTES
1. Dimensions for the parts used to assemble the
base connections are intentionally not shown.
Base connections are patented, manufactured
products that are in compliance with NCHRP
350 crash test criteria. The base connection
details are only shown on this plan to illustrate
how the parts are assembled.
2. For Steel Sign Support Foundation, see Stan-
dard Plan G-25.1 0.
3. For "H1" refer to the Sign Specification Sheet
in the Contract.
4. Mounting brackets with steel straps shall be the
stainless steel one bolt, flared leg bracket and
3/4" wide, 0.030" thick strap "Band-it" products
or an approved equal.
BREAKAWAY SIGN BRACKET ASSEMBLY
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
BREAKAWAY SIGN BRACKET ASSEMBLY
STEEL SIGN SUPPORT
TYPEAP
INSTALLATION DETAILS
STANDARD PLAN G-24.10-00
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET
APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
Pasco Bakotich Ill 11-8-07
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE .... fJ'I Washington State Department of Transportation